MASTERS SELECT FUNDS TRUST
485BPOS, 2000-04-20
Previous: TMP WORLDWIDE INC, DEFR14A, 2000-04-20
Next: FORSYTH BANCSHARES INC, DEF 14A, 2000-04-20



     As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 20, 2000
                                                      Registration No. 333-10015
                                                              File No. 811-07763
================================================================================

                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
                             WASHINGTON, D.C. 20549

                                   ----------

                                    FORM N-1A

             REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933
                         POST-EFFECTIVE AMENDMENT NO. 14                     [X]

                                       and

         REGISTRATION STATEMENT UNDER THE INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT OF 1940
                                AMENDMENT NO. 16                             [X]

                           MASTERS' SELECT FUNDS TRUST
               (Exact Name of Registrant as Specified in Charter)

                            4 ORINDA WAY, SUITE 230-D
                                ORINDA, CA 94563
                    (Address of Principal Executive Offices)

       Registrant's Telephone Number, Including Area Code: (925) 254-8999

                               Kenneth E. Gregory
                            4 Orinda Way, Suite 230-D
                                Orinda, CA 94563
                     (Name and Address of Agent for Service)

                                    Copy to:
                               Julie Allecta, Esq.
                      Paul, Hastings, Janofsky & Walker LLP
                        345 California Street, 29th Floor
                             San Francisco, CA 94104

 It is proposed that this filing will become effective (check appropriate box):

     [X] Immediately upon filing pursuant to paragraph (b)
     [ ] On ______________, pursuant to paragraph (b) of Rule 485
     [ ] 60 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(1)
     [ ] On ______________, pursuant to paragraph (a)(1)
     [ ] 75 days after filing pursuant to paragraph (a)(2)
     [ ] On ______________, pursuant to paragraph (a)(2) of Rule 485

If appropriate, check the following box:

     [ ] this post-effective amendment designates a new effective date
         for a previously filed post-effective amendment.

================================================================================
<PAGE>
     As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 20, 2000
                                                      Registration No. 333-10015
                                                              File No. 811-07763
================================================================================










                                     Part A

                                       of

                                    Form N-1A

                         COMBINED REGISTRATION STATEMENT

                           MASTERS' SELECT FUNDS TRUST

                           Masters' Select Equity Fund

                       Masters' Select International Fund










================================================================================
<PAGE>
The Masters' Select Funds

Prospectus

The Masters' Select Equity Fund
The Masters' Select International Fund

April 20, 2000


These  securities  have not been approved or  disapproved  by the Securities and
Exchange Commission, nor has the Commission passed upon the accuracy or adequacy
of this prospectus. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.


















                             mastersselectfunds.com

                        LITMAN/GREGORY FUND ADVISORS, LLC
<PAGE>
CONTENTS

The Masters' Select Equity Fund.............................................   2
The Masters' Select International Fund......................................   5
The Funds in Detail - Elements Common to Both Funds.........................   9
The Masters' Select Equity Fund in Detail...................................  11
The Masters' Select International Fund in Detail............................  15
Shareholder Services........................................................  20
Financial Highlights........................................................  28
For More Information........................................................  29

                                        1
<PAGE>
THE MASTERS' SELECT EQUITY FUND

OBJECTIVE

The objective of the Fund is long-term growth of capital;  that is, the increase
in the value of your investment over the long term.

PRINCIPAL STRATEGIES

The Advisor  believes  that it is possible to identify  investment  managers who
will  deliver  superior  returns  relative to their peer  groups,  over a market
cycle.  The Advisor  also  believes  that most stock  pickers  have a few select
stocks in which they have a high  degree of  confidence.  In the case of certain
skilled  stock  pickers,  the  Advisor  believes a portfolio  of their  "highest
confidence"  stocks will  outperform  their more  diversified  portfolios over a
market  cycle.  Based on these  beliefs,  the Fund's  strategy  is to engage six
proven investment managers as sub-advisors,  each to invest in the securities of
companies  that they believe have strong  appreciation  potential.  Each manager
runs a portion  of the  overall  fund  portfolio  by  independently  managing  a
portfolio composed of between 5 and 15 stocks. The Fund will primarily invest in
the  securities of large and small sized U.S.  companies,  although the managers
will have limited  flexibility to invest in the securities of foreign companies.
By executing this strategy the Fund seeks to:

*    combine the efforts of several experienced,  world class managers, all with
     superior track records,

*    access the  favorite  stock-picking  ideas of each  manager at any point in
     time,

*    deliver  a  portfolio  that is  prudently  diversified  in terms of  stocks
     (typically 65 to 90) and  industries  while still  allowing each manager to
     run portfolio segments focused on only his or her favorite stocks, and

*    further diversify across different-sized companies and stock-picking styles
     by including managers with a variety of stock-picking disciplines.

PRINCIPAL RISKS

Investment  in  stocks  exposes  shareholders  of the Fund to the risk of losing
money if the value of the stocks held by the Fund declines  during the period an
investor owns shares in the Fund. As with all mutual funds that invest in common
stocks, the value of an individual's investment will fluctuate daily in response
to the performance of the individual stocks held in the Fund.

Though not a small-cap  fund the Fund will invest a portion of its assets in the
securities  of small  companies.  The  prices  of small  companies'  stocks  are
generally  more volatile  than the prices of large  companies'  stocks.  This is
because small  companies may be more reliant on a few products,  services or key
personnel,  which can be riskier than owning larger  companies with more diverse
product lines and structured  management.  In addition,  because small companies
have fewer shares of stock  outstanding,  the ability to trade their  securities
quickly may be affected  by a lack of buyers and sellers in these  stocks.  This
lack of liquidity  increases the Fund's risk to adverse market  movements in the
prices of these stocks.

Though primarily a U.S. equity fund, the Fund may invest a portion of its assets
in foreign  securities,  the stocks and bonds of companies  based outside of the
United  States.  The Fund is exposed to higher risk in owning  these  securities
because  each  country  has  its  own  rules  regarding  accounting   practices,
government regulation,  and government economic policies,  which may differ from
the rules and policies that U.S. companies are subject to. In addition, the Fund
will, at times, be exposed to foreign currency fluctuations as the result of its
foreign holdings.

                                       2
<PAGE>
PAST PERFORMANCE

The following  chart depicts the performance for the life of the Fund. The chart
illustrates the risk of investing in the Fund by showing the fluctuations in its
annual  returns.  Please  keep in mind that past  performance  cannot  guarantee
future returns.

1997     29.11%     During the periods shown to the left, the highest and lowest
                    quarterly returns earned by the Fund were:

1998     14.90%     HIGHEST:          21.49%            QTR. ENDED 12/31/98

1999     26.45%     LOWEST:           17.11%            QTR. ENDED 9/30/98

The following table compares the Fund's  performance over time with the Wilshire
5000,  an  unmanaged  broad  market  index of stock  performance  and the Lipper
Multi-Cap Core Index, which measures the performance of the 30 largest multi-cap
core equity mutual funds as determined by Lipper Analytical Services, Inc.

                                                           AVERAGE ANNUAL RETURN
                                        ONE YEAR ENDED        SINCE INCEPTION
                                           12/31/99              (12/31/96)
                                           --------              ----------
MASTERS' SELECT EQUITY FUND                 26.45%                 23.33%
WILSHIRE 5000 INDEX                         23.82%                 26.13%
LIPPER MULTI - CAP CORE                     20.79%                 21.88%

FEES AND EXPENSES

Expenses are one of several factors to consider when investing in a mutual fund.
There  are  usually  two types of  expenses  involved:  shareholder  transaction
expenses,  such as sales  loads  and  transaction  fees,  and  annual  operating
expenses,  such as advisory  fees.  The Fund has no front-end or deferred  sales
loads,  and  imposes  no  shareholder  transaction  fees.  The  following  table
illustrates  the fees and expenses you might pay over time as an investor in the
Fund.

SHAREHOLDER FEES (PAID DIRECTLY FROM YOUR INVESTMENT)

       Sales Loads                                 None
       180-Day Redemption Fee*                     2%
       Transfer Fees                               None

*    You will be charged a 2% fee if you redeem  shares of this Fund  within 180
     days of purchase.

ANNUAL OPERATING EXPENSES (DEDUCTED FROM FUND ASSETS)

       Management Fee                                     1.10%
       Distribution (12b-1) Fee                           None
       Other Operating Expenses(1)                        0.18%
                                                         -----
           Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses           1.28%
           Less: Fees waived(2)                          (0.02)%
                                                         -----
       NET OPERATING EXPENSES                             1.26%
                                                         =====

- ----------
(1)  Significant  other expenses  include  custody,  fund  accounting,  transfer
     agency, legal, audit, administration.

(2)  The Advisor has  contractually  agreed to waive .02% of the  Management Fee
     through December 31, 2000.

                                       3
<PAGE>
EXAMPLE

This  Example is intended to help you compare the cost of  investing in the Fund
with the cost of  investing in other  mutual  funds.  It assumes that you invest
$10,000 in the Fund for the time periods  indicated  and then redeem all of your
shares  at the  end of  those  periods.  The  Example  also  assumes  that  your
investment  has a 5% return  each year and that the  Fund's  operating  expenses
remain the same.  Although  your actual  costs may be higher or lower,  based on
these assumptions your costs would be:

         ONE YEAR       THREE YEARS       FIVE YEARS      TEN YEARS
         --------       -----------       ----------      ---------
           $128            $404              $700          $1,543

MANAGEMENT

The Advisor to the Fund is  Litman/Gregory  Fund Advisors,  LLC. The Advisor has
ultimate  responsibility  for the investment  performance of the Fund due to its
responsibility  to oversee the investment  managers and recommend  their hiring,
termination and  replacement.  The following table provides a description of the
six investment  managers.  A detailed discussion of the management  structure of
the Fund begins on Page 10.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        INVESTMENT
                          TARGET        EXPERIENCE/
INVESTMENT             ALLOCATION OF   RELEVANT FUND         SIZE OF            STOCK-PICKING
 MANAGER               FUND ASSETS      EXPERIENCE          COMPANIES               STYLE
 -------               -----------      ----------          ---------               -----
<S>                        <C>         <C>                  <C>                 <C>
SHELBY DAVIS               20%         Over 30 years/       Mostly large        Growth at a
AND                                    New York             companies           reasonable price
CHRISTOPHER DAVIS                      Venture Fund
                                       since 1969

FOSTER FRIESS              10%         Over 25 years/       Small and           High earnings
AND TEAM                               Brandywine           mid-sized           growth
                                       Fund since 1986      companies

MASON HAWKINS              20%         Over 20 years/       All sizes, but      Value and global,
                                       Longleaf Partners    mostly large and    may invest up to
                                       Fund since 1987      mid-sized           50% in foreign
                                                                                securities

BILL MILLER                20%         Since 1981/          All sizes but       Eclectic-
                                       Legg Mason Value     mostly large and    may invest in
                                       Trust since 1984     mid sized           traditional value
                                                                                stocks or growth
                                                                                stocks

SPIROS "SIG" SEGALAS       20%         Over 30 years/       Mostly large        High earnings
                                       Harbor Capital       companies           growth
                                       Appreciation Fund
                                       since 1990

DICK WEISS                 10%         Over 20 years/       Small and mid-      Growth at a
                                       Strong Common        sized companies     reasonable price
                                       Stock Fund since
                                       1991
</TABLE>
                                       4
<PAGE>
THE MASTERS' SELECT INTERNATIONAL FUND

OBJECTIVE

The objective of the Fund is long-term growth of capital;  that is, the increase
in the value of your investment over the long term.

PRINCIPAL STRATEGIES

The Advisor  believes that it is possible to identify  international  investment
managers who, over a market cycle,  will deliver  superior  returns  relative to
their peers. The Advisor also believes that most stock pickers have a few select
stocks in which they have a high  degree of  confidence.  In the case of certain
skilled stock pickers,  the Advisor  believes that a portfolio of their "highest
confidence"  stocks will  outperform  their more  diversified  portfolios over a
market cycle.

Based on these beliefs,  the Fund's strategy is to engage five proven investment
managers as  sub-advisors,  each to invest in the  securities of companies  that
they believe have strong appreciation  potential.  Each manages a portion of the
Fund's portfolio by independently managing a portfolio composed of between 8 and
15  stocks.  The Fund  will  invest  in the  securities  of  foreign  companies,
including large and small companies and companies  located in emerging  markets.
The managers will have limited  flexibility  to invest in the securities of U.S.
companies. By executing this strategy the Fund seeks to:

*    combine the efforts of several experienced, world class international stock
     pickers, all with superior track records,

*    access the  favorite  stock-picking  ideas of each  manager at any point in
     time,

*    deliver  a  portfolio  that is  prudently  diversified  in terms of  stocks
     (typically 40 to 75) and  industries  while still  allowing each manager to
     run portfolio segments focused on only his or her favorite stocks, and

*    further  diversify  across  different  sized  companies,   countries,   and
     stock-picking  styles by including managers with a variety of stock-picking
     disciplines.

PRINCIPAL RISKS

Investment  in  stocks  exposes  shareholders  of the Fund to the risk of losing
money if the value of the stocks held by the Fund declines  during the period an
investor owns shares in the Fund. As with all mutual funds that invest in common
stocks, the value of an individual's investment will fluctuate daily in response
to the performance of the individual stocks held in the Fund.

                                       5
<PAGE>
The Fund will normally be invested in foreign  securities,  the stocks and bonds
of companies  based outside of the United States.  The Fund is exposed to higher
risk in owning these securities  because foreign  countries have their own rules
regarding accounting practices,  government regulation,  and government economic
policies,  which  differ from the rules and  policies  that U.S.  companies  are
subject to. Owning foreign securities also exposes shareholders to the political
risks of other  countries and the risk of  fluctuations  of the exchange rate of
the local currency relative to the U.S. dollar.

The Fund may  invest a portion  of its  assets  in  emerging  market  countries.
Emerging  market  countries  are those  with  immature  economic  and  political
structures,  and entail greater investment risk than in developed markets.  Such
risks include government dependence on a few industries or resources, government
imposed  taxes on foreign  investment or limits on the removal of capital from a
country, unstable government, and volatile markets.

Though not a small-cap  fund, the Fund may invest a portion of its assets in the
securities  of small  companies.  The  prices  of small  companies'  stocks  are
generally  more volatile  than the prices of large  companies'  stocks.  This is
because small  companies may be more reliant on a few products,  services or key
personnel,  which can be riskier than owning larger, more diversified  companies
with more structured management. In addition, because small companies have fewer
shares of stock  outstanding,  the ability to trade their securities quickly may
be  affected  by a lack of buyers  and  sellers  in these  stocks.  This lack of
liquidity increases the Fund's risk to adverse market movements in the prices of
these stocks.

PAST PERFORMANCE

The following  chart depicts the  performance  for the life of the Fund.  Please
keep in mind that past performance cannot guarantee future returns.

1998    11.74%    During the periods shown to the left, the highest and lowest
                  quarterly returns earned by the Fund were:

                  HIGHEST:  41.01%                         QTR. ENDED 12/31/99

1999    75.01%    LOWEST:  -19.54%                         QTR. ENDED 9/30/98

The following  table compares the Funds'  performance  over time with the Morgan
Stanley  Capital  International  All Countries World (ex US) Index, an unmanaged
broad  market  index that  measures  the  performance  of common  equities in 46
developed and emerging markets;  and with the Lipper  International  Fund Index,
which  measures the  performance of the 30 largest  International  Equity mutual
funds as determined by Lipper Analytical Services, Inc.

                                                                     AVERAGE
                                                                  ANNUAL RETURN
                                              ONE YEAR ENDED     SINCE INCEPTION
                                                 12/31/99           (12/1/97)
                                                 --------           ---------
MASTERS' SELECT INTERNATIONAL FUND                75.01%              37.21%
MSCI ALL COUNTRIES WORLD (EX US) INDEX            31.80%              22.26%
LIPPER INTERNATIONAL FUND INDEX                   37.83%              23.98%

FEES AND EXPENSES

Expenses are one of several factors to consider when investing in a mutual fund.
There  are  usually  two types of  expenses  involved:  shareholder  transaction
expenses,  such as sales  loads  and  transaction  fees,  and  annual  operating
expenses,  such as advisory  fees.  The Fund has no front-end or deferred  sales
loads,  and  imposes  no  shareholder  transaction  fees.  The  following  table
illustrates  the fees and expenses you might pay over time as an investor in the
Fund.

                                       6
<PAGE>
SHAREHOLDER FEES (PAID DIRECTLY FROM YOUR INVESTMENT)

       Sales Loads                        None
       180-Day Redemption Fee*               2%
       Transfer Fees                      None

*    You will be charged a 2% fee if you redeem  shares of this Fund  within 180
     days of purchase.

ANNUAL OPERATING EXPENSES (DEDUCTED FROM FUND ASSETS)

     Management Fee                                        1.10%
     Distribution (12b-1) Fee                              None
     Other Operating Expenses(1)                           0.31%
                                                           ----
         Total Annual Fund Operating Expenses              1.41%
         Less: Fees waived(2)                              0.15%
                                                           ----
     NET OPERATING EXPENSES                                1.26%
                                                           ====

- ----------
(1)  Significant  other expenses  include  custody,  fund  accounting,  transfer
     agency, legal, audit, and administration.

(2)  The Advisor has contractually  agreed to waive 0.155% of the Management Fee
     through December 31, 2000.

EXAMPLE

This  example is intended to help you compare the cost of  investing in the Fund
with the cost of  investing in other  mutual  funds.  It assumes that you invest
$10,000 in the Fund for the time periods  indicated  and then redeem all of your
shares  at the  end of  those  periods.  The  example  also  assumes  that  your
investment  has a 5% return  each year and that the  Fund's  operating  expenses
remain the same.  Although  your actual  costs may be higher or lower,  based on
these assumptions your costs would be:

     ONE YEAR       THREE YEARS       FIVE YEARS       TEN YEARS
     --------       -----------       ----------       ---------
       $128            $431              $757           $1,678


                                       7
<PAGE>
MANAGEMENT

The Advisor to the Fund is  Litman/Gregory  Fund Advisors,  LLC. The Advisor has
ultimate  responsibility  for the investment  performance of the Fund due to its
responsibility to oversee the investment managers and to recommend their hiring,
termination and  replacement.  The following table provides a description of the
five investment  managers.  A detailed discussion of the management structure of
the Fund begins on Page 15.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                        INVESTMENT
                          TARGET        EXPERIENCE/
INVESTMENT             ALLOCATION OF   RELEVANT FUND              SIZE OF           STOCK-PICKING
 MANAGER               FUND ASSETS      EXPERIENCE               COMPANIES              STYLE
 -------               -----------      ----------               ---------              -----
<S>                        <C>         <C>                       <C>                <C>
HELEN YOUNG HAYES          20%         Since 1984/ Janus         All sizes, but     Growth at a
                                       Overseas Fund and         mostly large       reasonable price
                                       Janus Worldwide           companies
                                       Fund

DAVID HERRO                20%         Since 1986/               All sizes, but     Value
                                       Oakmark                   mostly large
                                       International Fund        and mid-sized
                                       and Oakmark               companies
                                       International
                                       Small Cap Fund

DAN JAWORSKI               20%         Since 1988/               Mostly large       Eclectic-
                                       STI Classic               companies          may invest in
                                       International                                traditional value
                                       Equity Fund                                  stocks or growth
                                       (2/95-4/97) and                              stocks
                                       Princor World Fund
                                       (12/88-4/93),
                                       Marshall International
                                       Stock Fund since 4/99

THEODORE TYSON             20%         Since 1981/               All sizes          High earnings
                                       American Century                             growth
                                       International Fund
                                       (6/91-3/97)

MARK YOCKEY                20%         Since 1981/ Artisan       All sizes, but     Growth at a
                                       International Fund        mostly large       reasonable price
                                       and United                companies
                                       International
                                       Growth Fund
                                       (1990-11/96)
</TABLE>

                                       8
<PAGE>
THE FUNDS IN DETAIL - ELEMENTS COMMON TO BOTH FUNDS

THE MASTERS' SELECT INVESTMENT PHILOSOPHY

Both Funds' strategies are based on several fundamental beliefs:

FIRST, the Advisor believes that it is possible to identify  investment managers
who will deliver superior performance relative to their peer groups. This belief
is based on the  Advisor's  extensive  experience  evaluating  and picking stock
mutual funds.

SECOND, the Advisor believes that at any point in time most investment  managers
own a small  number of stocks in which they are highly  confident.  But  because
holding only 10 or 15 stocks is not  considered  prudent from a  diversification
standpoint  or  practical  given  the  large  dollar  amounts  managed  by  most
successful  managers,  most stock  mutual  funds  hold more than 50 stocks.  The
Advisor  believes  that,  over a market cycle,  the  performance of most skilled
investment  managers'  "highest  confidence"  stocks  exceeds that of their more
diversified portfolios.

THIRD,  the Advisor  believes  that during any given year certain  stock-picking
styles will generate higher returns than comparable market indexes, while others
will lag. By  including  a variety of  stock-picking  styles in a single  mutual
fund, the Advisor believes that the variability and volatility of returns can be
lessened.

THE ADVISOR

The Funds are managed by Litman/Gregory Fund Advisors, LLC, 4 Orinda Way, Orinda
CA 94563. The Advisor has overall  responsibility  for assets under  management,
recommends selection of investment managers to the Board of Trustees of Masters'
Select Funds Trust,  evaluates performance of the investment managers,  monitors
changes  at  the  investment  managers'  organizations  that  may  impact  their
abilities to deliver superior future  performance,  determines when to rebalance
the investment  managers' assets,  determines the amount of cash equivalents (if
any) that may be held in  addition to cash in each of the  investment  managers'
sub-portfolios and coordinates with the managers with respect to diversification
and tax issues.

Kenneth E.  Gregory,  President  of the Advisor  and a Trustee of the Trust,  is
responsible for monitoring the day-to-day activities of the investment managers.
Gregory is also President of L/G Research, an affiliated firm that publishes the
NO-LOAD FUND ANALYST  newsletter and conducts  research on financial markets and
mutual  funds.  Gregory  is also  President  and  Chief  Investment  Officer  of
Litman/Gregory  &  Company,  LLC,  a money  management  firm.  He has held  this
position since the founding of Litman/Gregory & Company,  a predecessor firm, in
1987. He has been in the investment business since 1979.

                                       9
<PAGE>
INVESTMENT MANAGER SELECTION CRITERIA

The Advisor believes that superior investment managers exhibit:

*    Consistently  above-average intermediate and long-term performance relative
     to an  appropriate  peer group.  The Advisor  measures  investment  manager
     performance against performance  composites made up of other advisory firms
     using a similar stock-picking style and market capitalization.  The Advisor
     maintains  its own  database  and has  developed  proprietary  software  to
     measure performance over various time periods.

*    A record of  outperforming  their relevant  benchmarks over most periods of
     five years or longer.

*    The  confidence  and  ability to think and act  independently  of the "Wall
     Street herd mentality."

*    The  passion  for,  and  obsession  with  stock-picking  that can result in
     working harder and more creatively to get an edge.

*    A focus on the job of  stock-picking  and  portfolio  management.  Thus the
     Advisor  seeks   investment   managers  who  have   attempted  to  mitigate
     non-investment  distractions  by delegating  most business  management  and
     marketing duties.

The Advisor has extensive experience evaluating investment advisory firms, using
the above criteria,  and believes that each of the investment  managers selected
to participate in the Funds exhibits the qualities mentioned above.

MULTI-MANAGER ISSUES

The investment  methods used by these  managers in selecting  securities for the
Funds vary. The segment of each Fund portfolio managed by an investment  manager
will, under normal circumstances,  differ from the segments managed by the other
investment  managers  with respect to portfolio  composition,  turnover,  issuer
capitalization  and issuer  financial  condition.  Because  selections  are made
independently by each investment manager, it is possible that a security held by
one portfolio segment may also be held by other portfolio  segments of the Funds
or that several managers may simultaneously favor the same industry segment. The
Advisor  monitors the overall  portfolio on an ongoing basis to ensure that such
overlaps  do  not  create  an  unintended  industry  concentration  or  lack  of
diversification.   The  Advisor  is  responsible  for  establishing  the  target
allocation  of Fund assets to each  investment  manager.  The  Advisor  does not
intend to change the target  allocations,  although under unusual conditions the
Advisor  may adjust the target  allocations.  Market  performance  may result in
allocation  drift.  The timing and degree of rebalancing the allocations will be
determined  by the  Advisor.  Each  investment  manager  selects the brokers and
dealers to execute  transactions  for the  segment of the Fund being  managed by
that manager.

The Advisor has obtained an  exemptive  order from the  Securities  and Exchange
Commission  which  permits  it,  subject  to certain  conditions,  to select new
investment  managers  with the  approval  of the Board of  Trustees  but without
obtaining shareholder approval. The order also permits the Advisor to change the
terms of agreements with the managers or to continue the employment of a manager
after an event that would otherwise cause the automatic termination of services.
Shareholders  must be  notified of any manager  changes.  Shareholders  have the
right to  terminate  arrangements  with a manager by vote of a  majority  of the
outstanding  shares  of a Fund.  The  order  also  permits  a Fund  to  disclose
managers' fees only in the aggregate in its registration statement.

Each Fund pays an  investment  advisory  fee to the Advisor  each month,  at the
annual rate of 1.10% of the Fund's  average daily net assets before any waivers.
The Advisor,  not the Funds,  is responsible for payment of the advisory fees to
the investment managers, each of whom is compensated monthly on the basis of the
assets committed to his or her individual  discretion.  The Advisor pays fees to
the investment  managers of the Equity Fund at the approximate  aggregate annual
rate of 0.652% and to the investment  managers of the International  Fund at the
approximate aggregate annual rate of 0.563%. The Advisor is waiving a portion of
the  management  fees equal to 0.020% of the total net assets of the Equity Fund
and 0.155% of the total net assets of the  International  Funds through December
31, 2000. The effective advisory fees paid by the Equity and International Funds
after all  waivers  are  reduced  to 1.080% and  0.945%  respectively.  Net fees
retained  by Advisor  after all  waivers  are  approximately  0.428% and 0.382%,
respectively from the Equity and International Funds.

In the event an  investment  manager  ceases  to  manage a  segment  of a Fund's
portfolio,  the Advisor will select a replacement investment manager or allocate
the assets among the remaining managers.  The Advisor will use the same criteria
as those used in the original selection of investment managers.

                                       10
<PAGE>
THE MASTERS' SELECT EQUITY FUND IN DETAIL

The Fund's six investment managers emphasize different  stock-picking styles and
invest in stocks with a range of market capitalization.  The portion of the Fund
assigned to each  manager is fixed at a target  percent by the Advisor  with the
specific  objective  of  maintaining  exposure to stocks of large and  mid-sized
companies at 50% to 85% of the Fund's total assets in normal market  conditions.
However,  market  performance  may result in  allocation  drift.  The Advisor is
responsible for periodically rebalancing the allocations,  the timing and degree
of which will be  determined  by the  Advisor.  The Advisor may,  under  unusual
conditions,  adjust  the  target  allocations  of the  managers.  The  Advisor's
strategy is to allocate the portfolio's  assets among  investment  managers who,
based on the  Advisor's  research,  are  judged  to be  among  the best in their
respective  style  groups.  The  investment  managers  manage  their  individual
portfolio   segments  by  building  a  focused  portfolio   representing   their
highest-confidence  stocks. Each investment manager's portfolio segment includes
a minimum of 5 and a maximum of 15 securities.  Though the overall Fund may hold
more or fewer securities at any point in time, it is generally expected that the
Fund will hold between 65 and 90 securities.  Under unusual market conditions or
for temporary  defensive  purposes,  up to 35% of the Fund's total assets may be
invested in short-term, high-quality debt securities. Defensive positions may be
initiated by the individual portfolio managers or by the Advisor.

MASTERS' SELECT EQUITY FUND PORTFOLIO MANAGERS

SHELBY M. C. DAVIS
CHRISTOPHER DAVIS

Davis Selected Advisers, L.P.
124 E. Marcy Street
Santa Fe, NM 87501

Shelby Davis is the lead portfolio  manager for the segment of the Fund's assets
managed  by Davis  Selected  Advisers,  L.P.  ("Davis  Advisers"),  124 E. Marcy
Street,  Santa Fe, NM 87501. Davis has been in the investment  business for more
than 30 years.  He was a portfolio  manager for Davis New York Venture Fund from
1969 through 1996 and is still actively involved in the stock selection process;
his son,  Christopher C. Davis,  joined Davis Selected  Advisors in 1991 and was
named co-portfolio manager of the New York Venture Fund in 1995 and sole manager
in 1996. Before joining Davis Selected Advisers, Chris Davis was an associate at
Tanaka Capital  Management.  Shelby Davis retains  ultimate  responsibility  for
researching and selecting each company included in their portion of the Masters'
portfolio, while

Chris handles the daily portfolio  management  duties.  In total, as of December
31, 1999,  Davis Advisers managed more than $27 billion of mutual fund and ERISA
portfolios  including  Davis New York Venture Fund. In performing its investment
advisory services,  Davis Advisers,  while remaining ultimately  responsible for
its segment of the Fund's assets,  is able to draw on the portfolio  management,
research  and market  expertise  of its  affiliates  (including  Davis  Selected
Advisers-NY,  Inc.).  Approximately  20% of the Fund's assets are managed by the
Davises.  They invest primarily in large companies,  using a strategy that takes
into  account  both  growth and value.  This  approach  is often  referred to as
"growth at a reasonable  price." The Davises  prefer  high-quality  companies as
evidenced by some or all of the following:

*    Solid top-line (revenue) and unit growth
*    Management with a stake in the business
*    A business plan for the next three to five years
*    Participation  in an  industry  that is capable of earning a good return on
     capital
*    Respected by competitors
*    Low-cost operations

                                       11
<PAGE>
The  Davises  often  seek  to buy  companies  exhibiting  some  or all of  these
characteristics  at depressed  prices because they are temporarily out of favor.
When buying  out-of-favor  stocks,  they  believe that there is often a catalyst
that will eventually push the stock price higher.

FOSTER FRIESS AND TEAM
Friess Associates, Inc.
350 Broadway
Jackson, WY 83001

Foster Friess is the lead portfolio manager for the segment of the Fund's assets
managed by Friess  Associates,  Inc. Friess has been in the investment  business
for more than 25 years and has been lead  manager of the  Brandywine  Fund since
1986. He is also President  and, with his wife,  Lynette  Friess,  sole owner of
Friess  Associates.  In total, as of December 31, 1999, Friess managed more than
$8 billion.

Approximately  10% of the  Fund's  assets  are  managed  by Friess and his team.
Friess  invests in stocks of  well-financed  issuers that have proven records of
profitability and strong earnings momentum. Emphasis is placed on companies with
market capitalization of less than $5 billion.  These companies are likely to be
lesser-known  companies  moving  from a lower to higher  market  share  position
within their industry groups,  rather than the largest and best-known  companies
in these groups.

Friess may,  however,  purchase common stocks of well-known,  highly  researched
mid-sized  companies  if the  team  believes  that  those  common  stocks  offer
particular  opportunity for long-term capital growth. In selecting  investments,
Friess considers financial  characteristics of the issuer,  including historical
sales and net income,  debt/equity and  price/earnings  ratios,  and book value.
Friess may also review research reports of broker-dealers and trade publications
and, in appropriate situations, meet with management. Greater weight is given to
internal  factors,  such as  product or service  development,  than to  external
factors,  such as interest rate changes,  commodity price fluctuations,  general
stock market trends and foreign-currency  exchange values. A particular issuer's
dividend history is not considered important.

MASON HAWKINS

Southeastern Asset Management, Inc.
6410 Poplar Avenue
Memphis, TN 38119

Mason Hawkins is the lead portfolio manager for the portion of the Fund's assets
run by Southeastern Asset Management,  Inc. (Southeastern).  Hawkins has been in
the investment business for more than 20 years and founded  Southeastern,  which
he  controls,  in 1975.  He has managed  the  Longleaf  Partners  Fund since its
inception in 1987 and Longleaf Partners  International  Fund since its inception
in 1998. In total, as of December 31, 1999,  Southeastern  managed more than $13
billion.

Approximately 20% of the Fund's assets are managed by Southeastern, which uses a
value-oriented  approach to picking stocks. The firm considers  companies of all
sizes,  although  most of its  portion of the Fund's  assets are  expected to be
invested in mid-sized and larger  companies.  Southeastern  has the flexibility,
but not the  requirement,  to invest up to 50% of its  portfolio  segment in the
securities of foreign companies. Southeastern focuses on securities of companies
believed to have  unrecognized  intrinsic  value and the potential to grow their
economic worth. Southeastern believes that superior long-term performance can be
achieved  when  positions in  financially  strong,  well-managed  companies  are
acquired at prices  significantly  below their  business value and are sold when
they approach their  corporate  worth.  Corporate  intrinsic value is determined
through  careful  securities  analysis  and the use of  established  disciplines
consistently  applied  over  long  periods  of  time.  Securities  that  can  be
identified  and  purchased  at  a  price  significantly  discounted  from  their
intrinsic worth not only protect  investment  capital from  significant loss but
also  facilitate  major  rewards  when the  true  business  value is  ultimately
recognized. Seeking the largest margin of safety possible, Southeastern requires
at least a 40% market value discount from its appraisal of an issuer's intrinsic
value before  purchasing the security.  To determine  intrinsic  value,  current

                                       12
<PAGE>
publicly  available  financial  statements  are carefully  scrutinized,  and two
primary  methods of  appraisal  are  applied.  The first  assesses  what Hawkins
believes to be the real  economic  value of the issuer's net assets;  the second
examines  the  issuer's  ability to  generate  free cash flow after  required or
maintenance   capital   expenditures.   After  free  cash  flow  is  determined,
conservative  projections  about its rate of future growth are made. The present
value of that  stream of cash flow plus its  terminal  value is then  calculated
using a discount rate based on expected  interest rates. If the calculations are
accurate,  the  present  value  would be the price at which  buyers and  sellers
negotiating at arm's length would accept for the whole company.  In a concluding
analysis,  the asset value  determination  and/or the discounted  free cash flow
value are compared with business transactions of comparable corporations.  Other
considerations used in selecting potential investments include the following:

*    Indications of shareholder-oriented management
*    Evidence of financial strength
*    Potential earnings improvement

BILL MILLER
Legg Mason Fund Adviser, Inc.
100 Light Street
Baltimore, MD 21202

Bill Miller is the portfolio manager for the segment of the Fund's assets run by
Legg Mason Fund Adviser,  Inc. Legg Mason was added as a sub-advisor to the fund
on March 24,  2000.  Miller has been in the  investment  business  and with Legg
Mason since 1981. He was named  co-manager of Legg Mason Value Trust in April of
1982 and has been the sole manager since 1990. Miller also co-manages Legg Mason
Special  Investment  Trust and is the sole  manager  of Legg  Mason  Opportunity
Trust. In total, as of March 2000, Miller managed $23 billion.

Miller manages  approximately 20% of the fund's assets. His investment  approach
is eclectic  with  respect to the types of  companies  he invests in,  which may
range from traditional value type stocks to companies that have the potential to
experience rapid earnings growth. Most of Miller's investments for the Fund will
be in  mid-sized  and  larger  companies,  although  he may also  invest in some
smaller  companies.  He may invest up to 20% of his portion of the  portfolio in
foreign stocks.  Miller and his team focus their research on assessing intrinsic
business  value  at each  company,  and  strive  to buy  stocks  at  significant
discounts to what their research indicates the businesses are worth.  "Worth" is
derived in a number of ways,  beginning  with  quantitative  measures  that help
identify potential candidates for further research.  The filtration process then
focuses on companies  that exhibit  typical  stock  factors that are  attractive
based  on  historical  stock  valuation   metrics.   Miller  then  employs  more
sophisticated,  multi-scenario  models that help to  delineate a range of values
for the underlying businesses.

In the qualitative phase of the research process the Legg Mason team conducts an
economic value analysis of each business in the research universe.  They attempt
to determine the  underlying  economic value of the business  through  research,
which may involve private market analysis,  liquidation  analysis,  LBO analysis
and  other  analyses  they deem  appropriate.  Valuation  factors  that are most
important in evaluating companies are balance sheet strength, return on capital,
the ability to generate  free cash flow,  pricing  flexibility  and  position in
their respective industries. The team focuses heavily on management's ability to
demonstrate and articulate a clear,  value-creating  capital allocation process.
Other  important  qualitative  factors that are  incorporated  into the analysis
include their  assessment of management,  business  strategies,  the competitive
position  of a product and the  long-term  outlook  for the  industry.  Research
focuses on  evaluating  a company's  economic  value and its ability to generate
returns  on  capital  above  its cost of  capital,  thereby  creating  value for
shareholders.

The portfolio will be constructed and re-balanced so that the companies that are
believed to offer the highest rates of return  represent the largest  proportion
of the portfolio. As a long-term investor, Miller prefers to let his winners run
and  will  not seek to  arbitrarily  target  percentage  weightings  within  the
portfolio.

                                       13
<PAGE>
Miller's sell  discipline is an integral part of his  investment  process and is
critical to the generation of excess  returns.  He will sell a stock when one of
three things  occurs:  1) a stock has reached what he believes is fair value for
the company;  2) he determines that the original analysis is no longer operative
or the  competitive  environment  has  changed in some way since  their  initial
analysis (i.e. new legislation);  or 3) a more attractive investment alternative
emerges which offers a better long-term risk-adjusted rate of return.

SPIROS SEGALAS LLC

Jennison Associates Capital Corporation
466 Lexington Avenue
New York, NY 10017

Spiros  "Sig"  Segalas is the  portfolio  manager  for the segment of the Fund's
assets  managed by Jennison  Associates  Capital  Corp.  Segalas has been in the
investment  business for more than 30 years and has been the  portfolio  manager
for the Harbor Capital Appreciation Fund since May 1990. He is a founding member
and President and Chief Investment Officer of Jennison Associates Capital Corp.,
a wholly-owned  subsidiary of the Prudential Insurance Company of America. As of
December 31,  1999,  Jennison  Associates  managed more than $59 billion in U.S.
equity securities.

Approximately  20% of the Fund's  assets are  managed  by  Segalas.  He seeks to
invest in large and  mid-sized  companies  experiencing  superior  absolute  and
relative  earnings growth.  Earnings  predictability  and confidence in earnings
forecasts are an important part of the selection process. In considering a stock
for ownership, Segalas considers price/earnings ratios relative to the market as
well  as  the  companies'  histories.   In  addition,  he  seeks  out  companies
experiencing some or all of the following:

*    High sales growth
*    High unit growth
*    High or improving returns on assets and equity
*    Strong balance sheet

Segalas also prefers  companies  with a  competitive  advantage,  such as unique
management, marketing, or research and development.

RICHARD T. WEISS
Strong Capital Management, Inc.
100 Heritage Reserve
Menomonee Falls, WI 53051

Dick Weiss is the portfolio manager for the segment of the Fund's assets managed
by Strong Capital Management, Inc. Weiss has been in the investment business for
more than 20 years and has been the manager or  co-manager  of the Strong Common
Stock  Fund  since  joining  Strong  in 1991.  Weiss is a member  of the  firm's
Executive  Committee.  Prior to joining  Strong,  he was the lead manager of the
SteinRoe  Special Fund  commencing in 1981.  In total,  as of December 31, 1999,
Weiss co-managed approximately $7 billion. Strong Capital Management was founded
in 1974 and is controlled by Richard Strong.

Approximately 10% of the Fund's assets are run by Weiss. He invests in stocks of
small and mid-sized  companies that are undervalued  either because they are not
broadly recognized,  are in transition,  or are out of favor based on short-term
factors. In seeking  attractively  valued companies,  Weiss focuses on companies
with  above-average  growth  potential  that  also  exhibit  some  or all of the
following:

                                       14
<PAGE>
*    Low institutional ownership and low analyst coverage
*    High-quality management
*    Sustainable competitive advantage

Weiss evaluates the degree of  under-valuation  relative to his estimate of each
company's  private market value.  This private market value approach is based on
an  assessment  of what a private  buyer  would be willing to pay for the future
cash flow stream of the target company. Based on his experience,  Weiss believes
that, except for technology and other high-growth  stocks,  most stocks trade at
between 50% and 80% of private market value. When trading at the low end of this
range,  companies  take steps to prevent  takeover,  or they are taken over. The
private market value estimate is applied flexibly,  based on the outlook for the
industry and the company fundamentals.

THE MASTERS' SELECT INTERNATIONAL FUND IN DETAIL

The Fund's  five  investment  managers  pursue the  Fund's  objective  primarily
through  investments in common stocks of issuers  located  outside of the United
States.

Each  manager may invest in  securities  traded in both  developed  and emerging
markets.  Though  there is no  limit  on  emerging  market  exposure,  it is not
expected  to be a primary  focus,  and the  majority  of the  Fund's  assets are
expected to be invested in stocks of companies listed and domiciled in developed
countries. There are no limits on the Fund's geographic asset distribution, but,
to  provide  adequate  diversification,  the  Fund  ordinarily  invests  in  the
securities  markets of at least five countries  outside of the United States. In
most periods it is expected that the Fund will hold securities in more than five
countries.  Although the Fund intends to invest  substantially all of its assets
in issuers  located  outside of the United  States,  it may at times of abnormal
market  conditions  invest in U.S. issuers and it may at times invest all of its
assets in fewer than five countries.

Each manager has a distinct  stock-picking  approach.  As a group,  the managers
invest in stocks with a range of market  capitalization.  Although  each manager
has the  flexibility  to invest on a  worldwide  basis  (excluding  the U.S.) in
companies with market capitalization of any size, it is expected that the Fund's
exposure to large and mid-sized  foreign companies will range from 60% to 90% of
the Fund's total assets under normal market  conditions.  The Advisor's strategy
is to allocate the portfolio's  assets among  investment  managers who, based on
the  Advisor's  research,  are  judged  to be among the best  relative  to their
respective peer groups. The Advisor has focused exclusively on stock pickers who
emphasize  bottom-up stock picking rather than  macro-driven,  top-down  country
picking.

The Advisor  believes that bottom-up  stock pickers have an advantage in foreign
markets because:

*    It is the  Advisor's  opinion that the dynamics that  influence  individual
     countries'  markets,  including  currencies,  inflation,  economic  growth,
     political  factors,  regulation  and the like,  are much more  difficult to
     assess than the  prospects  and  valuation  characteristics  of  individual
     companies.
*    The Advisor  believes that many  individual  stocks in foreign  markets are
     less closely analyzed (the markets are less "efficient") than in the United
     States.  If true,  the  Advisor  believes  that this will result in greater
     opportunities  for skilled  stock  pickers to add value  through pure stock
     selection.

                                       15
<PAGE>
*    Based on the  Advisor's  observations,  bottom-up  stock pickers in foreign
     markets,  on  average,  seem  to  perform  better  than   top-down-oriented
     managers.

Though  bottom-up  stock  picking is  emphasized,  each  manager  also  monitors
specific  macro-factors  that  he or  she  believes  are  relevant  in  specific
countries.

The portion of the Fund assigned to each manager is fixed at a target percent by
the Advisor.  However,  market  performance may result in allocation  drift. The
Advisor is responsible for periodically rebalancing the allocations,  the timing
and degree of which will be  determined by the Advisor.  The Advisor may,  under
unusual conditions, adjust the target allocations of the managers.

The investment managers manage their individual portfolio segments by building a
focused portfolio representing their highest-confidence  stocks. Each investment
manager's  portfolio  segment  includes  a  minimum  of 8  and a  maximum  of 15
securities.  Though the overall  Fund may hold more or fewer  securities  at any
point in time,  it is generally  expected that the Fund will hold between 40 and
75 securities.

Under unusual market conditions or for temporary defensive  purposes,  up to 35%
of the Fund's  total  assets may be invested in  short-term,  high-quality  debt
securities.  Defensive  positions may be initiated by the  individual  portfolio
managers or by the Advisor.

MASTERS' SELECT INTERNATIONAL FUND PORTFOLIO MANAGERS

HELEN YOUNG HAYES

Janus Capital Corporation
100 Filmore Street
Denver, CO 80206

Helen Young Hayes is the portfolio  manager for the segment of the Fund's assets
managed by Janus Capital Corporation  (Janus).  Hayes has been in the investment
business  since  1984 and has been  with  Janus  since  1987.  Hayes is the Vice
President of Janus Capital  Corporation  and the portfolio  manager of the Janus
Worldwide  Fund (a global fund) and  co-portfolio  manager of the Janus Overseas
Fund (an international  fund). Janus also subadvises several other international
and global  funds of which Hayes is the  portfolio  manager.  She has managed or
co-managed  both  funds  since  their  inceptions  in May  1991  and  May  1994,
respectively.  In total,  as of December 31, 1999,  Janus managed more than $249
billion.

Approximately 20% of the Fund is managed by Hayes, who uses a bottom-up approach
to stock selection. Hayes may invest in companies of all sizes, though she tends
to focus  mostly on large and  mid-sized  companies.  She  invests in  developed
markets,  and, to a lesser  extent,  emerging  markets.  Hayes seeks to identify
individual  companies with earnings growth  potential that may not be recognized
by the market at large.  Intensive  research focuses on the fundamental  factors
affecting the business prospects of companies and may include review of earnings
reports, corporate and industry developments, trading activity, research reports
and other data.  In  addition,  for a smaller  number of  companies,  additional
scrutiny may include,  but is not limited to:  direct  contacts  with  corporate
management;  analysis of and contact with competitors,  customers and suppliers;
and frequent  on-site visits to facilities.  The focus of the analytical work is
to identify companies with:

                                       16
<PAGE>
*    Rapid sales and earnings growth
*    Strong cash flow generation and wise deployment of capital
*    Efficient operations and high productivity
*    Good management with the proper incentives

Hayes seeks companies that meet her selection criteria, regardless of country of
organization or place of principal business  activity.  Securities are generally
selected on a  stock-by-stock  basis  without  regard to any defined  allocation
among  countries  or  geographic  regions.  Certain  factors,  however,  such as
expected  levels  of  inflation,   government  policies   influencing   business
conditions,  the outlook for currency relationships,  and prospects for economic
growth among  countries,  regions or geographic  areas,  may influence  security
selection.  Hayes may use a variety of currency  hedging  techniques,  including
forward currency contracts, to manage exchange rate risk.

DAVID HERRO
Harris Associates L.P.
2 North LaSalle Street
Chicago, IL 60602

David  Herro is the  portfolio  manager  for the  portion of the  Fund's  assets
managed by Harris  Associates L.P.  (Harris  Associates).  Herro has been in the
investment business since 1986 and is a partner,  portfolio manager and Director
of  International  Equities  at Harris  Associates.  He has  managed the Oakmark
International  Fund and the  Oakmark  International  Small Cap Fund since  their
inceptions in 1992 and 1995,  respectively.  Overall,  Herro is responsible  for
over $1 billion in international  equity assets.  As a firm,  Harris  Associates
managed  approximately  $12  billion  in equity  and  fixed-income  assets as of
December 31, 1999.

Approximately  20% of the  Fund's  assets  are  managed  by David  Herro.  Herro
believes  that  long-term  results  are  achieved  by  investing  as  owners  in
successful  companies  that may be purchased at a significant  discount to their
true economic  value.  He selects  stocks using a disciplined  value  investment
approach that emphasizes a bottom-up stock selection process. Herro searches for
international stocks in both established and emerging markets.

When looking for new investment ideas, Herro attempts to do two things:

*    Seek out companies that are selling at a substantial discount to their true
     value
*    Determine the management's capability of enhancing the value of the company

His focus is to buy  securities  at large  discounts to their  underlying  value
(usually  based on their current and potential cash  generation).  He also looks
for bargains  based on  companies'  normalized  earnings  (the level of earnings
after  backing out  cyclical  influences)  and asset  values.  A company must be
selling  at a 30% or  greater  discount  to his  estimate  of its  value to be a
candidate for purchase. Stocks are also analyzed in terms of financial strength,
the  position  of the  company in its  industry  and the  attractiveness  of the
industry.  Another key feature of Herro's  investment  approach is the  thorough
assessment of a company's  management  team.  Herro  believes that  investing in
companies  with proven,  capable  managers  enhances the  likelihood of positive
returns. When interviewing management, Herro looks for two specific qualities in
a management team:

*    Management's ability to generate cash from the company's asset base
*    Management's ability to efficiently allocate capital

Because of his bottom-up approach,  Herro focuses on stock selection rather than
industry or country selection.  Currency hedging is done defensively and only if
the dollar appears  excessively  undervalued.  Hedging is based on real interest
rate spreads,  purchasing power parity  differentials  and differences in growth
and productivity.

                                       17
<PAGE>
DANIEL R. JAWORSKI
BPI Global Asset Management, LLP
1900 Summit Tower Boulevard
Orlando, FL 32810

Dan  Jaworski is the  portfolio  manager  for the  segment of the Fund's  assets
managed by BPI Global Asset Management, LLP. Jaworski has been in the investment
management  business since 1988 and in 1997 founded and became Chief  Investment
Officer of BPI Global Asset  Management.  As of December  31, 1999,  BPI managed
approximately  $3.6  billion  in  assets.  Jaworski  has  managed  the  Marshall
International  Stock Fund since April 1999. Prior to founding BPI,  Jaworski was
the  portfolio  manager of the STI  Classic  International  Equity  Fund and its
predecessor  commingled fund from February 1, 1995, to April 30, 1997.  Prior to
joining STI, Jaworski was an international  portfolio manager with Lazard Freres
Asset Management.  Jaworski began his portfolio management career as the manager
of the Princor World Fund (an  international  fund) for The Principle  Financial
Group in December 1988.

Approximately  20% of the Fund's assets are run by Jaworski.  He seeks to invest
in high-quality,  low-leveraged companies with sustainable, globally competitive
products or services.  Jaworski  purchases these companies when they are selling
at a discount to their select global  industrial  peer group,  when  applicable.
Valuation  criteria  used are  specific to the  industry,  but  typical  factors
include:

*    Price to free cash flow
*    Price to earnings
*    Price to book
*    Yield

Appreciation  potential is determined assuming the security sells at the mean of
the industrial  peer group.  Potential  returns are then adjusted to reflect the
estimated  impact of the local  market,  the local  currency or the general risk
profile of the security.

Securities ultimately selected by Jaworski are primarily large, well-established
companies that have  historically  generated,  or will  prospectively  generate,
higher  returns and better profit margins than their  industry  peers.  Jaworski
invests  in  developed  and  emerging  markets,  and  may  use  various  hedging
techniques to reduce exchange rate risk.

THEODORE J. TYSON
JOSEPH P. JORDAN
DOUGLAS R. ALLEN
Mastholm Asset Management
10500 N.E. 8th Street
Suite 660
Bellevue, WA  98004

Ted Tyson is the Chief  Investment  Officer and a Portfolio  Manager of Mastholm
Asset Management , LLC. Prior to forming Mastholm in 1997, Tyson was the founder
and head of  international  equity at American  Century  Investment  Management,
which he  joined  in 1988.  He has over 18  years of  investment  experience  in
domestic and international  markets. The Mastholm portfolio is managed by a team
of three  portfolio  managers led by Ted Tyson and including Joe Jordan and Doug
Allen, all of whom worked together at American Century. As of December 31, 1999,
Mastholm Asset Management has over $800 million under management.

                                       18
<PAGE>
Approximately  20% of the  Fund's  assets  are  managed  by the  Mastholm  team.
Mastholm's investment approach is bottom-up all capitalization growth, primarily
in developed markets.

Mastholm  screens a universe  of 28,000  companies  on a daily basis to identify
stocks with  accelerating  earnings or positive news impacting current or future
earnings.  Companies  that pass their  initial  screens are reviewed to identify
purchase candidates with the following characteristics:

*    clarity of accounting and confirmation of real earnings growth,
*    operating results significantly higher than analysts expectations,
*    wide divergence of analyst expectations,
*    stock price below historical average range, and
*    trading liquidity that meets guidelines.

Candidates  with  these  characteristics   become  the  highest  priorities  for
fundamental  analysis by the team.  Fundamental  research is allocated among the
portfolio managers based on country or industry expertise.

The  fundamental  analysis  process is designed to uncover  catalysts that drive
earnings not fully recognized by the market.  Industry  analysts are interviewed
to understand  the  assumptions  that led to their original  earnings  forecast,
companies are contacted to discuss how their  explanation  differs from industry
analysts  and to  identify  trends not  recognized  or fully  discounted  by the
market. Competitors, suppliers and vendors are questioned to cross-reference the
information garnered from analysts and companies. The portfolio managers spend a
significant  amount  of time  visiting  with  companies  abroad  that are in the
portfolio or under consideration.

Investments are primarily  concentrated in developed markets.  Mastholm tends to
remain  fully  invested  in stocks at all times,  and does not hedge  currencies
except under rare circumstances.

MARK YOCKEY

Artisan Partners LP
1000 North Water Street, Suite 1770
Milwaukee, WI 53202

Mark  Yockey is the  portfolio  manager  for the  segment of the  Fund's  assets
managed by Artisan  Partners LP. Artisan  Partners was founded by Carlene Murphy
Ziegler and Andrew Ziegler in 1995 and is controlled by them. Yockey has been in
the  investment  management  business  for more  than 15 years  and has been the
portfolio  manager of the  Artisan  International  Fund since its  inception  in
January  1996.  He is a partner in Artisan  Partners and is the senior member of
the firm's international  investment  management group. Prior to joining Artisan
Partners,  he was the portfolio manager of the United  International Growth Fund
commencing  in  1990.  In  total,  as  of  December  31,  1999,  Yockey  managed
approximately $4.8 billion.

Approximately  20% of the Fund's assets are run by Yockey.  He invests primarily
in international growth stocks,  concentrating on companies located in countries
that have accelerating growth prospects. He also invests in companies located in
emerging markets.

Though not a country  picker,  Yockey prefers to invest in regions and countries
that are enjoying improving or rapid economic growth.  This investment  universe
includes  developed  and  emerging  markets.  Yockey is less likely to invest in
countries  that,  while  showing  favorable  economic  growth,  appear  to  have
overvalued  markets.   Economic  growth  is  determined   principally  from  the
standpoint of gross domestic product growth,  corporate  profitability,  current
account  and  currency  issues,   interest  rates  and  social  changes.  Having

                                       19
<PAGE>
identified  favorable  areas of the world for  growth,  Yockey  seeks  stocks of
companies  best  positioned  to  capitalize  on that growth.  In this process he
emphasizes  well-managed  companies with dominant or increasing  market share in
strong  industries.   He  typically  focuses  on  companies  with  above-average
financial fundamentals and accelerating earnings per share. Yockey also analyzes
relative  valuations  using a variety  of  criteria,  such as  price-to-earnings
ratios,  and avoids stocks that are trading at  unsustainable  or unusually high
valuations. His research process is flexible and varies depending on the country
and  company,  with an emphasis on  determining  whether the company has a sound
business plan and is able to execute it.

In making this  assessment,  Yockey will  typically  rely on analysis of company
reports,  analyst  reports,  visits to the company and other contact with senior
management and  competitors.  Yockey may engage in hedging  activities to reduce
exchange rate risk.

SHAREHOLDER SERVICES

EACH FUND IS A NO-LOAD  FUND,  which means you pay no sales  commissions  of any
kind.  Once each business day that the New York Stock  Exchange  (NYSE) is open,
each Fund calculates its share price,  which is also called the Fund's net asset
value (NAV).  Shares are purchased at the next share price calculated after your
investment is received and  accepted.  Share price is calculated as of the close
of the NYSE, normally 4:00 p.m. Eastern Time.

HOW TO BUY SHARES

STEP 1

The  first  step is to  determine  the type of  account  you  wish to open.  The
following types of accounts are available to investors:

INDIVIDUAL OR JOINT ACCOUNTS FOR YOUR GENERAL INVESTMENT NEEDS:

     Individual accounts are owned by one person. Joint accounts can have two or
     more owners (tenants).

RETIREMENT  ACCOUNTS  Retirement plans allow  individuals to shelter  investment
income and capital gains from current taxes. In addition, contributions to these
accounts  may  be  tax  deductible.   Retirement   accounts   require   specific
applications and typically have lower minimums.

     INDIVIDUAL  RETIREMENT  ACCOUNTS (IRAS) allow anyone of legal age and under
     70-1/2 with earned income to invest up to $2,000 per year.  Individuals can
     also invest in a spouse's IRA if the spouse has earned  income of less than
     $250 and the combined contributions do not exceed $2,250.

     ROLLOVER  IRAS  retain  tax  advantages  for  certain   distributions  from
     employer-sponsored retirement plans.

     SIMPLIFIED  EMPLOYEE PENSION PLANS (SEP-IRAS) provide small business owners
     or those with self-employed income (and their eligible employees) with many
     of  the  same  advantages  as a  Keogh  retirement  plan,  but  with  fewer
     administrative requirements.

     ROTH IRAS  allow  anyone of legal age who meets  certain  income  limits to
     invest up to $2,000 per year.

Other retirement plans, such as Keogh or corporate  profit-sharing plans, 403(b)
plans and 401(k) plans,  may invest in the Funds.  All of these accounts need to
be established by the plan's  trustee.  The Funds do not offer versions of these
plans.

                                       20
<PAGE>
If you are investing  through a tax-sheltered  retirement  plan, such as an IRA,
for the first time,  you will need an IRA  Application  and Adoption  Agreement.
Retirement investing also involves its own investment procedures.

GIFTS OR TRANSFERS TO MINORS (UGMA,  UTMA) TO INVEST FOR A CHILD'S  EDUCATION OR
OTHER FUTURE NEEDS:

     These custodial  accounts provide a way to give money to a child and obtain
     tax  benefits.  An  individual  can give up to  $10,000  per year per child
     without paying a federal gift tax.  Depending on state laws, you can set up
     a custodial  account  under the  Uniform  Gifts to Minors Act (UGMA) or the
     Uniform Transfers to Minors Act (UTMA).

TRUST FOR MONEY BEING INVESTED BY A TRUST:

     The trust must be established before an account can be opened. The Fund may
     require additional documentation regarding the formation of the trust prior
     to establishing an account.

BUSINESS OR ORGANIZATION  FOR INVESTMENT  NEEDS OF  CORPORATIONS,  ASSOCIATIONS,
PARTNERSHIPS OR OTHER GROUPS:

     The Fund  does not  require  a special  application,  however  the Fund may
     require additional information prior to establishing an account.

STEP 2

The second step involves determining the amount of your investment. The Masters'
Select Funds have established the following  minimum  investment levels for your
initial investment, additional investments and ongoing account balances:

                        MINIMUM INITIAL    MINIMUM ADDITIONAL       MINIMUM
TYPE OF ACCOUNT           INVESTMENT          INVESTMENT        ACCOUNT BALANCE
- ---------------           ----------          ----------        ---------------

REGULAR                     $5,000            $  250               $2,500

RETIREMENT ACCOUNT          $1,000            $  250               $  250
AUTOMATIC
INVESTMENT ACCOUNT          $2,500            $  100               $2,500

The Distributor may waive the minimum investment from time to time.

STEP 3

The third step involves  completing your  application to open your account.  All
shareholders  must complete and sign an application in order to establish  their
account.  The type of  application  depends on the type of account  you chose to
open. Regular investment  accounts,  including  individual,  joint tenant, UGMA,
UTMA, business,  or trust accounts must complete the Fund's standard New Account
Application.  Shareholders  who  wish  to  establish  retirement  accounts  must
complete the IRA Application and Adoption  Agreement.  Shareholders  who wish to
transfer  retirement  holdings from another custodian must also complete the IRA
Transfer of Assets Form.

STEP 4

The final step in opening  your  account is to mail the  completed  application,
along with your check or money order payable to the Masters'  Select Equity Fund
or the Masters' Select  International  Fund. THE FUNDS DO NOT ACCEPT THIRD-PARTY
CHECKS.

                                       21
<PAGE>
The mailing addresses for the Funds are:

FOR REGULAR DELIVERY:                      FOR OVERNIGHT DELIVERY:

Masters' Select Funds                      Masters' Select Funds
c/o National Financial Data Services       c/o National Financial Data Services
P.O. Box 219922                            330 West Ninth Street
Kansas City, MO 64121-9922                 Kansas City, MO 64105

If you wish to open or add to your account by wire,  please call  1-800-960-0188
for instructions.

AFTER YOUR ACCOUNT IS OPEN, you may add to it by:

*    Mailing a check or money order to the above  addresses  along with a letter
     or the form at the bottom of your  account  statement.  Be sure to put your
     account number on your check and in your letter.
*    Wiring money from your bank. Call 1-800-960-0188 for instructions
*    Making automatic  investments if you signed up for the Automatic Investment
     Plan when you opened your account.

HOW TO SELL SHARES

You can  arrange  to take  money  out of your  account  at any  time by  selling
(redeeming) some or all of your shares. Your shares will be sold at the next net
asset value per share (share price)  calculated after your order is received and
accepted.

TO SELL  SHARES  IN A  NON-RETIREMENT  ACCOUNT,  you may use any of the  methods
described in this section. To sell shares in a retirement account,  your request
must be made in writing.

CERTAIN REQUESTS MUST INCLUDE A SIGNATURE  GUARANTEE.  It is designed to protect
you and each Fund from fraud. Your request must be made in writing and include a
signature guarantee if any of the following situations apply:

*    You wish to redeem more than $25,000 worth of shares.
*    Your account registration information has changed within the past 30 days.
*    The redemption check is being mailed to a different address from the one on
     your account (address of record).
*    The check is being made payable to someone other than the account owner.

You should be able to obtain a signature  guarantee from a bank,  broker-dealer,
credit  union  (if  authorized   under  state  law),   securities   exchange  or
association,  clearing  agency or savings  association.  A notary  public cannot
provide a signature guarantee.

SELLING SHARES BY LETTER

Write and sign a "letter of instruction" with:

      YOUR NAME
      YOUR FUND'S ACCOUNT NUMBER
      THE DOLLAR AMOUNT OR NUMBER OF SHARES TO BE REDEEMED

Please  note  the  following  special  requirements  for  redeeming  shares  for
different types of accounts;

                                       22
<PAGE>
*    INDIVIDUAL,  JOINT TENANT, SOLE PROPRIETORSHIP,  UGMA OR UTMA ACCOUNTS: The
     letter of  instruction  must be signed by all persons  required to sign for
     transactions, exactly as their names appear on the account.
*    RETIREMENT  ACCOUNT:   The  account  owner  should  complete  a  Retirement
     Distribution Form. Call 1-800-960-0188 to request one.
*    TRUST  ACCOUNT:  The trustee  must sign the letter  indicating  capacity as
     trustee. If a trustee's name is not in the account registration,  provide a
     copy of the trust document certified within the past 60 days.
*    BUSINESS  OR  ORGANIZATION:  At least one person  authorized  by  corporate
     resolutions to act on the account must sign the letter. Include a corporate
     resolution with corporate seal or signature guarantee.
*    EXECUTOR,  ADMINISTRATOR,  CONSERVATOR OR GUARDIAN: Call 1-800-960-0188 for
     instructions.

Unless  otherwise  instructed,  the Fund  will  send a check to the  address  of
record.

Mail your letter to:
REGULAR DELIVERY:                         OVERNIGHT DELIVERY:

Masters' Select Funds                     Masters' Select Funds
c/o National Financial Data Services      c/o National Financial Data Services
P.O. Box 219922                           330 West Ninth Street
Kansas City, MO 64121-9922                Kansas City, MO 64105

SELLING SHARES BY TELEPHONE

YOU MUST SELECT THIS OPTION ON YOUR NEW ACCOUNT  APPLICATION  IF YOU WISH TO USE
TELEPHONE  REDEMPTION;  IT IS NOT AUTOMATICALLY  AVAILABLE.  If you selected the
telephone redemption option on your New Account Application, you can sell shares
simply by calling 1-800-960-0188.  The amount you wish to redeem (up to $25,000)
will be wired to your bank account.  This option is not available for retirement
accounts.

SELLING SHARES BY WIRE

You must sign up for the wire  feature  before using it. To verify that it is in
place, please call 1-800-960-0188.  The minimum wire amount is $5,000. Your wire
redemption  request must be received by the Funds before 4:00 p.m.  Eastern time
for money to be wired the next  business  day.  This option is not available for
retirement accounts.

SHAREHOLDER AND ACCOUNT POLICIES

STATEMENTS, REPORTS, AND INQUIRIES

Statements and reports that each Fund sends you include the following:

*    Confirmation  statements (after every transaction that affects your account
     balance or your account registration)
*    Financial reports (every six months)
*    Account Statements (every six months)

The  Transfer  Agent for the Funds is  National  Financial  Data  Services.  Its
address is 330 W. Ninth Street, Kansas City, MO 64105. You may call the Transfer
Agent at 1-800-960-0188 if you have questions about your account.

                                       23
<PAGE>
First  Fund  Distributors,  Inc.,  an  affiliate  of the  Administrator,  is the
principal  underwriter  of the Funds.  Its  address is 4455 E.  Camelback  Road,
Phoenix, AZ 85018.

EXCHANGE PRIVILEGE

Shareholders may exchange shares between the Masters' Select Equity Fund and the
Masters' Select International Fund by mailing or delivering written instructions
to the Transfer  Agent.  Please  specify the name of the  applicable  Fund,  the
number of shares or dollar  amount to be  exchanged,  and your name and  account
number.

You may also  exchange  shares by calling the Transfer  Agent at  1-800-960-0188
between  9:00 a.m.  and 4:00 p.m.  Eastern time on a day that the New York Stock
Exchange (NYSE) is open for normal trading.  Telephone  exchanges are subject to
the identification procedures noted with respect to telephone redemptions above.

AUTOMATIC INVESTMENT/WITHDRAWAL PLANS

One easy way to pursue your financial  goals is to invest money  regularly.  The
Funds offer a convenient  service  that lets you  transfer  money into your Fund
account  automatically.  Although Automatic  Investment Plans do not guarantee a
profit and will not protect you against loss in a declining market,  they can be
an excellent  way to invest for  retirement,  a home,  educational  expenses and
other long-term financial goals.

A  systematic  withdrawal  plan lets you set up periodic  redemptions  from your
account. Certain restrictions apply for retirement accounts. Call 1-800-960-0188
for more information.

SHARE PRICE

Each Fund is open for  business  each day the New York Stock  Exchange  is open.
Each Fund  calculates  its net asset  value (NAV) as of the close of business of
the NYSE, normally 4 p.m. Eastern time.

Each  Fund's NAV is the value of a single  share.  The NAV is computed by adding
the value of each Fund's  investments,  cash and other assets,  subtracting  its
liabilities  and then  dividing the result by the number of shares  outstanding.
The NAV is also the redemption price (price to sell one share).

Each Fund's assets are valued  primarily on the basis of market  quotations.  If
quotations  are not  readily  available,  assets are valued by a method that the
Board of Trustees believes accurately reflects fair value.

PURCHASES

*    All of your  purchases  must be made in U.S.  dollars,  and checks  must be
     drawn on U.S. banks.
*    The Funds do not accept cash, credit cards or third-party checks.
*    If your check does not clear,  your  purchase will be canceled and you will
     be liable for any losses or fees the Funds or the Transfer Agent incurs.
*    Your ability to make automatic investments may be immediately terminated if
     any item is unpaid by your financial institution.
*    Each Fund reserves the right to reject any purchase order.

                                       24
<PAGE>
For example, a purchase order may be refused if, in the Advisor's opinion, it is
so large  that it would  disrupt  management  of the  Funds.  Orders may also be
rejected from persons believed by the Advisor to be "market timers."

You  may  buy  and  sell  shares  of  the  Funds   through   certain   Financial
Intermediaries  (and their agents) that have made arrangements with the Funds to
sell its shares. When you place your order with such a Financial Intermediary or
its  authorized  agent,  your order is treated as if you had placed it  directly
with the  Funds'  Transfer  Agent,  and you will pay or  receive  the next price
calculated by the Funds. The Financial Intermediary (or agent) holds your shares
in an omnibus account in the Financial Intermediary's (or agent's) name, and the
Financial  Intermediary (or agent) maintains your individual  ownership records.
The Advisor may pay the Financial  Intermediary  (or its agent) for  maintaining
these records as well as providing  other  shareholder  services.  The Financial
Intermediary  (or its agent) may charge you a fee for handling  your order.  The
Financial  Intermediary  (or agent) is  responsible  for  processing  your order
correctly  and  promptly,  keeping  you  advised  regarding  the  status of your
individual  account,  confirming your transactions and ensuring that you receive
copies of the Funds' prospectus.

REDEMPTIONS

*    Normally,  redemption  proceeds  will be mailed to you on the next business
     day, but if making  immediate  payment could adversely affect the Funds, it
     may take up to seven days to pay you.
*    Redemptions  may be suspended or payment dates  postponed when the New York
     Stock Exchange is closed (other than weekends or holidays), when trading on
     the NYSE is restricted or as permitted by the SEC.
*    If the  amount  you are  redeeming  exceeds  1% of the Funds' net assets or
     $250,000  during any 90-day  period,  the Funds reserves the right to honor
     your  redemption   request  by  distributing  to  you  readily   marketable
     securities to you instead of cash. You may incur  brokerage and other costs
     in converting to cash any securities distributed.

FEE IMPOSED ON CERTAIN REDEMPTIONS OF SHARES.

Effective November 1, 1999, each Fund will impose a short-term redemption fee on
redemptions of shares  purchased after the effective date and held for less than
180  days.  The fee is 2% of the  redemption  value  and is  deducted  from  the
redemption proceeds.

The fee is retained by the Fund for the benefit of its  long-term  shareholders.
It is enacted to discourage  short-term  trading of the Fund by market timers or
other  investors  who do not share the  long-term  strategy of the Fund,  and to
reduce the expenses of long-term  shareholders  for the trading  costs and other
costs associated with short-term investment in the Fund.

The `first in, first out" (FIFO) method is used to determine the holding period;
this means that if you bought  shares on different  days,  the shares  purchased
first will be  redeemed  first for the  purpose of  determining  whether the fee
applies.

Redemption Fees will not be charged on:

*    shares acquired by reinvestment of dividends or distributions from a Fund,
*    shares held in an account of a qualified  retirement plan, such as a 401(k)
     plan or IRA account, or purchased through certain intermediaries.

EACH  FUND  MAY  CLOSE  SMALL  ACCOUNTS.  Due to the  relatively  high  cost  of
maintaining  smaller  accounts,  the  shares  in your  account  (unless  it is a
retirement  plan or  custodial  account) may be redeemed by each Fund if, due to
redemptions  you have made,  the total value of your  account is reduced to less
than $2,500. If a Fund decides to make such an involuntary redemption,  you will
first be notified  that the value of your account is less than  $2,500,  and you
will be allowed 30 days to make an  additional  investment to bring the value of
your account to at least $2,500 before a Fund takes any action.

                                       25
<PAGE>
DIVIDENDS, CAPITAL GAINS AND TAXES

The Funds distribute substantially all of their net income and capital gains, if
any, to  shareholders  each year.  Normally,  dividends  and  capital  gains are
distributed in November or December.

DISTRIBUTION OPTIONS

When you open an account,  specify on your  application  how you want to receive
your  distributions.  If the option you prefer is not listed on the application,
call 1-800-960-0188 for instructions. The Funds offer three options:

*    REINVESTMENT  OPTION. Your dividend and capital gains distributions will be
     automatically  reinvested in additional  shares of the Funds. If you do not
     indicate a choice on your application, you will be assigned this option.
*    INCOME-EARNED   OPTION.   Your   capital   gains   distributions   will  be
     automatically  reinvested,  but you will be sent a check for each  dividend
     distribution.
*    CASH OPTION.  You will be sent a check for your  dividend and capital gains
     distributions.

For retirement accounts all distributions are automatically reinvested. When you
are over 59-1/2 years old, you can receive distributions in cash.

When a Fund deducts a distribution  from its NAV, the reinvestment  price is the
Fund's NAV at the close of business that day. Cash  distribution  checks will be
mailed within seven days.

UNDERSTANDING DISTRIBUTIONS

As a Fund  shareholder,  you are entitled to your share of the Fund's net income
and gains on its  investments.  The Funds pass their earnings along to investors
as  distributions.  Each Fund earns  dividends  from  stocks and  interest  from
short-term investments.  These are passed along as dividend distributions.  Each
Fund realizes capital gains whenever it sells securities for a higher price than
it paid for them. These are passed along as capital gains distributions.

TAXES

As with any  investment,  you should  consider how your  investment in each Fund
will be taxed.  If your account is not a tax-deferred  retirement  account,  you
should be aware of these tax implications.

TAXES ON DISTRIBUTIONS.  Distributions are subject to federal income tax and may
also be  subject  to state and local  taxes.  If you live  outside of the United
States,  your  distributions  could  also be taxed by the  country  in which you
reside. Your distributions are taxable when they are paid, whether you take them
in cash or  reinvest  them.  Distributions  declared  in  December  and  paid in
January, however, are taxable as if they were paid on December 31.

For federal  tax  purposes,  each Fund's  income and  short-term  capital  gains
distributions are taxed as dividends;  long-term capital gains distributions are
taxed as long-term capital gains. Every January, each Fund will send you and the
Internal Revenue Service (IRS) a statement showing the taxable distributions.

TAXES ON TRANSACTIONS. Your redemptions,  including transfers between Funds, are
subject to capital gains tax. A capital gain or loss is the  difference  between
the cost of your shares and the price you receive  when you sell them.  Whenever
you sell  shares  of a Fund,  the Fund will  send you a  confirmation  statement

                                       26
<PAGE>
showing  how many  shares you sold and at what  price.  You will also  receive a
consolidated  transaction  statement every January.  It is up to you or your tax
preparer,  however,  to determine  whether the sales  resulted in a capital gain
and,  if so,  the  amount of the tax to be paid.  Be sure to keep  your  regular
account   statements;   the  information  they  contain  will  be  essential  in
calculating the amount of your capital gains.

"BUYING A DIVIDEND." If you buy shares just before a Fund deducts a distribution
from its NAV,  you will pay the full  price for the  shares  and then  receive a
portion of the price back in the form of a taxable distribution.

There are tax requirements  that all funds must follow in order to avoid federal
taxation.  In their efforts to adhere to these requirements,  the Funds may have
to limit their investment activity in some types of instruments.

When you sign your New Account  Application,  you will be asked to certify  that
your Social Security or Taxpayer  Identification  number is correct and that you
are not subject to 31%  withholding  for failing to report income to the IRS. If
you violate IRS regulations,  the IRS can require a fund to withhold 31% of your
taxable distributions and redemptions.

                                       27
<PAGE>
FINANCIAL HIGHLIGHTS

The financial  highlights  table is intended to help you  understand  the Funds'
financial  performance  since  their  inception.  Certain  information  reflects
financial  results  for a single  Fund  share.  The total  returns  in the table
represent  the rate that an investor  would have earned or lost on an investment
in the Fund (assuming  reinvestment  of all dividends and  distributions).  This
information  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  1999,  has  been  audited  by
PricewaterhouseCoopers  LLP, and by other  independent  accountants  for periods
ended prior to December 31, 1999, whose report,  along with the Funds' financial
statements, are included in the annual report, which is available upon request.

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      Equity Fund                     International Fund
                                          ---------------------------------   ---------------------------------
                                             Year        Year        Year        Year       Year        Year
                                             Ended      Ended       Ended**     Ended       Ended      Ended***
                                           12/31/99    12/31/98    12/31/97    12/31/99    12/31/98    12/31/97
                                          ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------    --------    --------
<S>                                       <C>         <C>         <C>         <C>          <C>         <C>
Net asset value,
Beginning of period                       $   13.57   $   11.84   $   10.00   $   10.95    $   9.88    $  10.00
                                          ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------    --------    --------
Income from investment operations
   Net investment income (loss)               (0.01)       0.03        0.03        0.00#       0.08       (0.00)
   Net realized and unrealized gain(loss)      3.52        1.73        2.90        8.13        1.08       (0.12)
                                          ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------    --------    --------
    Total from investment operations           3.51        1.76        2.93        8.13        1.16       (0.12)
                                          ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------    --------    --------
Less distributions

    From net investment income                (0.02)      (0.02)      (0.03)      (0.03)      (0.09)      (0.00)
    From capital gains                        (2.68)      (0.01)      (1.06)      (0.38)      (0.00)      (0.00)
                                          ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------    --------    --------
    Total distributions                       (2.70)      (0.03)      (1.09)      (0.41)      (0.09)      (0.00)
                                          ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------    --------    --------

NET ASSET VALUE, END OF PERIOD            $   14.38   $   13.57   $   11.84   $   18.67    $  10.95    $   9.88
                                          =========   =========   =========   =========    ========    ========
Total Return                                  26.45%      14.90%      29.11%      75.01%      11.74%      (1.20%)
                                          ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------    --------    --------
Net assets at end of period (in 000's)    $ 449,247   $ 405,458   $ 296,876   $ 219,357    $ 95,222    $ 45,934
                                          ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------    --------    --------
Ratio of expenses to average net assets        1.26%+      1.38%+      1.47%+      1.29%++     1.55%++     1.77%*++
                                          ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------    --------    --------
Ratio of net investment income (loss) to
 average net assets                           (0.12%)      0.30%       0.12%       0.01%       0.87%       0.42%*
                                          ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------    --------    --------
Portfolio turnover rate                      116.42%     135.41%     145.11%     100.00%      73.59%       0.00%
                                          ---------   ---------   ---------   ---------    --------    --------
</TABLE>
- ----------
*    Annualized.
**   Operations commenced December 31, 1996
***  Operations commenced December 1, 1997
#    Amount represents less than $.01 per share.
+    Ratio of expenses to average net assets  before  management  fee waiver and
     custody credits for December 31, 1999, 1998, and 1997,  respectively,  were
     1.28%, 1.38%, and 1.47%
++   Ratio of expenses to average net assets  before  management  fee waiver and
     custody credits for December 31, 1999, 1998, and 1997,  respectively,  were
     1.41%, 1.63%, and 1.83%

                                       28
<PAGE>
FOR MORE INFORMATION

STATEMENT OF ADDITIONAL INFORMATION:

The Statement of Additional  Information (SAI) contains  additional  information
about the Funds. Further additional  information about the Funds' investments is
available in the Funds' Annual and Semi-Annual Reports to Shareholders.

ANNUAL AND SEMI-ANNUAL REPORTS:

In the Funds' annual report, you will find a discussion of the market conditions
and investment  strategies that  significantly  affected the Funds'  performance
during its last fiscal year.

The SAI,  Annual Report to Shareholders  and Semi-Annual  Report to Shareholders
are available,  without charge, upon request. To request a SAI, Annual Report to
Shareholders or Semi-Annual  Report to  Shareholders,  or to ask questions about
your  account  or  obtain  other  information  about  the  Funds,   please  call
1-800-960-0188.

SEC CONTACT INFORMATION:

If you have access to the Internet,  you can view the SAI at the  Securities and
Exchange  Commission  (SEC) Web site at www.sec.gov.  You may also visit the SEC
public reference room. Information on the operation of the public reference room
can  be  obtained  by  calling   1-202-942-8090.   To  obtain  copies  of  these
publications,  you may also  request a copy by writing  to the Public  Reference
Section of the SEC, Washington, D.C. 20549-6009. You may also make an electronic
request:  at  [email protected]..  The SEC charges a  duplicating  fee for this
service.

Investment Company Act File No: 811-07763.

FUND IDENTIFICATION:

FUND                   ABBREVIATION            SYMBOL               CUSIP
- ----                   ------------            ------               -----
Equity Fund            MstrSeltEq              MSEFX             576417109
International Fund     MstrSeltInt             MSILX             576417208

WEBSITE:

mastersselectfunds.com

THE MASTERS' SELECT FUNDS
P.O. BOX 219922
KANSAS CITY, MO 64121-9922

1-800-960-0188

First Fund Distributors, Inc., Phoenix, AZ 85018
(C) 2000 Litman/Gregory Fund Advisors, LLC. All rights reserved.

                                       29
<PAGE>
     As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 20, 2000
                                                      Registration No. 333-10015
                                                              File No. 811-07763
================================================================================












                                     Part B

                                       of

                                    Form N-1A

                         COMBINED REGISTRATION STATEMENT

                           MASTERS' SELECT FUNDS TRUST

                           Masters' Select Equity Fund

                       Masters' Select International Fund














================================================================================
<PAGE>
                           MASTERS' SELECT FUNDS TRUST

                       Statement of Additional Information

                              Dated April 20, 2000

This Statement of Additional  Information is not a prospectus,  and it should be
read in  conjunction  with the  prospectus  dated April 20,  2000,  as it may be
amended from time to time,  of The Masters'  Select  Equity Fund (the  "Masters'
Select Equity" or "Equity Fund") and The Masters' Select International Fund (the
"Masters' Select  International" or "International  Fund"), a series of Masters'
Select  Funds  Trust  (the  "Trust"),  formerly  known  as the  Masters'  Select
Investment  Trust  until  December  1997.  The  Trust,  a  diversified  open-end
management  investment company, is a Delaware business trust formed on August 1,
1996.  Litman/Gregory  Fund Advisors,  LLC (the "Advisor") is the Advisor of the
Funds.   The  Advisor  has   retained   investment   managers  as   sub-advisers
("Managers"),  each  responsible  for portfolio  management of a segment of each
Fund's total assets. A copy of the combined  prospectus may be obtained from the
Trust at 4 Orinda Way, Suite 230-D,  Orinda,  California 94563,  telephone (800)
960-0188.

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                      Cross-reference to sections
                                          Page        in the prospectus
                                          ----        -----------------
<S>                                       <C>         <C>
Fund History..........................     B-2        Not applicable

Investment Objective and Policies.....     B-2        The Masters' Select Equity Fund - Fund
                                                      Summary; The Masters' Select
                                                      International Fund - Fund Summary

Management............................    B-18        The Funds in Detail - Elements Common
                                                      To Both Funds; The Masters' Select
                                                      Equity Fund in Detail; The Masters'
                                                      Select International Fund in Detail

Portfolio Transactions and Brokerage..    B-23        The Funds in Detail: Investment Managers

Net Asset Value.......................    B-23        Shareholder Services: How to Buy Shares

Taxation  ............................    B-25        Dividends, Capital Gains, and Taxes

Dividends and Distributions...........    B-26        Dividends, Capital Gains, and Taxes

Performance Information...............    B-27        Past Performance

General Information...................    B-28        Not applicable

Financial Statements..................    B-29        Not applicable

Appendix  ............................    B-30        Not applicable
</TABLE>

                                      B-1
<PAGE>
                                  FUND HISTORY

     The Trust was organized as a Delaware  business trust on August 1, 1996 and
is registered  under the  Investment  Company Act of 1940 (the "1940 Act") as an
open-end  management  investment  company.  The Trust  consists of two  separate
series:  the Masters' Select Equity Fund and the Masters'  Select  International
Fund (each a "Fund" and collectively the "Funds").

                       INVESTMENT OBJECTIVES AND POLICIES

     The  investment  objective of each Fund is to provide  long-term  growth of
capital.  There is no assurance that each Fund will achieve its  objective.  The
discussion  below  supplements  information  contained in the  prospectus  as to
investment policies of each Fund.

     Under certain  conditions,  including  unusual  market  conditions  and for
temporary  defensive  purposes,  up to 35% of each  Fund's  total  assets may be
invested in short-term, high-quality debt securities. Defensive positions may be
initiated by the individual portfolio managers or by the Advisor.

     The Advisor does not expect each Fund's  portfolio  turnover rate to exceed
150% in most years.

CASH POSITION

     When a Fund's Manager  believes that market  conditions are unfavorable for
profitable investing, or when he or she is otherwise unable to locate attractive
investment  opportunities,  the Funds' cash or similar investments may increase.
In other words, the Funds do not always stay fully invested in stocks and bonds.
Cash or similar investments generally are a residual - they represent the assets
that  remain  after a  portfolio  manager  has  committed  available  assets  to
desirable  investment  opportunities.  However,  a  portfolio  manager  may also
temporarily  increase a Fund's  cash  position to protect its assets or maintain
liquidity.  Partly  because the  portfolio  managers act  independently  of each
other, the cash positions of the Funds may vary significantly.

     When a Fund's investments in cash or similar investments  increase,  it may
not  participate in market advances or declines to the same extent that it would
if the Fund remained more fully invested in stocks or bonds.

CONVERTIBLE SECURITIES AND WARRANTS

     Each Fund may invest in convertible  securities and warrants. A convertible
security is a fixed income  security (a debt  instrument  or a preferred  stock)
which may be converted at a stated price within a specified  period of time into
a  certain  quantity  of the  common  stock of the same or a  different  issuer.
Convertible  securities  are  senior to common  stocks  in an  issuer's  capital
structure,  but are usually subordinated to similar non-convertible  securities.
While providing a fixed income stream (generally higher in yield than the income
derivable  from  common  stock  but  lower  than  that  afforded  by  a  similar
nonconvertible  security),  a convertible  security also affords an investor the
opportunity,  through its  conversion  feature,  to  participate  in the capital
appreciation attendant upon a market price advance in the convertible security's
underlying common stock.

     A  warrant  gives  the  holder a right  to  purchase  at any time  during a
specified  period a  predetermined  number of shares of common  stock at a fixed
price.  Unlike  convertible debt securities or preferred stock,  warrants do not
pay a fixed dividend.  Investments in warrants involve certain risks,  including
the possible lack of a liquid market for resale of the warrants, potential price
fluctuations  as a result of speculation  or other  factors,  and failure of the
price  of the  underlying  security  to reach or have  reasonable  prospects  of
reaching a level at which the warrant can be prudently exercised (in which event
the warrant may expire without being exercised,  resulting in a loss of a Fund's
entire investment therein).

OTHER CORPORATE DEBT SECURITIES

     Each Fund may invest in  non-convertible  debt  securities  of foreign  and
domestic  companies over a cross-section  of industries.  The debt securities in
which  each  Fund may  invest  will be of  varying  maturities  and may  include
corporate bonds, debentures, notes and other similar corporate debt instruments.
The value of a longer-term  debt security  fluctuates more widely in response to
changes in interest rates than do shorter-term debt securities.

                                      B-2
<PAGE>
RISKS OF INVESTING IN DEBT SECURITIES

     There are a number of risks generally associated with an investment in debt
securities (including convertible  securities).  Yields on short,  intermediate,
and long-term  securities depend on a variety of factors,  including the general
condition of the money and bond markets, the size of a particular offering,  the
maturity of the obligation, and the rating of the issue.

     Debt  securities  with longer  maturities tend to produce higher yields and
are  generally   subject  to  potentially   greater  capital   appreciation  and
depreciation than obligations with short maturities and lower yields. The market
prices of debt  securities  usually vary,  depending upon available  yields.  An
increase in interest  rates will  generally  reduce the value of such  portfolio
investments,  and a decline in interest rates will generally  increase the value
of such  portfolio  investments.  The  ability  of  each  Fund  to  achieve  its
investment  objective also depends on the  continuing  ability of the issuers of
the debt securities in which each Fund invests to meet their obligations for the
payment of interest and principal when due.

RISKS OF INVESTING IN LOWER-RATED DEBT SECURITIES

     As set forth in the  prospectus,  each Fund may invest a portion of its net
assets in debt securities  rated below "Baa" by Moody's or "BBB" by S&P or below
investment grade by other recognized rating agencies,  or in unrated  securities
of comparable quality under certain circumstances. Securities with ratings below
"Baa"  and/or  "BBB" are  commonly  referred to as "junk  bonds." Such bonds are
subject to greater market  fluctuations and risk of loss of income and principal
than higher rated bonds for a variety of reasons, including the following:

     SENSITIVITY TO INTEREST RATE AND ECONOMIC CHANGES. The economy and interest
rates  affect  high yield  securities  differently  from other  securities.  For
example,  the prices of high yield bonds have been found to be less sensitive to
interest  rate  changes than  higher-rated  investments,  but more  sensitive to
adverse economic changes or individual corporate  developments.  Also, during an
economic  downturn  or  substantial  period of  rising  interest  rates,  highly
leveraged  issuers may experience  financial stress which would adversely affect
their  ability to service  their  principal  and interest  obligations,  to meet
projected business goals, and to obtain additional financing. If the issuer of a
bond defaults,  each Fund may incur  additional  expenses to seek  recovery.  In
addition,  periods of economic uncertainty and changes can be expected to result
in increased  volatility of market prices of high yield bonds and a Fund's asset
values.

     PAYMENT  EXPECTATIONS.  High yield  bonds  present  certain  risks based on
payment  expectations.  For example, high yield bonds may contain redemption and
call provisions. If an issuer exercises these provisions in a declining interest
rate  market,  a Fund would have to replace the security  with a lower  yielding
security,  resulting in a decreased  return for  investors.  Conversely,  a high
yield bond's value will decrease in a rising  interest rate market,  as will the
value of a Fund's assets. If a Fund experiences  unexpected net redemptions,  it
may be forced to sell its high yield bonds  without  regard to their  investment
merits,  thereby  decreasing the asset base upon which a Fund's  expenses can be
spread and possibly reducing a Fund's rate of return.

     LIQUIDITY AND VALUATION.  To the extent that there is no established retail
secondary  market,  there may be thin trading of high yield bonds,  and this may
impact a  Manager's  ability to  accurately  value high yield bonds and a Fund's
assets and hinder a Fund's  ability to dispose of the bonds.  Adverse  publicity
and investor  perceptions,  whether or not based on  fundamental  analysis,  may
decrease the values and  liquidity of high yield bonds,  especially  in a thinly
traded market.

     CREDIT  RATINGS.  Credit  ratings  evaluate  the  safety of  principal  and
interest  payments,  not the market value risk of high yield bonds.  Also, since
credit rating  agencies may fail to timely change the credit  ratings to reflect
subsequent  events,  a Manager must monitor the issuers of high yield bonds in a
Fund's  portfolio to determine if the issuers will have sufficient cash flow and
profits to meet  required  principal  and interest  payments,  and to assure the
bonds'  liquidity  so a Fund  can  meet  redemption  requests.  A Fund  will not
necessarily dispose of a portfolio security when its rating has been changed.

SHORT-TERM INVESTMENTS

     Each Fund may invest in any of the following securities and instruments:

     BANK CERTIFICATES OR DEPOSIT,  BANKERS' ACCEPTANCES AND TIME DEPOSITS. Each
Fund  may  acquire  certificates  of  deposit,  bankers'  acceptances  and  time
deposits.  Certificates  of deposit are negotiable  certificates  issued against
funds deposited in a commercial bank for a definite period of time and earning a
specified  return.  Bankers'  acceptances  are  negotiable  drafts  or  bills of

                                      B-3
<PAGE>
exchange,  normally  drawn  by an  importer  or  exporter  to pay  for  specific
merchandise,  which are  "accepted"  by a bank,  meaning in effect that the bank
unconditionally  agrees to pay the face  value of the  instrument  on  maturity.
Certificates  of deposit  and  bankers'  acceptances  acquired by a Fund will be
dollar-denominated  obligations  of  domestic  or  foreign  banks  or  financial
institutions  which at the time of purchase have capital,  surplus and undivided
profits in excess of $100 million (including assets of both domestic and foreign
branches),  based on latest published reports,  or less than $100 million if the
principal  amount  of such  bank  obligations  are  fully  insured  by the  U.S.
Government.   If  a  Fund  holds  instruments  of  foreign  banks  or  financial
institutions,  it may  be  subject  to  additional  investment  risks  that  are
different in some respects  from those  incurred by a fund which invests only in
debt obligations of U.S. domestic issuers. See "Foreign Investments" below. Such
risks  include  future  political  and  economic   developments,   the  possible
imposition of withholding taxes by the particular country in which the issuer is
located on interest  income payable on the securities,  the possible  seizure or
nationalization  of foreign  deposits,  the possible  establishment  of exchange
controls or the adoption of other foreign governmental  restrictions which might
adversely affect the payment of principal and interest on these securities.

     Domestic  banks and  foreign  banks are subject to  different  governmental
regulations  with respect to the amount and types of loans which may be made and
interest  rates which may be charged.  In  addition,  the  profitability  of the
banking industry depends largely upon the availability and cost of funds for the
purpose  of  financing   lending   operations   under  prevailing  money  market
conditions.  General  economic  conditions  as well as exposure to credit losses
arising from possible financial difficulties of borrowers play an important part
in the operations of the banking industry.

     As a result of federal and state laws and regulations,  domestic banks are,
among other things,  required to maintain specified levels of reserves,  limited
in the amount  which they can loan to a single  borrower,  and  subject to other
regulations  designed to promote  financial  soundness.  However,  such laws and
regulations do not necessarily apply to foreign bank obligations that a Fund may
acquire.

     In addition to purchasing certificates of deposit and bankers' acceptances,
to the extent  permitted  under its investment  objectives  and policies  stated
above  and in its  prospectus,  a Fund may make  interest-bearing  time or other
interest-bearing  deposits in  commercial  or savings  banks.  Time deposits are
non-negotiable  deposits  maintained  at a banking  institution  for a specified
period of time at a specified interest rate.

     SAVINGS  ASSOCIATION  OBLIGATIONS.  Each Fund may invest in certificates of
deposit  (interest-bearing time deposits) issued by savings banks or savings and
loan associations that have capital,  surplus and undivided profits in excess of
$100 million,  based on latest published  reports,  or less than $100 million if
the  principal  amount  of  such  obligations  is  fully  insured  by  the  U.S.
Government.

     COMMERCIAL PAPER,  SHORT-TERM NOTES AND OTHER CORPORATE  OBLIGATIONS.  Each
Fund may  invest a portion  of its  assets in  commercial  paper and  short-term
notes.  Commercial  paper  consists  of  unsecured  promissory  notes  issued by
corporations. Issues of commercial paper and short-term notes will normally have
maturities  of less than nine  months and fixed rates of return,  although  such
instruments may have maturities of up to one year.

     Commercial  paper and short-term  notes will consist of issues rated at the
time of purchase "A-2" or higher by S&P,  "Prime-1" or "Prime-2" by Moody's,  or
similarly rated by another nationally recognized statistical rating organization
or, if unrated,  will be determined  by a Manager to be of  comparable  quality.
These rating symbols are described in Appendix A.

     Corporate  obligations  include bonds and notes issued by  corporations  to
finance  longer-term credit needs than supported by commercial paper. While such
obligations  generally have maturities of ten years or more, a Fund may purchase
corporate  obligations which have remaining  maturities of one year or less from
the date of purchase and which are rated "AA" or higher by S&P or "Aa" or higher
by Moody's.

MONEY MARKET FUNDS

     Each Fund may under certain circumstances invest a portion of its assets in
money  market  funds.  The  Investment  Company  Act of 1940  (the  "1940  Act")
prohibits a Fund from investing more than 5% of the value of its total assets in
any one investment company. or more than 10% of the value of its total assets in
investment  companies  as a group,  and also  restricts  its  investment  in any
investment  company to 3% of the voting  securities of such investment  company.

                                      B-4
<PAGE>
The Advisor and the Managers  will not impose  advisory fees on assets of a Fund
invested in a money market mutual fund. However, an investment in a money market
mutual fund will involve payment by a Fund of its pro rata share of advisory and
administrative fees charged by such fund.

GOVERNMENT OBLIGATIONS

     Each Fund may make short-term  investments in U.S. Government  obligations.
Such obligations include Treasury bills, certificates of indebtedness, notes and
bonds,  and  issues  of  such  entities  as  the  Government  National  Mortgage
Association ("GNMA"),  Export-Import Bank of the United States, Tennessee Valley
Authority, Resolution Funding Corporation, Farmers Home Administration,  Federal
Home Loan Banks,  Federal  Intermediate Credit Banks, Federal Farm Credit Banks,
Federal Land Banks,  Federal Housing  Administration,  Federal National Mortgage
Association ("FNMA"),  Federal Home Loan Mortgage  Corporation,  and the Student
Loan Marketing Association.

     Some of these obligations,  such as those of the GNMA, are supported by the
full  faith  and  credit  of the  U.S.  Treasury;  others,  such as those of the
Export-Import Bank of United States, are supported by the right of the issuer to
borrow from the Treasury;  others,  such as those of the FNMA,  are supported by
the  discretionary  authority  of the U.S.  Government  to purchase the agency's
obligations;  still  others,  such  as  those  of  the  Student  Loan  Marketing
Association,  are  supported  only  by the  credit  of the  instrumentality.  No
assurance can be given that the U.S.  Government would provide financial support
to U.S.  Government-sponsored  instrumentalities if it is not obligated to do so
by law.

     Each Fund may invest in sovereign debt obligations of foreign countries.  A
sovereign  debtor's  willingness or ability to repay principal and interest in a
timely  manner may be affected by a number of factors,  including  its cash flow
situation,  the extent of its foreign  reserves,  the availability of sufficient
foreign  exchange on the date a payment is due,  the  relative  size of the debt
service burden to the economy as a whole,  the sovereign  debtor's policy toward
principal international lenders and the political constraints to which it may be
subject. Emerging market governments could default on their sovereign debt. Such
sovereign debtors also may be dependent on expected  disbursements  from foreign
governments, multilateral agencies and other entities abroad to reduce principal
and interest  arrearages  on their debt.  The  commitments  on the part of these
governments,  agencies and others to make such  disbursements may be conditioned
on a sovereign  debtor's  implementation  of economic  reforms  and/or  economic
performance and the timely service of such debtor's obligations. Failure to meet
such  conditions  could  result  in the  cancellation  of  such  third  parties'
commitments to lend funds to the sovereign debtor, which may further impair such
debtor's ability or willingness to service its debt in a timely manner.

ZERO COUPON SECURITIES

     Each Fund may invest up to 35% of its net assets in zero coupon  securities
issued by the U.S. Treasury.  Zero coupon Treasury  securities are U.S. Treasury
notes and bonds which have been stripped of their unmatured interest coupons and
receipts,  or  certificates   representing   interests  in  such  stripped  debt
obligations or coupons.  Because a zero coupon  security pays no interest to its
holder during its life or for a substantial period of time, it usually trades at
a deep  discount  from its face or par  value  and will be  subject  to  greater
fluctuations  of market value in response to changing  interest  rates than debt
obligations  of  comparable  maturities  which  make  current  distributions  of
interest.

VARIABLE AND FLOATING RATE INSTRUMENTS

     Each  Fund  may  acquire  variable  and  floating  rate  instruments.  Such
instruments are frequently not rated by credit rating agencies; however, unrated
variable and floating rate instruments purchased by a Fund will be determined by
a Manager under guidelines established by the Trust's Board of Trustees to be of
comparable quality at the time of the purchase to rated instruments eligible for
purchase by a Fund. In making such  determinations,  a Manager will consider the
earning  power,  cash flow and other  liquidity  ratios of the  issuers  of such
instruments  (such issuers include  financial,  merchandising,  bank holding and
other companies) and will monitor their financial condition. An active secondary
market may not exist with  respect  to  particular  variable  or  floating  rate
instruments  purchased by a Fund. The absence of such an active secondary market
could make it difficult  for a Fund to dispose of the variable or floating  rate
instrument  involved in the event of the issuer of the instrument  defaulting on
its  payment  obligation  or during  periods in which a Fund is not  entitled to
exercise its demand rights, and a Fund could, for these or other reasons, suffer
a loss to the extent of the default.  Variable and floating rate instruments may
be secured by bank letters of credit.

                                      B-5
<PAGE>
MORTGAGE-RELATED SECURITIES

     Each  Fund may  invest  in  mortgage-related  securities.  Mortgage-related
securities  are  derivative  interests  in pools of mortgage  loans made to U.S.
residential  home  buyers,  including  mortgage  loans made by savings  and loan
institutions,  mortgage bankers,  commercial banks and others. Pools of mortgage
loans are assembled as securities for sale to investors by various governmental,
government-related and private organizations.  Each Fund may also invest in debt
securities which are secured with collateral consisting of U.S. mortgage-related
securities, and in other types of U.S. mortgage-related securities.

     U.S.   MORTGAGE   PASS-THROUGH   SECURITIES.    Interests   in   pools   of
mortgage-related  securities  differ from other forms of debt securities,  which
normally  provide  for  periodic  payment  of  interest  in fixed  amounts  with
principal  payments  at  maturity  or  specified  call  dates.  Instead,   these
securities  provide  a monthly  payment  which  consists  of both  interest  and
principal  payments.  In effect,  these  payments  are a  "pass-through"  of the
monthly payments made by the individual  borrowers on their residential mortgage
loans,  net of any fees paid to the  issuer  or  guarantor  of such  securities.
Additional  payments are caused by  repayments of principal  resulting  from the
sale of the underlying residential property,  refinancing or foreclosure, net of
fees or costs which may be incurred.  Some mortgage-related  securities (such as
securities  issued by GNMA) are  described  as "modified  pass-throughs."  These
securities  entitle the holder to receive all  interest and  principal  payments
owed on the mortgage pool,  net of certain fees, at the scheduled  payment dates
regardless of whether or not the mortgagor actually makes the payment.

     The principal governmental guarantor of U.S. mortgage-related securities is
GNMA, a wholly owned United States Government  corporation within the Department
of Housing and Urban Development. GNMA is authorized to guarantee, with the full
faith and  credit  of the  United  States  Government,  the  timely  payment  of
principal and interest on  securities  issued by  institutions  approved by GNMA
(such as savings and loan  institutions,  commercial banks and mortgage bankers)
and  backed by pools of  mortgages  insured  by the  Federal  Housing  Agency or
guaranteed by the Veterans Administration.

     Government-related   guarantors   include  the  Federal  National  Mortgage
Association ("FNMA") and the Federal Home Loan Mortgage  Corporation  ("FHLMC").
FNMA  is  a   government-sponsored   corporation   owned   entirely  by  private
stockholders  and subject to general  regulation by the Secretary of Housing and
Urban Development. FNMA purchases conventional residential mortgages not insured
or guaranteed by any government  agency from a list of approved  seller/services
which  include  state and  federally  chartered  savings and loan  associations,
mutual savings banks,  commercial banks and credit unions and mortgage  bankers.
FHLMC is a government-sponsored  corporation created to increase availability of
mortgage  credit  for   residential   housing  and  owned  entirely  by  private
stockholders.  FHLMC issues participation certificates which represent interests
in  conventional   mortgages  from  FHLMC's  national  portfolio.   Pass-through
securities  issued by FNMA and  participation  certificates  issued by FHLMC are
guaranteed  as to timely  payment of  principal  and interest by FNMA and FHLMC,
respectively,  but are not  backed by the full  faith and  credit of the  United
States Government.

     Although the underlying  mortgage loans in a pool may have maturities of up
to 30 years, the actual average life of the pool certificates  typically will be
substantially  less because the  mortgages  will be subject to normal  principal
amortization and may be prepaid prior to maturity.  Prepayment rates vary widely
and may be affected by changes in market  interest  rates. In periods of falling
interest rates, the rate of prepayment tends to increase, thereby shortening the
actual average life of the pool  certificates.  Conversely,  when interest rates
are rising, the rate of prepayments tends to decrease,  thereby  lengthening the
actual  average  life of the  certificates.  Accordingly,  it is not possible to
predict accurately the average life of a particular pool.

     COLLATERALIZED  MORTGAGE OBLIGATIONS ("CMOS"). A domestic or foreign CMO in
which a Fund  may  invest  is a  hybrid  between  a  mortgage-backed  bond and a
mortgage  pass-through  security.  Like a bond, interest is paid, in most cases,
semiannually.  CMOs may be  collateralized by whole mortgage loans, but are more
typically  collateralized  by  portfolios  of mortgage  pass-through  securities
guaranteed by GNMA, FHLMC, FNMA or equivalent foreign entities.

                                      B-6
<PAGE>
     CMOs are structured into multiple classes,  each bearing a different stated
maturity. Actual maturity and average life depend upon the prepayment experience
of the collateral. CMOs provide for a modified form of call protection through a
de facto breakdown of the underlying pool of mortgages  according to how quickly
the loans are repaid.  Monthly  payment of principal and interest  received from
the pool of underlying mortgages,  including  prepayments,  is first returned to
the class having the earliest  maturity date or highest  maturity.  Classes that
have longer maturity dates and lower seniority will receive principal only after
the higher class has been retired.

FOREIGN INVESTMENTS AND CURRENCIES

     Each Fund may invest in securities of foreign issuers that are not publicly
traded in the United States (the  International  Fund will invest  substantially
all of its assets in securities of foreign  issuers).  Each Fund may also invest
in  depositary  receipts  and in  foreign  currency  futures  contracts  and may
purchase and sell foreign currency on a spot basis.

     DEPOSITARY   RECEIPTS.   Depositary   Receipts   ("DRs")  include  American
Depositary  Receipts ("ADRs"),  European  Depositary  Receipts ("EDRs"),  Global
Depositary  Receipts  ("GDRs") or other forms of  depositary  receipts.  DRs are
receipts  typically  issued in  connection  with a U.S. or foreign bank or trust
company which evidence  ownership of underlying  securities  issued by a foreign
corporation.

     RISKS OF INVESTING IN FOREIGN SECURITIES. Investments in foreign securities
involve certain inherent risks, including the following:

     POLITICAL AND ECONOMIC  FACTORS.  Individual  foreign  economies of certain
countries may differ favorably or unfavorably from the United States' economy in
such respects as growth of gross national  product,  rate of inflation,  capital
reinvestment, resource self-sufficiency, diversification and balance of payments
position.  The  internal  politics of certain  foreign  countries  may not be as
stable as those of the United States.  Governments in certain foreign  countries
also continue to participate to a significant degree, through ownership interest
or regulation, in their respective economies.  Action by these governments could
include  restrictions on foreign investment,  nationalization,  expropriation of
goods or  imposition  of taxes,  and could have a  significant  effect on market
prices of  securities  and payment of  interest.  The  economies of many foreign
countries are heavily  dependent upon  international  trade and are  accordingly
affected  by the  trade  policies  and  economic  conditions  of  their  trading
partners. Enactment by these trading partners of protectionist trade legislation
could have a  significant  adverse  effect upon the  securities  markets of such
countries.

     CURRENCY  FLUCTUATIONS.  Each Fund may invest in securities  denominated in
foreign  currencies.  Accordingly,  a change in the  value of any such  currency
against the U.S. dollar will result in a corresponding change in the U.S. dollar
value of a Fund's assets  denominated in that  currency.  Such changes will also
affect a Fund's  income.  The  value of a  Fund's  assets  may also be  affected
significantly by currency  restrictions and exchange control regulations enacted
from time to time.

     MARKET CHARACTERISTICS. The Managers expect that many foreign securities in
which a Fund  invests  will  be  purchased  in  over-the-counter  markets  or on
exchanges located in the countries in which the principal offices of the issuers
of the various  securities are located,  if that is the best  available  market.
Foreign  exchanges  and  markets may be more  volatile  than those in the United
States.  While growing in volume,  they usually have  substantially  less volume
than U.S. markets, and a Fund's portfolio securities may be less liquid and more
volatile than U.S. Government  securities.  Moreover,  settlement  practices for
transactions  in foreign markets may differ from those in United States markets,
and may include  delays beyond periods  customary in the United States.  Foreign
security  trading  practices,  including those involving  securities  settlement
where Fund assets may be released prior to receipt of payment or securities, may
expose a Fund to increased risk in the event of a failed trade or the insolvency
of a foreign broker-dealer.

     Transactions in options on securities,  futures contracts,  futures options
and currency  contracts may not be regulated as effectively on foreign exchanges
as similar  transactions  in the United  States,  and may not  involve  clearing
mechanisms  and related  guarantees.  The value of such  positions also could be
adversely  affected by the imposition of different exercise terms and procedures
and  margin  requirements  than in the  United  States.  The  value  of a Fund's
positions  may also be  adversely  impacted by delays in its ability to act upon
economic events  occurring in foreign markets during  non-business  hours in the
United States.

                                      B-7
<PAGE>
     LEGAL AND  REGULATORY  MATTERS.  Certain  foreign  countries  may have less
supervision of securities markets,  brokers and issuers of securities,  and less
financial  information  available  to issuers,  than is  available in the United
States.

     TAXES.  The  interest  payable  on certain  of a Fund's  foreign  portfolio
securities may be subject to foreign  withholding  taxes,  thus reducing the net
amount of income available for distribution to a Fund's shareholders.

     COSTS.  To the extent  that each Fund  invests in foreign  securities,  its
expense  ratio  is  likely  to be  higher  than  those of  investment  companies
investing only in domestic securities, since the cost of maintaining the custody
of foreign securities is higher.

     EMERGING MARKETS.  Some of the securities in which each Fund may invest may
be located in developing or emerging  markets,  which entail  additional  risks,
including  less social,  political and economic  stability;  smaller  securities
markets  and lower  trading  volume,  which may result in a less  liquidity  and
greater  price  volatility;   national  policies  that  may  restrict  a  Fund's
investment  opportunities,  including  restrictions  on investment in issuers or
industries,  or  expropriation  or confiscation of assets or property;  and less
developed legal structures governing private or foreign investment.

     In considering  whether to invest in the securities of a foreign company, a
Manager considers such factors as the characteristics of the particular company,
differences  between  economic trends and the performance of securities  markets
within the U.S. and those within other  countries,  and also factors relating to
the  general  economic,  governmental  and social  conditions  of the country or
countries  where the  company  is  located.  The  extent to which a Fund will be
invested  in foreign  companies  and  countries  and  depository  receipts  will
fluctuate from time to time within the limitations  described in the prospectus,
depending on a Manager's  assessment  of prevailing  market,  economic and other
conditions.

OPTIONS ON SECURITIES AND SECURITIES INDICES

     PURCHASING PUT AND CALL OPTIONS.  Each Fund may purchase  covered "put" and
"call"  options  with respect to  securities  which are  otherwise  eligible for
purchase by a Fund and with respect to various stock indices  subject to certain
restrictions.  Each Fund will  engage in trading of such  derivative  securities
primarily for hedging purposes.

     If a Fund  purchases a put option,  a Fund  acquires  the right to sell the
underlying  security  at a  specified  price at any time  during the term of the
option  (for  "American-style"  options) or on the option  expiration  date (for
"European-style"  options).  Purchasing  put  options may be used as a portfolio
investment  strategy when a Manager  perceives  significant  short-term risk but
substantial long-term  appreciation for the underlying security.  The put option
acts as an insurance policy, as it protects against  significant  downward price
movement while it allows full participation in any upward movement. If a Fund is
holding a stock which it feels has strong fundamentals,  but for some reason may
be weak in the near term,  a Fund may  purchase  a put option on such  security,
thereby  giving itself the right to sell such security at a certain strike price
throughout  the term of the option.  Consequently,  a Fund will exercise the put
only if the price of such security  falls below the strike price of the put. The
difference between the put's strike price and the market price of the underlying
security on the date a Fund exercises the put, less transaction  costs,  will be
the  amount  by which a Fund  will be able to hedge  against  a  decline  in the
underlying security. If during the period of the option the market price for the
underlying  security  remains at or above the put's strike  price,  the put will
expire worthless, representing a loss of the price a Fund paid for the put, plus
transaction costs. If the price of the underlying security increases, the profit
a Fund  realizes on the sale of the security will be reduced by the premium paid
for the put option less any amount for which the put may be sold.

     If a Fund  purchases a call  option,  it acquires the right to purchase the
underlying  security  at a  specified  price at any time  during the term of the
option.  The  purchase of a call option is a type of  insurance  policy to hedge
against losses that could occur if a Fund has a short position in the underlying
security and the security thereafter increases in price. Each Fund will exercise
a call option only if the price of the  underlying  security is above the strike
price at the time of exercise.  If during the option period the market price for
the underlying security remains at or below the strike price of the call option,
the option will expire worthless,  representing a loss of the price paid for the
option, plus transaction costs. If the call option has been purchased to hedge a
short  position  of a Fund  in the  underlying  security  and the  price  of the
underlying security thereafter falls, the profit a Fund realizes on the cover of
the short  position in the security  will be reduced by the premium paid for the
call option less any amount for which such option may be sold.

                                      B-8
<PAGE>
     Prior  to  exercise  or  expiration,  an  option  may be  sold  when it has
remaining value by a purchaser  through a "closing sale  transaction,"  which is
accomplished  by selling an option of the same  series as the option  previously
purchased.  Each Fund  generally  will  purchase  only those options for which a
Manager  believes  there is an active  secondary  market to  facilitate  closing
transactions.

     WRITING CALL  OPTIONS.  Each Fund may write  covered call  options.  A call
option is "covered" if a Fund owns the  security  underlying  the call or has an
absolute right to acquire the security  without  additional  cash  consideration
(or, if additional cash  consideration is required,  cash or cash equivalents in
such amount as are held in a segregated account by the Custodian). The writer of
a call option  receives a premium and gives the  purchaser  the right to buy the
security  underlying  the  option at the  exercise  price.  The  writer  has the
obligation  upon  exercise  of the option to  deliver  the  underlying  security
against payment of the exercise price during the option period. If the writer of
an  exchange-traded  option wishes to terminate his obligation,  he may effect a
"closing purchase  transaction." This is accomplished by buying an option of the
same series as the option previously  written. A writer may not effect a closing
purchase transaction after it has been notified of the exercise of an option.

     Effecting a closing  transaction  in the case of a written call option will
permit a Fund to write  another  call  option on the  underlying  security  with
either a different  exercise price,  expiration date or both. Also,  effecting a
closing transaction will permit the cash or proceeds from the concurrent sale of
any securities subject to the option to be used for other investments of a Fund.
If a Fund desires to sell a particular  security  from its portfolio on which it
has  written a call  option,  it will effect a closing  transaction  prior to or
concurrent with the sale of the security.

     Each Fund will realize a gain from a closing transaction if the cost of the
closing transaction is less than the premium received from writing the option or
if the proceeds from the closing  transaction  are more than the premium paid to
purchase the option. Each Fund will realize a loss from a closing transaction if
the cost of the  closing  transaction  is more than the  premium  received  from
writing the option or if the proceeds from the closing transaction are less than
the premium  paid to purchase  the option.  However,  because  increases  in the
market  price of a call option will  generally  reflect  increases in the market
price  of the  underlying  security,  any  loss  to a Fund  resulting  from  the
repurchase  of a call  option  is  likely  to be  offset  in whole or in part by
appreciation of the underlying security owned by a Fund.

     STOCK INDEX OPTIONS.  Each Fund may also purchase put and call options with
respect to the S&P 500 and other stock indices. Such options may be purchased as
a hedge  against  changes  resulting  from  market  conditions  in the values of
securities  which are held in a Fund's portfolio or which it intends to purchase
or sell, or when they are  economically  appropriate  for the reduction of risks
inherent in the ongoing management of a Fund.

     The distinctive  characteristics of options on stock indices create certain
risks that are not present with stock options generally. Because the value of an
index option  depends  upon  movements in the level of the index rather than the
price of a particular  stock,  whether a Fund will realize a gain or loss on the
purchase or sale of an option on an index depends upon movements in the level of
stock prices in the stock market generally rather than movements in the price of
a particular stock. Accordingly,  successful use by a Fund of options on a stock
index would be subject to a Manager's ability to predict correctly  movements in
the direction of the stock market generally.  This requires different skills and
techniques than predicting changes in the price of individual stocks.

     Index prices may be distorted if trading of certain stocks  included in the
index is  interrupted.  Trading  of index  options  also may be  interrupted  in
certain circumstances, such as if trading were halted in a substantial number of
stocks included in the index. If this were to occur, a Fund would not be able to
close out options which it had purchased,  and if  restrictions on exercise were
imposed,  a Fund might be unable to  exercise  an option it holds,  which  could
result  in  substantial  losses  to a Fund.  It is the  policy  of each  Fund to
purchase  put or call  options  only with  respect  to an index  which a Manager
believes  includes a sufficient number of stocks to minimize the likelihood of a
trading halt in the index.

     RISKS OF  INVESTING IN OPTIONS.  There are several  risks  associated  with
transactions in options on securities and indices.  Options may be more volatile
than the  underlying  instruments  and,  therefore,  on a percentage  basis,  an
investment in options may be subject to greater  fluctuation  than an investment
in the underlying instruments themselves. There are also significant differences
between the  securities  and options  markets  that could result in an imperfect
correlation  between these markets,  causing a given  transaction not to achieve
its objective. In addition, a liquid secondary market for particular options may
be absent for reasons which  include the  following:  there may be  insufficient

                                      B-9
<PAGE>
trading interest in certain options;  restrictions may be imposed by an exchange
on  opening  transactions  or  closing  transactions  or  both;  trading  halts,
suspensions  or other  restrictions  may be imposed with  respect to  particular
classes or series of option of  underlying  securities;  unusual  or  unforeseen
circumstances may interrupt normal operations on an exchange;  the facilities of
an exchange or clearing  corporation  may not at all times be adequate to handle
current trading volume;  or one or more exchanges  could,  for economic or other
reasons,  decide or be compelled at some future date to discontinue  the trading
of options  (or a  particular  class or series of  options),  in which event the
secondary  market on that exchange (or in that class or series of options) would
cease to exist,  although outstanding options that had been issued by a clearing
corporation  as a  result  of  trades  on that  exchange  would  continue  to be
exercisable in accordance with their terms.

     A decision as to whether, when and how to use options involves the exercise
of skill and judgment, and even a well-conceived transaction may be unsuccessful
to some degree because of market  behavior or unexpected  events.  The extent to
which a Fund may enter into options  transactions may be limited by the Internal
Revenue  Code  (the  "Code")  requirements  for  qualification  of a  Fund  as a
regulated investment company. See "Dividends and Distributions" and "Taxation."

     In  addition,  when  trading  options  on  foreign  exchanges,  many of the
protections  afforded to participants in United States option exchanges will not
be available.  For example,  there may be no daily price  fluctuation  limits in
such exchanges or markets, and adverse market movements could therefore continue
to an  unlimited  extent over a period of time.  Although  the  purchaser  of an
option cannot lose more than the amount of the premium plus related  transaction
costs,  this entire amount could be lost.  Moreover,  a Fund as an option writer
could lose amounts substantially in excess of its initial investment, due to the
margin  and  collateral  requirements  typically  associated  with  such  option
writing. See "Dealer Options" below.

     DEALER  OPTIONS.  Each Fund will engage in  transactions  involving  dealer
options as well as exchange-traded options. Certain risks are specific to dealer
options.  While  a  Fund  might  look  to a  clearing  corporation  to  exercise
exchange-traded  options,  if a Fund were to  purchase a dealer  option it would
need to rely on the dealer from which it purchased  the option to perform if the
option were  exercised.  Failure by the dealer to do so would result in the loss
of the  premium  paid by a Fund as well as loss of the  expected  benefit of the
transaction.

     Exchange-traded  options  generally  have a continuous  liquid market while
dealer  options may not.  Consequently,  a Fund may generally be able to realize
the value of a dealer  option it has  purchased  only by exercising or reselling
the option to the dealer who issued it.  Similarly,  when a Fund writes a dealer
option,  a Fund may  generally  be able to  close  out the  option  prior to its
expiration only by entering into a closing purchase  transaction with the dealer
to whom a Fund originally wrote the option. While a Fund will seek to enter into
dealer  options only with dealers who will agree to and which are expected to be
capable of  entering  into  closing  transactions  with a Fund,  there can be no
assurance that a Fund will at any time be able to liquidate a dealer option at a
favorable  price at any time prior to  expiration.  Unless a Fund,  as a covered
dealer call option writer, is able to effect a closing purchase transaction,  it
will not be able to liquidate  securities  (or other assets) used as cover until
the option  expires or is  exercised.  In the event of  insolvency  of the other
party,  a Fund may be unable to  liquidate  a dealer  option.  With  respect  to
options written by a Fund, the inability to enter into a closing transaction may
result in material losses to a Fund. For example, because a Fund must maintain a
secured position with respect to any call option on a security it writes, a Fund
may not sell the assets which it has  segregated to secure the position while it
is obligated under the option.  This  requirement may impair a Fund's ability to
sell portfolio securities at a time when such sale might be advantageous.

     The Staff of the Securities and Exchange  Commission (the "Commission") has
taken the position that purchased dealer options are illiquid securities. A Fund
may treat the cover  used for  written  dealer  options  as liquid if the dealer
agrees that a Fund may repurchase the dealer option it has written for a maximum
price to be calculated by a  predetermined  formula.  In such cases,  the dealer
option  would be  considered  illiquid  only to the extent the maximum  purchase
price under the formula exceeds the intrinsic value of the option.  Accordingly,
each Fund will  treat  dealer  options  as  subject  to a Fund's  limitation  on
illiquid securities.  If the Commission changes its position on the liquidity of
dealer  options,  each  Fund  will  change  its  treatment  of such  instruments
accordingly.

     FOREIGN CURRENCY OPTIONS. Each Fund may buy or sell put and call options on
foreign  currencies.  A put or call  option  on a  foreign  currency  gives  the
purchaser of the option the right to sell or purchase a foreign  currency at the

                                      B-10
<PAGE>
exercise  price until the option  expires.  Each Fund will use foreign  currency
options separately or in combination to control currency  volatility.  Among the
strategies  employed to control  currency  volatility  is an option  collar.  An
option collar involves the purchase of a put option and the simultaneous sale of
call  option  on the  same  currency  with  the  same  expiration  date but with
different exercise (or "strike") prices.  Generally, the put option will have an
out-of-the-money  strike  price,  while  the call  option  will  have  either an
at-the-money  strike price or an  in-the-money  strike price.  Foreign  currency
options are  derivative  securities.  Currency  options  traded on U.S. or other
exchanges  may be subject to  position  limits  which may limit the ability of a
Fund to reduce foreign currency risk using such options.

     As with other  kinds of option  transactions,  the  writing of an option on
foreign  currency will  constitute only a partial hedge, up to the amount of the
premium  received.  Each Fund could be  required  to  purchase  or sell  foreign
currencies at  disadvantageous  exchange rates,  thereby incurring  losses.  The
purchase of an option on foreign  currency may  constitute  an  effective  hedge
against  exchange  rate  fluctuations:  however,  in the event of exchange  rate
movements adverse to a Fund's position,  a Fund may forfeit the entire amount of
the premium plus related transaction costs.

     SPREAD  TRANSACTIONS.  Each Fund may purchase  covered  spread options from
securities   dealers.   These   covered   spread   options  are  not   presently
exchange-listed or exchange-traded. The purchase of a spread option gives a Fund
the right to put a  securities  that it owns at a fixed  dollar  spread or fixed
yield spread in relationship  to another  security that a Fund does not own, but
which is used as a  benchmark.  The risk to a Fund,  in addition to the risks of
dealer options  described  above, is the cost of the premium paid as well as any
transaction costs. The purchase of spread options will be used to protect a Fund
against adverse changes in prevailing  credit quality  spreads,  I.E., the yield
spread  between high quality and lower quality  securities.  This  protection is
provided only during the life of the spread options.

FORWARD CURRENCY CONTRACTS

     Each Fund may enter into  forward  currency  contracts in  anticipation  of
changes in currency exchange rates. A forward currency contract is an obligation
to purchase or sell a specific currency at a future date, which may be any fixed
number of days from the date of the contract  agreed upon by the  parties,  at a
price set at the time of the  contract.  For  example,  a Fund might  purchase a
particular  currency or enter into a forward  currency  contract to preserve the
U.S.  dollar price of  securities  it intends to or has  contracted to purchase.
Alternatively,  it might sell a particular  currency on either a spot or forward
basis to hedge against an anticipated  decline in the dollar value of securities
it intends to or has  contracted to sell.  Although this strategy could minimize
the risk of loss due to a decline in the value of the hedged currency,  it could
also limit any potential gain from an increase in the value of the currency.

FUTURES CONTRACTS AND RELATED OPTIONS

     Each Fund may invest in futures  contracts and options on futures contracts
as a hedge against  changes in market  conditions or interest  rates. A Fund may
trade in such derivative securities for bona fide hedging purposes and otherwise
in  accordance  with  the  rules of the  Commodity  Futures  Trading  Commission
("CFTC").  A Fund will  segregate  liquid assets in a separate  account with its
Custodian  when  required  to do so by CFTC  guidelines  in order  to cover  its
obligation in connection with futures and options transactions.

     No price is paid or  received  by a Fund  upon  the  purchase  or sale of a
futures contract.  When it enters into a domestic futures contract,  a Fund will
be required to deposit in a segregated  account with its  Custodian an amount of
cash or U.S.  Treasury bills equal to  approximately  5% of the contract amount.
This  amount is known as initial  margin.  The margin  requirements  for foreign
futures contracts may be different.

     The nature of initial margin in futures transactions is different from that
of margin in securities  transactions.  Futures contract margin does not involve
the borrowing of funds by the customer to finance the transactions.  Rather, the
initial  margin is in the nature of a performance  bond or good faith deposit on
the  contract  which is  returned  to a Fund  upon  termination  of the  futures
contract,  assuming all contractual obligations have been satisfied.  Subsequent
payments  (called  variation  margin) to and from the  broker  will be made on a
daily basis as the price of the underlying  stock index  fluctuates,  to reflect
movements  in the price of the contract  making the long and short  positions in

                                      B-11
<PAGE>
the  futures  contract  more or less  valuable.  For  example,  when a Fund  has
purchased a stock index futures  contract and the price of the underlying  stock
index has risen,  that  position  will have  increased  in value and a Fund will
receive from the broker a variation  margin  payment  equal to that  increase in
value. Conversely,  when a Fund has purchased a stock index futures contract and
the price of the underlying stock index has declined,  the position will be less
valuable and a Fund will be required to make a variation  margin  payment to the
broker.

     At any time prior to expiration of a futures contract,  a Fund may elect to
close the  position  by taking an  opposite  position,  which  will  operate  to
terminate a Fund's  position in the futures  contract A final  determination  of
variation margin is made on closing the position.  Additional cash is paid by or
released to a Fund, which realizes a loss or a gain.

     In addition to amounts  segregated or paid as initial and variation margin,
a Fund must segregate liquid assets with its custodian equal to the market value
of the  futures  contracts,  in order to  comply  with  Commission  requirements
intended to ensure that a Fund's use of futures is unleveraged. The requirements
for margin  payments and segregated  accounts apply to both domestic and foreign
futures contracts.

     STOCK INDEX FUTURES CONTRACTS. Each Fund may invest in futures contracts on
stock indices. Currently, stock index futures contracts can be purchased or sold
with  respect  to the  S&P 500  Stock  Price  Index  on the  Chicago  Mercantile
Exchange,  the Major  Market Index on the Chicago  Board of Trade,  the New York
Stock Exchange  Composite  Index on the New York Futures  Exchange and the Value
Line Stock Index on the Kansas City Board of Trade.  Foreign financial and stock
index futures are traded on foreign exchanges including the London International
Financial Futures Exchange,  the Singapore  International Monetary Exchange, the
Sydney Futures Exchange Limited and the Tokyo Stock Exchange.

     INTEREST  RATE OR  FINANCIAL  FUTURES  CONTRACTS.  Each Fund may  invest in
interest rate or financial  futures  contracts.  Bond prices are  established in
both the cash  market and the  futures  market.  In the cash  market,  bonds are
purchased  and sold with payment for the full  purchase  price of the bond being
made in cash,  generally  within  five  business  days after the  trade.  In the
futures market,  a contract is made to purchase or sell a bond in the future for
a set price on a certain date. Historically, the prices for bonds established in
the futures  markets have  generally  tended to move in the aggregate in concert
with cash market  prices,  and the prices  have  maintained  fairly  predictable
relationships.

     The sale of an interest rate or financial  futures contract by a Fund would
create an  obligation  by a Fund,  as seller,  to deliver the  specific  type of
financial  instrument called for in the contract at a specific future time for a
specified  price.  A  futures  contract  purchased  by a Fund  would  create  an
obligation  by a Fund,  as  purchaser,  to take delivery of the specific type of
financial instrument at a specific future time at a specific price. The specific
securities  delivered or taken,  respectively,  at settlement date, would not be
determined until at or near that date. The determination  would be in accordance
with the rules of the  exchange on which the futures  contract  sale or purchase
was made.

     Although  interest rate or financial  futures contracts by their terms call
for actual delivery or acceptance of securities, in most cases the contracts are
closed out before the settlement  date without  delivery of securities.  Closing
out of a futures  contract sale is effected by a Fund's  entering into a futures
contract  purchase  for  the  same  aggregate  amount  of the  specific  type of
financial  instrument  and the  same  delivery  date.  If the  price in the sale
exceeds the price in the offsetting  purchase, a Fund is paid the difference and
thus realizes a gain. If the offsetting purchase price exceeds the sale price, a
Fund pays the  difference and realizes a loss.  Similarly,  the closing out of a
futures  contract  purchase  is  effected  by a Fund's  entering  into a futures
contract sale. If the offsetting  sale price exceeds the purchase  price, a Fund
realizes a gain, and if the purchase price exceeds the offsetting  sale price, a
Fund realizes a loss.

     Each Fund will deal only in standardized contracts on recognized exchanges.
Each  exchange  guarantees  performance  under  contract  provisions  through  a
clearing  corporation,   a  nonprofit   organization  managed  by  the  exchange
membership.  Domestic  interest rate futures  contracts are traded in an auction
environment on the floors of several exchanges - principally,  the Chicago Board
of Trade and the  Chicago  Mercantile  Exchange.  A public  market now exists in
domestic futures  contracts  covering various  financial  instruments  including
long-term  United States  Treasury bonds and notes;  GNMA modified  pass-through
mortgage-backed securities; three-month United States Treasury bills; and 90-day
commercial  paper.  Each Fund may trade in any futures  contract for which there

                                      B-12
<PAGE>
exists  a  public  market,   including,   without   limitation,   the  foregoing
instruments.  International  interest  rate futures  contracts are traded on the
London  International  Financial Futures Exchange,  the Singapore  International
Monetary  Exchange,  the Sydney  Futures  Exchange  Limited  and the Tokyo Stock
Exchange.

     FOREIGN  CURRENCY  FUTURES  CONTRACTS.  Each Fund may use foreign  currency
future  contracts for hedging  purposes.  A foreign  currency  futures  contract
provides  for the future sale by one party and  purchase  by another  party of a
specified quantity of a foreign currency at a specified price and time. A public
market  exists  in  futures  contracts  covering  several  foreign   currencies,
including the Australian  dollar,  the Canadian  dollar,  the British pound, the
German mark,  the  Japanese  yen,  the Swiss  franc,  and certain  multinational
currencies such as the European  Currency Unit ("ECU").  Other foreign  currency
futures contracts are likely to be developed and traded in the future. Each Fund
will  only  enter  into  futures   contracts  and  futures   options  which  are
standardized  and  traded on a U.S.  or  foreign  exchange,  board of trade,  or
similar entity, or quoted on an automated quotation system.

     RISKS OF TRANSACTIONS IN FUTURES CONTRACTS. There are several risks related
to the use of  futures  as a hedging  device.  One risk  arises  because  of the
imperfect correlation between movements in the price of the futures contract and
movements in the price of the securities which are the subject of the hedge. The
price of the future may move more or less than the price of the securities being
hedged.  If the price of the future moves less than the price of the  securities
which are the subject of the hedge, the hedge will not be fully  effective,  but
if the  price  of the  securities  being  hedged  has  moved  in an  unfavorable
direction,  a Fund  would be in a better  position  than if it had not hedged at
all.  If the price of the  securities  being  hedged  has  moved in a  favorable
direction, this advantage will be partially offset by the loss on the future. If
the price of the future  moves more than the price of the hedged  securities,  a
Fund will  experience  either a loss or a gain on the  future  which will not be
completely  offset by movements in the price of the securities which are subject
to the hedge.

     To compensate  for the imperfect  correlation  of movements in the price of
securities  being hedged and movements in the price of the futures  contract,  a
Fund may buy or sell  futures  contracts  in a greater  dollar  amount  than the
dollar amount of  securities  being hedged if the  historical  volatility of the
prices of such  securities has been greater than the historical  volatility over
such time period of the future. Conversely, a Fund may buy or sell fewer futures
contracts if the  historical  volatility  of the price of the  securities  being
hedged is less than the  historical  volatility  of the futures  contract  being
used. It is possible  that,  when a Fund has sold futures to hedge its portfolio
against a decline  in the  market,  the market  may  advance  while the value of
securities held in a Fund's  portfolio may decline.  If this occurs, a Fund will
lose money on the future and also experience a decline in value in its portfolio
securities.  However,  the  Advisor  believes  that  over  time  the  value of a
diversified  portfolio  will tend to move in the same  direction  as the  market
indices upon which the futures are based.

     Where  futures are  purchased to hedge  against a possible  increase in the
price  of  securities  before  a Fund  is able  to  invest  its  cash  (or  cash
equivalents)  in securities (or options) in an orderly  fashion,  it is possible
that the market may  decline  instead.  If a Fund then  decides not to invest in
securities  or options at that time  because of concern as to  possible  further
market  decline  or for other  reasons,  it will  realize a loss on the  futures
contract that is not offset by a reduction in the price of securities purchased.

     In addition to the possibility that there may be an imperfect  correlation,
or no  correlation at all,  between  movements in the futures and the securities
being hedged, the price of futures may not correlate  perfectly with movement in
the  stock  index  or  cash  market  due  to  certain  market  distortions.  All
participants in the futures market are subject to margin deposit and maintenance
requirements.  Rather  than  meeting  additional  margin  deposit  requirements,
investors may close futures contracts  through  offsetting  transactions,  which
could  distort  the normal  relationship  between  the index or cash  market and
futures markets. In addition, the deposit requirements in the futures market are
less onerous  than margin  requirements  in the  securities  market.  Therefore,
increased  participation  by  speculators  in the futures  market may also cause
temporary  price  distortions.  As a result of price  distortions in the futures
market and the imperfect  correlation  between  movements in the cash market and
the  price of  securities  and  movements  in the  price of  futures,  a correct
forecast  of general  trends by a Manager  may still not result in a  successful
hedging transaction over a very short time frame.

     Positions  in  futures  may be closed out only on an  exchange  or board of
trade which  provides a secondary  market for such futures.  Although a Fund may
intend to purchase or sell  futures  only on  exchanges or boards of trade where
there appears to be an active  secondary  market,  there is no assurance  that a
liquid  secondary  market on an  exchange  or board of trade  will exist for any
particular  contract or at any  particular  time.  In such event,  it may not be

                                      B-13
<PAGE>
possible  to  close a  futures  position,  and in the  event  of  adverse  price
movements,  a Fund would  continue to be required to make daily cash payments of
variation  margin.  When  futures  contracts  have been used to hedge  portfolio
securities,  such securities will not be sold until the futures  contract can be
terminated.  In such circumstances,  an increase in the price of the securities,
if any,  may  partially or  completely  offset  losses on the futures  contract.
However,  as  described  above,  there is no  guarantee  that  the  price of the
securities  will in fact  correlate  with the  price  movements  in the  futures
contract and thus provide an offset to losses on a futures contract.

     Most  United  States  futures  exchanges  limit the  amount of  fluctuation
permitted  in futures  contract  prices  during a single  trading day. The daily
limit  establishes  the maximum amount that the price of a futures  contract may
vary either up or down from the previous day's  settlement price at the end of a
trading  session.  Once the daily limit has been reached in a particular type of
futures  contract,  no  trades  may be made on that day at a price  beyond  that
limit.  The daily limit governs only price movement during a particular  trading
day and therefore does not limit potential losses, because the limit may prevent
the  liquidation  of  unfavorable   positions.   Futures  contract  prices  have
occasionally moved to the daily limit for several  consecutive trading days with
little or no trading, thereby preventing prompt liquidation of futures positions
and subjecting some futures traders to substantial losses.

     Successful use of futures by a Fund is also subject to a Manager's  ability
to predict correctly movements in the direction of the market. For example, if a
Fund has hedged  against the  possibility  of a decline in the market  adversely
affecting stocks held in its portfolio and stock prices increase instead, a Fund
will lose part or all of the benefit of the increased  value of the stocks which
it has hedged because it will have offsetting  losses in its futures  positions.
In addition, in such situations, if a Fund has insufficient cash, it may have to
sell  securities  to meet daily  variation  margin  requirements.  Such sales of
securities  may be,  but will not  necessarily  be, at  increased  prices  which
reflect the rising market.  Each Fund may have to sell securities at a time when
it may be disadvantageous to do so.

     In the event of the  bankruptcy of a broker through which a Fund engages in
transactions in futures contracts or options, a Fund could experience delays and
losses in liquidating open positions  purchased or sold through the broker,  and
incur a loss of all or part of its margin deposits with the broker.

     OPTIONS ON FUTURES  CONTRACTS.  As described above,  each Fund may purchase
options on the futures  contracts  they can purchase or sell.  A futures  option
gives the holder,  in return for the premium paid,  the right to buy (call) from
or sell  (put) to the  writer of the option a futures  contract  at a  specified
price at any time during the period of the option. Upon exercise,  the writer of
the option is  obligated  to pay the  difference  between  the cash value of the
futures  contract and the exercise price.  Like the buyer or seller of a futures
contract,  the  holder or writer of an  option  has the right to  terminate  its
position  prior  to the  scheduled  expiration  of the  option  by  selling,  or
purchasing an option of the same series,  at which time the person entering into
the closing  transaction will realize a gain or loss. There is no guarantee that
such closing transactions can be effected.

     Investments in futures options involve some of the same  considerations  as
investments  in  futures  contracts  (for  example,  the  existence  of a liquid
secondary market). In addition,  the purchase of an option also entails the risk
that changes in the value of the underlying  futures  contract will not be fully
reflected  in the value of the  option.  Depending  on the pricing of the option
compared  to either the  futures  contract  upon which it is based,  or upon the
price of the  securities  being  hedged,  an option may or may not be less risky
than  ownership  of the futures  contract or such  securities.  In general,  the
market  prices of options can be expected  to be more  volatile  than the market
prices on the underlying futures contracts.  Compared to the purchase or sale of
futures  contracts,  however,  the  purchase  of call or put  options on futures
contracts  may  frequently  involve  less  potential  risk to a Fund because the
maximum  amount at risk is limited to the  premium  paid for the  options  (plus
transaction costs).

                                      B-14
<PAGE>
     RESTRICTIONS ON THE USE OR FUTURES CONTRACTS AND RELATED OPTIONS. Each Fund
will engage in transactions in futures contracts or related options primarily as
a hedge  against  changes  resulting  from  market  conditions  in the values of
securities held in a Fund's  portfolio or which it intends to purchase and where
the transactions are economically appropriate to the reduction of risks inherent
in the ongoing  management of each Fund. A Fund may not purchase or sell futures
or  purchase  related  options  for  purposes  other than bona fide  hedging if,
immediately thereafter,  more than 25% of its net assets would be hedged. A Fund
also  may  not  purchase  or  sell  futures  or  purchase  related  options  if,
immediately  thereafter,  the sum of the amount of margin  deposits  on a Fund's
existing futures positions and premiums paid for such options would exceed 5% of
the market value of a Fund's net assets.

     These  restrictions,  which are derived  from current  federal  regulations
regarding the use of options and futures by mutual funds,  are not  "fundamental
restrictions"  and may be changed by the Trustees of the Trust if applicable law
permits such a change and the change is consistent  with the overall  investment
objective and policies of each Fund.

     The extent to which a Fund may enter into futures and options  transactions
may be  limited  by the  Code  requirements  for  qualification  of a Fund  as a
regulated investment company. See "Taxation."

REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS

     Each  Fund  may  enter  into  repurchase  agreements  with  respect  to its
portfolio  securities.  Pursuant to such agreements,  a Fund acquires securities
from financial institutions such as banks and broker-dealers as are deemed to be
creditworthy by the Advisor or a Manager,  subject to the seller's  agreement to
repurchase and a Fund's agreement to resell such securities at a mutually agreed
upon date and price.  The repurchase  price generally equals the price paid by a
Fund plus interest  negotiated on the basis of current  short-term  rates (which
may be  more or less  than  the  rate  on the  underlying  portfolio  security).
Securities subject to repurchase  agreements will be held by the Custodian or in
the Federal Reserve/Treasury  Book-Entry System or an equivalent foreign system.
The seller under a repurchase  agreement  will be required to maintain the value
of the underlying securities at not less than 102% of the repurchase price under
the  agreement.  If the seller  defaults on its  repurchase  obligation,  a Fund
holding  the  repurchase  agreement  will  suffer a loss to the extent  that the
proceeds from a sale of the  underlying  securities are less than the repurchase
price under the agreement.  Bankruptcy or insolvency of such a defaulting seller
may cause a Fund's  rights  with  respect  to such  securities  to be delayed or
limited. Repurchase agreements are considered to be loans under the 1940 Act.

REVERSE REPURCHASE AGREEMENTS.

     Each Fund may enter into reverse  repurchase  agreements.  A Fund typically
will  invest the  proceeds of a reverse  repurchase  agreement  in money  market
instruments or repurchase  agreements  maturing not later than the expiration of
the  reverse  repurchase  agreement.  A Fund  may use the  proceeds  of  reverse
repurchase agreements to provide liquidity to meet redemption requests when sale
of a Fund's securities is disadvantageous.

     Each Fund causes the custodian to segregate  liquid  assets,  such as cash,
U.S.  Government  securities or other high grade liquid debt securities equal in
value to its obligations  (including  accrued  interest) with respect to reverse
repurchase  agreements.  In segregating such assets, the custodian either places
such securities in a segregated account or separately identifies such assets and
renders them unavailable for investment.  Such assets are marked to market daily
to ensure full collateralization is maintained.

DOLLAR ROLL TRANSACTIONS

     Each  Fund  may  enter  into  dollar  roll  transactions.   A  dollar  roll
transaction  involves a sale by a Fund of a security to a financial  institution
concurrently with an agreement by a Fund to purchase a similar security from the
institution at a later date at an  agreed-upon  price.  The securities  that are
repurchased  will bear the same interest rate as those sold,  but generally will
be  collateralized  by different  pools of mortgages with  different  prepayment
histories than those sold. During the period between the sale and repurchase,  a
Fund will not be  entitled to receive  interest  and  principal  payments on the
securities sold.  Proceeds of the sale will be invested in additional  portfolio
securities of a Fund, and the income from these  investments,  together with any
additional fee income received on the sale, may or may not generate income for a
Fund exceeding the yield on the securities sold.

     At the time a Fund  enters into a dollar  roll  transaction,  it causes its
custodian to segregate liquid assets such as cash, U.S. Government securities or
other  high-grade  liquid debt  securities  having a value equal to the purchase
price for the similar  security  (including  accrued  interest) and subsequently
marks the  assets  to market  daily to  ensure  that full  collateralization  is
maintained.

WHEN-ISSUED SECURITIES, FORWARD COMMITMENTS AND DELAYED SETTLEMENTS

     Each Fund may purchase securities on a "when-issued," forward commitment or
delayed  settlement  basis. In this event,  the Custodian will set aside cash or
liquid portfolio  securities equal to the amount of the commitment in a separate
account.  Normally, the Custodian will set aside portfolio securities to satisfy
a purchase  commitment.  In such a case, a Fund may be required  subsequently to
place  additional  assets in the  separate  account in order to assure  that the
value of the account remains equal to the amount of a Fund's commitment.  It may
be expected that a Fund's net assets will  fluctuate to a greater degree when it
sets aside portfolio  securities to cover such purchase commitments than when it
sets aside cash.

                                      B-15
<PAGE>
     Each Fund does not intend to engage in these  transactions  for speculative
purposes but only in furtherance of its  investment  objectives.  Because a Fund
will set aside  cash or liquid  portfolio  securities  to satisfy  its  purchase
commitments  in the manner  described,  a Fund's  liquidity and the ability of a
Manager to manage it may be affected in the event a Fund's forward  commitments,
commitments  to purchase  when-issued  securities and delayed  settlements  ever
exceeded 15% of the value of its net assets.

     Each Fund will purchase securities on a when-issued,  forward commitment or
delayed  settlement basis only with the intention of completing the transaction.
If deemed  advisable as a matter of  investment  strategy,  however,  a Fund may
dispose of or  renegotiate a commitment  after it is entered into,  and may sell
securities it has committed to purchase before those securities are delivered to
a Fund on the  settlement  date.  In these  cases a Fund may  realize  a taxable
capital gain or loss. When a Fund engages in when-issued, forward commitment and
delayed settlement transactions,  it relies on the other party to consummate the
trade. Failure of such party to do so may result in a Fund's incurring a loss or
missing an opportunity to obtain a price credited to be advantageous.

     The market  value of the  securities  underlying  a  when-issued  purchase,
forward  commitment  to purchase  securities,  or a delayed  settlement  and any
subsequent  fluctuations  in  their  market  value is taken  into  account  when
determining  the market  value of a Fund  starting  on the day a Fund  agrees to
purchase the securities.  A Fund does not earn interest on the securities it has
committed to purchase  until they are paid for and  delivered on the  settlement
date.

ZERO-COUPON, STEP-COUPON AND PAY-IN-KIND SECURITIES

     Each  Fund  may  invest  in   zero-coupon,   step-coupon   and  pay-in-kind
securities.  These  securities are debt securities that do not make regular cash
interest  payments.  Zero-coupon and  step-coupon  securities are sold at a deep
discount to their face value.  Pay-in-kind  securities pay interest  through the
issuance of additional  securities.  Because these securities do not pay current
cash income,  the price of these  securities can be volatile when interest rates
fluctuate.  While these  securities  do not pay current  cash  income,  the Code
requires  the  holders of these  securities  to include in income  each year the
portion of the original issue  discount (or deemed  discount) and other non-cash
income  on the  securities  accruing  that  year.  A Fund  may  be  required  to
distribute a portion of that  discount and income and may be required to dispose
of other  portfolio  securities,  which may occur in periods  of adverse  market
prices, in order to generate cash to meet these distribution requirements.

BORROWING

     Each Fund is  authorized  to borrow money from time to time for  temporary,
extraordinary or emergency  purposes or for clearance of transactions in amounts
up to 20% of the value of its total assets at the time of such  borrowings.  The
use of borrowing by the Fund involves special risk  considerations  that may not
be associated  with other funds having similar  objectives  and policies.  Since
substantially all of the Fund's assets fluctuate in value,  whereas the interest
obligation  resulting  from a borrowing will be fixed by the terms of the Fund's
agreement  with its  lender,  the asset value per share of the Fund will tend to
increase  more when its portfolio  securities  increase in value and to decrease
more when its  portfolio  assets  decrease in value than would  otherwise be the
case if the Fund did not borrow funds. In addition, interest costs on borrowings
may fluctuate with changing market rates of interest and may partially offset or
exceed the return earned on borrowed funds. Under adverse market conditions, the
Fund might have to sell  portfolio  securities  to meet  interest  or  principal
payments at a time when fundamental  investment  considerations  would not favor
such sales.

                                      B-16
<PAGE>
LENDING PORTFOLIO SECURITIES

     Each Fund may lend its portfolio  securities in an amount not exceeding 10%
of its total assets to financial  institutions  such as banks and brokers if the
loan is  collateralized  in accordance  with applicable  regulations.  Under the
present regulatory requirements which govern loans of portfolio securities,  the
loan  collateral  must,  on each  business  day, at least equal the value of the
loaned securities and must consist of cash,  letters of credit of domestic banks
or domestic  branches of foreign banks, or securities of the U.S.  Government or
its agencies. To be acceptable as collateral,  letters of credit must obligate a
bank to pay  amounts  demanded  by a Fund if the  demand  meets the terms of the
letter. Such terms and the issuing bank would have to be satisfactory to a Fund.
Any loan might be secured by any one or more of the three  types of  collateral.
The terms of a Fund's loans must permit a Fund to reacquire loaned securities on
five days' notice or in time to vote on any serious matter and must meet certain
tests under the Code.

SHORT SALES

     Each Fund is authorized to make short sales of securities which it does not
own or have the right to acquire. In a short sale, a Fund sells a security which
it does not  own,  in  anticipation  of a  decline  in the  market  value of the
security.  To complete the sale, a Fund must borrow the security (generally from
the broker  through  which the short sale is made) in order to make  delivery to
the buyer.  Each Fund is then  obligated  to replace  the  security  borrowed by
purchasing it at the market price at the time of replacement.  Each Fund is said
to have a "short  position" in the securities sold until it delivers them to the
broker.  The period during which a Fund has a short  position can range from one
day to more than a year.  Until the  security is  replaced,  the proceeds of the
short sale are  retained  by the  broker,  and a Fund is  required to pay to the
broker a negotiated portion of any dividends or interest which accrue during the
period of the loan. To meet current margin requirements, a Fund is also required
to  deposit  with the broker  additional  cash or  securities  so that the total
deposit with the broker is maintained  daily at 150% of the current market value
of the securities  sold short (100% of the current market value if a security is
held in the account that is convertible or  exchangeable  into the security sold
short within 90 days without restriction other than the payment of money).

     Short sales by a Fund create opportunities to increase a Fund's return but,
at the same time,  involve specific risk  considerations and may be considered a
speculative  technique.  Since each Fund in effect profits from a decline in the
price of the securities  sold short without the need to invest the full purchase
price of the  securities on the date of the short sale, a Fund's net asset value
per share  will tend to  increase  more when the  securities  it has sold  short
decrease in value,  and to decrease  more when the  securities it has sold short
increase  in value,  than would  otherwise  be the case if it had not engaged in
such short sales.  The amount of any gain will be  decreased,  and the amount of
any loss increased,  by the amount of any premium,  dividends or interest a Fund
may be required to pay in  connection  with the short sale.  Furthermore,  under
adverse market conditions a Fund might have difficulty  purchasing securities to
meet its short  sale  delivery  obligations,  and might  have to sell  portfolio
securities to raise the capital  necessary to meet its short sale obligations at
a time when fundamental investment considerations would not favor such sales.

ILLIQUID SECURITIES

     Each Fund may not  invest  more than 15% of the value of its net  assets in
illiquid  securities,  including restricted  securities,  that are not deemed to
liquid by the sub-advisor.  The Advisor and the Managers will monitor the amount
of illiquid  securities  in a Fund's  portfolio,  under the  supervision  of the
Trust's  Board of  Trustees,  to  ensure  compliance  with a  Fund's  investment
restrictions.

     Historically,  illiquid  securities  have  included  securities  subject to
contractual  or  legal  restrictions  on  resale  because  they  have  not  been
registered under the Securities Act of 1933 (the "Securities  Act"),  securities
which are otherwise not readily  marketable and repurchase  agreements  having a
maturity of longer than seven days.  Securities  which have not been  registered
under the  Securities  Act are referred to as private  placement  or  restricted
securities  and are  purchased  directly  from the  issuer  or in the  secondary
market.  Mutual  funds  do not  typically  hold a  significant  amount  of these
restricted or other illiquid  securities  because of the potential for delays on
resale and  uncertainty in valuation.  Limitations on resale may have an adverse
effect on the  marketability of portfolio  securities and a Fund might be unable
to dispose of restricted or other illiquid  securities promptly or at reasonable
prices and might thereby  experience  difficulty  satisfying  redemption  within
seven days. A Fund might also have to register  such  restricted  securities  in
order to dispose of them,  resulting in  additional  expense and delay.  Adverse
market conditions could impede such a public offering of securities.

                                      B-17
<PAGE>
     In recent years,  however, a large  institutional  market has developed for
certain  securities that are not registered under the Securities Act,  including
repurchase   agreements,   commercial  paper,   foreign  securities,   municipal
securities and corporate bonds and notes.  Institutional  investors depend on an
efficient institutional market in which the unregistered security can be readily
resold or on an issuer's ability to honor a demand for repayment.  The fact that
there are  contractual or legal  restrictions on resale to the general public or
to  certain  institutions  may  not be  indicative  of  the  liquidity  of  such
investments.  If such securities are subject to purchase by institutional buyers
in accordance with Rule 144A  promulgated by the Commission under the Securities
Act, the  sub-advisor,  pursuant to  procedures  adopted by the Trust's Board of
Trustees,  may  determine  that  such  securities  are not  illiquid  securities
notwithstanding their legal or contractual  restrictions on resale. In all other
cases,  however,  securities  subject to  restrictions  on resale will be deemed
illiquid.

RISKS OF INVESTING IN SMALL COMPANIES

     As stated in the  prospectus,  each Fund may invest in  securities of small
companies.  Additional  risks of such  investments  include the markets on which
such  securities  are  frequently  traded.  In many  instances the securities of
smaller companies are traded only  over-the-counter  or on a regional securities
exchange,  and the frequency and volume of their trading is  substantially  less
than is  typical  of larger  companies.  Therefore,  the  securities  of smaller
companies  may be subject to greater and more abrupt  price  fluctuations.  When
making large sales, a Fund may have to sell portfolio holdings at discounts from
quoted  prices  or may have to make a series  of small  sales  over an  extended
period  of  time  due to the  trading  volume  of  smaller  company  securities.
Investors should be aware that, based on the foregoing factors, an investment in
the Funds may be subject to greater price  fluctuations  than an investment in a
fund that invests exclusively in larger, more established companies. A Manager's
research efforts may also play a greater role in selecting securities for a Fund
than in a fund that invests in larger, more established companies.

INVESTMENT RESTRICTIONS

     The Trust (on behalf of a Fund) has adopted the following  restrictions  as
fundamental policies, which may not be changed without the favorable vote of the
holders of a "majority," as defined in the 1940 Act, of the  outstanding  voting
securities of a Fund. Under the 1940 Act, the "vote of the holders of a majority
of the  outstanding  voting  securities"  means the vote of the  holders  of the
lesser of (i) 67% of the shares of a Fund  represented at a meeting at which the
holders of more than 50% of its outstanding  shares are represented or (ii) more
than 50% of the outstanding shares of a Fund.

     As a matter of fundamental  policy, a Fund is diversified;  I.E., as to 75%
of the  value of a its  total  assets:  (i) no more  than 5% of the value of its
total  assets may be invested in the  securities  of any one issuer  (other than
U.S. Government  securities);  and (ii) a Fund may not purchase more than 10% of
the outstanding voting securities of an issuer. Each Fund's investment objective
is also fundamental.

     In addition, a Fund may not:

     1. Issue senior securities,  borrow money or pledge its assets, except that
(i) a Fund may  borrow  on an  unsecured  basis  from  banks  for  temporary  or
emergency purposes or for the clearance of transactions in amounts not exceeding
20% of its total assets (not  including the amount  borrowed),  provided that it
will not make  investments  while borrowings in excess of 5% of the value of its
total assets are  outstanding;  and (ii) this  restriction  shall not prohibit a
Fund from  engaging in options,  futures and foreign  currency  transactions  or
short sales;

     2. Purchase securities on margin,  except such short-term credits as may be
necessary for the clearance of transactions;

     3. Act as  underwriter  (except to the extent a Fund may be deemed to be an
underwriter  in  connection  with  the  sale  of  securities  in its  investment
portfolio);

     4.  Invest  25% or more of its  total  assets,  calculated  at the  time of
purchase  and  taken at  market  value,  in any one  industry  (other  than U.S.
Government securities);

                                      B-18
<PAGE>
     5.  Purchase or sell real estate or interests in real estate or real estate
limited partnerships (although a Fund may purchase and sell securities which are
secured by real estate and securities of companies  which invest or deal in real
estate);

     6. Purchase or sell commodities or commodity futures contracts, except that
a Fund may  purchase  and sell stock index  futures  contracts  and currency and
financial  futures contracts and related options in accordance with any rules of
the Commodity Futures Trading Commission;

     7.  Invest  in oil and gas  limited  partnerships  or oil,  gas or  mineral
leases;

     8. Make loans of money (except for purchases of debt securities  consistent
with the investment policies of a Fund and except for repurchase agreements); or

     9. Make investments for the purpose of exercising control or management.

     Each Fund observes the following  restrictions as a matter of operating but
not  fundamental  policy,  pursuant  to  positions  taken by federal  regulatory
authorities:

     Each Fund may not:

     1. Invest in the securities of other  investment  companies or purchase any
other  investment  company's  voting  securities or make any other investment in
other investment companies except to the extent permitted by federal law.

     2. Invest more than 15% of its assets in securities which are restricted as
to  disposition  or otherwise are illiquid or have no readily  available  market
(except for  securities  which are  determined by the  sub-advisor,  pursuant to
procedures adopted by the Board of Trustees, to be liquid).

                                   MANAGEMENT

     The overall  management  of the business and affairs of the Trust is vested
with its Board of Trustees,  who are responsible for protecting the interests of
shareholders.  The Trustees are  experienced  executives who meet throughout the
year  to  oversee  the  activities  of  the  Funds,   review  the   compensation
arrangements between the Advisor and the investment managers, review contractual
arrangements  with companies that provide  services to the Funds,  including the
Advisor,  Managers,  Administrator,  Custodian  and Transfer  Agent,  and review
performance.  The  day to day  operations  of the  Trust  are  delegated  to its
officers,  subject to a Fund's investment objectives and policies and to general
supervision by the Board of Trustees. The majority of Trustees are not otherwise
affiliated with the Advisor or any of the investment managers.

     The Trustees and officers of the Trust,  their ages and positions  with the
Trust, their business  addresses and principal  occupations during the past five
years are:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Name, Address and Age        Position       Principal Occupation During Past Five Years
- ---------------------        --------       -------------------------------------------
<S>                          <C>            <C>
A. George Battle (56)        Trustee        Senior Fellow, The Aspen Institute since June, 1995. Director of
1065 Sterling Avenue                        Peoplesoft, Inc.; Barra, Inc.; and Fair, Isaac. Formerly (until 1995)
Berkeley, CA 94708                          Managing Partner, Market Development of Andersen Consulting.

Frederick August             Trustee        Senior Vice President, Right Associates (industrial psychologists)
Eigenbrod, Jr. PhD (59)
19925 Stevens Creek Blvd.
Cupertino, CA 95014
</TABLE>

                                      B-19
<PAGE>
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                          <C>            <C>
Kenneth E. Gregory* (42)     President and  President of the Advisor; President of L/G Research Inc. (publishers)
4 Orinda Way                 Trustee        and Litman/Gregory & Co., LLC (investment advisors)
Suite 230D
Orinda, CA 94556

Craig A. Litman* (53)        Secretary and  Treasurer and Secretary of the Advisor; Vice President and Secretary
100 Larkspur Landing Circle  Trustee        of L/G Research Inc.; Chairman of Litman/Gregory & Co., LLC
Suite 204
Larkspur, CA 94939

Taylor M. Welz (40)          Trustee        Partner, Bowman & Company, LLP (certified public accountants)
2431 W. March Lane
Suite 100
Stockton, CA 95207

John Coughlan (43)           Treasurer      Chief Operating Officer, Litman/Gregory & Co., LLC since 1996;
4 Orinda Way                                Controller, Centex Homes of Northern CA, 1995 - 1996;
Suite 230D                                  Senior Vice President, Countrywide Capital Markets, Inc., 1994;
Orinda, CA 94556                            Executive Vice President, TMAC, 1992 - 1994 ; Vice President and
                                            Treasurer, Barnett Range Corporation, prior to 1992
</TABLE>

* denotes Trustees who are "interested persons" of the Trust under the 1940 Act.

The table below illustrates the annual  compensation paid to each Trustee of the
Masters' Select Funds Trust:

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                 Aggregate        Pension or          Estimated        Total
                               Compensation       Retirement           Annual       Compensation
                               from Masters'    Benefits Accrued      Benefits      from Masters'
                               Select Funds        as Part of           Upon         Select Funds
Name of Trustee                   Trust          Fund Expenses       Retirement         Trust
- ---------------                   -----          -------------       ----------         -----
<S>                              <C>                  <C>                <C>           <C>
A. George Battle                 $10,000              $0                 $0            $10,000
Frederick A. Eigenbrod, Jr.      $10,000              $0                 $0            $10,000
Taylor M. Welz                   $10,000              $0                 $0            $10,000
Kenneth E. Gregory               $     0              $0                 $0            $     0
Craig A. Litman                  $     0              $0                 $0            $     0
</TABLE>

     Each  Trustee who is not an  "interested  person" of the Funds  receives an
annual  fee of $10,000  allocated  equally  between  the  Funds,  plus  expenses
incurred by the Trustees in connection  with attendance at meetings of the Board
of  Trustees  and their  Committees.  As of March 31,  2000,  to the best of the
knowledge of the Masters' Select Funds Trust, the Board of Trustees and officers
of the  Funds,  as a  group,  owned  of  record  less  than  1% of  each  Fund's
outstanding shares.

     The following persons,  to the best knowledge of the Trust, owned of record
more than 5% of the outstanding  shares of the Masters' Select Equity Fund as of
March 31, 2000:

     CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC
     SPL CSTDY A/C FOR EXCL BNFT CUST
     MUTUAL FUND DEPT-REINVEST A/C
     101 MONTGOMERY ST
     SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4122- 51%

     The following persons,  to the best knowledge of the Trust, owned of record
more than 5% of the outstanding shares of the Masters' Select International Fund
as of March 31, 2000:

                                      B-20
<PAGE>
     CHARLES SCHWAB & CO INC
     SPL CSTDY A/C FOR EXCL BNFT CUST
     MUTUAL FUND DEPT-REINVEST A/C
     101 MONTGOMERY ST
     SAN FRANCISCO CA 94104-4122 - 60%

     NORTHERN TRUST CUST
     FBO JEWISH COMMUNTIY FOUNDATION
     PO BOX 92956
     CHICAGO IL 60675-2956 - 5%

THE ADVISOR AND THE MANAGERS

     Subject to the supervision of the Board of Trustees,  investment management
and related  services  are provided by the  Advisor,  pursuant to an  Investment
Advisory Agreement (the "Advisory  Agreement").  In addition, the assets of each
Fund are divided  into  segments by the  Advisor,  and  individual  selection of
securities  in each  segment is provided  by a Manager  selected by the Board of
Trustees  pursuant,   in  each  case,  to  a  form  of  sub-advisory   agreement
("Management  Agreement").  Under the Advisory Agreement, the Advisor has agreed
to (i) furnish  each Fund with advice and  recommendations  with  respect to the
selection and continued  employment of Managers to manage the actual  investment
of each Fund's  assets;  (ii) direct the  allocation of each Fund's assets among
such Managers;  (iii) oversee the investments made by such Managers on behalf of
each Fund,  subject to the  ultimate  supervision  and  direction of the Trust's
Board of  Trustees;  (iv)  oversee the actions of the  Managers  with respect to
voting proxies for each Fund, filing Section 13 ownership reports for each Fund,
and taking  other  actions on behalf of each Fund;  (v)  maintain  the books and
records required to be maintained by each Fund except to the extent arrangements
have been made for such books and records to be maintained by the administrator,
another agent of each Fund or a Manager;  (vi) furnish  reports,  statements and
other data on securities,  economic  conditions and other matters related to the
investment of each Fund's assets which each Fund's  administrator or distributor
or the  officers of the Trust may  reasonably  request;  and (vii) render to the
Trust's Board of Trustees such periodic and special reports with respect to each
Fund's investment  activities as the Board may reasonably request,  including at
least one  in-person  appearance  annually  before  the Board of  Trustees.  The
Advisor has agreed,  at its own  expense,  to maintain  such staff and employ or
retain such  personnel and consult with such other persons as it shall from time
to time determine to be necessary to the  performance of its  obligations  under
this  Agreement.  Personnel  of the  Advisor  may serve as officers of the Trust
provided they do so without  compensation  from the Trust.  Without limiting the
generality  of the  foregoing,  the staff and  personnel of the Advisor shall be
deemed to  include  persons  employed  or  retained  by the  Advisor  to furnish
statistical  information,   research,  and  other  factual  information,  advice
regarding economic factors and trends, information with respect to technical and
scientific  developments,  and such other information,  advice and assistance as
the Advisor or the Trust's Board of Trustees may desire and reasonably  request.
With  respect  to the  operation  of each  Fund,  the  Advisor  has agreed to be
responsible  for  (i)  providing  the  personnel,  office  space  and  equipment
reasonably  necessary for the operation of the Trust and each Fund including the
provision  of  persons  qualified  to  serve  as  officers  of the  Trust;  (ii)
compensating the Managers  selected to invest the assets of each Fund; (iii) the
expenses of printing and  distributing  extra copies of each Fund's  prospectus,
statement of additional  information,  and sales and advertising  materials (but
not the legal,  auditing or accounting  fees  attendant  thereto) to prospective
investors (but not to existing shareholders);  and (iv) the costs of any special
Board of Trustees  meetings or  shareholder  meetings  convened  for the primary
benefit of the Advisor or any Manager.

     Under  each  Management  Agreement,  each  Manager  agrees  to  invest  its
Allocated  Portion of the assets of each Fund in accordance  with the investment
objectives,  policies and  restrictions of each Fund as set forth in each Fund's
and Trust's governing  documents,  including,  without  limitation,  the Trust's
Agreement  and  Declaration  of  Trust  and  By-Laws;  each  Fund's  prospectus,
statement  of  additional   information,   and  undertakings;   and  such  other
limitations, policies and procedures as the Advisor or the Trustees of the Trust
may impose from time to time in writing to Manager.  In providing such services,
Manager shall at all times adhere to the provisions and  restrictions  contained
in the federal  securities laws,  applicable state securities laws, the Internal
Revenue Code, and other applicable law.

                                      B-21
<PAGE>
     Without  limiting the generality of the foregoing,  each Manager has agreed
to (i) furnish  each Fund with advice and  recommendations  with  respect to the
investment of the Manager's Allocated Portion of each Fund's assets, (ii) effect
the purchase and sale of portfolio securities for Manager's Allocated Portion or
determine that a portion of such Allocated Portion will remain uninvested; (iii)
manage and oversee the investments of the Manager's  Allocated Portion,  subject
to the ultimate supervision and direction of the Trust's Board of Trustees; (iv)
vote proxies and take other actions with respect to the  securities in Manager's
Allocated Portion;  (v) maintain the books and records required to be maintained
with respect to the  securities  in Manager's  Allocated  Portion;  (vi) furnish
reports, statements and other data on securities,  economic conditions and other
matters  related to the  investment  of each Fund's  assets  which the  Advisor,
Trustees or the officers of the Trust may reasonably  request;  and (vii) render
to the Trust's Board of Trustees such periodic and special  reports with respect
to Manager's Allocated Portion as the Board may reasonably request.

     As  compensation  for the  Advisor's  services  (including  payment  of the
Managers' fees),  each Fund pays it an advisory fee at the rate specified in the
prospectus.   In  addition   to  the  fees   payable  to  the  Advisor  and  the
Administrator,  the Trust is responsible for its operating expenses,  including:
fees and expenses  incurred in connection  with the issuance,  registration  and
transfer of its shares;  brokerage  and  commission  expenses;  all  expenses of
transfer,  receipt,   safekeeping,   servicing  and  accounting  for  the  cash,
securities  and  other  property  of the  Trust  for the  benefit  of each  Fund
including all fees and expenses of its custodian, shareholder services agent and
accounting  services  agent;  interest  charges  on any  borrowings;  costs  and
expenses of pricing and calculating its daily net asset value and of maintaining
its books of account required under the Investment Company Act; taxes, if any; a
pro rata portion of  expenditures  in  connection  with  meetings of each Fund's
shareholders and the Trust's Board of Trustees that are properly payable by each
Fund;  salaries and expenses of officers and fees and expenses of members of the
Trust's Board of Trustees or members of any advisory  board or committee who are
not members of, affiliated with or interested persons of the Advisor;  insurance
premiums  on  property or  personnel  of each Fund which  inure to its  benefit,
including  liability  and fidelity  bond  insurance;  the cost of preparing  and
printing reports,  proxy  statements,  prospectuses and statements of additional
information of each Fund or other  communications  for  distribution to existing
shareholders;  legal, auditing and accounting fees; trade association dues; fees
and expenses (including legal fees) of registering and maintaining  registration
of its shares for sale under federal and applicable state and foreign securities
laws; all expenses of maintaining and servicing shareholder accounts,  including
all  charges  for  transfer,  shareholder  recordkeeping,  dividend  disbursing,
redemption, and other agents for the benefit of each Fund, if any; and all other
charges and costs of its  operation  plus any  extraordinary  and  non-recurring
expenses, except as otherwise prescribed in the Advisory Agreement.

     The Advisor may agree to waive  certain of its fees or reimburse  each Fund
for certain expenses,  in order to limit the expense ratio of each Fund. In that
event,  subject to  approval  by the Trust's  Board of  Trustees,  each Fund may
reimburse  the  Advisor  in  subsequent  years  for  fees  waived  and  expenses
reimbursed,  provided the expense  ratio before  reimbursement  is less than the
expense limitation in effect at that time.

     The Advisor is controlled by Craig A. Litman and Kenneth E. Gregory.

     Under the Advisory Agreement and each Management Agreement, the Advisor and
the  Managers  will not be liable to the Trust for any error of  judgment by the
Advisor or Managers or any loss  sustained  by the Trust except in the case of a
breach of  fiduciary  duty with  respect  to the  receipt  of  compensation  for
services  (in which case any award of damages will be limited as provided in the
1940 Act) or of willful misfeasance,  bad faith or gross negligence by reason of
reckless disregard of its obligations and duties under the applicable agreement.

     The Advisory Agreement and the Management  Agreements will remain in effect
for a period  not to exceed  two  years.  Thereafter,  if not  terminated,  each
Advisory and  Management  Agreement will continue  automatically  for successive
annual periods, provided that such continuance is specifically approved at least
annually (I) by a majority vote of the Independent  Trustees cast in person at a
meeting called for the purpose of voting on such approval, and (ii) by the Board
of Trustees or by vote of a majority of the outstanding voting securities of the
Portfolio.

     The Advisory and Management  Agreements are terminable by vote of the Board
of Trustees or by the holders of a majority of the outstanding voting securities
of the  Trust at any time  without  penalty,  on 60 days  written  notice to the
Advisor  or a  Manager.  The  Advisory  and  Management  Agreements  also may be
terminated  by the Advisor or a Manager on 60 days written  notice to the Trust.
The  Advisory  and  Management  Agreements  terminate  automatically  upon their
assignment (as defined in the 1940 Act).

                                      B-22
<PAGE>
         As compensation  for its investment  management  services,  each of the
Funds paid the Advisor  investment  advisory fees in the amount specified below.
Additional  investment  advisory  fees  payable  under the  investment  advisory
agreement may have, instead,  been waived by the Advisor,  but may be subject to
reimbursement by the respective Fund, as discussed previously.

                          Advisory Fees Paid to Advisor

              Year             Equity Fund        International Fund
              ----             -----------        ------------------
              1997             $2,247,185                $35,638
              1998             $4,056,899               $891,022
              1999             $4,594,816             $1,399,695

     THE ADMINISTRATOR.  The Administrator,  Investment Company  Administration,
L.L.C.. has agreed to be responsible for providing such services as the Trustees
may reasonably request, including but not limited to (i) maintaining the Trust's
books and  records  (other  than  financial  or  accounting  books  and  records
maintained by any custodian,  transfer agent or accounting services agent); (ii)
overseeing the Trust's  insurance  relationships;  (iii) preparing for the Trust
(or assisting  counsel and/or  auditors in the  preparation of) all required tax
returns,  proxy statements and reports to the Trust's  shareholders and Trustees
and reports to and other filings with the Securities and Exchange Commission and
any other  governmental  agency  (the  Trust  agreeing  to supply or cause to be
supplied to the Administrator  all necessary  financial and other information in
connection with the foregoing);  (iv) preparing such applications and reports as
may be  necessary to register or maintain  the Trust's  registration  and/or the
registration  of the shares of the Trust under the securities or "blue sky" laws
of the  various  states  selected  by the Trust (the Trust  agreeing  to pay all
filing fees or other similar fees in connection  therewith);  (v)  responding to
all  inquiries  or other  communications  of  shareholders,  if any,  which  are
directed to the  Administrator,  or if any such inquiry or communication is more
properly  to be  responded  to by  the  Trust's  custodian,  transfer  agent  or
accounting  services agent,  overseeing their response thereto;  (vi) overseeing
all relationships between the Trust and any custodian(s),  transfer agent(s) and
accounting  services  agent(s),  including the negotiation of agreements and the
supervision  of the  performance  of such  agreements;  (vii)  together with the
Advisor,  monitoring  compliance by the Managers with tax,  securities and other
applicable  requirements;  and  (viii)  authorizing  and  directing  any  of the
Administrator's directors, officers and employees who may be elected as Trustees
or officers of the Trust to serve in the  capacities  in which they are elected.
All services to be furnished by the  Administrator  under this  Agreement may be
furnished through the medium of any such directors, officers or employees of the
Administrator.

                    Administration Fees Paid to Administrator

              Year             Equity Fund        International Fund
              ----             -----------        ------------------
              1997              $149,572               $ 1,644

              1998              $184,423               $43,313

              1999              $191,150               $57,889

                      PORTFOLIO TRANSACTIONS AND BROKERAGE

Each  Management  Agreement  states  that,  with  respect to the segment of each
Fund's portfolio allocated to the Manager,  the Manager shall be responsible for
broker-dealer  selection  and for  negotiation  of brokerage  commission  rates,
provided that the Manager shall not direct orders to an affiliated person of the
Manager without  general prior  authorization  to use such affiliated  broker or
dealer by the  Trust's  Board of  Trustees.  In  general,  a  Manager's  primary
consideration  in  effecting a securities  transaction  will be execution at the
most  favorable  cost or  proceeds  under  the  circumstances.  In  selecting  a
broker-dealer  to execute each  particular  transaction,  a Manager may take the
following into  consideration:  the best net price  available;  the reliability,
integrity  and  financial  condition  of  the  broker-dealer;  the  size  of and
difficulty in executing the order; and the value of the expected contribution of
the  broker-dealer  to the  investment  performance of each Fund on a continuing
basis. The price to each Fund in any transaction may be less favorable than that

                                      B-23
<PAGE>
available from another  broker-dealer if the difference is reasonably  justified
by other aspects of the portfolio execution services offered.

     For the fiscal year ended  December 31, 1999,  the Masters'  Select  Equity
Fund paid  $1,277,772 in brokerage  commissions,  of which  $139,147 was paid to
brokers who furnished research services.  For the fiscal year ended December 31,
1999,  the  Masters'  Select  International  Fund  paid  $607,818  in  brokerage
commissions,  of  which  $84,708  was paid to  brokers  who  furnished  research
services.  . For the fiscal year ended  December 31, 1999,  the  percentages  of
brokerage commissions attributable to affiliated broker transactions were 5% for
the Masters'  Select  Equity Fund and 1% for the Masters'  Select  International
Fund.  Brokerage  commissions  paid for the year ended December 31, 1998, by the
Masters'  Select  Equity  Fund  and  the  Masters'  Select  International  Fund,
respectively,  were $1,438,016 and $432,232.  Of these amounts,  the percentages
attributable to affiliated  broker  transactions  were 1% and 0%,  respectively.
Brokerage   commissions   paid  for  the  year  ended  December  31,  1997  were
$1,537,490(1) and $117,416(2),  respectively.  Of these amounts, the percentages
attributable to affiliated broker transactions were 3% and 0%, respectively.

     Subject to such  policies  as the  Advisor and the Board of Trustees of the
Trust may determine,  a Manager shall not be deemed to have acted  unlawfully or
to have  breached  any duty created by this  Agreement  or  otherwise  solely by
reason of its having  caused each Fund to pay a broker or dealer  that  provides
(directly or indirectly) brokerage or research services to the Manager an amount
of commission  for effecting a portfolio  transaction in excess of the amount of
commission  another  broker or dealer  would have  charged  for  effecting  that
transaction,  if the  Manager  determines  in good  faith  that  such  amount of
commission was reasonable in relation to the value of the brokerage and research
services  provided  by such  broker or  dealer,  viewed in terms of either  that
particular  transaction or the Manager's or Advisor's  overall  responsibilities
with  respect to each Fund or other  advisory  clients.  Each Manager is further
authorized  to allocate  the orders  placed by it on behalf of each Fund to such
brokers or dealers who also provide research or statistical  material,  or other
services, to the Trust, the Advisor, or any affiliate of either. Such allocation
shall be in such amounts and  proportions  as the Manager shall  determine,  and
each Manager shall report on such  allocations  regularly to the Advisor and the
Trust, indicating the broker-dealers to whom such allocations have been made and
the basis therefor.  Each Manager is also authorized to consider sales of shares
of each Fund as a factor in the  selection  of  brokers  or  dealers  to execute
portfolio transactions, subject to the requirements of best execution.

     On occasions  when a Manager deems the purchase or sale of a security to be
in the best interest of each Fund as well as other  clients of the Manager,  the
Manager,  to the  extent  permitted  by  applicable  laws and  regulations,  may
aggregate the  securities to be so purchased or sold in order to obtain the most
favorable price or lower brokerage commissions and the most efficient execution.
In such event, allocation of the securities so purchased or sold, as well as the
expenses incurred in the transaction,  will be made by the Manager in the manner
it  considers  to be the  most  equitable  and  consistent  with  its  fiduciary
obligations to each Fund and to such other clients.

                                 NET ASSET VALUE

     The net asset value of a Fund's shares will  fluctuate and is determined as
of the close of  trading  on the New York Stock  Exchange  (currently  4:00 p.m.
Eastern  time) each business  day. The Exchange  annually  announces the days on
which it will not be open for trading.  The most recent  announcement  indicates
that it will not be open on the following  days:  New Year's Day,  Martin Luther
King's Birthday,  Presidents' Day, Good Friday,  Memorial Day, Independence Day,
Labor Day,  Thanksgiving Day and Christmas Day. However,  the Exchange may close
on days not included in that announcement.

     The net asset  value per share is  computed  by  dividing  the value of the
securities held by a Fund plus any cash or other assets (including  interest and
dividends accrued but not yet received) minus all liabilities (including accrued
expenses) by the total number of shares in a Fund outstanding at such time.

     Generally,  trading in and valuation of foreign securities is substantially
completed each day at various times prior to the close of the NYSE. In addition,
trading in and valuation of foreign  securities  may not take place on every day

- --------
1 For the period 12/31/96 (commencement of operations) to 12/31/97.
2 For the period 12/1/97 (commencement of operations) to 12/31/97.

                                      B-24
<PAGE>
in which the NYSE is open for trading. In that case, the price used to determine
a Fund's net asset value on the last day on which such exchange was open will be
used,  unless the Trust's Board of Trustees  determines  that a different  price
should be used.  Furthermore,  trading takes place in various foreign markets on
days in which the NYSE is not open for  trading  and on which a Fund's net asset
value is not  calculated.  Occasionally,  events  affecting  the  values of such
securities  in U.S.  dollars on a day on which a Fund  calculates  its net asset
value may occur between the times when such  securities are valued and the close
of the NYSE that will not be reflected in the  computation of a Fund's net asset
value unless the Board or its delegates  deem that such events would  materially
affect the net asset value, in which case an adjustment would be made.

     Generally,  a Fund's  investments  are  valued at  market  value or, in the
absence  of a market  value,  at fair value as  determined  in good faith by the
Managers and the Trust's Pricing Committee pursuant to procedures approved by or
under the direction of the Board.

     Each Fund's securities,  including ADRs, EDRs and GDRs, which are traded on
securities  exchanges are valued at the last sale price on the exchange on which
such  securities  are  traded,  as of the  close  of  business  on the  day  the
securities are being valued or, lacking any reported  sales, at the mean between
the last available bid and asked price.  Securities that are traded on more than
one  exchange are valued on the  exchange  determined  by the Managers to be the
primary market.  Securities traded in the over-the-counter  market are valued at
the mean  between  the last  available  bid and asked price prior to the time of
valuation.  Securities  and assets for which market  quotations  are not readily
available (including  restricted  securities which are subject to limitations as
to their sale) are valued at fair value as  determined in good faith by or under
the direction of the Board.

     Short-term debt obligations with remaining  maturities in excess of 60 days
are valued at current market prices, as discussed above.  Short-term  securities
with 60 days or less  remaining  to maturity  are,  unless  conditions  indicate
otherwise,  amortized  to  maturity  based on their  cost to a Fund if  acquired
within 60 days of maturity or, if already held by a Fund on the 60th day,  based
on the value determined on the 61st day.

     Corporate debt  securities,  mortgage-related  securities and  asset-backed
securities  held by a Fund are  valued on the basis of  valuations  provided  by
dealers in those instruments, by an independent pricing service, approved by the
Board,  or at fair value as determined  in good faith by procedures  approved by
the Board. Any such pricing service,  in determining value, will use information
with respect to  transactions  in the securities  being valued,  quotations from
dealers, market transactions in comparable securities,  analyses and evaluations
of various relationships between securities and yield to maturity information.

     An option  that is written by a Fund is  generally  valued at the last sale
price or, in the absence of the last sale price, the last offer price. An option
that is purchased  by a Fund is  generally  valued at the last sale price or, in
the absence of the last sale price,  the last bid price.  The value of a futures
contract is the last sale or settlement  price on the exchange or board of trade
on which the future is traded or, if no sales are reported,  at the mean between
the last bid and asked price.  When a settlement  price cannot be used,  futures
contracts  will be valued at their fair market value as  determined  by or under
the direction of the Board.  If an options or futures  exchange closes after the
time at which a Fund's net asset value is calculated,  the last sale or last bid
and asked prices as of that time will be used to calculate the net asset value.

     Any  assets  or  liabilities   initially  expressed  in  terms  of  foreign
currencies are translated  into U.S.  dollars at the official  exchange rate or,
alternatively,  at the  mean  of the  current  bid  and  asked  prices  of  such
currencies against the U.S. dollar last quoted by a major bank that is a regular
participant in the foreign  exchange market or on the basis of a pricing service
that takes into account the quotes  provided by a number of such major banks. If
neither of these  alternatives  is available or both are deemed not to provide a
suitable  methodology for converting a foreign currency into U.S.  dollars,  the
Board in good faith will establish a conversion rate for such currency.

     All other  assets of a Fund are valued in such  manner as the Board in good
faith deems appropriate to reflect their fair value.

                                      B-25
<PAGE>
                                    TAXATION

     Each Fund will be taxed, under the Internal Revenue Code (the "Code"), as a
separate  entity from any other series of the Trust,  and it intends to elect to
qualify for treatment as a regulated investment company ("RIC") under Subchapter
M of the Code. In each taxable year that a Fund  qualifies,  a Fund (but not its
shareholders)  will be  relieved  of  federal  income  tax on  that  part of its
investment company taxable income (consisting generally of interest and dividend
income,  net short  term  capital  gain and net  realized  gains  from  currency
transactions) and net capital gain that is distributed to shareholders.

     In order to qualify for treatment as a RIC, a Fund must distribute annually
to shareholders  at least 90% of its investment  company taxable income and must
meet  several  additional   requirements.   Among  these  requirements  are  the
following:  (1) at least 90% of a Fund's  gross income each taxable year must be
derived from dividends,  interest, payments with respect to securities loans and
gains from the sale or other disposition of securities or foreign currencies, or
other income  derived with respect to its business of investing in securities or
currencies;  (2) at the close of each quarter of a Fund's taxable year, at least
50% of the value of its total assets must be represented by cash and cash items,
U.S.  Government  securities,  securities  of other  RICs and other  securities,
limited in respect of any one  issuer,  to an amount  that does not exceed 5% of
the value of a Fund and that does not represent more than 10% of the outstanding
voting  securities  of such  issuer;  and (3) at the close of each  quarter of a
Fund's  taxable  year,  not more  than 25% of the  value  of its  assets  may be
invested in securities (other than U.S. Government  securities or the securities
of other RICs) of any one issuer.

     Distributions of net investment  income and net realized capital gains by a
Fund will be taxable  to  shareholders  whether  made in cash or  reinvested  in
shares. In determining  amounts of net realized capital gains to be distributed,
any capital loss  carryovers  from prior years will be applied  against  capital
gains.  Shareholders  receiving  distributions in the form of additional  shares
will have a cost basis for federal income tax purposes in each share so received
equal to the net asset value of a share of a Fund on the reinvestment date. Fund
distributions  also will be included in individual  and corporate  shareholders'
income on which the alternative minimum tax may be imposed.

     Each Fund or any  securities  dealer  effecting  a  redemption  of a Fund's
shares by a shareholder  will be required to file  information  reports with the
IRS with respect to  distributions  and  payments  made to the  shareholder.  In
addition,  a Fund will be required to withhold federal income tax at the rate of
31% on taxable  dividends,  redemptions  and other  payments made to accounts of
individual or other non-exempt shareholders who have not furnished their correct
taxpayer  identification numbers and made certain required certifications on the
Account  Application  Form or with  respect  to  which a Fund or the  securities
dealer has been  notified by the IRS that the number  furnished  is incorrect or
that the account is otherwise subject to withholding.

     Each Fund intends to declare and pay dividends and other distributions,  as
stated in the  Prospectus.  In order to avoid the payment of any federal  excise
tax based on net income,  a Fund must  declare on or before  December 31 of each
year, and pay on or before January 31 of the following  year,  distributions  at
least equal to 98% of its ordinary  income for that  calendar  year and at least
98% of the excess of any capital gains over any capital  losses  realized in the
one-year period ending October 31 of that year,  together with any undistributed
amounts of ordinary  income and capital gains (in excess of capital losses) from
the previous calendar year.

     Each Fund may receive dividend distributions from U.S. corporations. To the
extent  that  a  Fund  receives  such  dividends  and  distributes  them  to its
shareholders,  and meets  certain  other  requirements  of the  Code,  corporate
shareholders  of a Fund may be entitled to the "dividends  received"  deduction.
Availability  of  the  deduction  is  subject  to  certain  holding  period  and
debt-financing limitations.

     The use of hedging strategies,  such as entering into futures contracts and
forward  contracts  and  purchasing  options,  involves  complex rules that will
determine  the  character and timing of  recognition  of the income  received in
connection  therewith by a Fund. Income from foreign  currencies (except certain
gains  therefrom  that may be  excluded by future  regulations)  and income from
transactions in options,  futures  contracts and forward  contracts derived by a
Fund with  respect  to its  business  of  investing  in  securities  or  foreign
currencies will qualify as permissible income under Subchapter M of the Code.

                                      B-26
<PAGE>
     For accounting purposes,  when the paid by the Fund is recorded as an asset
and is subsequently adjusted to the current market value of the option. Any gain
or loss realized by the Fund upon the expiration or sale of such options held by
the Fund generally will be capital gain or loss.

     Any security,  option,  or other position  entered into or held by the Fund
that  substantially  diminishes  the Fund's risk of loss from any other position
held by that Fund may  constitute a "straddle"  for federal income tax purposes.
In general,  straddles  are subject to certain rules that may affect the amount,
character  and timing of the Fund's  gains and losses  with  respect to straddle
positions  by  requiring,   among  other  things,  that  the  loss  realized  on
disposition  of one position of a straddle be deferred until gain is realized on
disposition  of the  offsetting  position;  that the  Fund's  holding  period in
certain straddle positions not begin until the straddle is terminated  (possibly
resulting  in the gain being  treated as  short-term  capital  gain  rather than
long-term  capital  gain);  and that losses  recognized  with respect to certain
straddle positions,  which would otherwise constitute short-term capital losses,
be treated as long-term capital losses. Different elections are available to the
Fund that may mitigate the effects of the straddle rules.

     Certain options,  futures  contracts and forward contracts that are subject
to Section 1256 of the Code ("Section 1256  Contracts") and that are held by the
Fund at the end of its taxable year  generally will be required to be "marked to
market" for federal  income tax  purposes,  that is, deemed to have been sold at
market value.  Sixty percent of any net gain or loss  recognized on these deemed
sales and 60% of any net gain or loss  realized from any actual sales of Section
1256  Contracts  will be  treated as  long-term  capital  gain or loss,  and the
balance will be treated as short-term capital gain or loss.

     Section 988 of the Code  contains  special tax rules  applicable to certain
foreign currency  transactions that may affect the amount,  timing and character
of income,  gain or loss  recognized  by the Fund.  Under these  rules,  foreign
exchange gain or loss realized with respect to foreign currency-denominated debt
instruments,  foreign currency forward contracts,  foreign  currency-denominated
payables and  receivables  and foreign  currency  options and futures  contracts
(other  than   options  and  futures   contracts   that  are   governed  by  the
mark-to-market  and  60/40  rules of  Section  1256 of the Code and for which no
election is made) is treated as ordinary income or loss. Some part of the Fund's
gain or loss on the sale or other disposition of shares of a foreign corporation
may,  because  of  changes in foreign  currency  exchange  rates,  be treated as
ordinary  income or loss under  Section 988 of the Code,  rather than as capital
gain or loss.

     Redemptions  and  exchanges  of shares of the Fund will  result in gains or
losses for tax purposes to the extent of the difference between the proceeds and
the shareholder's  adjusted tax basis for the shares. Any loss realized upon the
redemption  or exchange of shares  within six months from their date of purchase
will be treated as a long-term  capital loss to the extent of  distributions  of
long-term  capital  gain  dividends  with  respect to such  shares  during  such
six-month  period.  All or a portion of a loss realized  upon the  redemption of
shares of the Fund may be  disallowed  to the extent shares of the same Fund are
purchased (including shares acquired by means of reinvested dividends) within 30
days before or after such redemption.

     Distributions  and  redemptions  may be subject  to state and local  income
taxes,  and the  treatment  thereof  may  differ  from the  federal  income  tax
treatment. Foreign taxes may apply to non-U.S. investors.

     The above  discussion and the related  discussion in the Prospectus are not
intended to be complete  discussions of all applicable  federal tax consequences
of an  investment in the Funds.  Paul,  Hastings,  Janofsky & Walker L.L.P.  has
expressed no opinion in respect thereof.  Nonresident aliens and foreign persons
are subject to different tax rules,  and may be subject to  withholding of up to
30% on certain  payments  received  from the Fund.  Shareholders  are advised to
consult  with their own tax  advisers  concerning  the  application  of foreign,
federal, state and local taxes to an investment in the Fund.

                                      B-27
<PAGE>
                           DIVIDENDS AND DISTRIBUTIONS

     Dividends from the Fund's  investment  company taxable income (whether paid
in cash or invested in  additional  shares) will be taxable to  shareholders  as
ordinary income to the extent of the Fund's earnings and profits.  Distributions
of the Fund's net capital gain  (whether  paid in cash or invested in additional
shares) will be taxable to shareholders as long-term capital gain, regardless of
how long they have held their Fund shares.

     Dividends declared by the Fund in October, November or December of any year
and  payable to  shareholders  of record on a date in one of such months will be
deemed to have been paid by the Fund and  received  by the  shareholders  on the
record date if the dividends are paid by the Fund during the following  January.
Accordingly,  such dividends will be taxed to shareholders for the year in which
the record date falls.

     The  Fund is  required  to  withhold  31% of all  dividends,  capital  gain
distributions  and redemption  proceeds  payable to any  individuals and certain
other  noncorporate  shareholders  who do not  provide  the Fund  with a correct
taxpayer identification number. The Fund also is required to withhold 31% of all
dividends and capital gain distributions paid to such shareholders who otherwise
are subject to backup withholding.

                             PERFORMANCE INFORMATION

TOTAL RETURN

     Average annual total return  quotations used in the Fund's  advertising and
promotional materials are calculated according to the following formula:

             n
     P(1 + T) = ERV

where "P" equals a  hypothetical  initial  payment of $1000;  "T" equals average
annual total return; "n" equals the number of years; and "ERV" equals the ending
redeemable  value at the end of the period of a hypothetical  $1000 payment made
at the beginning of the period.

     Under the foregoing  formula,  the time periods used in advertising will be
based on rolling calendar  quarters,  updated to the last day of the most recent
quarter prior to submission of the advertising for  publication.  Average annual
total return,  or "T" in the above  formula,  is computed by finding the average
annual  compounded rates of return over the period that would equate the initial
amount  invested to the ending  redeemable  value.  Average  annual total return
assumes the reinvestment of all dividends and distributions.

     The Funds'  average annual  compounded  rate of total return as of December
31, 1999 were as follows:

                                                                        Since
                                                    One Year          Inception
                                                    --------          ---------
Masters' Select Equity Fund                          26.45%             23.33%
Masters' Select International Fund                   75.01%             37.21%

YIELD

     Annualized yield quotations used in the Fund's  advertising and promotional
materials  are  calculated  by  dividing  the  Fund's  investment  income  for a
specified  thirty-day period,  net of expenses,  by the average number of shares
outstanding  during the  period,  and  expressing  the  result as an  annualized
percentage (assuming  semi-annual  compounding) of the net asset value per share
at the end of the period.  Yield  quotations  are  calculated  according  to the
following formula:

     YIELD = 2 [(a-b + 1)6 - 1]
                 ---
                 cd

where "a" equals  dividends and interest  earned  during the period;  "b" equals
expenses accrued for the period, net of  reimbursements;  "c" equals the average
daily  number of shares  outstanding  during the  period  that are  entitled  to
receive  dividends  and "d" equals the maximum  offering  price per share on the
last day of the period.  Except as noted below,  in  determining  net investment
income earned during the period ("a" in the above formula),  the Fund calculates
interest  earned on each debt  obligation  held by it during  the  period by (1)
computing the obligation's  yield to maturity,  based on the market value of the
obligation  (including  actual accrued interest) on the last business day of the
period or, if the obligation was purchased during the period, the purchase price
plus accrued interest; (2) dividing the yield to maturity by 360 and multiplying
the resulting  quotient by the market value of the obligation  (including actual
accrued  interest).  Once interest earned is calculated in this fashion for each
debt  obligation  held by the Fund, net investment  income is then determined by
totaling all such interest earned.

     For purposes of these calculations,  the maturity of an obligation with one
or more call  provisions is assumed to be the next date on which the  obligation
reasonably can be expected to be called or, if none, the maturity date.

                                      B-28
<PAGE>
OTHER INFORMATION

     Performance  data of the Fund quoted in advertising  and other  promotional
materials represents past performance and is not intended to predict or indicate
future results. The return and principal value of an investment in the Fund will
fluctuate,  and an investor's  redemption  proceeds may be more or less than the
original  investment  amount. In advertising and promotional  materials the Fund
may compare its performance with data published by Lipper  Analytical  Services,
Inc. ("Lipper") or CDA Investment Technologies,  Inc. ("CDA"). The Fund also may
refer in such materials to mutual fund performance rankings and other data, such
as  comparative  asset,  expense  and fee  levels,  published  by Lipper or CDA.
Advertising  and  promotional  materials also may refer to discussions of a Fund
and comparative mutual fund data and ratings reported in independent periodicals
including, but not limited to, THE WALL STREET JOURNAL, MONEY Magazine,  FORBES,
BUSINESS WEEK, FINANCIAL WORLD and BARRON'S.

                               GENERAL INFORMATION

     The Trust is a Delaware  Business  Trust  organized on August 1, 1996.  The
Masters'  Select Equity Fund series of shares  commenced  operations on December
31,  1996.  The Masters'  Select  International  Fund  commenced  operations  on
December 1, 1997.  The  Declaration  of Trust  permits the  Trustees to issue an
unlimited  number of full and  fractional  shares of beneficial  interest and to
divide or combine the shares into a greater or lesser  number of shares  without
thereby changing the proportionate  beneficial  interest in the Fund. Each share
represents an interest in the Fund proportionately equal to the interest of each
other share. Upon the Trust's liquidation, all shareholders would share pro rata
in the net assets of the Fund available for  distribution  to  shareholders.  If
they deem it advisable  and in the best interest of  shareholders,  the Board of
Trustees  may create  additional  series of shares  which differ from each other
only as to  dividends.  The Board of Trustees  has created two series of shares,
and may create additional  series in the future,  which have separate assets and
liabilities.  Income and operating  expenses not specifically  attributable to a
particular  Fund will be  allocated  fairly  among  the  Funds by the  Trustees,
generally on the basis of the relative net assets of each Fund.

     Rule 18f-2 under the 1940 Act provides  that as to any  investment  company
which has two or more  series  outstanding  and as to any matter  required to be
submitted  to  shareholder  vote,  such  matter  is  not  deemed  to  have  been
effectively  acted upon  unless  approved  by the  holders of a  "majority"  (as
defined in the Rule) of the voting  securities  of each  series  affected by the
matter.  Such  separate  voting  requirements  do not apply to the  election  of
Trustees or the ratification of the selection of accountants.  The Rule contains
special provisions for cases in which an advisory contract is approved by one or
more, but not all, series.  A change in investment  policy may go into effect as
to one or more  series  whose  holders so approve  the  change  even  though the
required vote is not obtained as to the holders of other affected series.

     Each  Fund may  hold  special  meetings  and mail  proxy  materials.  These
meetings may be called to elect or remove Trustees, change fundamental policies,
approve an investment advisory contract or for other purposes.  Shareholders not
attending  these meetings are  encouraged to vote by proxy.  Each Fund will mail
proxy materials in advance,  including a voting card and  information  about the
proposals to be voted on. The number of votes each shareholder is entitled to is
based on the number of shares he or she owns.  Shareholders  are entitled to one
vote for each full share held (and fractional  votes for fractional  shares) and
may vote in the election of Trustees and on other matters  submitted to meetings
of  shareholders.  It is  not  contemplated  that  regular  annual  meetings  of
shareholders will be held.

     The Masters' Select Equity Fund and the Masters' Select  International Fund
are the only existing series of shares of the Trust.  The Board of Trustees may,
at its own discretion,  create additional  series of shares.  The Declaration of
Trust contains an express  disclaimer of  shareholder  liability for the Trust's
acts or  obligations  and  provides for  indemnification  and  reimbursement  of
expenses out of the Trust's property for any shareholder held personally  liable
for its obligations.

                                      B-29
<PAGE>
     The Declaration of Trust provides that the  shareholders  have the right to
remove a Trustee.  Upon the written  request of the record holders of 10% of the
Trust's shares,  the Trustees will call a meeting of shareholders to vote on the
removal of a Trustee. In addition, 10 shareholders holding the lesser of $25,000
worth or 1% of the shares may communicate  with other  shareholders to request a
meeting to remove a Trustee.  No  amendment  may be made to the  Declaration  of
Trust that would have a material  adverse  effect on  shareholders  without  the
approval  of the holders of more than 50% of the  Trust's  shares.  Shareholders
have no preemptive or conversion  rights.  Shares when issued are fully paid and
non-assessable, except as set forth above.

     The  Advisor  has  obtained  an  exemptive  order from the  Securities  and
Exchange Commission which permits it, subject to certain  conditions,  selection
of new  investment  managers  with the  approval  of the Board of  Trustees  but
without obtaining  shareholder  approval.  The order also permits the Advisor to
change the terms of agreements  with the managers or to continue the  employment
of a manager after an event that would otherwise cause the automatic termination
of services.  Shareholders must be notified of any manager changes. Shareholders
have the right to terminate arrangements with a manager by vote of a majority of
the  outstanding  shares of a Fund.  The order also  permits a Fund to  disclose
managers' fees only in the aggregate in its registration statement.

     The Trust's  custodian,  State Street Bank and Trust Company,  225 Franklin
Street,  Boston,  MA 02110 is responsible for holding the Funds' assets and acts
as the Trust's accounting services agent. The Trust's  independent  accountants,
McGladrey & Pullen,  LLP, 555 Fifth Avenue,  New York,  NY 10017,  assist in the
preparation of certain reports to the Securities and Exchange Commission and the
Fund's tax returns.

     The Masters' Select Funds reserve the right, if conditions exist which make
cash  payments  undesirable,  to honor any request for  redemption or repurchase
order by making  payment  in whole or in part in readily  marketable  securities
chosen by the Fund and valued as they are for purposes of  computing  the Fund's
net asset value (a  redemption  in kind).  If payment is made in  securities,  a
shareholder may incur  transaction  expenses in converting these securities into
cash.

                              FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

     The audited  statement of assets and liabilities and report thereon for the
Funds for the year ended December 31, 1999 are  incorporated  by reference.  The
opinion of PricewaterhouseCoopers, LLP, independent accountants, with respect to
the audited  financial  statements,  is  incorporated  herein in its entirety in
reliance upon such report of PricewaterhouseCoopers, LLP and on the authority of
such firm as experts in auditing  and  accounting.  Shareholders  will receive a
copy of the audited and unaudited  financial  statements at no additional charge
when requesting a copy of the Statement of Additional Information.

                                      B-30
<PAGE>
                                    APPENDIX

                             DESCRIPTION OF RATINGS

MOODY'S INVESTORS SERVICE, INC.: CORPORATE BOND RATINGS

     Aaa--Bonds  which are rated Aaa are  judged to be of the best  quality  and
carry the smallest degree of investment risk. Interest payments are protected by
a large or by an exceptionally stable margin, and principal is secure. While the
various  protective  elements  are  likely to  change,  such  changes  as can be
visualized are most unlikely to impair the fundamentally strong position of such
issues.

     Aa---Bonds  which are  rated Aa are  judged  to be of high  quality  by all
standards. Together with the Aaa group they comprise what are generally known as
high grade bonds.  They are rated lower than the best bonds  because  margins of
protection may not be as large as in Aaa securities or fluctuation of protective
elements  may be of greater  amplitude  or there may be other  elements  present
which make the long term risks appear somewhat larger than in Aaa securities.

     Moody's applies numerical modifiers "1", "2" and "3" to both the Aaa and Aa
rating  classifications.  The modifier "1" indicates  that the security ranks in
the higher end of its generic  rating  category;  the modifier  "2"  indicates a
mid-range  ranking;  and the modifier "3" indicates  that the issue ranks in the
lower end of its generic rating category.

     A--Bonds which are rated A possess many favorable investment attributes and
are to be considered as upper medium grade obligations.  Factors giving security
to principal  and interest are  considered  adequate but elements may be present
which suggest a susceptibility to impairment sometime in the future.

     Baa--Bonds which are rated Baa are considered as medium grade  obligations,
i.e., they are neither highly  protected nor poorly secured.  Interest  payments
and principal  security appear  adequate for the present but certain  protective
elements may be lacking or may be  characteristically  unreliable over any great
period of time. Such bonds lack outstanding  investment  characteristics  and in
fact have speculative characteristics as well.

STANDARD & POOR'S CORPORATION: CORPORATE BOND RATINGS

     AAA--This  is the  highest  rating  assigned by Standard & Poor's to a debt
obligation  and  indicates an extremely  strong  capacity to pay  principal  and
interest.

     AA--Bonds rated AA also qualify as high-quality debt obligations.  Capacity
to pay principal  and interest is very strong,  and in the majority of instances
they differ from AAA issues only in small degree.

     A--Bonds  rated A have a strong  capacity to pay  principal  and  interest,
although they are somewhat more susceptible to the adverse effects of changes in
circumstances and economic conditions.

     BBB--Bonds  rated BBB are  regarded as having an  adequate  capacity to pay
principal  and  interest.  Whereas they  normally  exhibit  adequate  protection
parameters,  adverse  economic  conditions  or changing  circumstances  are more
likely to lead to a weakened capacity to pay principal and interest for bonds in
this category than for bonds in the A category.

                                      B-31
<PAGE>
COMMERCIAL PAPER RATINGS

     Moody's commercial paper ratings are assessments of the issuer's ability to
repay  punctually  promissory  obligations.  Moody's employs the following three
designations,  all judged to be  investment  grade,  to  indicate  the  relative
repayment capacity of rated issuers:  Prime 1--highest quality;  Prime 2--higher
quality; Prime 3--high quality.

     A Standard & Poor's commercial paper rating is a current  assessment of the
likelihood of timely payment.  Ratings are graded into four categories,  ranging
from "A" for the highest quality obligations to "D" for the lowest.

     Issues assigned the highest rating,  A, are regarded as having the greatest
capacity for timely  payment.  Issues in this category are  delineated  with the
numbers  "1",  "2" and "3" to  indicate  the  relative  degree  of  safety.  The
designation A-1 indicates that the degree of safety  regarding timely payment is
either overwhelming or very strong. A "+" designation is applied to those issues
rated "A-1" which possess extremely strong safety characteristics.  Capacity for
timely  payment on issues with the  designation  "A-2" is strong.  However,  the
relative  degree of safety is not as high as for issues  designated  A-1. Issues
carrying the designation "A-3" have a satisfactory  capacity for timely payment.
They are, however,  somewhat more vulnerable to the adverse effect of changes in
circumstances than obligations carrying the higher designations.

                                      B-32
<PAGE>
     As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on April 20, 2000
                                                      Registration No. 333-10015
                                                              File No. 811-07763
================================================================================









                                     Part C

                                       of

                                    Form N-1A

                         COMBINED REGISTRATION STATEMENT

                           MASTERS' SELECT FUNDS TRUST

                           Masters' Select Equity Fund

                       Masters' Select International Fund













================================================================================
<PAGE>
                                     PART C

                                OTHER INFORMATION

ITEM 23. EXHIBITS.

     (1)  (a) Agreement and Declaration of Trust(1)
          (b) Amendment to Agreement and Declaration of Trust(2)
     (2)      By-Laws(1)
     (3)      Not applicable
     (4)  (a) Form of Investment Advisory Agreement(2)
          (b) (i)    Investment Management Agreement with Davis Selected
                     Advisers LP(3)
              (ii)   Investment Management Agreement with Friess Associates,
                     Inc.(3)
              (iii)  Investment Management Agreement with Jennison Associates(3)
              (iv)   Investment Management Agreement with Southeastern Asset
                     Management, Inc.(3)
              (v)    Investment Management Agreement with Strong Capital
                     Management, Inc.(3)
              (vi)   Form of Investment Management Agreement with Masters'
                     Select International Sub-Advisors(4)
              (vii)  Form of Investment Management Agreement with Janus Capital
                     Corp.(4)
              (viii) Form of Investment Management Agreement with Harris
                     Associates
     (5)      Distribution Agreement(3)
     (6)      Not applicable
     (7)      Custodian Agreement(3)
     (8)      Administration Agreement with Investment Company
              Administration Corporation(2)
     (9)      Opinion and consent of counsel - Previously filed
     (10)     Opinion and Consent of Independent Auditors - Filed herewith
         (i)  Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers, LLP
         (ii) Report of McGladrey & Pullen, LLP
         (iii)Consent of McGladrey & Pullen, LLP
     (11)     Not applicable
     (12)     Investment letter(3)
     (13)     Distribution Plan - Not applicable
     (14)     Financial Data Schedule - [No longer required]
     (15)     18f-3 Plan - Not applicable
     (16)     Code of Ethics - Filed herewith
          (a) Masters' Select Funds Trust
          (b) Litman/Gregory Fund Advisors, LLC
          (c) (i)    Davis Selected Advisers, L.P.
              (ii)   Friess Associates, Inc.
              (iii)  Southeastern Asset Management, Inc.
              (iv)   Legg Mason Fund Adviser, Inc.
              (v)    Jennison Associates Capital Corporation
              (vi)   Strong Capital Management, Inc.
              (vii)  Janus Capital Corporation
              (viii) Harris Associates L.P.
              (ix)   BPI Global Asset Management, LLP
              (x)    Mastholm Asset Management, LLC
              (xi)   Artisan Partners LP
          (d) First Fund Distributors, Inc.
<PAGE>
- ----------
(1)  Previously filed as an exhibit to the  Registration  Statement on Form N-1A
     of  the  Registration   (File  No.  333-10015)  on  August  12,  1996,  and
     incorporated  herein by  reference.

(2)  Previously  filed as an exhibit  to  Pre-Effective  Amendment  No. 1 to the
     Registration  Statement on Form N-1A of the Registrant (File No. 333-10015)
     on November 15, 1996, and  incorporated  herein by reference.

(3)  Previously  filed as an exhibit  to  Pre-Effective  Amendment  No. 2 to the
     Registration  Statement on Form N-1A of the Registrant (File No. 333-10015)
     on December 16, 1996, and incorporated herein by reference.

+    Filed with amendment.

4    Previously  filed as an exhibit to  Post-Effective  Amendment  No. 3 to the
     Registration  Statement on Form N-1A of the Registrant (File No. 333-10015)
     on August 29, 1997, and incorporated herein by reference.

ITEM 24. PERSONS CONTROLLED BY OR UNDER COMMON CONTROL WITH REGISTRANT.

     None.

ITEM 25. INDEMNIFICATION:

     Article VI of Registrant's By-Laws states as follows:

     Section  1.  AGENTS,  PROCEEDINGS  AND  EXPENSES.  For the  purpose of this
Article, "agent" means any person who is or was a Trustee,  officer, employee or
other agent of this Trust or is or was serving at the request of this Trust as a
Trustee,  director,  officer,  employee or agent of another  foreign or domestic
corporation,  partnership,  joint  venture,  trust or other  enterprise or was a
Trustee,  director,  officer,  employee  or  agent  of  a  foreign  or  domestic
corporation which was a predecessor of another enterprise at the request of such
predecessor  entity;  "proceeding"  means any  threatened,  pending or completed
action or proceeding, whether civil, criminal,  administrative or investigative;
and "expenses"  includes without limitation  attorney's fees and any expenses of
establishing a right to indemnification under this Article.

     Section 2.  ACTIONS  OTHER THAN BY TRUST.  This Trust shall  indemnify  any
person  who  was or is a  party  or is  threatened  to be  made a  party  to any
proceeding  (other than an action by or in the right of this Trust) by reason of
the fact that such  person is or was an agent of this Trust,  against  expenses,
judgments, fines, settlements and other amounts actually and reasonably incurred
in connection with such  proceedings,  if it is determined that persons acted in
good faith and reasonably believed:

     (1)  in the case of conduct in his  official  capacity  as a Trustee of the
          Trust, that his conduct was in the Trust's best interests, and

     (2)  in all other  cases,  that his conduct was at least not opposed to the
          Trust's best interests, and

     (3)  in the case of a criminal proceeding,  that he had no reasonable cause
          to believe the conduct of that person was unlawful.

     The  termination  of  any  proceeding  by  judgment,   order,   settlement,
conviction  or upon a plea of nolo  contendere  or its  equivalent  shall not of
itself create a  presumption  that the person did not act in good faith and in a
manner which the person reasonably  believed to be in the best interests of this
Trust or that the  person had  reasonable  cause to  believe  that the  person's
conduct was unlawful.
<PAGE>
     Section 3. ACTIONS BY THE TRUST.  This Trust shall indemnify any person who
was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending
or  completed  action by or in the right of this Trust to procure a judgment  in
its favor by  reason  of the fact  that  that  person is or was an agent of this
Trust,  against  expenses  actually  and  reasonably  incurred by that person in
connection with the defense or settlement of that action if that person acted in
good faith, in a manner that person believed to be in the best interests of this
Trust and with such care, including reasonable inquiry, as an ordinarily prudent
person in a like position would use under similar circumstances.

     Section 4. EXCLUSION OF  INDEMNIFICATION.  Notwithstanding any provision to
the contrary contained herein,  there shall be no right to  indemnification  for
any  liability  arising  by reason of  willful  misfeasance,  bad  faith,  gross
negligence,  or the reckless  disregard of the duties involved in the conduct of
the agent's office with this Trust.

     No indemnification shall be made under Sections 2 or 3 of this Article:

     (1)  In  respect  of any claim,  issue,  or matter as to which that  person
          shall  have been  adjudged  to be liable  on the basis  that  personal
          benefit was  improperly  received  by him,  whether or not the benefit
          resulted from an action taken in the person's official capacity; or

     (2)  In respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which that person shall
          have been  adjudged to be liable in the  performance  of that person's
          duty to this  Trust,  unless and only to the extent  that the court in
          which that action was brought shall determine upon application that in
          view of all the  circumstances of the case, that person was not liable
          by  reason  of the  disabling  conduct  set  forth  in  the  preceding
          paragraph and is fairly and  reasonably  entitled to indemnity for the
          expenses which the court shall determine; or

     (3)  Of amounts paid in settling or otherwise  disposing of a threatened or
          pending  action,  with  or  without  court  approval,  or of  expenses
          incurred in defending a threatened or pending  action which is settled
          or otherwise  disposed of without court approval,  unless the required
          approval set forth in Section 6 of this Article is obtained.

     Section 5. SUCCESSFUL DEFENSE BY AGENT. To the extent that an agent of this
Trust has been successful on the merits in defense of any proceeding referred to
in Sections 2 or 3 of this  Article or in defense of nay claim,  issue or matter
therein,  before the court or other body before whom the proceeding was brought,
the agent shall be indemnified against expenses actually and reasonably incurred
by the agent in  connection  therewith,  provided  that the  Board of  Trustees,
including a majority who are disinterested,  non-party Trustees, also determines
that based upon a review of the facts, the agent was not liable by reason of the
disabling conduct referred to in Section 4 of this Article.

     Section  6.  REQUIRED  APPROVAL.  Except as  provided  in Section 5 of this
Article, any indemnification under this Article shall be made by this Trust only
if authorized in the specific case on a determination  that  indemnification  of
the  agent  is  proper  in the  circumstances  because  the  agent  has  met the
applicable  standard of conduct set forth in Sections 2 or 3 of this Article and
is not  prohibited  from  indemnification  because of the disabling  conduct set
forth in Section 4 of this Article, by:

     (1)  A majority vote of a quorum consisting of Trustees who are not parties
          to the  proceeding  and are not  interested  persons  of the Trust (as
          defined in the Investment Company Act of 1940); or

     (2)  A written opinion by an independent legal counsel.
<PAGE>
     Section  7.  ADVANCE  OF  EXPENSES.  Expenses  incurred  in  defending  any
proceeding  may be advanced by this Trust  before the final  disposition  of the
proceeding upon a written undertaking by or on behalf of the agent, to repay the
amount  of the  advance  if it is  ultimately  determined  that he or she is not
entitled to  indemnification,  together  with at least one of the following as a
condition  to the  advance:  (i)  security  for the  undertaking;  or  (ii)  the
existence of insurance  protecting the Trust against losses arising by reason of
any lawful  advances;  or (iii) a  determination  by a  majority  of a quorum of
Trustees who are not parties to the proceeding and are not interested persons of
the Trust, or by an independent  legal counsel in a written opinion,  based on a
review of readily available facts that there is reason to believe that the agent
ultimately  will  be  found  entitled  to  indemnification.  Determinations  and
authorizations  of  payments  under  this  Section  must be  made in the  manner
specified in Section 6 of this Article for determining that the  indemnification
is permissible.

     Section 8. OTHER  CONTRACTUAL  RIGHTS.  Nothing  contained  in this Article
shall affect any right to  indemnification  to which persons other than Trustees
and officers of this Trust or any subsidiary  hereof may be entitled by contract
or otherwise.

     Section 9. LIMITATIONS.  No  indemnification or advance shall be made under
this Article,  except as provided in Sections 5 or 6 in any circumstances  where
it appears:

     (1)  that it would be  inconsistent  with a provision of the  Agreement and
          Declaration of Trust of the Trust,  a resolution of the  shareholders,
          or an agreement in effect at the time of accrual of the alleged  cause
          of  action  asserted  in the  proceeding  in which the  expenses  were
          incurred  or other  amounts  were paid which  prohibits  or  otherwise
          limits indemnification; or

     (2)  that it would be inconsistent with any condition  expressly imposed by
          a court in approving a settlement.

     Section  10.  INSURANCE.  Upon and in the event of a  determination  by the
Board of  Trustees of this Trust to purchase  such  insurance,  this Trust shall
purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any agent of this Trust against any
liability  asserted against or incurred by the agent in such capacity or arising
out of the agent's  status as such, but only to the extent that this Trust would
have  the  power to  indemnify  the  agent  against  that  liability  under  the
provisions  of this Article and the Agreement  and  Declaration  of Trust of the
Trust.

     Section 11.  FIDUCIARIES  OF EMPLOYEE  BENEFIT PLAN.  This Article does not
apply  to nay  proceeding  against  any  Trustee,  investment  manager  or other
fiduciary of an employee  benefit plan in that person's  capacity as such,  even
though that person may also be an agent of this Trust as defined in Section 1 of
this  Article.  Nothing  contained  in this  Article  shall  imit  any  right to
indemnification to which such a Trustee,  investment manager, or other fiduciary
may be  entitled  by contract or  otherwise  which shall be  enforceable  to the
extent permitted by applicable law other than this Article.
<PAGE>
ITEM 26. BUSINESS AND OTHER CONNECTIONS OF INVESTMENT ADVISER.

     The  information  required by this item is contained in the Form ADV of the
following entities and is incorporated herein by reference:

            Name of investment adviser                  File No.
            --------------------------                  --------

            Litman/Gregory Fund Advisors, LLC           801-52710
            Davis Selected Advisers, L.P.               801-31648
            Southeastern Asset Management, Inc.         801-11123
            Jennison Associates Capital Corp.           801-5608
            Friess Associates, Inc.                     801-16178
            Strong Capital Management, Inc.             801-10724
            Janus Capital Corp.                         801-13991
            Mastholm Asset Management, LLC              801-54834
            Harris Associates L.P.                      801-50333
            Artisan Partners LP                         801-48435
            BPI Global Asset Management, LLP            801-53972
            Legg Mason Fund Adviser, Inc.

ITEM 27. PRINCIPAL UNDERWRITERS.

     (a) First Fund  Distributors,  Inc.  currently serves as distributor of the
shares of:

            Advisors Series Trust
            Allegiance Investment Trust
            Builders Fixed Income Fund, Inc.
            Guinness Flight Investment Funds
            Fleming Mutual Fund Group, Inc.
            Fremont Mutual Funds
            Investors Research Fund, Inc.
            Jurika & Voyles Mutual Funds
            Kayne Anderson Mutual Funds
            Masters' Select Funds Trust
            O'Shaughnessy Funds, Inc.
            PIC Investment Trust
            Purisima Funds
            Professionally Managed Portfolios
            Rainier Investment Management Mutual Funds
            Brandes Investment Funds
            RNC Mutual Fund Group, Inc.
            Trust For Investment Managers
            Puget Sound Alternative Investment Series Trust
            Dessauer Global Equity Fund
<PAGE>
     (b) The following  information is furnished with respect to the officers of
First Fund Distributors, Inc.::

Name and Principal     Position and Offices with        Position and Offices
Business Address*      First Fund Distributors, Inc.    with Registrant
- -------------------    -----------------------------    ------------------------
Robert H. Wadsworth    President and Treasurer          Assistant Secretary
Eric M. Banhazl        Vice President and Secretary     Assistant Treasurer
Steven J. Paggioli     Vice President                   Assistant Secretary

*    The principal  business  address of persons and entities  listed is 4455 E.
     Camelback Rd., Ste. 261-E, Phoenix, AZ 85018.

     (c) Not applicable.

ITEMS 28. LOCATION OF ACCOUNTS AND RECORDS.

     The  accounts,  books and other  documents  required  to be  maintained  by
Registrant  pursuant to Section 31(a) of the Investment  Company Act of 1940 and
the rules promulgated thereunder are in the possession of the following persons:

     (a) the  documents  required  to be  maintained  by  paragraph  (4) of Rule
31a-1(b) will be maintained by the Registrant;

     (b) the documents  required to be  maintained by paragraphs  (5), (6), (10)
and  (11) of Rule  31a-1(b)  will be  maintained  by the  respective  investment
managers:

Davis Selected Advisers, L.P., 124 East Marcy Street, Santa Fe, NM 87501
Southeastern Asset Management, Inc., 6401 Poplar Avenue, Memphis, TN 38119
Jennison Associates Capital Corp., 466 Lexington Avenue, New York, NY 10017
Friess Associates, Inc. 350 Broadway, Jackson, WY 83001
Strong Capital Management, Inc., 100 Heritage Reserve, Menomonee Falls, WI 53051
Janus Capital Corp., 100 Fillmore St., Denver, Colorado 80206-4928
Mastholm Asset Management, LLC, 10500 N.E. 8th Street, Suite 660, Bellevue, WA
  98004
Harris Associates L.P., Two North LaSalle, Suite 500, Chicago, Illinois
  60602-3790
Artisan Partners L.P., 1000 North Water Street, Suite 1770, Milwaukee, Wisconsin
  53202
BPI Global Asset Management, LLP, Tower Place at the Summit, 1900 Summit Tower
  Blvd., Ste. 450, Orlando, FL 32810
Legg Mason Fund Adviser, Inc., 100 Light Street, Baltimore, MD 21202

     (c) all other documents will be maintained by Registrant's custodian, State
Street Bank and Trust Company, 225 Franklin Street, Boston, MA 02110.

ITEM 29. MANAGEMENT SERVICES.

     Not applicable.

ITEM 30. UNDERTAKINGS.

     Registrant hereby undertakes to:

     (1)  Furnish  each  person  to whom a  Prospectus  is  delivered  a copy of
          Registrant's  latest annual report to  shareholders,  upon request and
          without charge.

     (2)  If  requested  to do so by the  holders of at least 10% of the Trust's
          outstanding shares, call a meeting of shareholders for the purposes of
          voting  upon the  question  of  removal  of a  trustee  and  assist in
          communications with other shareholders.
<PAGE>
                                   SIGNATURES

     Pursuant  to  the  requirements  of the  Securities  Act of  1933  and  the
Investment  Company Act of 1940, the  Registrant  certifies that it meets all of
the requirements for  effectiveness of this Registration  Statement  pursuant to
Rule  485(b)  under  the  Securities  Act of  1933  and  has  duly  caused  this
Registration  Statement  (File No.  333-10015) to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned,  thereunto  duly  authorized,  in the  City  of  Orinda,  State  of
California on the 20th day of April, 2000.

                                         MASTERS' SELECT FUNDS TRUST


                                         By: /s/ Kenneth E. Gregory*
                                             -----------------------
                                             Kenneth E. Gregory
                                             President

     Pursuant  to  the   requirements  of  the  Securities  Act  of  1933,  this
Post-Effective  Amendment to the Registration Statement has been signed below by
the following persons in the capacities and on the dates indicated.


/s/ Kenneth E. Gregory*               President and               April 20, 2000
- --------------------------------      Trustee
Kenneth E. Gregory


/s/ Craig A. Litman*                  Trustee                     April 20, 2000
- --------------------------------
Craig A. Litman


/s/ A. George Battle*                 Trustee                     April 20, 2000
- --------------------------------
A. George Battle


/s/ Frederick A. Eigenbrod, Jr*.      Trustee                     April 20, 2000
- --------------------------------
Frederick A. Eigenbrod, Jr.


/s/ Taylor M. Welz*                   Trustee                     April 20, 2000
- --------------------------------
Taylor M. Welz


/s/ John Coughlan*                    Chief Financial             April 20, 2000
- --------------------------------      and Accounting Officer
John Coughlan


By /s/ Robert M. Slotky
   -----------------------------
   Robert M. Slotky, Attorney-in-Fact under powers of
   Attorney as filed with Post-Effective Amendment No. 7
   on October 6, 1999.
<PAGE>
                                 EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit No.      Description
- -----------      -----------

 10(i)           Consent of PricewaterhouseCoopers, LLP
 10(ii)          Report of McGladrey & Pullen, LLP
 10(iii)         Consent of McGladrey & Pullen, LLP
 16(a)           Masters' Select Funds Trust
 16(b)           Litman/Gregory Fund Advisors, LLC
 16(c)(i)        Davis Selected Advisers, L.P.
 16(c)(ii)       Friess Associates, Inc.
 16(c)(iii)      Southeastern Asset Management, Inc.
 16(c)(iv)       Legg Mason Fund Adviser, Inc.
 16(c)(v)        Jennison Associates Capital Corporation
 16(c)(vi)       Strong Capital Management, Inc.
 16(c)(vii)      Janus Capital Corporation
 16(c)(viii)     Harris Associates L.P.
 16(c)(ix)       BPI Global Asset Management, LLP
 16(c)(x)        Mastholm Asset Management, LLC
 16(c)(xi)       Artisan Partners LP
 16(d)           First Fund Distributors, Inc.

                       CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS

We  hereby  consent  to the  incorporation  by  reference  in this  Registration
Statement  on Form N-1A of our report dated  January 28,  2000,  relating to the
financial  statements and financial  highlights which appear in the December 31,
1999 annual report to  shareholders of Masters' Select Funds Trust which is also
incorporated by reference into the  Registration  Statement.  We also consent to
the references to us under the headings  "Financial  Highlights"  and "Custodian
and Auditors" in such Registration Statement.

PricewaterhouseCoopers LLP

New York, NY
April 14, 2000

                          INDEPENDENT AUDITOR'S REPORT

THE BOARD OF TRUSTEES AND SHAREHOLDERS
MASTERS' SELECT FUNDS TRUST

We have audited the accompanying statement of changes in net assets for the year
ended  December 31, 1998 and the financial  highlights for each of the two years
in the period  ended  December  31,  1998 of  Masters'  Select  Equity  Fund and
Masters'  Select  International  Fund,  separate series of Masters' Select Funds
Trust (the "Trust").  This financial statement and the financial  highlights are
the responsibility of the Trust's  management.  Our responsibility is to express
an opinion on this  financial  statement and financial  highlights  based on our
audits.

We  conducted  our  audits  in  accordance  with  generally   accepted  auditing
standards.  Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable  assurance  about  whether the  financial  statements  and  financial
highlights are free of material misstatement.  An audit includes examining, on a
test basis,  evidence  supporting  the amounts and  disclosures in the financial
statements.  An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and
significant  estimates  made by  management,  as well as evaluating  the overall
financial  statement  presentation.   We  believe  that  our  audits  provide  a
reasonable basis for our opinion.

In our opinion,  the financial  statement and financial  highlights  referred to
above present fairly,  in all material  respects,  the changes in its net assets
and the  financial  highlights  of Masters'  Select  Funds Trust for the periods
indicated, in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles.



                                       /s/ McGladrey & Pullen, LLP


New York, New York
February 12, 1999

                         CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITORS

We consent to the use of our report dated  February 12, 1999,  on the  financial
statements  of Masters'  Select  Funds Trust  referred to in the  Post-Effective
Amendment.  No. 14 to the Registration  Statement on Form N-1A as filed with the
Securities and Exchange Commission.


                                        /s/ McGladrey & Pullen, LLP


New York, New York
April 14, 2000

                         MASTERS SELECT INVESTMENT TRUST

                                 CODE OF ETHICS

                                  December 1996

I. LEGAL REQUIREMENT

     Rule 17j-1 under the Investment  Company Act of 1940, as amended (the "1940
Act"),  requires Masters Select  Investment Trust (the "Trust") as an investment
company as well as every  investment  adviser to and  distributor of a series of
the Trust (each a "Fund" and  collectively,  the "Funds") to have a written Code
of Ethics which  specifically  deals with trading practices by "access persons."
Access persons are defined to include (1) officers and certain  employees of the
Trust, (2) officers,  directors and investment  personnel of investment advisers
to any Fund, and (3) certain  personnel of any  broker-dealer  firm that acts as
the  distributor  for a Fund,  and (4)  each  member  of the  Trust's  Board  of
Trustees.  The  Rule  also  requires  that  reasonable  diligence  be  used  and
procedures instituted to prevent violations of this Code of Ethics.

     The Code of Ethics  should be designed  to provide a program for  detecting
and  preventing  trading abuses and should  require  "access  persons" to report
personal securities  transactions in securities of the types which the Funds may
purchase,  but is not  designed to  restrict  trading per se. The Code of Ethics
should also be aimed at minimizing  conflicts of interest and the  appearance of
such conflicts.

II. GENERAL PROHIBITIONS

     It shall be unlawful for any affiliated  person (which broadly includes all
officers,  directors,  owners and employees) of a registered investment company,
or any affiliated person of an investment adviser or distributor of a registered
investment  company,  in  connection  with the  purchase  or sale,  directly  or
indirectly,  of a security held or to be acquired by such registered  investment
company --

     (a)  To employ any device,  scheme or artifice to defraud  such  registered
          investment company;

     (b)  To make to such registered  investment company any untrue statement of
          a material fact or omit to state to such registered investment company
          a material  fact  necessary in order to make the  statements  made, in
          light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading;

     (c)  To engage in any act,  practice,  or course of business which operates
          or would  operate  as a fraud  or  deceit  upon  any  such  registered
          investment company; or

     (d)  To engage in any manipulative practice with respect to such registered
          investment company.
<PAGE>
III. ACCESS PERSON PROVISIONS

     All access persons (defined below), EXCEPT INDEPENDENT TRUSTEES, covered by
this Code are  required to file  reports at least  quarterly  of their  personal
securities  transactions  (excluding  excepted  securities) and, if they wish to
trade in the  same  securities  as any  Fund,  must  comply  with  the  specific
procedures  in effect for such  transactions.  Because  the Trust  uses  various
unaffiliated  investment  advisers  to advise  the  Funds and also uses  various
unaffiliated  broker-dealers  to  distribute  shares  of  certain  Funds,  it is
expected that these entities will adopt specific trading procedures  appropriate
to their  organization  consistent with the general  requirement of this Code of
Ethics and Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act. Such persons are specifically excluded
from the  coverage  of this  Code.  Each  shareholder,  officer,  director,  and
employee of the administrator for the Trust,  Investment Company  Administration
Corporation  ("ICAC"),  is  required  to  comply  with the  reporting  and other
requirements  of ICAC's code of ethics and is excluded from the coverage of this
Code.

     The reports of access  persons will be reviewed  and  compared  against the
activities of the Funds and if a pattern emerges that indicates  abusive trading
or noncompliance with applicable procedures,  the matter will be referred to the
Board of Trustees;  the Board of Trustees  will make  appropriate  inquiries and
decides what action, if any, is then necessary.

     Independent  Trustees who do not have day-to-day contact with the Funds and
who do not have specific  knowledge of the Funds'  intended  investments are not
required  to file any  reports  at all,  and  there is no  restriction  on their
personal  securities  trading  activities.  However,  if an independent  Trustee
should learn that one of the Funds is about to take a particular  position,  and
he or she wishes to make a similar or related  trade,  the Trustee should obtain
prior approval of the trade.

     This  Code of  Ethics  is not  intended  to  cover  all  possible  areas of
potential  liability under the 1940 Act or under the federal  securities laws in
general.  For example,  other  provisions of Section 17 of the 1940 Act prohibit
various  transactions  between a registered  investment  company and  affiliated
persons,  including  the  knowing  sale or  purchase  of  property  to or from a
registered  investment  company on a  principal  basis,  and joint  transactions
(e.g.,  combining to achieve a substantial position in a security or commingling
of funds)  between an  investment  company  and an  affiliated  person.  Persons
covered by this Code of Ethics are advised to seek advice before engaging in any
transactions  involving  securities held or under  consideration for purchase or
sale by a Fund of the Trust or if a transaction  directly or indirectly involves
themselves  and the Trust other than the purchase or  redemption  of shares of a
Fund or the performance of their normal business duties.

     In  addition,  the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934 may impose  fiduciary
obligations  and trading  restrictions  on access  persons and others in certain
situations.  It is expected that access persons will be sensitive to these areas
of  potential  conflict,  even  though  this  Code of  Ethics  does not  address
specifically these other areas of fiduciary responsibility.
<PAGE>
IV. IMPLEMENTATION

     In order to implement  this Code of Ethics,  a  compliance  officer and two
alternates have been designated for the Trust and First Fund Distributors, Inc.,
one of the principal underwriters of the Funds. These individuals are:

     Steven J. Paggioli
     Robert H. Wadsworth (alternate)
     Eric M. Banhazl (alternate)

     The  compliance  officer  shall  appoint  one or  more  compliance  officer
delegates employed by each investment  adviser of (and broker-dealer  serving as
principal underwriter to) a Fund.

     The compliance officer shall create a list of access persons and update the
list with  reasonable  frequency.  This list of access persons shall include the
persons identified by the various compliance officer delegates as access persons
of the various investment advisers (and principal underwriters,  as appropriate)
of each Fund.  The Trust  compliance  officer is not  required to  independently
verify the accuracy and completeness of such access person sub-lists.

     The compliance  officer or compliance  officer  delegate shall  circulate a
copy  of  this  Code  of  Ethics  to  each  access  person,   together  with  an
acknowledgement of receipt, which shall be signed and returned to the compliance
officer or compliance officer delegate, as appropriate, by each access person.

     The  compliance  officer or  compliance  officer  delegate is charged  with
responsibility  for insuring  that the  reporting  requirements  of this Code of
Ethics (see Section VIII) are adhered to by all access  persons.  The compliance
officer or compliance  officer  delegate shall be responsible  for ensuring that
the review  requirements of this Code of Ethics (see Section X) are performed in
a prompt manner.

V. DEFINITIONS

     (a) "Access person" means: (i) any trustee,  officer or advisory person (as
defined  below) of a Fund or the  Trust;  (ii) any  director,  officer,  general
partner or advisory  person (as described  below) of an investment  adviser to a
Fund;  and  (iii)any  director,  officer or general  partner of a  broker-dealer
acting as  distributor  or principal  underwriter of a Fund who, in the ordinary
course of his business,  makes, participates in or obtains information regarding
the purchases and sales of securities for such Fund or whose  ordinary  business
functions  and  duties  relate  to the  making of  recommendations  to such Fund
regarding the purchase and sale of securities.

     Exceptions:  (i) any investment  adviser  unaffiliated  with Litman Gregory
     Fund Advisors,  LLC (the  "Adviser")  and/or the Trust (except by reason of
     being a  sub-adviser)  and all  employees  of  such  unaffiliated  adviser,
     provided  that such  sub-adviser  represents to the Adviser that it has and
     enforces a code of ethics that meets the  requirements  of Rule 17j-1 under
     the 1940 Act, and (ii) any employee of an administration  company providing
     administration  services to the Trust or the Fund  including such employees
     who may act as officers of the Trust.

     (b)  "Advisory  person"  means  with  respect  to  (A)  the  Trust,  (B) an
investment adviser to a Fund or (C) any company in a control relationship to the
<PAGE>
Trust or the investment  adviser,  (i) any employee who, in connection  with his
regular  functions or duties,  makes,  participates  in, or obtains  information
regarding,  the  purchase  or sale of a security by a Fund,  or whose  functions
relate to the making of any  recommendations  with respect to such  purchases or
sales; and (ii) any natural person in a control  relationship to the Trust or an
investment adviser who obtains information concerning  recommendations made to a
Fund with regard to the purchase or sale of a security.

     Exceptions: (i) any investment adviser unaffiliated with the Adviser and/or
     the Trust  (except by reason of being a  sub-adviser)  and all employees of
     such unaffiliated adviser, provided that such sub-adviser represents to the
     Adviser  that  it has  and  enforces  a  code  of  ethics  that  meets  the
     requirements of Rule 17j- I under the 1940 Act, and (ii) any employee of an
     administration  company providing  administration  services to the Trust or
     the Fund including such employees who may act as officers of the Trust.

     (c)  A  security  is  "being  considered  for  purchase  or  sale"  when  a
recommendation  to purchase or sell a security  has been made and  communicated,
and,  with  respect  to a  person  making a  recommendation,  when  such  person
seriously considers making such a recommendation.

     (d)  "Beneficial  ownership"  shall be interpreted in the same manner as it
would be in determining whether a person is subject to the provisions of Section
16 of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934,  as  amended,  and the  rules  and
regulations  thereunder,  with the exception that the determination of direct or
indirect  beneficial  ownership  shall apply to all  securities  which an access
person has or acquires.

     (e) "Control" means the power to exercise a controlling  influence over the
management  or policies of a company,  unless such power is solely the result of
an official position, as further defined in Section 2(a)(9) of the 1940 Act.

     (f)  "Purchase or sale of a security"  includes the writing of an option to
purchase or sell a security.

     (g) "Security"  shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(36) of the
1940 Act,  except  that it shall not  include  excepted  securities  (as defined
below).

     (h) "Excepted  securities" include shares of registered open-end investment
companies,  securities  issued by the Government of the United States (including
Government   agencies),   short  term  debt  securities  which  are  "government
securities"  within the meaning of Section  2(a)(16)  of the 1940 Act,  bankers'
acceptances,  bank  certificates  of deposit,  commercial  paper and other money
market instruments.

VI. PROHIBITED TRADING PRACTICES

     No access  person  shall  purchase  or sell  directly  or  indirectly,  any
security in which he or she has, or by reason of such transactions acquires, any
direct or indirect beneficial ownership,

     (a) if such  security  to his or her actual  knowledge  at the time of such
purchase or sale:

          (i) is being considered for purchase or sale by a Fund;
<PAGE>
          (ii) is in the process of being  purchased  or sold by a Fund  (except
     that an access person may  participate  in a bunched  transaction  with the
     Fund if the price terms are the same); OR

          (iii) is or has been  held by a Fund  within  the most  recent  15 day
     period, AND

     (b) if such action by such access person would defraud a Fund, operate as a
fraud or deceit upon a Fund, or constitute a manipulative  practice with respect
to such Fund. In each case, the relevant Fund shall be limited to the Fund(s) to
which such access person has a direct relationship.

     To ensure  that  security  purchases  and sales by  access  persons  do not
constitute a fraudulent,  deceptive or manipulative practice with respect to the
various Funds, each investment adviser and principal underwriter to a Fund shall
adopt a policy  preventing Fund access persons from trading ahead of the Fund or
otherwise trading in securities held or being considered for purchase or sale by
a Fund for an appropriate period of time.

     Access persons  associated  with the Trust and/or First Fund  Distributors,
Inc. shall pre-clear all transactions with the compliance officer.

VII. EXEMPTED TRANSACTIONS/SECURITIES

     The prohibitions of Section VI of this Code shall not apply to:

     (a)  Purchases  or sales  effected  in any  account  over  which the access
          person has no direct or indirect influence or control.

     (b)  Purchases or sales of  securities  which are not eligible for purchase
          or sale by any Fund.

     (c)  Purchases or sales which are  non-volitional on the part of either the
          access person or the Trust (e.g., receipt of gifts).

     (d)  Purchases which are part of an automatic dividend reinvestment plan.

     (e)  Purchases effected upon the exercise of rights issued by an issuer pro
          rata to all holders of a class of its  securities,  to the extent such
          rights were  acquired  from such  issuer,  and sales of such rights so
          acquired.

     (f)  Purchases  and sales  which have  received  the prior  approval of the
          Compliance Officer.

     (g)  Purchases  and  sales of  securities  which  are not  included  in the
          definition of "Security" in Part V.g. or are "excepted  securities" as
          defined  in Section  V.h.  -- i.e.,  mutual  fund  shares,  government
          securities and money market instruments.

     (h)  Purchases  and  sales  of  securities  which  are  part  of a  bunched
          transaction  involving  the Fund and possibly  other clients where all
          participants receive the same price.
<PAGE>
VIII. REPORTING

     (a)   Independent   Trustees  and  individuals  who  already  report  their
investment  transactions  under the rules  applicable to  registered  investment
advisers may be excepted from the reporting  requirement (see Section IX below).
Subject to the exceptions  set forth below,  every access person shall report to
the  appropriate  compliance  officer or  compliance  delegate  the  information
described in Section  VIII(b) with  respect to  transactions  in any security in
which such access  person has, or by reason of such  transaction  acquires,  any
direct or indirect beneficial ownership in the security.

     (b) Every  report  shall be made not later than ten (10) days after the end
of each calendar quarter and shall contain the following information:

          (1)  The date of the transaction,  the title and the number of shares,
               and the principal amount of each security involved;

          (2)  The nature of the transaction (i.e., purchase, sale, or any other
               type of acquisition or disposition);

          (3)  The price at which the transaction was effected; and

          (4)  The name of the broker,  dealer, or bank with or through whom the
               transaction was effected.

     (c) For periods in which no  reportable  transactions  were  effected,  the
report  shall  contain a  representation  that no  transactions  subject  to the
reporting requirements were effected during the relevant time period.

     (d) Any such report may contain a  statement  that the report  shall not be
construed  as an  admission  by the person  making  such  report that he has any
direct or  indirect  beneficial  ownership  in the  security to which the report
relates.

     (e)  Copies of  statements  or  confirmations  containing  the  information
specified  in  paragraph  (b)  above may be  submitted  in lieu of  listing  the
transactions

IX. EXCEPTIONS TO REPORTING REQUIREMENTS

     (a) An  independent  Trustee  i.e.,  a  Trustee  of the Trust who is not an
"interested  person"  (as  defined in Section  2(a)(19)  of the 1940 Act) of the
Trust, is not required to file a report on a transaction in a security  provided
such Trustee  neither knew nor, in the ordinary  course of fulfilling his or her
official  duties as a trustee of the Trust,  should have known that,  during the
15-day period immediately  preceding or after the date of the transaction by the
Trustee,  such  security is or was  purchased  or sold by the Trust or is or was
being considered for purchase by its investment adviser.

     (b) Where an independent Trustee is exempt from the reporting  requirements
of Section VIII(b) of this Code pursuant to this Section IX(a), such Trustee may
nevertheless  voluntarily  file a  report  representing  that  he or she did not
engage in any securities  transactions which, to his or her knowledge,  involved
securities  that were being  purchased or sold or considered for purchase by any
Fund  during  the  15-day   period   preceding  or  after  the  date(s)  of  any
transaction(s)  by such  Trustee.  The  failure to file such a report,  however,
shall not be considered a violation of this Code of Ethics.
<PAGE>
     (c) Access  persons also need not make a report with respect to an exempted
transactions/securities as described in Section V of this Code.

     (d) Access persons need not make a report where the report would  duplicate
information  recorded pursuant to Rules  204-2(a)(12) or 204-2(a)(13)  under the
Investment Advisers Act of 1940.

X. REVIEW

     The  compliance  officer shall  compare all reports of personal  securities
transactions with completed and contemplated portfolio transactions of each Fund
to  determine  whether a  possible  violation  the Code of Ethics  and/or  other
applicable  trading  procedures  may have occurred.  The compliance  officer may
delegate this function to one or more persons employed by an investment  adviser
or principal  underwriter with respect to the reports filed by access persons in
such organization, and shall receive and be entitled to rely on a summary report
from such compliance delegate

     No  person  shall  review  his  or  her  own  report.   Before  making  any
determination  that a violation has been committed by any person, the compliance
officer shall give such person an opportunity to supply  additional  explanatory
material.  If a  securities  transaction  of the  compliance  officer  is  under
consideration,  an alternate shall act in all respects in the manner  prescribed
herein for the designated compliance officer.

     If the compliance officer determines that a violation of the Code of Ethics
has or may have occurred, he or she shall,  following  consultation with counsel
to the  Trust,  submit  his or her  written  determination,  together  with  the
transaction report, if any, and any additional  explanatory material provided by
the  individual,  to the President or, if the President  shall be the compliance
officer, the Treasurer, who shall make an independent determination of whether a
violation has occurred.

     The compliance  officer shall be responsible for maintaining a current list
of all access persons (including all Trustees) and for identifying all reporting
access  persons on such list,  and shall take steps to ensure that all reporting
access persons have submitted reports in a timely manner. The compliance officer
may delegate the compilation of this information to appropriate persons employed
by an investment adviser or principal  underwriter and shall be entitled to rely
on the information received from such compliance officer delegate(s). Failure to
submit timely reports will be communicated to the Board of Trustees.

XI. SANCTIONS

     If a material violation of this Code occurs or a preliminary  determination
is made that a violation may have  occurred,  a report of the alleged  violation
shall be made to the Board of  Trustees.  The Board of Trustees  may impose such
sanctions as it deems appropriate, including a letter of censure, suspension, or
termination  of the  employment  of the  violator,  and/or a  disgorging  of any
profits made by the violator.

I fully understand and hereby subscribe to this Code of Ethics.

         Date                                          Signature


- ---------------------                   ----------------------------------------

                         MASTERS SELECT INVESTMENT TRUST

                                 CODE OF ETHICS

                                  December 1996

I. LEGAL REQUIREMENT

     Rule 17j-1 under the Investment  Company Act of 1940, as amended (the "1940
Act"),  requires Masters Select  Investment Trust (the "Trust") as an investment
company as well as every  investment  adviser to and  distributor of a series of
the Trust (each a "Fund" and  collectively,  the "Funds") to have a written Code
of Ethics which  specifically  deals with trading practices by "access persons."
Access persons are defined to include (1) officers and certain  employees of the
Trust, (2) officers,  directors and investment  personnel of investment advisers
to any Fund, and (3) certain  personnel of any  broker-dealer  firm that acts as
the  distributor  for a Fund,  and (4)  each  member  of the  Trust's  Board  of
Trustees.  The  Rule  also  requires  that  reasonable  diligence  be  used  and
procedures instituted to prevent violations of this Code of Ethics.

     The Code of Ethics  should be designed  to provide a program for  detecting
and  preventing  trading abuses and should  require  "access  persons" to REPORT
personal securities  transactions in securities of the types which the Funds may
purchase,  but is not  designed to  restrict  trading per se. The Code of Ethics
should also be aimed at minimizing  conflicts of interest and the  appearance of
such conflicts.


II. GENERAL PROHIBITIONS

     It shall be unlawful for any affiliated  person (which broadly includes all
officers,  directors,  owners and employees) of a registered investment company,
or any affiliated person of an investment adviser or distributor of a registered
investment  company,  in  connection  with the  purchase  or sale,  directly  or
indirectly,  of a security held or to be acquired by such registered  investment
company --

     (a)  To employ any device,  scheme or artifice to defraud  such  registered
          investment company;

     (b)  To make to such registered  investment company any untrue statement of
          a material fact or omit to state to such registered investment company
          a material  fact  necessary in order to make the  statements  made, in
          light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading;
<PAGE>
     (c)  To engage in any act,  practice,  or course of business which operates
          or would  operate  as a fraud  or  deceit  upon  any  such  registered
          investment company; or

     (d)  To engage in any manipulative practice with respect to such registered
          investment company.

III. ACCESS PERSON PROVISIONS

     All access persons (defined below), EXCEPT INDEPENDENT TRUSTEES, covered by
this Code are  required to file  reports at least  quarterly  of their  personal
securities  transactions  (excluding  excepted  securities) and, if they wish to
trade in the  same  securities  as any  Fund,  must  comply  with  the  specific
procedures  in effect for such  transactions.  Because  the Trust  uses  various
unaffiliated  investment  advisers  to advise  the  Funds and also uses  various
unaffiliated  broker-dealers  to  distribute  shares  of  certain  Funds,  it is
expected that these entities will adopt specific trading procedures  appropriate
to their  organization  consistent with the general  requirement of this Code of
Ethics and Rule 17j-1 under the 1940 Act. Such persons are specifically excluded
from the  coverage  of this  Code.  Each  shareholder,  officer,  director,  and
employee of the administrator for the Trust,  Investment Company  Administration
Corporation  ("ICAC"),  is  required  to  comply  with the  reporting  and other
requirements  of ICAC's code of ethics and is excluded from the coverage of this
Code.

     The reports of access  persons will be reviewed  and  compared  against the
activities of the Funds and if a pattern emerges that indicates  abusive trading
or noncompliance with applicable procedures,  the matter will be referred to the
Board of Trustees;  the Board of Trustees  will make  appropriate  inquiries and
decides what action, if any, is then necessary.

     Independent  Trustees who do not have day-to-day contact with the Funds and
who do not have specific  knowledge of the Funds'  intended  investments are not
required  to file any  reports  at all,  and  there is no  restriction  on their
personal  securities  trading  activities.  However,  if an independent  Trustee
should learn that one of the Funds is about to take a particular  position,  and
he or she wishes to make a similar or related  trade,  the Trustee should obtain
prior approval of the trade.
<PAGE>
     This  Code of  Ethics  is not  intended  to  cover  all  possible  areas of
potential  liability under the 1940 Act or under the federal  securities laws in
general.  For example,  other  provisions of Section 17 of the 1940 Act prohibit
various  transactions  between a registered  investment  company and  affiliated
persons,  including  the  knowing  sale or  purchase  of  property  to or from a
registered  investment  company on a  principal  basis,  and joint  transactions
(E.G.,  combining to achieve a substantial position in a security or commingling
of funds)  between an  investment  company  and an  affiliated  person.  Persons
covered by this Code of Ethics are advised to seek advice before engaging in any
transactions  involving  securities held or under  consideration for purchase or
sale by a Fund of the Trust or if a transaction  directly or indirectly involves
themselves  and the Trust other than the purchase or  redemption  of shares of a
Fund or the performance of their normal business duties.

     In  addition,  the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934 may impose  fiduciary
obligations  and trading  restrictions  on access  persons and others in certain
situations.  It is expected that access persons will be sensitive to these areas
of  potential  conflict,  even  though  this  Code of  Ethics  does not  address
specifically these other areas of fiduciary responsibility.

IV. IMPLEMENTATION

     In order to implement  this Code of Ethics,  a  compliance  officer and two
alternates have been designated for the Trust and First Fund Distributors, Inc.,
one of the principal underwriters of the Funds. These individuals are:

     Steven J. Paggioli
     Robert H. Wadsworth (alternate)
     Eric M. Banhazl (alternate)

     The  compliance  officer  shall  appoint  one or  more  compliance  officer
delegates employed by each investment  adviser of (and broker-dealer  serving as
principal underwriter to) a Fund.

     The compliance officer shall create a list of access persons and update the
list with  reasonable  frequency.  This list of access persons shall include the
persons identified by the various compliance officer delegates as access persons
of the various investment advisers (and principal underwriters,  as appropriate)
<PAGE>
of each Fund.  The Trust  compliance  officer is not  required to  independently
verify the accuracy and completeness of such access person sub-lists.

     The compliance  officer or compliance  officer  delegate shall  circulate a
copy  of  this  Code  of  Ethics  to  each  access  person,   together  with  an
acknowledgement of receipt, which shall be signed and returned to the compliance
officer or compliance officer delegate, as appropriate, by each access person.

     The  compliance  officer or  compliance  officer  delegate is charged  with
responsibility  for insuring  that the  reporting  requirements  of this Code of
Ethics (see Section VIII) are adhered to by all access  persons.  The compliance
officer or compliance  officer  delegate shall be responsible  for ensuring that
the review  requirements of this Code of Ethics (see Section X) are performed in
a prompt manner.

V. DEFINITIONS

          (a) "Access person" means: (i) any trustee, officer or advisory person
(as defined below) of a Fund or the Trust; (ii) any director,  officer,  general
partner or advisory  person (as described  below) of an investment  adviser to a
Fund;  and  (iii)any  director,  officer or general  partner of a  broker-dealer
acting as  distributor  or principal  underwriter of a Fund who, in the ordinary
course of his business,  makes, participates in or obtains information regarding
the purchases and sales of securities for such Fund or whose  ordinary  business
functions  and  duties  relate  to the  making of  recommendations  to such Fund
regarding the purchase and sale of securities.

          Exceptions:  (i)  any  investment  adviser  unaffiliated  with  Litman
          Gregory Fund Advisors, LLC (the "Adviser") and/or the Trust (except by
          reason of being a sub-adviser) and all employees of such  unaffiliated
          adviser, provided that such sub-adviser represents to the Adviser that
          it has and  enforces a code of ethics that meets the  requirements  of
          Rule  17j-1  under  the  1940  Act,   and  (ii)  any  employee  of  an
          administration company providing  administration services to the Trust
          or the Fund  including  such  employees who may act as officers of the
          Trust.

          (b)  "Advisory  person"  means with  respect to (A) the Trust,  (B) an
investment adviser to a Fund or (C) any company in a control relationship to the
Trust or the investment  adviser,  (i) any employee who, in connection  with his
<PAGE>
regular  functions or duties,  makes,  participates  in, or obtains  information
regarding,  the  purchase  or sale of a security by a Fund,  or whose  functions
relate to the making of any  recommendations  with respect to such  purchases or
sales; and (ii) any natural person in a control  relationship to the Trust or an
investment adviser who obtains information concerning  recommendations made to a
Fund with regard to the purchase or sale of a security.

          Exceptions:  (i) any investment adviser  unaffiliated with the Adviser
          and/or  the Trust  (except by reason of being a  sub-adviser)  and all
          employees of such unaffiliated adviser, provided that such sub-adviser
          represents  to the Adviser  that it has and  enforces a code of ethics
          that  meets the  requirements  of Rule 17j- I under the 1940 Act,  and
          (ii)   any   employee   of   an   administration   company   providing
          administration  services  to the  Trust  or the  Fund  including  such
          employees who may act as officers of the Trust.

          (c) A  security  is "being  considered  for  purchase  or sale" when a
recommendation  to purchase or sell a security  has been made and  communicated,
and,  with  respect  to a  person  making a  recommendation,  when  such  person
seriously considers making such a recommendation.

          (d) "Beneficial  ownership" shall be interpreted in the same manner as
it would be in  determining  whether a person is  subject to the  provisions  of
Section 16 of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and the rules and
regulations  thereunder,  with the exception that the determination of direct or
indirect  beneficial  ownership  shall apply to all  securities  which an access
person has or acquires.

          (e) "Control" means the power to exercise a controlling influence over
the management or policies of a company,  unless such power is solely the result
of an official position, as further defined in Section 2(a)(9) of the 1940 Act.

          (f) "Purchase or sale of a security" includes the writing of an option
to purchase or sell a security.

          (g) "Security" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(36) of
the 1940 Act, except that it shall not include  excepted  securities (as defined
below).

          (h)  "Excepted  securities"  include  shares  of  registered  open-end
investment  companies,  securities issued by the Government of the United States
(including   Government   agencies),   short  term  debt  securities  which  are
<PAGE>
"government  securities" within the meaning of Section 2(a)(16) of the 1940 Act,
bankers' acceptances,  bank certificates of deposit,  commercial paper and other
money market instruments.

VI. PROHIBITED TRADING PRACTICES

     No access  person  shall  purchase  or sell  directly  or  indirectly,  any
security in which he or she has, or by reason of such transactions acquires, any
direct or indirect beneficial ownership,

     (a)  if such  security to his or her actual  knowledge  at the time of such
          purchase or sale:

          (i)  is being considered for purchase or sale by a Fund;

          (ii) is in the process of being  purchased  or sold by a Fund  (except
               that an access person may  participate  in a bunched  transaction
               with the Fund if the price terms are the same); OR

          (iii)is or has  been  held by a Fund  within  the most  recent  15 day
               period, AND

          (b) if such action by such access person would defraud a Fund, operate
as a fraud or deceit upon a Fund,  or  constitute a  manipulative  practice with
respect to such Fund.  In each case,  the relevant  Fund shall be limited to the
Fund(s) to which such access person has a direct relationship.

     To ensure  that  security  purchases  and sales by  access  persons  do not
constitute a fraudulent,  deceptive or manipulative practice with respect to the
various Funds, each investment adviser and principal underwriter to a Fund shall
adopt a policy  preventing Fund access persons from trading ahead of the Fund or
otherwise trading in securities held or being considered for purchase or sale by
a Fund for an appropriate period of time.

     Access persons  associated  with the Trust and/or First Fund  Distributors,
Inc. shall pre-clear all transactions with the compliance officer.

VII. EXEMPTED TRANSACTIONS/SECURITIES

     The prohibitions of Section VI of this Code shall not apply to:
<PAGE>
          (a)  Purchases or sales  effected in any account over which the access
               person has no direct or indirect influence or control.

          (b)  Purchases  or sales of  securities  which  are not  eligible  for
               purchase or sale by any Fund.

          (c)  Purchases or sales which are non-volitional on the part of either
               the access person or the Trust (E.G., receipt of gifts).

          (d)  Purchases  which are part of an automatic  dividend  reinvestment
               plan.

          (e)  Purchases  effected  upon the  exercise  of  rights  issued by an
               issuer pro rata to all holders of a class of its  securities,  to
               the extent such rights were acquired from such issuer,  and sales
               of such rights so acquired.

          (f)  Purchases and sales which have received the prior approval of the
               Compliance Officer.

          (g)  Purchases and sales of  securities  which are not included in the
               definition   of   "Security"   in  Part  V.g.  or  are  "excepted
               securities"  as defined  in Section  V.h.  -- I.E.,  mutual  fund
               shares, government securities and money market instruments.

          (h)  Purchases  and  sales of  securities  which are part of a bunched
               transaction  involving the Fund and possibly  other clients where
               all participants receive the same price.

VIII. REPORTING

          (a)  Independent  Trustees and  individuals  who already  report their
investment  transactions  under the rules  applicable to  registered  investment
advisers may be excepted from the reporting  requirement (see Section IX below).
Subject to the exceptions  set forth below,  every access person shall report to
the  appropriate  compliance  officer or  compliance  delegate  the  information
described in Section  VIII(b) with  respect to  transactions  in any security in
which such access  person has, or by reason of such  transaction  acquires,  any
direct or indirect beneficial ownership in the security.

          (b) Every  report shall be made not later than ten (10) days after the
end of each calendar quarter and shall contain the following information:
<PAGE>
          (1)  The date of the transaction,  the title and the number of shares,
               and the principal amount of each security involved;

          (2)  The nature of the transaction (i.e., purchase, sale, or any other
               type of acquisition or disposition);

          (3)  The price at which the transaction was effected; and

          (4)  The name of the broker,  dealer, or bank with or through whom the
               transaction was effected.

          (c) For periods in which no reportable transactions were effected, the
report  shall  contain a  representation  that no  transactions  subject  to the
reporting requirements were effected during the relevant time period.

          (d) Any such report may contain a statement  that the report shall not
be construed  as an  admission by the person  making such report that he has any
direct or  indirect  beneficial  ownership  in the  security to which the report
relates.

          (e) Copies of statements or  confirmations  containing the information
specified  in  paragraph  (b)  above may be  submitted  in lieu of  listing  the
transactions

IX. EXCEPTIONS TO REPORTING REQUIREMENTS

          (a) An INDEPENDENT  TRUSTEE I.E., a Trustee of the Trust who is not an
"interested  person"  (as  defined in Section  2(a)(19)  of the 1940 Act) of the
Trust, is NOT required to file a report on a transaction in a security  provided
such Trustee  neither knew nor, in the ordinary  course of fulfilling his or her
official  duties as a trustee of the Trust,  should have known that,  during the
15-day period immediately  preceding or after the date of the transaction by the
Trustee,  such  security is or was  purchased  or sold by the Trust or is or was
being considered for purchase by its investment adviser.

          (b)  Where  an  independent  Trustee  is  exempt  from  the  reporting
requirements  of Section  VIII(b) of this Code  pursuant to this Section  IX(a),
such Trustee may nevertheless  voluntarily file a report representing that he or
she  did  not  engage  in  any  securities  transactions  which,  to  his or her
knowledge,  involved  securities that were being purchased or sold or considered
<PAGE>
for purchase by any Fund during the 15-day period preceding or after the date(s)
of any  transaction(s)  by such  Trustee.  The  failure  to file  such a report,
however, shall not be considered a violation of this Code of Ethics.

          (c)  Access  persons  also need not make a report  with  respect to an
exempted transactions/securities as described in Section V of this Code.

          (d)  Access  persons  need not make a report  where the  report  would
duplicate  information  recorded pursuant to Rules  204-2(a)(12) or 204-2(a)(13)
under the Investment Advisers Act of 1940.


X. REVIEW

     The  compliance  officer shall  compare all reports of personal  securities
transactions with completed and contemplated portfolio transactions of each Fund
to  determine  whether a  possible  violation  the Code of Ethics  and/or  other
applicable  trading  procedures  may have occurred.  The compliance  officer may
delegate this function to one or more persons employed by an investment  adviser
or principal  underwriter with respect to the reports filed by access persons in
such organization, and shall receive and be entitled to rely on a summary report
from such compliance delegate

     No  person  shall  review  his  or  her  own  report.   Before  making  any
determination  that a violation has been committed by any person, the compliance
officer shall give such person an opportunity to supply  additional  explanatory
material.  If a  securities  transaction  of the  compliance  officer  is  under
consideration,  an alternate shall act in all respects in the manner  prescribed
herein for the designated compliance officer.

     If the compliance officer determines that a violation of the Code of Ethics
has or may have occurred, he or she shall,  following  consultation with counsel
to the  Trust,  submit  his or her  written  determination,  together  with  the
transaction report, if any, and any additional  explanatory material provided by
the  individual,  to the President or, if the President  shall be the compliance
officer, the Treasurer, who shall make an independent determination of whether a
violation has occurred.

     The compliance  officer shall be responsible for maintaining a current list
of all access persons (including all Trustees) and for identifying all reporting
access  persons on such list,  and shall take steps to ensure that all reporting
access persons have submitted reports in a timely manner. The compliance officer
may delegate the compilation of this information to appropriate persons employed
<PAGE>
by an investment adviser or principal  underwriter and shall be entitled to rely
on the information received from such compliance officer delegate(s). Failure to
submit timely reports will be communicated to the Board of Trustees.

XI. SANCTIONS

     If a material violation of this Code occurs or a preliminary  determination
is made that a violation may have  occurred,  a report of the alleged  violation
shall be made to the Board of  Trustees.  The Board of Trustees  may impose such
sanctions as it deems appropriate, including a letter of censure, suspension, or
termination  of the  employment  of the  violator,  and/or a  disgorging  of any
profits made by the violator.

I fully understand and hereby subscribe to this Code of Ethics.


        Date                                           Signature

- ----------------------                  ----------------------------------------

                                 CODE OF ETHICS

                          Davis Selected Advisers, L.P.
                        Davis Selected Advisers-NY, Inc.
                             Davis Distributors, LLC
           And The Clients For Which They Serve As Investment Adviser

                           As Amended January 29, 2000

PREAMBLE

The interests of our clients,  and the interests of shareholders of the funds we
advise,  are, at all times,  our  highest  priority.  In order to maintain  this
priority,  all  personal  securities  transactions  are  conducted  in a  manner
consistent  with  this  Code  of  Ethics  (the  "Code").  We  are  committed  to
maintaining  the  integrity  of our  business  by  exercising  vigilance  in the
avoidance  of all actual or  potential  conflicts  of  interest or abuses of our
position of trust and  responsibility.  The Code  should be read in  conjunction
with this Preamble.

SECTION 1: DEFINITIONS

All definitions shall be interpreted  pursuant to the investment  Company Act of
1940 (the "1940 Act") and its Rule 17j-1,  and the  Investment  Advisers Act and
its Rule 204-(2).

(A) "Adviser"  means Davis  Selected  Advisers,  L.P.  ("DSA"),  Davis  Selected
Advisers-NY, Inc. ("DSANY"), and Davis Distributors, LLC ("DDLLC"), and any firm
which  controls,  is controlled by, or is under common control with DSA, and any
other firm adopting this Code.

(B) "Access Person" means any director,  officer,  general partner,  or Advisory
Person of the Adviser or a Fund. Access Person shall not include:

     (1)  disinterested  Directors  who are Access  Persons  solely by reason of
          being a Director of a Fund; or

     (2)  Officers of a Fund who are Access Persons solely by reason of being an
          Officer of a Fund;

if such  Disinterested  Directors and Officers do not, in connection  with their
regular functions or duties,  obtain information  regarding the purchase or sale
of a  security  by that  Fund  prior  to  disclosure  in a  regular  meeting  of
Directors.*

(C) "Advisory Person" means

     (1)  any employee of the Adviser or a Fund who, in connection  with his/her
          regular  functions  or  duties,  makes,  participates  in, or  obtains
          information  regarding the purchase or sale of a Covered Security by a
          Client or whose functions relate to the making of any  recommendations
          with respect to such purchases or sales;

     (2)  any natural person in a control  relationship to the Adviser or a Fund
          who  obtains  information  concerning  recommendations  made  to  such
          company with regard to tile purchase of a Covered Security; or

     (3)  any person who obtains  information  concerning any recommendations or
          executions of Client  transactions in Covered  Securities and has been
          designated by the Compliance Officer as an Advisory Person.*

* This Code  requires  the  Compliance  Officer to maintain a list of all Access
Persons and Advisory  Persons and to provide  these persons with notice of their
status.

(D) "Security held or to be Acquired by a Client" means:
<PAGE>
     (1)  any Covered Security which, within the most recent 15 days:

          (a)  is or has been held by a Client; or
          (b)  is being or has  been  seriously  considered  for  purchase  by a
               Client; and

     (2)  any option to purchase or sell, and any security  convertible  into or
          exchangeable  for, a Covered  Security  described  in part (i) of this
          section.

A Covered  Security  is  seriously  considered  for  purchase by a Client when a
recommendation to purchase or sell a Covered Security has been communicated to a
portfolio  manager for a Client and the  portfolio  manager is  considering  the
recommendation.  A  Covered  Security  is not  being  seriously  considered  for
purchase by a Client solely by reason of that Covered  Security being subject to
normal review  procedures  applicable to portfolio  securities of the Client, or
normal  review  procedures  which are part of a general  industrial  or business
study, review, survey or research or monitoring of securities markets.

(E) "Beneficial  Owner" shall be determined in the same manner as it would be in
determining  whether a person is subject to the  provisions of Section 16 of the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934 and the rules and regulations  thereunder.  (The
meaning of the term "Beneficial Owner" is summarized and illustrated in Appendix
A attached to this Code.)

(F) "Client" means any party for whom the Adviser provides  investment  advisory
services.  Clients  include  Funds,  whether  or not the  Adviser  serves as the
primary investment adviser or serves as sub-adviser.

(G) "Compliance Officer" shall mean an Adviser's  designated  Compliance Officer
or,  in the  case of such  designated  Compliance  Officer's  unavailability  or
inability  to  act,  any  officer  of the  Adviser  designated  to  act in  such
circumstances.

(H)  "Control"  shall leave the same meaning as set forth in Section  2(a)(9) of
the 1940 Act.

(I) "Covered  Security"  means a security as defined in Section  2(a)(36) of the
1940  Act,  except  that it does not  include:  (1)  direct  obligations  of the
Government of the United States, (2) banker's acceptances,  bank certificates of
deposit,  commercial  paper,  and  high  quality  short-term  debt  instruments,
including  repurchase  agreements;  and (3)  shares  issued  by  open-end  funds
registered under the 1940 Act.

(J)  "Disinterested  Director"  means  a  director  of a  Fund  who  is  not  an
"interested  person" of the Fund within the  meaning of Section  2(a)(19) of the
1940 Act.

(K) "Fund"  means each  investment  company for whom the  Adviser  serves as the
primary investment  adviser and manages the investment  company's daily business
affairs. Currently, this includes the Davis Funds and the Selected Funds.

(L) "Limited  Offering" means an offering that is exempt from registration under
the Securities Act of 1933 pursuant to Section 4(2),  Section 4(6), Rule 505, or
Rule 506,

(M) "Purchase or Sale of a Covered Security"  includes,  INTER ALIA, the writing
of an option to purchase or sell a Covered Security.

SECTION 2: UNLAWFUL ACTIONS

No Access Person,  in connection  with the purchase or sale of any Security Held
or to be acquired by a Client shall

(A) employ any device, scheme or artifice to defraud a Client;
<PAGE>
(B) make any untrue  statement  of a material  fact (or omit to state a material
fact  necessary in order to make the  statements  made not  misleading) to a DSA
employee  making  investment  decisions  or  to  a  DSA  officer   investigating
securities transactions;

(C) engage in any act,  practice  or course of business  that  operates or would
operate as a fraud or deceit to a Client; or

(D) engage in any manipulative practice with respect to a Client.

SECTION 3: PROHIBITED PURCHASES AND SALES

(A) PRE-CLEARING.  No Access Person shall,  directly or indirectly,  purchase or
sell any Covered Security (or any security sold in a Limited  Offering) in which
such  person  has,  or by reason of such  transaction  acquires,  any  direct or
indirect  beneficial  ownership  without the prior  approval  of the  Compliance
Officer. The Compliance Officer shall pre-clear his personal transactions in any
Covered  Security (or any  security  sold in a Limited  Offering)  with a senior
officer designated by DSA.

(B) INITIAL PUBLIC  OFFERINGS.  No Access Person shall acquire any Securities in
an initial public offering.

(C) SEVEN DAY TRADING  WINDOW.  No Access Person shall,  directly or indirectly,
purchase  or sell any  Covered  Security in which he or she has, or by reason of
such transaction  acquires,  any direct or indirect  beneficial  ownership,  and
which to his or her actual  knowledge  at the time of such  purchase  or sale is
being  seriously  considered for purchase or sale by or for a Client,  or is the
subject  of a  pending  buy or sell  order by a  Client,  or is  programmed  for
purchase or sale by or for a Client; or was purchased or sold by or for a Client
within the seven (7) calendar day period  preceding or following the purchase or
sale by such Access Person.

(D)  SANCTIONS.  Upon  discovering a violation of Section 3(A) of this Code, the
Compliance Officer shall impose a fine in an amount he or she deems appropriate.
Upon  discovering  a violation  of  Sections  2, 3(B) or 3(C) of this Code,  the
Adviser and the Board of Directors of any Fund  affected by such  violation  may
impose such sanctions as each deems appropriate, including, INTER ALIA, monetary
sanctions, a letter of censure or suspension or termination of the employment of
the violator,  civil referral to the SEC or other civil regulatory  authorities,
or criminal referral.

(E) For purposes of the  prohibitions in Section 3 of this Code on purchases and
sales of certain Securities, "directly or indirectly" shall be deemed to include
within such  prohibitions  any  transaction  involving  any other  substantially
similar  Covered  Securities  of the same issuer,  and any  derivatives  of such
Covered Security.

SECTION 4: EXEMPTED TRANSACTIONS

(A) BLUE CHIP EXEMPTION. The prohibitions of Section 3(A) of this Code shall not
apply to any purchase or sale, or series of related transactions, involving less
than  $50,000  of the  securities  of a  company  listed  either  on a  national
securities   exchange   or  traded   over  the   counter  and  having  a  market
capitalization  exceeding $5 billion. A series of transactions in the securities
of a company shall be deemed to be related if occurring  within seven days,  and
shall be deemed not to be related if occurring more than 14 days apart.

(B) The prohibitions of Section 3 of this Code shall not apply to:

     (1)  NO CONTROL.  Purchases or sales effected for any amount over which the
          Access Person has no direct or indirect influence or control.

     (2)  AUTOMATIC DIVIDEND  REINVESTMENT  PLAN.  Purchases that are part of an
          automatic dividend reinvestment plan.
<PAGE>
(3) PRO RATA RIGHTS. Purchases effected upon the exercise of rights issued by an
issuer pro rata to all holders of a class of its securities,  to the extent such
rights were acquired from such issuer, and sales of such rights so acquired.

(4)  SYSTEMATIC   INVESTMENT  PLAN.  Purchases  effected  through  a  systematic
investment plan involving the automatic  investment of a predetermined amount on
predetermined  dates,  provided  the  Compliance  Officer  has  been  previously
notified  by the  employee  that  he or she  (or  his or  her  spouse)  will  be
participating in the plan.

(5) GIFTS.  Subject to the  provisions  of Section 7, the giving or receiving of
any security as a gift.

(6)  FUTURES  CONTRACTS,  OPTIONS ON FUTURES  CONTRACTS.  Any  purchase  or sale
involving  futures  contracts on broad securities  indices,  such as the S&P, or
interest rate futures contracts, or options on such futures contracts.

SECTION 5: LIMITED OFFERINGS

In  reviewing  requests  for  approval  of a  transaction  by an  Access  Person
involving a limited  offering,  the Compliance  Officer shall take into account,
among other factors, whether the investment opportunity should be reserved for a
Client,  and whether the  opportunity  is being offered to such Access Person by
virtue of his or her position with the Adviser.

An Advisory  Person who has been  authorized to acquire  Securities in a limited
offering shall be required to disclose such investment when that Advisory Person
plays a part in any Fund's  subsequent  consideration  of an  investment  in the
issuer.  Any such  consideration of an investment in the issuer shall be subject
to review by Advisory Persons with no personal interest in the issuer.

SECTION 6: DISGORGEMENT BY ACCESS PERSONS OF CERTAIN SHORT-TERM TRADING PROFITS

(A) No Access  Person  shall  profit  from the  purchase  and sale,  or sale and
purchase,  of the same (or equivalent)  securities  within 60 calendar days. Any
profits  realized  by such  Access  Person on such  short-term  trades  shall be
disgorged.

(B) Any profits  realized by an Access  Person on trades  made in  violation  of
Section 3(C) of this Code (the Seven Day Trading Window) shall be disgorged.

SECTION 7: GIFTS

In addition to those  provisions  of the NASD Rules of Fair  Practice or similar
ethical rules  relating to the receipt of gifts and other  benefits,  all Access
Persons are prohibited from receiving any gift,  gratuity,  favor award or other
item or benefit  having a market  value in excess of $100 per person,  per year,
from or on behalf of any person or entity  that does,  or seeks to do,  business
with or on behalf of the Adviser or its Clients.  Business-related entertainment
such as meals,  tickets to the theater or a sporting  event which are infrequent
and of a non-lavish nature are excepted from this prohibition.

SECTION 8: SERVICE AS A DIRECTOR

Access  Persons  are  prohibited  from  serving  on the boards of  directors  of
publicly traded companies unless the Compliance Officer determines,  in writing,
that such  service is not  inconsistent  with the  interests  of the Clients and
their  shareholders.  If the Compliance  Officer has approved such service,  and
such Access Person is also an Advisory  Person,  that  Advisory  Person Shall be
isolated,  through  "Chinese Wall"  procedures,  from persons making  investment
decisions with respect to such issuer.
<PAGE>
SECTION 9: REPORTING

(A) INITIAL AND ANNUAL  DISCLOSURE.  Except as provided in paragraph  (e), every
Access Person shall:

     (1)  Report all personal  holdings of Covered  Securities within 10 days of
          becoming an Access person; and

     (2)  Report all personal holdings of Covered Securities as of December 31st
          (or other date acceptable to the Compliance Officer) within 30 days of
          calendar year-end.

(B) DUPLICATE  CONFIRMATION  STATEMENTS.  Every Access Person shall instruct the
broker,  dealer or bank with or through whom a Covered  Security  transaction is
effected in which  every  Access  Person  has, or by reason of such  transaction
acquires or sells,  any direct or indirect  beneficial  ownership in the Covered
Security,  to furnish the  Compliance  Officer  duplicate  copies of transaction
confirmations and statements of account at the same time such  confirmations and
statements of account are sent to the Access Person.

(C) QUARTERLY  REPORTING.  Every Access Person shall report within 10 days after
the  end  of  each  calendar  quarter  to the  Compliance  Officer  all  Covered
Securities transactions taking place during the preceding calendar quarter in an
account of which the Access Person is a Beneficial  Owner.  If the Access Person
did not execute any such transactions  during the preceding calendar quarter, he
shall report such fact to the Compliance Officer.

(D)  OPENING  BROKERAGE  ACCOUNTS.  Prior to the  opening of an account  for the
purpose of executing  transactions  in Covered  Securities,  every Access Person
shall obtain the written consent of the Compliance Officer.

(E)  NON-DISCRETIONARY  ACCOUNTS.  No person  shall be required to make a report
with  respect to any account  over which such person does not have any direct or
indirect influence or control.

(F) NON-ADMISSION  STATEMENT. Any such disclosure report may contain a statement
that the report shall not be construed as an admission by the person making such
report that he or she has any direct or  indirect  beneficial  ownership  in the
Covered Security to which the report relates.

SECTION 10: ADMINISTRATION OF THE CODE

(A) APPOINTMENT OF A COMPLIANCE OFFICER.  DSA shall appoint a Compliance Officer
and shall  keep a record  for five years of the  persons  serving as  Compliance
Officer and their dates of service.

(B) ADMINISTRATION OF THE CODE. The Compliance Officer shall administer the Code
and shall use reasonable diligence and institute procedures reasonably necessary
to review reports  submitted by Access Persons and to prevent  violations of the
Code.

(C) RECORD OF VIOLATIONS OF THE CODE.  The  Compliance  Officer shall maintain a
record of all violations of the Code, and of any action taken as a result of the
violation,  which  shall be  maintained  for five years in an easily  accessible
place.

(D) LIST OF ACCESS AND ADVISORY PERSON.  The Compliance  Officer shall prepare a
list of the  Access  Persons  and  Advisory  Persons,  shall  update the list as
necessary,  and shall  maintain a record (for 5 years) of former lists of Access
and Advisory Persons.

(E) NOTICE OF STATUS AS ACCESS OR ADVISORY PERSON.  The Compliance Officer shall
notify each Access and Advisory Person of their status, provide them with a copy
of this Code, and obtain an acknowledgment from such person of receipt thereof.

(F)  NOTICE OF  AMENDMENTS  TO THAN  CODE.  Amendments  to this  Code,  shall be
provided to each  Access and  Advisory  Person,  who shall  acknowledge  receipt
thereof.
<PAGE>
(G)  EXEMPTIONS TO THE CODE.  The Board of Directors of the Funds may exempt any
person from  application  of any  Section(s) of this Code. A written  memorandum
shall specify the  Section(s) of this Code from which the person is exempted and
the reasons therefore.

(H)  QUARTERLY  DIRECTORS'  REPORT.  The  Compliance  Officer  shall  compile  a
quarterly report to be presented to the Board of Directors of each of the Funds.
Such report shall discuss  compliance  with this Code, and shall provide details
with respect to any failure to comply and the actions  taken by the Adviser upon
discovery of such failure.

(I) ANNUAL DIRECTORS'  REPORT.  Not less than once a year the Compliance Officer
shall  furnish  to  Directors  of each of the  Funds,  and the  Directors  shall
consider, a written report that:

     (1)  Describes  any issues  arising under the Code since the last report to
          the  Directors,  including,  but not  limited  to,  information  about
          material  violations of the Code and sanctions  imposed in response to
          the material violations.  The annual written report may incorporate by
          reference information included in written quarterly reports previously
          presented to the Directors; and

     (2)  Certifies  that DSA has adopted  procedures  reasonably  necessary  to
          prevent Access Persons from violating the Code.

SECTION 11: ADOPTION OF CODE BY ENTITIES OTHER THAN DSA

The  Compliance  Officer  of  DSA  shall  ensure  that  all  firms  controlling,
controlled  by, or under common  control with DSA that employ persons who obtain
information  concerning   recommendations  or  executions  of  Covered  Security
transactions of any Client have adopted the Code or have imposed similar ethical
constraints on their personnel.

SECTION 12: MATERIAL CHANGES TO THE CODE

(A) All material changes to the Code must be approved by a majority of the Board
of Directors  (including  independent  directors voting  separately) of Funds at
their next regular  meeting  (and in no event more than 6 months after  material
change).  DSA shall  provide the  Directors  with a  certification  that DSA has
adopted procedures reasonably necessary to prevent Access Persons from violating
the Code. The Directors  shall base their approval on a  determination  that the
Code contains  provisions  reasonably  necessary to prevent  Access persons from
violating Section 2 of this Code.

(B) A copy of each version of the Code shall be maintained  for five years in an
easily accessible place.
<PAGE>
                                 CODE OF ETHICS

                          Davis Selected Advisers, L.P.
                        Davis Selected Advisers-NY, Inc.
                             Davis Distributors, LLC
           And The Clients For Which They Serve As Investment Adviser

                           As Amended January 29, 2000

INITIAL & ANNUAL CODE OF ETHICS CERTIFICATION

I  acknowledge  that I have  received  a copy and read  the Code of  Ethics,  as
amended  January 29, 2000, for Davis  Selected  Advisers,  L.P.,  Davis Selected
Advisers-NY,  Inc., Davis Distributors,  LLC, other entities adopting this Code,
and the  Funds and  clients  for  which  they  serve as  investment  adviser.  I
understand  my  responsibilities  under  this Code of Ethics and agree to comply
with all of its  terms  and  conditions.  I will  retain a copy of this  Code of
Ethics for future reference.

I hereby  certify  that I have  complied  with the  requirements  of the Code of
Ethics of Davis Selected Advisers, L.P., Davis Selected Advisers-NY, Inc., Davis
Distributors,  LLC, and the clients for which they serve as investment  adviser,
as amended  January 29, 2000, and that I have disclosed or reported all personal
securities  transactions  required to be disclosed or reported  pursuant to such
Code of Ethics.

- -----------------------------           ----------------------------------------
Print Name                              Signature


- -----------------------------
Date

RETURN TO COMPLICANCE DEPARTMENT
<PAGE>
                                 CODE OF ETHICS

                          Davis Selected Advisers, L.P.
                        Davis Selected Advisers-NY, Inc.
                             Davis Distributors, LLC
           And The Clients For Which They Serve As Investment Adviser

                           As Amended January 29, 2000


INITIAL & ANNUAL CODE OF ETHICS CERTIFICATION

I  acknowledge  that I have  received  a copy and read  the Code of  Ethics,  as
amended  January 29, 2000, for Davis  Selected  Advisers,  L.P.,  Davis Selected
Advisers-NY,  Inc., Davis Distributors,  LLC, other entities adopting this Code,
and the  Funds and  clients  for  which  they  serve as  investment  adviser.  I
understand  my  responsibilities  under  this Code of Ethics and agree to comply
with all of its  terms  and  conditions.  I will  retain a copy of this  Code of
Ethics for future reference.

I hereby  certify  that I have  complied  with the  requirements  of the Code of
Ethics of Davis Selected Advisers, L.P., Davis Selected Advisers-NY, Inc., Davis
Distributors,  LLC, and the clients for which they serve as investment  adviser,
as amended  January 29, 2000, and that I have disclosed or reported all personal
securities  transactions  required to be disclosed or reported  pursuant to such
Code of Ethics.


- -----------------------------           ----------------------------------------
Print Name                              Signature


- -----------------------------
Date


EMPLOYEE COPY
<PAGE>
                                 CODE OF ETHICS

                          Davis Selected Advisers, L.P.
                        Davis Selected Advisers-NY, Inc.
                             Davis Distributors, LLC
           And The Clients For Which They Serve As Investment Adviser

                           As Amended January 29, 2000

BENEFICIAL OWNERSHIP

For purposes of the Code of Ethics,  a beneficial  owner of a security  includes
any person who,  directly or  indirectly,  through  any  contract,  arrangement,
understanding,  relationship  or  otherwise,  has or shares a direct or indirect
pecuniary interest in such security.

You have a  pecuniary  interest  in a  security  if you  have  the  opportunity,
directly  or  indirectly,  to  profit  or share  in the  profit  derived  from a
transaction in such security. You are deemed to have a pecuniary interest in any
securities  held by members of your  immediate  family  sharing your  household.
"Immediate  family" means your son or daughter  (including  any legally  adopted
child) or any descendants of either,  your stepson or stepdaughter,  your father
or mother or any ancestor of either,  your  stepfather or  stepmother,  and your
spouse.  Also, you are deemed to have a pecuniary interest in securities held by
a partnership of which you are a general  partner,  and beneficial  ownership of
the securities held by such  partnership will be attributed to you in proportion
to the greater of your  capital  account or interest in the  partnership  at the
time of any  transaction  in such  securities.  You are  also  deemed  to have a
pecuniary interest in the portfolio  securities held by a corporation if you are
a  controlling  shareholder  of such  corporation  and have or share  investment
control    over    such    portfolio    securities.     Additionally,    certain
performance-related   fees  received  by  brokers,   dealers,  banks,  insurance
companies,  investment companies,  investment advisors,  trustees and others may
give rise to  pecuniary  interests  in  securities  over which such persons have
voting or investment control.

Securities  owned of record or held in your name are generally  considered to be
beneficially  owned by you if you have a pecuniary  interest in such securities.
Beneficial  ownership  may include  securities  held by others for your  benefit
regardless of record ownership (e.g., securities held for you or members of your
immediate family by agents, custodians,  brokers,  trustees,  executors or other
administrators; securities owned by you but which have not been transferred into
your name on the books of a company;  and securities  which you have pledged) if
you have or share a pecuniary interest in such securities.

With respect to  ownership of  securities  held in trust,  beneficial  ownership
includes the ownership of securities as a trustee in instances  either where you
as trustee  have,  or where a member of your  immediate  family has, a pecuniary
interest  in the  securities  held by the  trust  (e.g.,  by  virtue  of being a
beneficiary of the trust).

The final  determination of beneficial  ownership is a question to be determined
in light of the facts of a particular case. Thus, while you may include security
holdings  of  other  members  of  your  family,  you  may  nonetheless  disclaim
beneficial  ownership of such securities.  Any uncertainty as to whether you are
the  beneficial  owner of a security  should be brought to the  attention of the
Compliance Officer.

                              BRANDYWINE FUND, INC.
                           BRANDYWINE BLUE FUND, INC.

                                       and

                             FRIESS ASSOCIATES, INC.

                                 Code of Ethics

                    Amended effective as of December 7, 1999

I. DEFINITIONS

     A.   "Access person" means any director,  officer or advisory person of the
          Fund or Adviser,

     B.   "Act" means the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

     C.   "Adviser" means Friess Associates, Inc.

     D.   "Advisory person" means: (i) any employee of the Fund or Adviser or of
          any company in a control relationship to the Fund or Adviser,  who, in
          connection  with  his or  her  regular  functions  or  duties,  makes,
          participates in, or obtains information regarding the purchase or sale
          of Covered  Securities by Managed Accounts,  or whose functions relate
          to the making of any recommendations with respect to such purchases or
          sales;  and (ii) any natural person in a control  relationship  to the
          Fund or Adviser who  obtains  information  concerning  recommendations
          made to  Managed  Accounts  with  regard  to the  purchase  or sale of
          Covered Securities by Managed Accounts.

     E.   A Covered  Security is "being  considered for purchase or sale" when a
          recommendation  to purchase or sell the Covered Security has been made
          and   communicated   and,  with  respect  to  the  person  making  the
          recommendation,  when such person  seriously  considers  making such a
          recommendation.

     F.   "Beneficial  ownership"  shall be interpreted in the same manner as it
          would be under Rule 16a-1(a)(2)  under the Securities  Exchange Act of
          1934 in  determining  whether  a person is the  beneficial  owner of a
          security  for  purposes  as such  Act and the  rules  and  regulations
          promulgated thereunder.

     G.   "Control" has the same meaning as that set forth in Section 2(a)(9) of
          the Act.

     H.   "Covered  Security" means a security as defined in Section 2(a)(36) of
          the Act, except that it does not include:

          (i)  Direct obligations of the Government of the United States;

          (ii) Bankers'  acceptances,  bank certificates of deposit,  commercial
               paper and high quality  short-term  debt  instruments,  including
               repurchase agreements; and

          (iii) Shares issued by open-end registered investment companies.
<PAGE>
     I.   "Disinterested  director"  means a director  of the Fund who is not an
          "interested person" of the Fund within the meaning of Section 2(a)(19)
          of the Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder.

     J.   "Fund" means Brandywine Fund, Inc. or Brandywine Blue Fund, Inc.

     K.   "Initial Public  Offering" means an offering of securities  registered
          under the  securities  Act of 1933,  the issuer of which,  immediately
          before the registration, was not subject to the reporting requirements
          of Section 13 or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

     L.   "Investment  personnel" means: (i) any employee of the Fund or Adviser
          or of any  company  in a control  relationship  to the Fund or Adviser
          who, in connection with his or her regular functions or duties,  makes
          or  participates in making  recommendations  regarding the purchase or
          sale of securities by Managed  Accounts;  and (ii) any natural  person
          who  controls  the  Fund  or  Adviser  and  who  obtains   information
          concerning  recommendations  made to Managed  Accounts  regarding  the
          purchase or sale of securities by Managed Accounts.

     M.   A  "Limited   Offering"   means  an  offering   that  is  exempt  from
          registration under the Securities Act of 1933 pursuant to Section 4(2)
          or Section 4(6) thereof or pursuant to Rule 504,  Rule 505 or Rule 506
          thereunder.

     N.   "Managed  Accounts"  include the Fund and any other client account for
          which the Adviser provides investment management services.

     O.   "Purchase or sale of a Covered Security" includes, among other things,
          the writing of an option to purchase or sell a Covered Security.

II.  APPROVAL OF CODE OF ETHICS

     A.   The  Board of  Directors  of the Fund,  including  a  majority  of the
          Disinterested  directors,  shall  approve  this Code of Ethics and any
          material changes  thereto.  Prior to approving this Code of Ethics and
          any material  changes  thereto,  the Board of Directors must determine
          that this Code of Ethics contains provisions  reasonably  necessary to
          prevent  access  persons from  violating  Rule 17j-1(b) of the Act and
          shall  receive a  certification  from the Adviser  that it has adopted
          such procedures as are reasonably  necessary to prevent access persons
          of the Adviser from violating this Code of Ethics.

     B.   No less  frequently  than annually,  the President of the Fund and the
          Adviser shall furnish a report to the Board of Directors of the Fund:

          1.   Describing issues arising under the Code of Ethics since the last
               report to the Board of Directors,  including, but not limited to,
               information  about material  violations of the Code of Ethics and
               sanctions imposed in response to such material  violations.  Such
               report shall also include a list of access persons under the Code
               of Ethics.

          2.   Certifying  that the  Fund  and the  Adviser  have  adopted  such
               procedures as are reasonably  necessary to prevent access persons
               from violating the Code of Ethics.
<PAGE>
     C.   This Code of Ethics, the certifications required by Sections II.A. and
          II.B.(2),  and  the  reports  required  by  Sections  II.B.  shall  be
          maintained  by the  Fund's  Administrator.  The  reports  required  by
          Section V shall be maintained by the Fund's President or designee.

III. EXEMPTED TRANSACTIONS

The prohibitions of Section IV of this Code of Ethics shall not apply to:

     (a)  Purchases  or sales  effected  in any  account  over  which the access
          person has no direct or indirect influence or control.

     (b)  Purchases  or sales of Covered  Securities  which are not eligible for
          purchase or sale by any Managed Account;  provided,  however, that the
          prohibitions  of Section  IV.B.  of this Code of Ethics shall apply to
          such purchases and sales.

     (c)  Purchases or sales which are  non-volitional on the part of either the
          access person or Managed Accounts.

     (d)  Purchases which are part of an automatic dividend reinvestment plan.

     (e)  Purchases effected upon the exercise of rights issued by an issuer pro
          rata to all holders of a class of its  securities,  to the extent such
          rights were  acquired  from such  issuer,  and sales of such rights so
          acquired.

IV.  PROHIBITED ACTIVITIES

     A.   Except in a  transaction  exempted  by Section  III of this  Code,  no
          access  person shall  purchase or sell,  directly or  indirectly,  any
          Covered  Security  in which he has,  or by reason of such  transaction
          acquires, any direct or indirect beneficial ownership and which to his
          actual  knowledge  at the  time of  such  purchase  or  sale is  being
          considered  for  purchase  or sale by  Managed  Accounts  or is  being
          purchased  or sold by  Managed  Accounts.  Before an access  person so
          purchases or sells a Covered Security,  he or she shall (i) review the
          Adviser's Company Tracking Database to determine if the Adviser has an
          analyst responsible for the Covered Security; (ii) obtain confirmation
          from the analyst, if any, that to the analyst's knowledge the proposed
          purchase  or sale would not  violate  this  Section  IV.A.;  and (iii)
          report the proposed purchase or sale and analyst  confirmation (if the
          security is in the Company Tracking Database) to the Adviser's Trading
          Department.  The Adviser's Trading Department shall review all Managed
          Accounts to determine whether the Covered Security is being considered
          for purchase or sale currently,  or in the next five business days, or
          is currently  being,  or has been in the preceding five business days,
          purchased  or sold for any  Managed  Accounts.  The access  person (i)
          shall delay so  purchasing  or selling a Covered  Security  until such
          time  as  he or  she  has  been  informed  by  the  Adviser's  Trading
          Department  that the proposed  purchase or sale would not violate this
          Section  IV.A.;  and (ii) must  complete any such  purchase or sale no
          later than the close of the business day  following the day the access
          person was so informed.  Notwithstanding the foregoing,  Disinterested
          directors  are not required to  "preclear"  transactions  as described
          above unless the  Disinterested  director  knows that such security is
          being  considered for purchase or sale by a Fund or is being purchased
          or sold by a Fund.
<PAGE>
     B.   Except  in a  transaction  exempted  by  Section  III of this  Code of
          Ethics,  access  persons,   excluding   Disinterested   directors  but
          including  Investment  Personnel,  (other than the Adviser's President
          and the Adviser's  Compliance  Officer) must obtain  approval from the
          Adviser's  Compliance  Officer  and  the  Adviser's  President  before
          directly  or  indirectly   acquiring   beneficial   ownership  in  any
          securities in a Limited Offering. The Adviser's Compliance Officer and
          the Adviser's  President  must obtain  approval from a majority of the
          Disinterested   directors  before  directly  or  indirectly  acquiring
          beneficial  ownership in any securities in a Limited  Offering.  Prior
          approval shall not be given if the Adviser's President,  the Adviser's
          Compliance  Officer or the  Disinterested  directors,  as  applicable,
          believe(s)  that the  investment  opportunity  should be reserved  for
          Managed  Accounts or is being  offered to the  individual by reason of
          his or her position with the Fund or the Advisor.

     C.   Access  persons,   excluding  Disinterested  directors  but  including
          Investment   Personnel,   may  not  directly  or  indirectly   acquire
          beneficial ownership in any securities in an Initial Public Offering.

V.   REPORTING AND COMPLIANCE PROCEDURES

     A.   Except as  provided  in Section  V.B.  of this Code of  Ethics,  every
          access person shall report the information  described in Section V.C.,
          Section  V.D.  and Section  V.E.  of this Code of Ethics.  All reports
          shall be filed with the Adviser's Compliance Officer.

     B.   1.   A Disinterested  director of the  Fund  need  not  make a  report
               pursuant to Section V.C. and V.E. of this Code of Ethics and need
               only  report a  transaction  in a Covered  Security  pursuant  to
               Section  V.D.  of this  Code  of  Ethics  if  such  Disinterested
               director,  at the  time  of such  transaction,  knew  or,  in the
               ordinary  course of fulfilling his official  duties as a director
               of the Fund,  should  have known that,  during the 15-day  period
               immediately   preceding  the  date  of  the  transaction  by  the
               director, such Covered Security was purchased or sold by the Fund
               or was being  considered  by the Fund or the Adviser for purchase
               or sale by the Fund.

          2.   An  access  person  need  not  make  a  report  with  respect  to
               transactions  effected for, and Covered  Securities  held in, any
               account over which the person has no direct or indirect influence
               or control.

          3.   Every access person (other than  Disinterested  directors)  shall
               direct  his or her  brokers to send to the  Adviser's  Compliance
               Officer, on a timely basis,  duplicate copies of all broker trade
               confirmations  or account  statements.  If  submitted in the time
               period  required  by  Section  V.D.,  such  duplicate  copies may
               satisfy  the  access  person's  obligations  under  Section  V.D.
               provided that all of the information  required by Section V.D. is
               contained in the broker trade confirmations or account statements
               or in the records of the Adviser.

     C.   Every  access  person  shall,  no later  than ten (10) days  after the
          person  becomes  an access  person,  file an initial  holdings  report
          containing the following information:

          1.   The title,  number of shares and principal amount of each Covered
               Security  in which the access  person had any direct or  indirect
               beneficial ownership when the person becomes an access person;
<PAGE>
          2.   The name of any  broker,  dealer  or bank  with  whom the  access
               person  maintained an account in which any  securities  were held
               for the direct or indirect benefit of the access person; and

          3.   The date that the report is submitted by the access person.

     D.   Every access person  shall,  no later than ten (10) days after the end
          of a calendar quarter,  file a quarterly transaction report containing
          the following information:

          1.   With respect to any  transaction  during the quarter in a Covered
               Security  in which the access  person had any direct or  indirect
               beneficial ownership:

               (a)  The date of the  transaction,  the title  and the  number of
                    shares, and the principal amount of each security involved;

               (b)  The nature of the transaction (i.e.,  purchase,  sale or any
                    other type of acquisition or disposition);

               (c)  The price of the Covered  Security at which the  transaction
                    was effected;

               (d)  The name of the broker,  dealer or bank with or through whom
                    the transaction was effected; and

               (e)  The date that the report is submitted by the access person.

          2.   With respect to any account  established  by the access person in
               which any securities  were held during the quarter for the direct
               or indirect benefit of the access person:

               (a)  The name of the broker,  dealer or bank with whom the access
                    person established the account;

               (b)  The date the account was established; and

               (c)  The date that the report is submitted by the access person.

     E.   Every access person shall, no later than January 30 each year, file an
          annual holdings report containing the following  information as of the
          preceding, December 31:

          1.   The title,  number of shares and principal amount of each Covered
               Security  in which the access  person had any direct or  indirect
               beneficial ownership;

          2.   The name of any  broker,  dealer  or bank  with  whom the  access
               person  maintains an account in which any securities are held for
               the direct or indirect benefit of the access person; and

          3.   The date that the report is submitted by the access person.
<PAGE>
     F.   Any report  filed  pursuant to Section  V.C.,  Section V.D. or Section
          V.E. of this Code of Ethics may  contain a  statement  that the report
          shall not be  construed  as an  admission  by the person  making  such
          report that he has any direct or indirect beneficial  ownership in the
          security to which the report relates.

     G.   The  Adviser's  Compliance  Officer  shall  review all  reports  filed
          pursuant to Section V.C., Section V.D. or Section V.E. of this Code of
          Ethics.  The Adviser's  Compliance  Officer shall  identify all access
          persons who are required to file reports pursuant to this Section V of
          this Code of Ethics  and must  inform  such  access  persons  of their
          reporting obligation.

VI.  SANCTIONS

Upon  discovering a violation of this Code of Ethics,  the Board of Directors of
the Fund or Adviser may impose such sanctions as it deems appropriate.

                          LONGLEAF PARTNERS FUNDS TRUST

                       SOUTHEASTERN ASSET MANAGEMENT, INC.
           1996 SECURITIES TRADING POLICY AND PERSONAL CODE OF ETHICS
                     (As Amended Through September 20, 1999)

                                Table of Contents

                                  INTRODUCTION

     Commitment to Integrity and Professionalism                              1.

                                     PART A

                           PERSONAL SECURITIES TRADING

SECTION I.

     Personnel and Accounts Subject to Code                                   2.
     Securities Subject to Code                                               2.

SECTION II.

     Personal Investments in Public Equity Securities -
       Limited to Longleaf Partners Mutual Funds                              3.
     Exceptions - Other Securities                                            3.

SECTION III. PRE-CLEARANCE RULES (Purchases/Sales)                            4.

SECTION IV. PRE-CLEARANCE / EXECUTION PROCEDURES                              5.

SECTION V. REPORTING, DISCLOSURE AND RECORD REQUIREMENTS                      7.

SECTION VI. INDEPENDENT TRUSTEES OF LONGLEAF PARTNERS MUTUAL FUNDS            8.

SECTION VII. OTHER POTENTIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

     Ban on Private Placements Appropriate For Client Accounts               10.
     Ban on Purchases of Initial Public Offerings                            10.
     Ban on Short-term Trading                                               10.
     Limitations on Receipt of Gifts                                         11.
     Service as a Director of a Public Company                               11.
     Limitations on Political Contributions to Candidates
       For State, County and, Municipal Offices                              11.

                                     PART B

USE OF MATEIRAL "INSIDE" OR NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION                           12.

                                     PART C

PENALTIES FOR VIOLATIONS OF THE CODE                                         14.
<PAGE>

                          LONGLEAF PARTNERS FUNDS TRUST
                       SOUTHEASTERN ASSET MANAGEMENT, INC.

            SECURITIES AND TRADING POLICY AND PERSONAL CODE OF ETHICS
                     (As Amended Through September 20, 1999)

                                  INTRODUCTION

                   Commitment to Integrity and Professionalism

Southeastern  Asset  Management,  Inc.  ("Southeastern")  has  made  an  ethical
commitment  to its clients to avoid  conflicts of interest in  securities  being
recommended for purchase or sale by its clients. The fundamental standard is the
core  belief  that   professional   investment   management   personnel  have  a
responsibility  of  professionalism  and integrity  which requires them to place
clients'  interests  in  securities  transactions  before  their own,  and which
prevents them from taking inappropriate  advantage of their positions to achieve
personal gain.

                             Regulatory Requirements

This Policy and Code of Ethics (referred to herein as the "Code") is designed to
assure  the  continuation  of  this  commitment  and to  satisfy  the  following
regulatory and industry standards:

1.   Rule 17j-l under the Investment  Company Act of 1940, as amended  effective
     October 29, 1999, which requires a written Code by mutual funds to regulate
     personal trading in securities which may be acquired by the mutual fund.

2.   Rule 204-2(12)  under the  Investment  Advisers Act, which requires that an
     investment adviser maintain records on the personal trading transactions of
     certain personnel.

3.   Sec. 204A of the Investment  Advisers Act of 1940, which mandates a written
     Code to  prevent  unauthorized  use by  investment  advisory  personnel  of
     material  "inside" or non-public  information in their trading on behalf of
     clients or themselves.

4.   The  Investment  Company  Institute's  "Report  of the  Advisory  Group  on
     Personal  Investing",  dated May 9, 1994,  and The Report by the Investment
     Company  Institute to the  Division of  Investment  Management  of the U.S.
     Securities and Exchange Commission, dated April 21, 1995.

5.   Proposed Rule 206(4)-5 under the Investment  Advisers Act of 1940, relating
     to political contributions.

PART A - PERSONAL SECURITIES TRADING
<PAGE>
CODE OF ETHICS
LONGLEAF PARTNERS FUNDS / SOUTHEASTERN ASSET MANAGEMENT, INC.

                                    SECTION I

                    Personnel and securities subject to Code

Rule I (A). Personnel and Accounts Subject to Code.

(1).  Southeastern   Personnel.   All  directors,   officers  and  employees  of
Southeastern are classified as "access persons" as the result of knowledge about
proposed and actual  investments for the managed accounts and mutual funds. This
Code of Ethics applies to all Southeastern personnel.

(2).  Relatives and Affiliated  Accounts.  Securities  owned by immediate family
members  residing  in the  same  household  or for whom  Southeastern  personnel
provide  significant  financial  support  (such  as  spouse  and  children)  and
securities  held by trusts for the benefit of such  dependents are attributed to
the particular Southeastern personnel.  Any trading on behalf of such dependents
or  entities  maintained  for  their  benefit  must be  treated  as  though  the
securities  were  owned by the  related  Southeastern  personnel.  In  addition,
securities owned by any investment partnerships in which a Southeastern employee
or a dependent actively participates in the investment decision process would be
attributable. All rules on permissible investments,  pre-clearance, execution of
trades,  and reporting  apply to securities  transactions  for these persons and
related entities.

(3).  Independent  Trustees.  Section VI applies to the  independent  or outside
Trustees of Longleaf Partners Funds Trust.

RULE I (B). Securities Subject to Code.

(1). Covered Securities. A "security" is defined as any instrument which enables
a purchaser  to share  passively  in a profit  making  venture and  includes all
equity and debt instruments,  as well as derivatives of any securities,  such as
options, puts and calls, and futures.

(2).  Exempt  Securities.  Regulations of the  Securities & Exchange  Commission
("SEC") exempt certain securities from code of ethics requirements because their
purchase or sale would not be in conflict  with the market for client  portfolio
securities  or because  they are not  subject to  purchase  by client  accounts.
Securities exempted by the SEC are:

     (i).   Direct obligations of the U.S. government

     (ii).  High quality short-term debt instruments, including bankers
            acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper, and
            repurchase agreements.

     (iii). Shares issued by open-end Funds.

     (iv).  Commodities futures contracts which are not considered to be
            "securities" under SEC regulations.

Longleaf Partners Funds. Although shares of all registered open - end investment
companies or mutual funds are exempt under the SEC regulations, Southeastern has
<PAGE>
CODE OF ETHICS
LONGLEAF PARTNERS FUNDS / SOUTHEASTERN ASSET MANAGEMENT, INC.


adopted a special  internal policy limiting all mutual fund  investments made by
Southeastern  personnel after the initial  effective date of this Code solely to
investments in the Longleaf Partners mutual funds and money market mutual funds,
unless approval to invest in other mutual funds is granted. See Rule II(A).

                                   SECTION II
              SOUTHEASTERN'S POLICY ON PERSONAL EQUITY INVESTMENTS

Rule II(A). Personal Equity Investments Limited to Longleaf Partners Mutual
            Funds.

All Southeastern personnel (including immediate family members), shall hereafter
use the Longleaf  Partners mutual funds as the sole medium for future  investing
in PUBLICLY  OFFERED EQUITY  SECURITIES  (and  derivatives of such  securities),
unless

     (i)    the investment is excepted under Rule II(B), below or

     (ii)   the Southeastern employee has received authorization for the
            particular investment from the Code Compliance Committee as provided
            in Rule IV(B) on page 5.

DISCUSSION.  The mutual funds managed by  Southeastern  offer an attractive  and
appropriate equity investment medium through which its directors,  officers, and
employees can participate in the firm's investment  research and recommendations
without making direct  purchases of publicly  offered  equity  securities of the
types usually  recommended  for client  accounts or the mutual  funds.  A policy
limiting investments in publicly offered equities to the Longleaf Partners Funds
and the other securities  listed below assures that there can be no conflicts of
interest  in  personal  securities  trading.  As a  matter  of  company  policy,
requiring  Southeastern  personnel  to refrain  from  investing  in mutual funds
offered by competing mutual fund sponsors expresses confidence in and loyalty to
company managed products.

Automatic  Dividend  Reinvestment  Plans.  Nothing  in this  Code of  Ethics  is
intended  to prevent  any person  covered by the Code from  participating  in or
continuing  to  participate  in an automatic  reinvestment  program  under which
dividends declared and paid by the issuer are reinvested in additional shares of
the same  issuer  under a plan  offered  and  administered  by the issuer of any
security owned at the time this Code became  applicable to the covered person or
which was later  acquired in accordance  with the provisions of this Code by any
such covered person.

Rule II(B). Exceptions To Purchases of Fund Shares

Until further notice, the Code Compliance Committee hereby exempts the following
securities from the investment limitations of Rule II (A):

     1.   Any security  classified by SEC regulation as an "exempt  security" as
          set forth in Rule  I(B)(2),  but not including  registered  investment
          companies (mutual funds) other than the Longleaf Partners mutual funds
          and money market mutual funds.
<PAGE>
CODE OF ETHICS
LONGLEAF PARTNERS FUNDS / SOUTHEASTERN ASSET MANAGEMENT, INC.


     2.   Subject to  pre-clearance  by the  Compliance  Officer or Alternate as
          provided in Rule IV(B)(i),

          (i).  Mid-America  Apartment  Communities,  Inc.,  a NYSE  listed real
          estate   investment   trust  not  appropriate  as  an  investment  for
          Southeastern's  client  accounts or the mutual  funds as the result of
          affiliations of certain Southeastern principals.

          (ii).  Private  placements of a type which would not be appropriate as
          an investment for Southeastern's  client accounts or the mutual. funds
          because of their local focus, limited liquidity, or probable permanent
          non-registered  or  illiquid  status,  such as  investments  in  local
          restaurants or local sports teams.

                                   SECTION III
                               PRE-CLEARANCE RULES

Rule III(A). Personal PURCHASES of Securities.

(i). GENERAL EXCEPTIONS.  Southeastern personnel must obtain pre-clearance under
Rule IV(B) to purchase shares of Mid-America Apartment Communities, Inc. and any
private  placements  of  securities.  Pre-clearance  is not required to purchase
shares of the Longleaf Partners Funds or money market mutual funds.

(ii). SPECIAL EXCEPTIONS. Southeastern personnel desiring a special exception to
purchase a publicly  offered  security not  exempted  under Rule I(B)(2) or Rule
II(B) must  obtain  authorization  and  pre-clearance  by  presenting  a written
request  for  approval  to  the  Code  Compliance  Committee,  with  appropriate
justification  for the exception.  The written request shall be presented to the
Compliance Officer, who shall arrange a meeting of the Code Compliance Committee
to act upon the request.

Rule III (B). Personal SALES of Securities

Southeastern  personnel  must obtain  pre-clearance  before selling ANY security
other than a security  exempted  by the SEC under Rule  I(B)(2) or shares of the
Longleaf Partners Funds or money market mutual funds.  Pre-clearance  applies to
securities owned at the time this Code became effective and any other securities
approved for purchase by the Code Compliance  Committee.  Pre-clearance shall be
obtained by completing and signing a pre-clearance form supplied by Southeastern
and submitting the form to the Compliance Officer.

DISCUSSION  -  BLACKOUT  PERIODS.  Personal  purchases  or  sales  will  not  be
authorized until at least 15 days have passed since the last client transaction.
Authorization  may be granted to sell a personally held security  simultaneously
<PAGE>
CODE OF ETHICS
LONGLEAF PARTNERS FUNDS / SOUTHEASTERN ASSET MANAGEMENT, INC.


with sales by client accounts where there is an outstanding  public tender offer
or similar  comprehensive  offer under which all of the  securities  held by the
client  accounts  may be sold  together  with the  personally  held  securities,
provided that the simultaneous sale of securities held by Southeastern personnel
would not adversely affect the price to be received by the client accounts.

                                   SECTION IV
                     PRE-CLEARANCE AND EXECUTION PROCEDURES

RULE IV(A). Code Compliance Committee and Compliance Officer

Code Compliance Committee.  Has the authority to authorize purchases of publicly
offered  securities  not  otherwise  allowed by Rule  I(B)(2) or Rules II(A) and
II(B).  Membership consists of the following officers:  Chief Executive Officer,
Compliance Officer, and Vice President & Secretary.  A majority of the Committee
shall constitute a quorum.

Compliance Officer or Alternate. Has the authority to authorize pre-clearance to
purchase  shares of  Mid-America  Apartment  Communities,  Inc. and sales of any
non-exempt  securities  held by  Southeastern  personnel,  and to authorize both
purchases  and sales of  securities  by the  independent  Trustees of the mutual
funds.  The  Compliance  Officer is Charles  Reaves,  Vice  President  & General
Counsel;  alternates  to  serve in his  absence  are  first,  Randy  Holt,  Vice
President & Secretary, and secondly, Joe Ott, Vice President
& Treasurer.

RULE IV(B). Procedure for Requesting Authorization To Purchase Non-Exempt
            Securities.

(i).  Any  Southeastern  employee  desiring to purchase  or sell  securities  of
Mid-America  Apartment  Communities,  Inc. shall obtain  pre-clearance  for such
transaction  by  presenting  a written  request for  approval to the  Compliance
Officer on a form supplied by Southeastern.

(ii) Any  Southeastern  employee  desiring  a  special  exception  to  acquire a
publicly offered equity security not otherwise exempted by Rules I(B)(2),  II(A)
and II(B) must  obtain  authorization  and  pre-clearance  for such  purchase by
presenting a written request for approval to the Code Compliance  Committee on a
form supplied by Southeastern, with acceptable justification for the exception.

The written  request  shall be presented to the  Compliance  Officer,  who shall
arrange a meeting of the Code Compliance Committee to act upon the request.

RULE IV(C) Procedure for Requesting Authorization to Sell Non-Exempt Securities.
<PAGE>
CODE OF ETHICS
LONGLEAF PARTNERS FUNDS / SOUTHEASTERN ASSET MANAGEMENT, INC.


Without pre-clearance,  Southeastern personnel shall not make a personal sale of
any security or a derivative of any security  unless it has been exempted by the
SEC, as defined in Rule  I(B)(2).  it the  security is under  consideration  for
purchase or is  presently  held by any client  account,  authorization  will not
usually be granted until at least 15 days after  completion of the last purchase
or sale of the  particular  security by any such client  account.  The  employee
shall request  advance written  clearance from the Compliance  Officer on a form
supplied by Southeastern before any such security may be sold.

RULE IV(D) Processing of Pre-Clearance Forms.

The Compliance Office or Alternate shall verify with the specified member of the
portfolio  management group other than the person who is seeking  pre-clearance,
that the subject  security is not then being considered for either a purchase or
sale by any managed  account or the mutual  funds.  The member of the  portfolio
management  group  making the  verification  shall be the most senior  portfolio
manager by years of service who is  available  or, if none should be  available,
the most senior  securities  analyst by years of service who is available.  Such
person shall initial the Pre-Clearance Form to certify the verification, and the
Compliance Officer or Designate shall complete the balance of the Form.

RULE IV(E) Limited Duration of Pre-Clearance Authorization.

If the transaction cannot be executed within 7 business days after pre-clearance
authorization  approval has been granted, the approval expires and a new request
for pre-clearance authorization must be submitted.

RULE IV(F) Execution of Trades and Broker Confirmation Statements

After the Southeastern employee has obtained  pre-clearance  authorization for a
transaction, Southeastern's most senior trader on duty shall place the trade for
execution with a broker mutually  acceptable to Southeastern  and the particular
employee. A copy of the Southeastern trade ticket and a copy of the confirmation
statement  issued by the executing  broker shall be sent to Southeastern for the
Compliance File.

                                   SECTION V.
                  REPORTING, DISCLOSURE AND RECORD REQUIREMENTS

Rule V(A). Initial and Annual Reporting By Southeastern Personnel.

Within  ten (10)  days  after  the  initial  date of  employment,  and  annually
thereafter  when so  requested  by  Southeastern,  each  director,  officer  and
employee  of  Southeastern  shall  complete  a  report  on a  form  supplied  by
Southeastern containing the following information:
<PAGE>
CODE OF ETHICS
LONGLEAF PARTNERS FUNDS / SOUTHEASTERN ASSET MANAGEMENT, INC.


     (1). The  type  of  security  and  name  of the  issuer  of all  securities
          beneficially  owned by the  Southeastern  employee  and members of his
          immediate   family,   including  all  mutual  funds   (affiliated  and
          non-affiliated) and any private placement  investments,  but excluding
          any other security  classified as "exempt",  as shown in Rule I(B)(2).
          This report shall include the number of shares and principal amount of
          each such  security in which the  Southeastern  employee has direct or
          indirect ownership.

     (2). A  listing  of  all  brokerage   firm  accounts   maintained  by  each
          Southeastern  employee;  the employee must instruct the brokerage firm
          to supply  Southeastern  with duplicate  copies of all transaction and
          routine statements.

     (3). A  certification  that the Code of Ethics has been  received and read,
          and the employee understands the Code and recognizes that he or she is
          subject to it.

     (4). A  listing  of all  political  contributions  made to  state  or local
          candidates after September 30, 1999.

     (5). After the first year, a  certification  that the employee has complied
          with the Code of Ethics during the preceding  year,  and has disclosed
          or reported  all  personal  transactions  required to be  disclosed or
          reported.  Any  undisclosed  or unreported  transactions  must then be
          disclosed.

Rule V(B). Quarterly Reporting By Southeastern Personnel.

At the end of each calendar quarter,  a questionnaire  will be circulated to all
personnel requesting information about personal purchases or sales of securities
during the quarter.  The form must be signed and returned by the 10th day of the
month following the end of the calendar quarter, and will contain information on
all  "securities"  owned by the employee  which are not classified by the SEC as
"exempt",  as set forth in Rule I(B)(2),  and also including all shares owned by
the Southeastern  employee of the following:  all open-end investment  companies
(affiliated and non- affiliated),  Mid-America Apartment Communities,  Inc., and
all private placements.

Rule V(C). Annual Report To the Boards of Longleaf Partners Mutual Funds.

Southeastern  will  prepare an annual  report to the Boards of  Trustees  of the
mutual  funds  which  shall  contain  the  following  and  any  other  pertinent
information on personal trading by Southeastern personnel:

     (i). A summary of the existing  personal  trading rules and a discussion of
     any changes made during the year.
<PAGE>
CODE OF ETHICS
LONGLEAF PARTNERS FUNDS / SOUTHEASTERN ASSET MANAGEMENT, INC.


     (ii).  A report  of any  personal  trading  which  has  taken  place in any
     securities  which were  recommended  for purchase by client accounts or the
     mutual funds, any violations of this Code, and any remedial action taken.

     (iii). A discussion of any recommended changes in existing procedures based
     upon experience, changes in applicable laws or regulations, or developments
     in industry practice.

RULE V(D). Establishment of Compliance File. A Compliance File shall be
           maintained by the Compliance Officer which shall include the
           following:

     (1). Code of Ethics, as amended from time to time.
     (2). Acknowledgments by personnel of receipt of Code.
     (3). Annual Reports of securities holdings and Certifications of Compliance
          by personnel.
     (4). Executed pre-clearance forms.
     (5). Trade tickets and confirmation statements for securities purchased and
          sold.
     (6). Annual  Report to Boards of  Trustees of the Mutual  Funds  concerning
          personal trading activities.

Information contained in the Compliance File shall be reviewed by the Compliance
Office or delegate  within a reasonable  time after  receipt,  and any questions
shall be discussed with the person submitting the report.

                                   SECTION VI
             INDEPENDENT TRUSTEES OF LONGLEAF PARTNERS MUTUAL FUNDS

The  independent  Trustees of  Longleaf  Partners  Funds Trust and its  separate
series or mutual funds are not classified as  Southeastern  personnel.  In their
official  capacities,  outside  Trustees  routinely  receive  information  about
current  portfolio  purchases  and  holdings  of the  mutual  funds,  but do not
routinely receive information on proposed purchases or sales.

Rule VI(A). Pre-Clearance Approval

Independent  trustees  of the  Longleaf  Partners  mutual  funds  who  desire to
purchase  or sell any  security  other  than  those  excepted  in the  following
subparagraph  shall  telephone the Compliance  officer to determine  whether the
particular  security is under  consideration  for  purchase by any of the mutual
funds before making a purchase.

Exceptions For Outside Mutual Fund  Trustees.  Independent  mutual fund Trustees
are not  required to obtain  pre-clearance  approval  for  purchases or sales of
securities of issuers within the categories  listed below,  and  transactions in
such  securities  are  not  subject  to any  reporting  requirement  unless  the
particular  security should subsequently be acquired by one of the mutual funds.
Until further written notice,  such categories of securities,  none of which are
expected to be purchased by the mutual funds, are:
<PAGE>
CODE OF ETHICS
LONGLEAF PARTNERS FUNDS / SOUTHEASTERN ASSET MANAGEMENT, INC.


     (i).  Securities  issued  by  the  particular  Trustee's  employer  or  any
     affiliate and by companies for which the particular  Trustee's  employer or
     an affiliate may provide venture capital or financial consulting services.

     (ii).   Securities  issued  in  initial  public  offerings,   provided  the
     opportunity  to  participate  in the  public  offering  has not  been  made
     available to the Trustee  primarily because of his position as a Trustee of
     the Funds.

     (iii). All municipal securities.

     (iv). Securities exempted by SEC regulation,  such as direct obligations of
     the U.S.  government,  high quality short-term debt instruments,  including
     but not  limited to bankers  acceptances,  bank  certificates  of  deposit,
     commercial paper and repurchase  agreements,  shares of registered open-end
     investment companies and commodities futures contracts.

     (vi).  Securities in any other category after written notification has been
     given to the independent Trustees that the mutual funds are not expected to
     be investing such issuers.

Rule VI(B). Reporting By Independent Trustees of the Mutual Funds.

Quarter-end  reporting of securities  transactions  is riot required  unless the
independent Trustee has purchased or sold a security held by one of the Longleaf
Partners mutual funds during the quarter. A questionnaire will be mailed to each
outside  Trustee at the end of each  quarter,  which must be signed and returned
before the 10th day of the month  following  the end of the calendar  quarter if
there were any reportable  transactions.  The questionnaire need not be returned
if there were no reportable transactions.

As permitted by Paragraph (c)(3) of Rule 17j-1 under the investment  Company Act
of 1940,  independent  Trustees  are not  required  to report on any  securities
transactions  in any  account  over which the  Trustee  does not have  direct or
indirect influence or control,  such as a fully discretionary account managed by
another investment adviser.

                                   SECTION VII
                      OTHER POTENTIAL CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

RULE VII(A). Private Placements; Ban on Purchases in initial Public Offerings;
             Ban on Short-Term Trading Profits

1. Ban on private  Placements  of  Securities  Which  Would Be  Appropriate  For
Purchase By client  Accounts or Mutual  Funds.  Southeastern  personnel  may not
purchase  private   placements  of  securities  of  the  types  which  could  he
recommended  for  purchase  by a  clien  account  or the  mutual  funds  (if the
particular  security were registered or offered  publicly or if a client account
or the mutual fund could purchase the security as a restricted security). Before
authorization  will be granted for a private  placement of  securities of a type
<PAGE>
CODE OF ETHICS
LONGLEAF PARTNERS FUNDS / SOUTHEASTERN ASSET MANAGEMENT, INC.


which would not be  appropriate  for  purchase by client  accounts or the mutual
funds,  as  allowed  by Rule  II(B)  on pages 3 and 4, it must  appear  that the
purchase  would not result in any  material  conflict  of  interest  which could
presently or in the future adversely affect any Southeastern client accounts and
that the opportunity  for purchasing the private  placement was not created as a
reward connected with the the employee's job function.

2. Ban on Purchases in Initial Public Offerings (IPO's).  The industry consensus
is that  personnel  of  investment  advisors  should be flatly  prohibited  from
acquiring  shares in IPO'S, to preclude any possibility of profiting  improperly
from  their  positions  with an  investment  company  or on  behalf of a managed
account.  Personnel of Southeastern  are therefore  prohibited from investing in
securities offered through IPO'S.

3. Ban on Short-Term  Trading Profits.  It is industry consensus that investment
advisor personnel should not profit from "short-term"  trading profits,  defined
as the purchase and sale,  or the sale and purchase,  of securities  (other than
registered  investment  companies)  within a 60 day time frame which result in a
profit,  (A sale of a security at a loss within 60 days after its acquisition is
not deemed to be a short-term trading transaction).  All Southeastern  personnel
are therefore  prohibited from engaging in short-term  transactions  which would
result in a profit.  Any profits made through short-term trading in violation of
this Rule must be surrendered to Southeastern.

Exception To 60 Day Holding Period.  Upon application to the Compliance  officer
and a showing of exceptional or unusual  circumstances,  an authorization  for a
sale in less than 60 days may be granted.  Examples  include but are not limited
to the following:

     (a). The security is not one which is contemplated for purchase by; is then
     held;  or has been held by any managed  accounts or the mutual  funds;  and
     there is a reasonable basis for the request to sell in less than 60 days.

     (b). If the  security  was  previously  held by any managed  account or the
     mutual  funds,  all such  securities  have been disposed of and at least 15
     days have elapsed since the last transaction.

     (c).  The  security  being sold is an exchange  traded  option  acquired to
     establish a bona fide hedge position on securities  held or to be more than
     60 days.

RULE  VII(B).  Receipt of Gifts.  Southeastern  personnel  are  prohibited  from
receiving gifts or any other thing of value (other than those leaving a value of
not more than $100 per annum per  entity)  from any person or entity  which does
business with Southeastern or the Longleaf Partners mutual funds.

RULE VII(C).  Service as a Director of a Public Company.  Southeastern personnel
shall not serve as a director on the Board of a publicly traded company,  absent
a prior  determination by the Boards of Trustees of the Longleaf Partners mutual
funds and the Board of Directors of  Southeastern  that such Board service would
not be inconsistent with the interests of the mutual funds, their  shareholders,
or other client accounts.
<PAGE>
CODE OF ETHICS
LONGLEAF PARTNERS FUNDS / SOUTHEASTERN ASSET MANAGEMENT, INC.


RULE VII(D).  Payment or Solicitation Of Political  Contributions  To Candidates
For States  County,  and Municipal  Offices.  In  accordance  with proposed Rule
206(4)-5 under the Investment  Advisers ACL of 1940,  payment or solicitation of
political  contributions  to elected  officials  or  candidates  for election to
offices or positions in any state or political subdivision of a stale (county or
city), including any agency, authority, or political subdivision, are limited as
follows:

     (i).   Political contributions may not exceed $250 per candidate per
            election.

     (ii).  Political contributions may be made only to elected officials or
            candidates for whom the person making the contribution can vote, and
            shall not be made to political action committees or other
            intermediaries.

     (iii). Southeastern personnel may not solicit contributions from other
            individuals or entities (such as political action committees or
            other intermediaries) for direct or indirect payment to or for the
            benefit of any elected officials or candidates for election to state
            political office.

                                     PART B
          RULE VIII - USE OF MATERIAL INSIDE OR NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION

Southeastern   personnel  shall  not,  while  in  the  possession  of  material,
non-public  information  (referred to as "inside"  information)  about a company
(whether  or not its  securities  are  owned by  client  accounts)  trade in the
company's securities or derivatives of such securities,  either personally or on
behalf of others (including  managed  accounts,  the mutual funds, or relatives,
friends  or  acquaintances),   nor  shall  any  such  "inside"   information  be
communicated to others.

Definition of Material "Inside" Information.  All non-public  information is not
necessarily  prohibited  inside  information.  The inside  information about the
company  must be  "material"  before  trading  in the  company's  securities  is
prohibited.  To he material,  the information must be significant enough so that
it could  presently  affect the market price of the company's  stock or would be
important to someone making an investment decision.

Clearly specific information not yet public on matters such as earnings results,
dividend increases or decreases, and decisions on changes of policy, product, or
management  composition should be considered to be material inside  information.
However, it is possible that management of a company may make general non-public
statements  to the  portfolio  selection  group  about  the  direction  in which
management  may steer the  company in the future,  views on  earnings  estimates
early in the period which are not yet definite,  or other general  observations,
opinions  or views  which  would be  non-public  but which also would not yet be
definite or certain and could therefore be non-material.
<PAGE>
CODE OF ETHICS
LONGLEAF PARTNERS FUNDS / SOUTHEASTERN ASSET MANAGEMENT, INC.


Possible Sources of "Inside" information. In Southeastern's situation, there are
two primary sources of inside information:

(i)  discussions by the portfolio  selection  group with management of companies
owned or to be owned by client accounts and

(ii)  discussions  with outside brokers who execute  portfolio  trades.  Because
Southeastern  is not  engaged in the  investment  banking  and retail  brokerage
businesses,  there  is no  need  to  establish  a  "Chinese  wall"  to  separate
information  received by some employees in the ordinary course of business about
potential  mergers,  acquisitions  and tender  offers from  disclosure  to other
employees who might misuse the information for their own accounts

Procedures to Limit Receiving Inside Information.

     (i).  Meetings  with  Management  of the  Issuer.  Any  conversations  with
     management of a portfolio  company should be preceded by a statement to the
     effect that Southeastern's questions are not intended to evoke confidential
     or non-public  information and that Southeastern  seeks to avoid receipt of
     any such  information so that its ability to trade on behalf of its clients
     will not be restricted.

     (ii).  information  Received by Southeastern Traders From Third Parties. It
     is possible  that  information  from brokers about  significant  securities
     sales or  purchases by an issuer's  management  might  constitute  material
     inside  information.  Brokers may also supply  Southeastern's  traders with
     other to rumors" which might be significant.  Although such information may
     come indirectly from sources other than the issuer itself,  the possibility
     that trading  should be suspended  should be  discussed  internally  by the
     portfolio management group and the Compliance Officer.

Procedure To Follow Should a Southeastern Employee Receive Information Which May
Be Material, Non-Public information.

     (i).  The  nature  of the  information  and its  source  must  be  reported
     immediately  to the  Compliance  Officer.  If  the  information  is  deemed
     "material",  the  Compliance  Officer will then notify the firm's Trader to
     cease all  transactions  in that  particular  security.  No further trading
     shall  take  place in the  stock of the  particular  company,  for  managed
     accounts or for personal accounts, pending a determination on the nature of
     the information.

<PAGE>
CODE OF ETHICS
LONGLEAF PARTNERS FUNDS / SOUTHEASTERN ASSET MANAGEMENT, INC.


     (ii). The  Compliance  officer will discuss the matter with the Chairman of
     the  Board  and  C.B.O.  for   determination  of  whether  and  under  what
     circumstances further trading in the particular securities may take place.

                                     PART C
                        PENALTIES FOR VIOLATIONS OF CODE
                            BY SOUTHEASTERN PFRSONNEL

RULE IX(A). Penalties For improper Personal Trading in Securities Being
            Considered For Purchase or Sale or Being Purchased or Sold By
            Managed Accounts or the Mutual Funds.

All  violations of the Policy and Code will be reported to and considered by the
Board of  Directors  of  Southeastern.  in addition,  all  situations  involving
portfolio securities held or to be acquired by the mutual funds will be reported
to the Board of  Trustees of the mutual  funds,  which must also concur with any
proposed sanctions.

The following sanctions apply to violations of the trading  prohibitions as wall
as to the failure to comply with the transaction reporting requirements:

     First violation: immediate sale by the employee of any improperly purchased
     security constituting a conflict of interest (if such sale would not damage
     the client  accounts or the mutual  funds),  together with the surrender by
     the employee to Southeastern of any profit realized In the transaction. Any
     profit realized on improper  short-term trading  transactions shall also be
     surrendered to Southeastern.

     Discussion.  Disgorgement  of profits is similar to the penalty  imposed on
     corporate  directors  and  officers who violate the "short  swing"  selling
     prohibitions under Sec. 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 Act.

     Second violation:  A letter of censure and disgorgement of profits,  in the
     same  manner  as the  penalty  for the  first  violation,  together  with a
     monetary  penalty  appropriate to the  circumstance,  to be assessed by the
     Board of Directors of Southeastern.

     Third or subsequent  violation  Disgorgement of profits, in the same manner
     as the penalty for the first  violation,  a  substantial  monetary  penalty
     assessed by the Board of Directors of  Southeastern  and, in the discretion
     of  the  Board,  suspension  from  employment  (with  or  without  pay)  or
     termination of employment.

RULE IX(B). Penalties For Improper Use or Communication of Inside or Non-Public
            Information
<PAGE>
CODE OF ETHICS
LONGLEAF PARTNERS FUNDS / SOUTHEASTERN ASSET MANAGEMENT, INC.


The  Securities A Exchange  Commission  and/or the courts may levy the following
civil and criminal  penalties  for the  improper  use of "inside" or  non-public
information,  which are applicable to any person  (including  outside  Trustees)
misusing such information:

     1.   Recovery  of the  profit  gained  or loss  avoided  by the  investment
          adviser personnel trading on such information or by any "tippee", plus
          treble damages.

     2.   Expulsion from the securities industry.

     3.   Criminal  penalties  of up to $1  million  in fines and up to 10 years
          imprisonment.

     4.   Penalties  may also be assessed  against  Southeastern  for failing to
          have in place  procedures  or failing to take steps to prevent the use
          or communication of "inside" information by its personnel.

Because  there  can be  serious  consequences  for  Southeastern  itself  should
Southeastern   personnel  use  material  "inside"   information   improperly  or
communicate such information to others,  Southeastern's  Board of Directors will
determine  appropriate  sanctions  in the event of a violation  of this  policy,
taking into account the  particular  circumstances.  Such  sanctions may include
monetary penalties or termination of employment.

Adopted August 19, 1996
Amended September 22, 1998
Amended September 20, 1999; effective September 30, 1999

[LEGG MASON LOGO]









                                   LEGG MASON
                                      FUNDS
                                 CODE OF ETHICS

                              Dated: April 1, 2000








<PAGE>
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

     Topic                                                                  Page
     -----                                                                  ----
I.   Introduction .........................................................    1
     A. Individuals and Entities Covered by the Code ......................    1
     B. Fiduciary Duty ....................................................    1
        1. The Funds Come First ...........................................    1
        2. Avoid Taking Advantage .........................................    1
        3. Comply with the Code ...........................................    1
     C. Application of the Code to Independent Fund Directors .............    1

II.  Personal Securities Transactions .....................................    2
     A. Preclearance Requirements for Access Persons ......................    2
        1. General Requirement ............................................    2
        2. Trade Authorization Request Forms ..............................    2
        3. Review of Form .................................................    2
        4. Length of Trade Authorization Approval .........................    3
        5. No Explanation Required for Refusals ...........................    3
     B. Execution of Personal Securities Transactions .....................    3
     C. Prohibited Transactions ...........................................    3
        1. Always Prohibited Securities Transactions ......................    3
           a. Inside Information ..........................................    3
           b. Market Manipulation .........................................    4
           c. Others ......................................................    4
        2. Generally Prohibited Securities Transactions ...................    4
           a. Initial Public Offerings (Investment Personnel only) ........    4
           b. One Day Blackout (all Access Persons) .......................    4
           c. Seven-Day Blackout (Portfolio Managers only) ................    4
           d. 60-Day Blackout (Investment Personnel only) .................    4
           e. Private Placements (Investment Personnel only) ..............    5
<PAGE>
     Topic                                                                  Page
     -----                                                                  ----
     D. Exemptions ........................................................    5
        1. Exemptions from Preclearance and Treatment as
           a Prohibited Transaction .......................................    5
           a. Mutual Funds ................................................    5
           b. No Knowledge ................................................    5
           c. Legg Mason, Inc. Stock ......................................    6
           d. Certain Corporate Actions ...................................    6
           e. Systematic Investment Plans .................................    6
           f. Option-Related Activity .....................................    6
           g. Commodities, Futures, and Options on Futures ................    6
           h. Rights ......................................................    6
           i. Miscellaneous ...............................................    6
        2. Exemption from Treatment as a Prohibited Transaction ...........    7
           a. Employer of Access Person Does
                Not Make Investment Decisions
                For the Relevant Fund .....................................    7
           b. De Minimis Transactions .....................................    7
              i.  Equity   Securities .....................................    7
              ii. Fixed Income Securities .................................    7
           c. Options on Broad-Based Indices ..............................    7
     E. Reporting Requirements ............................................    8
        1. Initial and Periodic Disclosure of Personal Holdings
             by Access Persons ............................................    8
        2. Transaction and Periodic Statement Reporting Requirements ......    8
        3. Independent Fund Directors .....................................    8
        4. Disclaimers ....................................................    9
        5. Availability of Reports ........................................    9
<PAGE>
     Topic                                                                  Page
     -----                                                                  ----
III. Fiduciary Duties .....................................................    9
     A. Confidentiality ...................................................    9
     B. Gifts .............................................................    9
        1. Accepting Gifts ................................................    9
        2. Solicitation of Gifts ..........................................   10
        3. Giving Gifts ...................................................   10
     C. Corporate Opportunities ...........................................   10
     D. Undue Influence ...................................................   10
     E. Service as a Director .............................................   10

IV.  Compliance with the Code of Ethics ...................................   11
     A. Code of Ethics Review Committee ...................................   11
        1. Membership, Voting and Quorum ..................................   11
        2. Investigating Violations of the Code ...........................   11
        3. Annual Reports .................................................   11
     B. Remedies ..........................................................   12
        1. Sanctions ......................................................   12
        2. Sole Authority .................................................   12
        3. Review .........................................................   12
     C. Exceptions to the Code ............................................   12
     D. Inquiries Regarding the Code ......................................   13

V.   Definitions ..........................................................   13
     "Access Person" ......................................................   13
     "Appropriate Compliance Department" ..................................   13
     "Batterymarch" .......................................................   14
     "Beneficial Interest" ................................................   14
     "Brandywine" .........................................................   14
     "Code" ...............................................................   15
     "Equivalent Security" ................................................   15
     "Fund Adviser" .......................................................   15
     "Gray Seifert" .......................................................   15
     "Immediate Family" ...................................................   15
<PAGE>
     Topic                                                                  Page
     -----                                                                  ----
     "Independent Fund Director" ..........................................   15
     "Investment Personnel" and "Investment Person" .......................   15
     "Legal and Compliance Department" ....................................   15
     "Legg Mason Fund" and "Fund" .........................................   16
     "Lombard Odier" ......................................................   16
     "Portfolio Manager" ..................................................   16
     "Preclearance Officer" ...............................................   16
     "Securities Transaction" .............................................   16
     "Security" ...........................................................   16
     "Western Asset" ......................................................   16
     "Western Asset Limited" ..............................................   16

VI.  Appendices to the Code ...............................................   16
     Appendix 1  -  Contact Persons and List of Legg Mason Funds ..........    i
     Appendix 2  -  Acknowledgement of Receipt of Code of Ethics
                      and Personal Holdings Report ........................  iii
     Appendix 3  -  Trade Authorization Request for Access Persons ........    v
     Appendix 4  -  Certification of Access Person's Designee .............   vi
     Appendix 5  -  Acknowledgement of Receipt of Code of Ethics
                      (Independent Fund Directors) ........................  vii
     Appendix 6  -  Form Letter to Broker, Dealer or Bank ................. viii
     Appendix 7  -  Certification of No Beneficial Interest ...............   ix
<PAGE>
I. INTRODUCTION

     A. INDIVIDUALS AND ENTITIES COVERED BY THE CODE.  Unless the use of another
Code of  Ethics  has been  approved  in  writing  by the  Legal  and  Compliance
Department, all Access Persons1 are subject to the provisions of this Code. (SEE
Section  I.C.  for  information   regarding  the  application  of  the  Code  to
Independent Fund Directors).

     B.  FIDUCIARY  DUTY. The Code is based on the principle that Access Persons
owe a  fiduciary  duty to the  Legg  Mason  Funds  and  must  avoid  activities,
interests and  relationships  that might interfere with making  decisions in the
best interests of any of the Funds.

     As fiduciaries,  Access Persons must at all times comply with the following
principles:

          1.   THE FUNDS COME FIRST.  Access  Persons  must  scrupulously  avoid
               serving their  personal  interests  ahead of the interests of the
               Legg Mason Funds. An Access Person may not induce or cause a Fund
               to take action,  or not to take action,  for the Access  Person's
               personal  benefit,  rather than for the benefit of the Fund.  For
               example,  an Access  Person would  violate this Code by causing a
               Fund to  purchase a  Security  the  Access  Person  owned for the
               purpose of increasing the price of that Security.

          2.   AVOID  TAKING  ADVANTAGE.   Access  Persons  may  not  use  their
               knowledge of open, executed, or pending portfolio transactions to
               profit by the  market  effect of such  transactions.  Receipt  of
               investment  opportunities,  perquisites,  or gifts  from  persons
               seeking  business  with a Legg Mason Fund or a Fund Adviser could
               call into question the exercise of an Access Person's independent
               judgment.

          3.   COMPLY WITH THE CODE.  Doubtful  situations should be resolved in
               favor of the Legg  Mason  Funds.  Technical  compliance  with the
               Code's procedures will not  automatically  insulate from scrutiny
               any Securities  Transactions  that indicate an abuse of fiduciary
               duties.

     C. APPLICATION OF THE CODE TO INDEPENDENT FUND DIRECTORS. This Code applies
to Independent Fund Directors and requires  Independent Fund Directors to report
certain Securities  Transactions in which they have a Beneficial Interest to the
Legal and  Compliance  Department in accordance  with Section  II.E.4.  However,
provisions  of the  Code  requiring  preclearance  of  trades  (Section  II.A.),
execution of personal  trades  through Legg Mason  (Section  II.B.),  prohibited
transactions (Section II.C.), disclosure of personal holdings,  transactions and

- ----------
     (1) Capitalized words are defined in Section V (Definitions).

                                       1
<PAGE>
accounts  (Sections  II.E.1,  and 2),  receipt of gifts  (Section  III.B.),  and
restrictions  on serving as a director  of a  publicly-traded  company  (Section
III.E.) do not apply to Independent Fund Directors.

II. PERSONAL SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS

     A. Preclearance Requirements for Access Persons.

          1.   GENERAL  REQUIREMENT.  Except for the  transactions  specified in
               Section  II.D.1,  any  Securities  Transaction in which an Access
               Person has or acquires a Beneficial  Interest  must be precleared
               with a Preclearance Officer.

          2.   TRADE AUTHORIZATION REQUEST FORMS. Prior to entering an order for
               a Securities Transaction that requires  preclearance,  the Access
               Person must complete a Trade Authorization Request form (Appendix
               3) and submit the completed form to a Preclearance  Officer.  The
               form requires Access Persons to provide  certain  information and
               to make certain representations.

               In the event an Access  Person  is  unable  to  complete  a Trade
               Authorization  Request  form,  the Access  Person  may  designate
               another individual to complete the form on his or her behalf. The
               Access Person's designee should complete the Trade  Authorization
               Request form and the  Certification  of Access Person's  Designee
               (Appendix 4) and submit both forms to a Preclearance Officer.

               Proposed Securities  Transactions of a Preclearance  Officer that
               require  preclearance  must be submitted to another  Preclearance
               Officer.

          3.   REVIEW OF FORM.  After receiving a completed Trade  Authorization
               Request  form,  a  Preclearance   Officer  will  (a)  review  the
               information  set  forth  in  the  form,  (b)  review  information
               regarding past,  pending,  and  contemplated  transactions by any
               relevant  Fund,  as  necessary,  and (c) as  soon  as  reasonably
               practicable,   determine   whether  to  authorize   the  proposed
               Securities  Transaction.  The granting of authorization,  and the
               date and time that  authorization was granted,  must be reflected
               on the form. The Preclearance Officer should keep one copy of the
               completed  form for the  Appropriate  Compliance  Department  and
               provide one copy to the Access Person seeking authorization.

               NO ORDER FOR A  SECURITIES  TRANSACTION  FOR  WHICH  PRECLEARANCE
               AUTHORIZATION  IS REQUIRED  MAY BE PLACED PRIOR TO THE RECEIPT OF
               WRITTEN  AUTHORIZATION  OF  THE  TRANSACTION  BY  A  PRECLEARANCE
               OFFICER. VERBAL APPROVALS ARE NOT PERMITTED.

                                       2
<PAGE>
          4.   LENGTH  OF  TRADE  AUTHORIZATION   APPROVAL.   The  authorization
               provided by a Preclearance Officer is effective until the earlier
               of (1) its  revocation,  (2) the close of business on the trading
               day  after  the   authorization  is  granted  (for  example,   if
               authorization is provided on a Monday,  it is effective until the
               close of  business  on  Tuesday),  or (3) the  moment  the Access
               Person  learns that the  information  in the Trade  Authorization
               Request  form is not  accurate.  If the order for the  Securities
               Transaction is not placed within that period, a new authorization
               must be obtained before the Securities  Transaction is placed. If
               the  Securities  Transaction  is placed but has not been executed
               before the authorization expires (as, for example, in the case of
               a limit  order),  no new  authorization  is necessary  unless the
               person placing the original order for the Securities  Transaction
               amends it in any way, or learns that the information in the Trade
               Authorization Request form is not accurate.

          5.   NO   EXPLANATION   REQUIRED  FOR  REFUSALS.   In  some  cases,  a
               Preclearance   Officer  may  refuse  to  authorize  a  Securities
               Transaction  for a  reason  that  is  confidential.  Preclearance
               Officers are not required to give an explanation  for refusing to
               authorize any Securities Transaction.

     B. EXECUTION OF PERSONAL  SECURITIES  TRANSACTIONS.  Unless an exception is
provided in writing by the Legal and Compliance Department,  all transactions in
Securities  subject to the preclearance  requirements  shall be executed through
Legg  Mason  Wood   Walker,   Incorporated.   Notwithstanding   the   foregoing,
transactions in Securities subject to the preclearance  requirements effected by
employees of  Batterymarch,  Brandywine,  Gray Seifert,  Lombard Odier,  Western
Asset,  and Western  Asset Limited may be executed  through any broker,  dealer,
bank, or mutual fund so long as the requirements of Section II.E.2. (Transaction
Reporting Requirements) are met.

     C. PROHIBITED TRANSACTIONS.

          1.   ALWAYS   PROHIBITED   SECURITIES   TRANSACTIONS.   The  following
               Securities Transactions are prohibited and will not be authorized
               under any circumstances:

               a.   INSIDE  INFORMATION.  Any  transaction  in a Security  by an
                    individual  who  possesses  material  nonpublic  information
                    regarding the Security or the issuer of the Security;

               b.   MARKET MANIPULATION.  Transactions intended to raise, lower,
                    or maintain  the price of any  Security or to create a false
                    appearance of active trading;

                                       3
<PAGE>
               c.   OTHERS.  Any other  transaction  deemed by the  Preclearance
                    Officer  to  involve  a  conflict  of   interest,   possible
                    diversions  of corporate  opportunity,  or an  appearance of
                    impropriety.

          2.   GENERALLY PROHIBITED SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS.  Unless exempted by
               Section  II.D,   the  following   Securities   Transactions   are
               prohibited and will not be authorized by a  Preclearance  Officer
               absent exceptional circumstances.  The prohibitions apply only to
               the categories of Access Persons specified.

               a.   INITIAL PUBLIC  OFFERINGS  (INVESTMENT  PERSONNEL ONLY). Any
                    purchase of a Security by Investment Personnel in an initial
                    public  offering  (other than a new offering of a registered
                    open-end investment company);

               b.   ONE DAY BLACKOUT (ALL ACCESS PERSONS).  Any purchase or sale
                    of a Security  by an Access  Person on any day during  which
                    any Fund has a pending buy or sell order,  or has effected a
                    buy or sell transaction, in the same Security (or Equivalent
                    Security);

               c.   SEVEN-DAY BLACKOUT  (PORTFOLIO  MANAGERS ONLY). Any purchase
                    or sale of a Security by a Portfolio  Manager  within  seven
                    calendar days of a purchase or sale of the same Security (or
                    Equivalent  Security)  by a Fund  managed by that  Portfolio
                    Manager.  For  example,  if a Fund  trades a Security on day
                    one,  day eight is the first day the  Portfolio  Manager may
                    trade that  Security for an account in which he or she has a
                    Beneficial Interest;

               d.   60-DAY BLACKOUT (INVESTMENT PERSONNEL ONLY). (1) Purchase of
                    a Security in which an Investment  Person thereby acquires a
                    Beneficial Interest within 60 days of a sale of the Security
                    (or an Equivalent  Security) in which such Investment Person
                    had a  Beneficial  Interest,  and (2) sale of a Security  in
                    which an Investment Person has a Beneficial  Interest within
                    60 days of a  purchase  of the  Security  (or an  Equivalent
                    Security) in which such  Investment  Person had a Beneficial
                    Interest,  if, in either case, a Fund held the same Security
                    at any time during the 60 days; unless the Investment Person
                    agrees  to  give  up all  profits  on the  transaction  to a
                    charitable organization specified in accordance with Section
                    IV.B.I.  Of  course,  Investment  Personnel  must  place the
                    interests  of the Funds  first;  they may not avoid or delay
                    purchasing  or  selling  a  security  for a Fund in order to
                    profit personally; and

                                       4
<PAGE>
               e.   PRIVATE PLACEMENTS (INVESTMENT PERSONNEL ONLY).  Acquisition
                    of  a  Beneficial   Interest  in  Securities  in  a  private
                    placement by Investment Personnel is strongly discouraged. A
                    Preclearance   Officer  will  give   permission  only  after
                    considering,  among  other  facts,  whether  the  investment
                    opportunity  should be  reserved  for a Fund and whether the
                    opportunity  is being offered to the person by virtue of the
                    person's  position  as  an  Investment  Person.   Investment
                    Personnel  who  have  acquired  a  Beneficial   Interest  in
                    Securities  in a private  placement are required to disclose
                    their  Beneficial  Interest  to the  Appropriate  Compliance
                    Department.   If  the  Investment   Person  is  subsequently
                    involved  in a  decision  to buy or sell a  Security  (or an
                    Equivalent  Security) from the same issuer for a Fund,  then
                    the  decision  to  purchase  or  sell  the  Security  (or an
                    Equivalent  Security) must be independently  authorized by a
                    Portfolio Manager with no personal interest in the issuer.

     D. EXEMPTIONS.

          1.   EXEMPTIONS  FROM  PRECLEARANCE  AND  TREATMENT  AS  A  PROHIBITED
               TRANSACTION.  The following  Securities  Transactions  are exempt
               from the preclearance requirements set forth in Section II.A. and
               the  prohibited  transaction  restrictions  set forth in  Section
               II.C.:

               a.   MUTUAL FUNDS.  Any purchase or sale of a Security  issued by
                    any registered open-end investment  companies (including but
                    not limited to the Legg Mason Funds);

               b.   NO  KNOWLEDGE.  Securities  Transactions  where  the  Access
                    Person  has no  knowledge  of the  transaction  before it is
                    completed (for example, Securities Transactions effected for
                    an  Access  Person  by  a  trustee  of  a  blind  trust,  or
                    discretionary trades involving an investment  partnership or
                    investment  club, in connection with which the Access Person
                    is neither  consulted  nor advised of the trade before it is
                    executed);

               c.   LEGG MASON,  INC. STOCK. Any purchase or sale of Legg Mason,
                    Inc. stock.

               d.   CERTAIN  CORPORATE  ACTIONS.  Any  acquisition of Securities
                    through  stock  dividends,  dividend  reinvestments,   stock
                    splits,  reverse  stock  splits,  mergers,   consolidations,
                    spin-offs,  or other similar  corporate  reorganizations  or
                    distributions  generally  applicable  to all  holders of the
                    same class of Securities;

                                       5
<PAGE>
               e.   SYSTEMATIC  INVESTMENT  PLANS. Any acquisition of a security
                    pursuant to a systematic investment plan that has previously
                    been approved pursuant to the Code. A systematic  investment
                    plan is one pursuant to which a prescribed  investment  will
                    be made  automatically  on a  regular,  predetermined  basis
                    without affirmative action by the Access Person.

               f.   OPTIONS-RELATED  ACTIVITY. Any acquisition or disposition of
                    a security in connection with an  option-related  Securities
                    Transaction  that has been previously  approved  pursuant to
                    the Code. For example, if an Access Person receives approval
                    to write a covered  call,  and the call is later  exercised,
                    the   provisions  of  Sections   II.A.  and  II.C.  are  not
                    applicable to the sale of the underlying security.

               g.   COMMODITIES, FUTURES, AND OPTIONS ON FUTURES. Any Securities
                    Transaction   involving   commodities,   futures  (including
                    currency  futures and futures on securities  comprising part
                    of a  broad-based,  publicly  traded  market  based index of
                    stocks) and options on futures.

               h.   RIGHTS.  Any acquisition of Securities  through the exercise
                    of rights  issued by an issuer PRO RATA to all  holders of a
                    class of its  Securities,  to the  extent  the  rights  were
                    acquired in the issue; and

               i.   MISCELLANEOUS. Any transaction in the following: (1) bankers
                    acceptances,   (2)  bank   certificates   of  deposit,   (3)
                    commercial paper, (4) repurchase agreements,  (5) Securities
                    that are direct obligations of the U.S. Government,  and (6)
                    other  Securities  as may from time to time be designated in
                    writing by the Code of Ethics Review Committee on the ground
                    that the risk of abuse is minimal or non-existent.

          2.   EXEMPTION  FROM  TREATMENT  AS  A  PROHIBITED  TRANSACTION.   The
               following Securities  Transactions are exempt from the prohibited
               transaction restrictions that are set forth in Section II.C. THEY
               ARE NOT EXEMPT FROM THE  PRECLEARANCE  REQUIREMENTS  SET FORTH IN
               SECTION II.A:

               a.   EMPLOYER OF ACCESS PERSON DOES NOT MAKE INVESTMENT DECISIONS
                    FOR  THE  RELEVANT  FUND.  The   prohibitions   in  Sections
                    II.C.2.b,  c,  and d are not  applicable  to any  Securities
                    Transaction  effected by an Access Person if the employer of

                                       6
<PAGE>
                    the  Access  Person  is not  the  Fund  Adviser  that  makes
                    investment  decisions for the relevant Fund. For example, an
                    employee   of  Western   Asset  may   effect  a   Securities
                    Transaction  without regard to  transactions  that are open,
                    executed,  or pending for a Fund managed by  Batterymarch so
                    long as the  Western  Asset  employee  does not have  actual
                    knowledge of any open, executed, or pending transactions for
                    the Fund  managed by  Batterymarch.  A Security  Transaction
                    effected by an Access Person who has actual  knowledge of an
                    open, executed, or pending portfolio transaction by any Fund
                    is not exempt from the prohibitions of Sections II.C.2.b, c,
                    and d.  Employees  of more than one Fund  Adviser  must take
                    into account the  transactions  of Funds  managed by each of
                    their employers.

               b.   DE  MINIMIS   TRANSACTIONS.   The  prohibitions  in  Section
                    II.C.2.b  and  c  are  not   applicable   to  the  following
                    transactions:

                    i.   EQUITY SECURITIES. Any equity Security Transaction,  or
                         series of related transactions,  effected over a thirty
                         (30) calendar day period, involving 1000 shares or less
                         in the  aggregate  if the  issuer  of the  Security  is
                         listed on the New York Stock  Exchange  or has a market
                         capitalization in excess of $1 billion.

                    ii.  FIXED-INCOME  SECURITIES.  Any  fixed  income  Security
                         Transaction,   or  series  of   related   transactions,
                         effected  over  a  thirty  (30)  calendar  day  period,
                         involving  $100,000  principal  amount  or  less in the
                         aggregate.

               c.   OPTIONS ON BROAD-BASED  INDICES. The prohibitions in Section
                    II.C.2.  b, c, and d are not  applicable  to any  Securities
                    Transaction involving options on certain broad-based indices
                    designated  by the  Legal  and  Compliance  Department.  The
                    broad-based  indices  designated by the Legal and Compliance
                    Department  may be changed  from time to time and  presently
                    consist of the S&P 500, the S&P 100, NASDAQ 100, Nikkei 300,
                    NYSE Composite, and Wilshire Small Cap indices.

     E. REPORTING REQUIREMENTS

          1.   INITIAL AND PERIODIC  DISCLOSURE  OF PERSONAL  HOLDINGS BY ACCESS
               PERSONS.  Within ten (10) days of being  designated  as an Access

                                       7
<PAGE>
               Person and  thereafter  on an annual  basis  (during the month of
               April),  an Access Person (except an  Independent  Fund Director)
               must acknowledge  receipt and review of the Code and disclose all
               Securities in which such Access Person has a Beneficial  Interest
               on the  Acknowledgement of Receipt of Code of Ethics and Personal
               Holdings Report (Appendix 2).

          2.   TRANSACTION AND PERIODIC  STATEMENT  REPORTING  REQUIREMENTS.  An
               Access Person (except an Independent  Fund Director) must arrange
               for the  Appropriate  Compliance  Department to receive  directly
               from any broker,  dealer,  or bank that  effects  any  Securities
               Transaction  in  which  the  Access  Person  has  or  acquires  a
               Beneficial  Interest,  duplicate copies of each  confirmation for
               each such transaction and periodic statements for each account in
               which such  Access  Person has a  Beneficial  Interest.  Unless a
               written exception is granted by a Preclearance Officer, an Access
               Person  must  also   arrange  for  the   Appropriate   Compliance
               Department to receive  directly from any mutual fund that effects
               any  Securities  Transaction  in which the  Access  Person has or
               acquires  a  Beneficial  Interest  duplicate  copies of  periodic
               statements  for each  account in which such  Access  Person has a
               Beneficial  Interest.  Attached as Appendix 6 is a form of letter
               that may be used to request such documents from such entities.

               IF AN ACCESS PERSON OPENS AN ACCOUNT AT A BROKER,  DEALER,  BANK,
               OR MUTUAL FUND THAT HAS NOT PREVIOUSLY BEEN DISCLOSED, THE ACCESS
               PERSON  MUST  IMMEDIATELY   NOTIFY  THE  APPROPRIATE   COMPLIANCE
               DEPARTMENT  IN WRITING OF THE  EXISTENCE  OF THE ACCOUNT AND MAKE
               ARRANGEMENTS TO COMPLY WITH THE REQUIREMENTS SET FORTH HEREIN.

               If an  Access  Person  is  not  able  to  arrange  for  duplicate
               confirmations  and  periodic  statements  to be sent,  the Access
               Person  must  immediately   notify  the  Appropriate   Compliance
               Department.

          3.   INDEPENDENT  FUND  DIRECTORS.  Within  ten  (10)  days  of  being
               designated  an  Independent  Fund  Director and  thereafter on an
               annual basis,  an  Independent  Fund  Director  must  acknowledge
               receipt  and review of the Code of Ethics on the  Acknowledgement
               of Receipt of Code of Ethics  (Appendix 5). Each Independent Fund
               Director   must  also  report  to  the   Appropriate   Compliance
               Department  any Securities  Transaction in which the  Independent
               Fund  Director  has or  acquires  a  Beneficial  Interest  if the
               Independent  Fund  Director  knew,  or in the ordinary  course of
               fulfilling  his or her duty as a director  of a Fund  should have
               known,  that during the 15-day  period  immediately  preceding or
               after the date of the transaction such Security (or an Equivalent
               Security)  was or would be purchased or sold by the Fund, or such
               purchase or sale was or would be considered by the Fund.

                                       8
<PAGE>
          4.   DISCLAIMERS.  Any  report  of a  Securities  Transaction  for the
               benefit of a person other than the  individual  in whose  account
               the transaction is placed may contain a statement that the report
               should not be construed as an admission by the person  making the
               report  that he or she  has any  direct  or  indirect  beneficial
               ownership in the Security to which the report relates.

          5.   AVAILABILITY  OF REPORTS.  All information  supplied  pursuant to
               this Code may be made  available  for  inspection to the Board of
               Directors of each Fund Adviser  employing the Access Person,  the
               Board of Directors  of each Legg Mason Fund,  the Chairman of the
               Board and the Vice  Chairman  of Legg  Mason,  Inc.,  the Code of
               Ethics Review  Committee,  the Legal and  Compliance  Department,
               Preclearance Officers, the Access Person's department manager (or
               designee),  any party to which any  investigation  is referred by
               any of the foregoing,  the Securities  Exchange  Commission,  any
               self-regulatory  organization  of which Legg  Mason Wood  Walker,
               Incorporated is a member,  any state securities  commission,  and
               any  attorney  or agent  of the  foregoing  or of the Legg  Mason
               Funds.

III. FIDUCIARY DUTIES

     A.   CONFIDENTIALITY.   Access  Persons  are   prohibited   from  revealing
information relating to the investment  intentions,  activities or portfolios of
the Funds,  except to persons whose  responsibilities  require  knowledge of the
information.

     B.  GIFTS.  The  following  provisions  on gifts  apply  to all  Investment
Personnel.

     1.   ACCEPTING GIFTS. On occasion,  because of their position with the Legg
          Mason  Funds,  Investment  Personnel  may be  offered,  or may receive
          without notice, gifts from clients, brokers, vendors, or other persons
          not affiliated  with such  entities.  Acceptance of  extraordinary  or
          extravagant gifts is not permissible.  Any such gifts must be declined
          or returned in order to protect the  reputation  and  integrity of the
          Legg  Mason  Funds and the Fund  Advisers.  Gifts of a  nominal  value
          (i.e.,  gifts whose reasonable value is no more than $100 a year), and
          customary business meals,  entertainment (e.g.,  sporting events), and
          promotional items (e.g., pens, mugs, T-shirts) may be accepted.

          If an  Investment  Person  receives any gift that might be  prohibited
          under this Code, the  Investment  Person must  immediately  inform the
          Appropriate Compliance Department.

     2.   SOLICITATION OF GIFTS.  Investment  Personnel may not solicit gifts or
          gratuities.

                                       9
<PAGE>
     3.   GIVING GIFTS.  Investment Personnel may not personally give gifts with
          an  aggregate  value in excess of $100 per year to persons  associated
          with securities or financial organizations, including exchanges, other
          member  organizations,  commodity firms, news media, or clients of the
          firm.

     C. CORPORATE OPPORTUNITIES.  Access Persons may not take personal advantage
of any opportunity  properly belonging to any Fund or Fund Adviser. For example,
an Investment  Person should not acquire a Beneficial  Interest in a Security of
limited  availability  without first  offering the  opportunity to purchase such
Security to the Fund Adviser for the relevant Fund.

     D. UNDUE  INFLUENCE.  Access  Persons may not cause or attempt to cause any
Fund to purchase, sell or hold any Security in a manner calculated to create any
personal  benefit to the Access  Person.  If an Access  Person stands to benefit
materially  from an  investment  decision for a Fund,  and the Access  Person is
making or participating in the investment decision,  then the Access Person must
disclose  the  potential  benefit  to  those  persons  with  authority  to  make
investment  decisions  for the Fund (or,  if the Access  Person in question is a
person  with  authority  to  make  investment  decisions  for the  Fund,  to the
Appropriate Compliance Department). The person to whom the Access Person reports
the interest, in consultation with the Appropriate Compliance  Department,  must
determine  whether  or not the Access  Person  will be  restricted  in making or
participating in the investment decision.

     E. SERVICE AS A DIRECTOR.  No  Investment  Person may serve on the board of
directors  of a  publicly-held  company  (other  than the Fund  Advisers,  their
affiliates,  and the Funds)  absent prior written  authorization  by the Code of
Ethics Review  Committee.  This  authorization  will rarely, if ever, be granted
and, if granted,  will normally require that the affected  Investment  Person be
isolated,  through  a  Chinese  Wall or  other  procedures,  from  those  making
investment  decisions related to the issuer on whose board the Investment Person
sits.

IV. COMPLIANCE WITH THE CODE OF ETHICS

     A. CODE OF ETHICS REVIEW COMMITTEE

          1.   MEMBERSHIP,   VOTING  AND  QUORUM.  The  Code  of  Ethics  Review
               Committee is comprised of the individuals  identified in Appendix
               1. The  Committee  shall vote by  majority  vote with two members
               serving as a quorum.  Vacancies may be filled and, in the case of
               extended absences or periods of unavailability, alternates may be
               selected,  by a  majority  vote of the  remaining  members of the
               Committee;  provided,  however,  that at least one  member of the
               Committee  shall  also be a member of the  Legal  and  Compliance
               Department.

                                       10
<PAGE>
          2.   INVESTIGATING  VIOLATIONS OF THE CODE. The Appropriate Compliance
               Department  is  responsible  for   investigating   any  suspected
               violation  of the Code  and  shall  report  the  results  of each
               investigation to the Code of Ethics Review Committee. The Code of
               Ethics Review  Committee is responsible for reviewing the results
               of any  investigation  of any reported or suspected  violation of
               the Code.  Any  violation of the Code by an Access Person will be
               reported to the Boards of Directors  of the  relevant  Legg Mason
               Funds no less frequently than each quarterly meeting.

          3.   ANNUAL REPORTS.  The Code of Ethics Review  Committee will review
               the Code at least  once a year,  in light of legal  and  business
               developments  and experience in  implementing  the Code, and will
               report to the Board of Directors of each Legg Mason Fund:

               a.   Summarizing   existing   procedures    concerning   personal
                    investing and any changes in the procedures  made during the
                    past year;

               b.   Identifying  any violation  requiring  significant  remedial
                    action during the past year; and

               c.   Identifying any recommended changes in existing restrictions
                    or  procedures  based  on its  experience  under  the  Code,
                    evolving industry  practices,  or developments in applicable
                    laws or regulations.

     B. REMEDIES

          1.   SANCTIONS. If the Code of Ethics Review Committee determines that
               an Access  Person has  committed  a  violation  of the Code,  the
               Committee may impose sanctions and take other actions as it deems
               appropriate, including a letter of caution or warning, suspension
               of personal  trading  rights,  suspension of employment  (with or
               without compensation), fine, civil referral to the Securities and
               Exchange  Commission,  criminal referral,  and termination of the
               employment  of the violator for cause.  The Code of Ethics Review
               Committee  may also  require  the Access  Person to  reverse  the
               transaction in question and forfeit any profit or absorb any loss
               associated or derived as a result.  The amount of profit shall be
               calculated  by the Code of Ethics  Review  Committee and shall be
               forwarded  to a charitable  organization  selected by the Code of
               Ethics Review  Committee.  No member of the Code of Ethics Review
               Committee may review his or her own transaction.

                                       11
<PAGE>
          2.   SOLE  AUTHORITY.  The Code of Ethics  Review  Committee  has sole
               authority,  subject to the  review  set forth in  Section  IV.B.3
               below,  to  determine  the remedy for any  violation of the Code,
               including   appropriate   disposition  of  any  monies  forfeited
               pursuant  to this  provision.  Failure  to  promptly  abide  by a
               directive to reverse a trade or forfeit profits may result in the
               imposition of additional sanctions.

          3.   REVIEW.  Whenever the Code of Ethics Review Committee  determines
               that an Access Person has committed a violation of this Code that
               merits  remedial  action,  it will report no less frequently than
               quarterly to the Boards of Directors of the applicable Legg Mason
               Funds,   information   relating  to  the   investigation  of  the
               violation,   including  any  sanctions  imposed.  The  Boards  of
               Directors  of the  relevant  Legg  Mason  Funds may  modify  such
               sanctions as they deem appropriate. Such Boards shall have access
               to all  information  considered  by the  Code  of  Ethics  Review
               Committee  in  relation  to the case.  The Code of Ethics  Review
               Committee may determine whether or not to delay the imposition of
               any  sanctions   pending  review  by  the  applicable   Board  of
               Directors.

     C. EXCEPTIONS TO THE CODE.  Although exceptions to the Code will rarely, if
ever, be granted, the Appropriate  Compliance Department may grant exceptions to
the  requirements  of the  Code  on a case  by  case  basis  if the  Appropriate
Compliance  Department  finds  that the  proposed  conduct  involves  negligible
opportunity  for  abuse.  All such  exceptions  must be in  writing  and must be
reported as soon as  practicable  to the Code of Ethics Review  Committee and to
any relevant Funds' Board of Directors at their next regularly scheduled meeting
after the exception is granted.

     D. INQUIRIES REGARDING THE CODE. The Appropriate Compliance Department will
answer any questions about this Code or any other compliance-related matters.

                                       12
<PAGE>
V. DEFINITIONS

     When used in the Code,  the  following  terms have the  meanings  set forth
below:

     "ACCESS PERSON" means:

     (1)  every director or officer of a Legg Mason Fund or a Fund Adviser;

     (2)  every  employee  of a Fund  Adviser  (or  employee  of a company  in a
          control  relationship  with any of the  foregoing),  who in connection
          with his or her regular functions,  makes, participates in, or obtains
          information regarding the purchase or sale of a Security by a Fund;

     (3)  every natural person in a control  relationship with a Legg Mason Fund
          or a Fund Adviser who obtains information  concerning  recommendations
          made to a Fund with  regard  to the  purchase  or sale of a  Security,
          prior to its  dissemination or prior to the execution of all resulting
          trades;

     (4)  any  director,   officer  or  employee  of  Legg  Mason  Wood  Walker,
          Incorporated  who in the ordinary course of his or her business makes,
          participates in or obtains information  regarding the purchase or sale
          of Securities for any of the Legg Mason Funds,  or whose  functions or
          duties as a part of the ordinary  course of his or her business relate
          to the  making  of  any  recommendation  to  such  investment  company
          concerning the purchase or sale of Securities; and

     (5)  such  other  persons  as the Legal  and  Compliance  Department  shall
          designate.

     Any  uncertainty  as to whether an individual is an Access Person should be
brought to the attention of the Legal and Compliance Department.  Such questions
will be resolved in accordance  with, and this  definition  shall be subject to,
the definition of "Access Person" found in Rule 17j-1(e) (1)  promulgated  under
the Investment Company Act of 1940, as amended.

     "APPROPRIATE  COMPLIANCE  DEPARTMENT"  for an employee means the compliance
department  of that  employee's  immediate  employer.  For dual  employees,  the
compliance  department of one employer  will be  designated  as the  Appropriate
Compliance Department.

     "BATTERYMARCH" means Batterymarch Financial Management, Inc.

                                       13
<PAGE>
     "BENEFICIAL  INTEREST"  means  the  opportunity,  directly  or  indirectly,
through any contract, arrangement, understanding,  relationship or otherwise, to
profit,  or share in any profit  derived  from,  a  transaction  in the  subject
Securities.

     An Access Person is deemed to have a Beneficial Interest in the following:

          (1)  any Security owned individually by the Access Person;

          (2)  any Security  owned jointly by the Access Person with others (for
               example,  joint  accounts,   spousal  accounts,   UTMA  accounts,
               partnerships,  trusts and controlling interests in corporations);
               and

          (3)  any Security in which a member of the Access  Person's  Immediate
               Family has a Beneficial Interest if:

               a.   the  Security  is held in an  account  over which the Access
                    Person has  decision  making  authority  (for  example,  the
                    Access Person acts as trustee, executor, or guardian); or

               b.   the  Security  is held in an  account  for which the  Access
                    Person   acts   as   a   broker   or   investment    adviser
                    representative.

     In addition,  an Access Person is presumed to have a Beneficial Interest in
any  Security in which a member of the Access  Person's  Immediate  Family has a
Beneficial Interest if the Immediate Family member resides in the same household
as the Access Person.  This  presumption may be rebutted if the Access Person is
able to provide the Legal and Compliance Department with satisfactory assurances
that the Access Person has no material  Beneficial  Interest in the Security and
exercises no control over  investment  decisions  made  regarding  the Security.
Access  Persons may use the form  attached as  Appendix 7  (Certification  of No
Beneficial Interest) in connection with such requests.

     Any uncertainty as to whether an Access Person has a Beneficial Interest in
a  Security  should be  brought  to the  attention  of the Legal and  Compliance
Department.  Such  questions  will be  resolved  in  accordance  with,  and this
definition  shall be subject to, the definition of  "beneficial  owner" found in
Rules  16a-1(a) (2) and (5)  promulgated  under the  Securities  Exchange Act of
1934, as amended.

     "BRANDYWINE" means Brandywine Asset Management, Inc.

     "CODE" means this Code of Ethics, as amended.

                                       14
<PAGE>
     "EQUIVALENT  SECURITY"  means any Security issued by the same entity as the
issuer of a subject Security,  including  options,  rights,  stock  appreciation
rights,  warrants,  preferred stock, restricted stock, phantom stock, bonds, and
other  obligations of that company or security  otherwise  convertible into that
security.  Options on  securities  are included even if,  technically,  they are
issued by the Options Clearing Corporation or a similar entity.

     "FUND  ADVISER"  means  any  entity  that  acts as a  manager,  adviser  or
sub-adviser to a Legg Mason Fund, including, but not limited to, Bartlett & Co.,
Batterymarch  Financial  Management,  Inc.,  Brandywine Asset Management,  Inc.,
Gray, Seifert & Co., Inc., Legg Mason Capital Management,  Inc., Legg Mason Fund
Adviser,  Inc.,  LM  Institutional  Advisors,   Inc.,  LMM  LLC,  Lombard  Odier
International  Portfolio  Management Limited,  Western Asset Management Company,
and Western Asset Management Company Limited.

     "GRAY SEIFERT" means Gray, Seifert & Co., Inc.

     "IMMEDIATE FAMILY" of an Access Person means any of the following persons:

      child                      grandparent                son-in-law
      stepchild                  spouse                     daughter-in-law
      grandchild                 sibling                    brother-in-law
      parent                     mother-in-law              sister-in-law
      stepparent                 father-in-law

     Immediate Family includes adoptive  relationships  and other  relationships
(whether  or not  recognized  by law) that the Legal and  Compliance  Department
determines  could lead to the  possible  conflicts of  interest,  diversions  of
corporate opportunity, or appearances of impropriety which this Code is intended
to prevent.

     "INDEPENDENT  FUND DIRECTOR" means an independent  director of a Legg Mason
Fund.

     "INVESTMENT  PERSONNEL" and "INVESTMENT PERSON" mean each Portfolio Manager
and any Access  Person who, in connection  with his or her regular  functions or
duties,  provides  information  and advice to a  Portfolio  Manager or who helps
execute a Portfolio Manager's decisions.

     "LEGAL AND COMPLIANCE DEPARTMENT" means the Legal and Compliance Department
of Legg Mason Wood Walker,  Incorporated and the persons  designated in Appendix
1, as such Appendix  shall be amended from time to time.  See also  "Appropriate
Compliance Department."

     "LEGG MASON FUND" and "FUND" mean an investment  company  registered  under
the  Investment  Company Act of 1940 (or a portfolio or series  thereof,  as the
case may be) that is sponsored by Legg Mason, including, but not limited to, the
funds listed in Appendix 1.

     "LOMBARD  ODIER" means Lombard  Odier  International  Portfolio  Management
Limited.

                                       15
<PAGE>
     "PORTFOLIO  MANAGER" means a person who has or shares principal  day-to-day
responsibility for managing the portfolio of a Fund.

     "PRECLEARANCE  OFFICER"  means  the  person  designated  as a  Preclearance
Officer in Appendix 1 hereof or such person's designee.

     "SECURITIES TRANSACTION" means a purchase or sale of Securities in which an
Access Person has or acquires a Beneficial Interest.

     "SECURITY" includes stock, notes, bonds, debentures, and other evidences of
indebtedness   (including  loan   participations   and   assignments),   limited
partnership interests,  investment contracts,  and all derivative instruments of
the foregoing, such as options and warrants. "Security" does not include futures
or  options  on  futures,  but the  purchase  and sale of such  instruments  are
nevertheless subject to the reporting requirements of the Code.

     "WESTERN ASSET" means Western Asset Management Company.

     "WESTERN ASSET LIMITED" means Western Asset Management Company Limited.

VI. APPENDICES TO THE CODE

     The following appendices are attached to and are a part of the Code:

     Appendix 1. CONTACT PERSONS AND LIST OF LEGG MASON FUNDS;

     Appendix 2. ACKNOWLEDGEMENT  OF RECEIPT  OF CODE OF ETHICS  AND  PERSONAL
                 HOLDINGS REPORT;

     Appendix 3. TRADE AUTHORIZATION REQUEST FOR ACCESS PERSONS;

     Appendix 4. CERTIFICATION OF ACCESS PERSON'S DESIGNEE;

     Appendix 5. ACKNOWLEDGEMENT OF RECEIPT OF CODE OF ETHICS (INDEPENDENT FUND
                 DIRECTORS);

     Appendix 6. FORM LETTER TO BROKER, DEALER, BANK, OR MUTUAL FUND.

     Appendix 7. CERTIFICATION OF NO BENEFICIAL INTEREST.

                                       16

                             JENNISON ASSOCIATES LLC

                                 CODE OF ETHICS,

                            POLICY ON INSIDER TRADING

                                       AND

                             PERSONAL TRADING POLICY




                           AS AMENDED DECEMBER 6, 1999
<PAGE>
                                    SECTION I


                                 CODE OF ETHICS

                                       FOR

                             JENNISON ASSOCIATES LLC

     This Code sets forth rules,  regulations  and  standards of conduct for the
employees of Jennison Associates LLC. It bears the approval of the Corporation's
Board of Directors and applies to Jennison Associates and all subsidiaries.

     The Code incorporates The Prudential  Insurance Company of America's ethics
policies as well as additional  policies  specific to Jennison  Associates  LLC.
Prudential's Code of Ethics, "Making the Right Choices", may be found as Exhibit
Q in Jennison Associates' Compliance Manual.

     The  prescribed  guidelines  assure that the high  ethical  standards  long
maintained  by Jennison  continue  to be applied.  The purpose of the Code is to
preclude  circumstances which may lead to or give the appearance of conflicts of
interest,  insider trading,  or unethical  business conduct.  The rules prohibit
certain  activities  and  personal  financial   interests  as  well  as  require
disclosure  of personal  investments  and  related  business  activities  of all
directors, officers and employees.

     ERISA and the federal  securities  laws define an  investment  advisor as a
fiduciary who owes his clients a duty of undivided loyalty, who shall not engage
in any activity in conflict  with the  interests of the client.  As a fiduciary,
our personal and corporate  ethics must be above reproach.  Actions which expose
any of us or the  organization  to even the appearance of  impropriety  must not
occur.

     The excellent name of our firm  continues to be a direct  reflection of the
conduct of each of us in everything we do.

     Being  fully  aware of and  strictly  adhering to the Code of Ethics is the
responsibility of each Jennison Associates employee.

                                       2
<PAGE>
     CONFIDENTIAL INFORMATION

     Employees may become privy to  confidential  information  (information  not
generally   available  to  the  public)  concerning  the  affairs  and  business
transactions of Jennison, companies researched by us for investment, our present
and  prospective   clients,   suppliers,   officers  and  other  staff  members.
Confidential  information  also  includes  trade  secrets and other  proprietary
information  of the  Corporation  such as  business or product  plans,  systems,
methods,   software,   manuals  and  client  lists.   Safeguarding  confidential
information is essential to the conduct of our business.  Caution and discretion
are  required in the use of such  information  and in sharing it only with those
who have a legitimate need to know.

     A) PERSONAL USE: Confidential information obtained or developed as a result
of  employment  with  the  Corporation  is not to be used or  disclosed  for the
purpose of furthering any private  interest or as a means of making any personal
gain.  Use or disclosure of such  information  could result in civil or criminal
penalties  against the Corporation or the individual  responsible for disclosing
such information.

     Further guidelines pertaining to confidential  information are contained in
the "Policy  Statement on Insider  Trading." (Set forth on page 8 in the section
dedicated specifically to Insider Trading.)

     B) RELEASE OF CLIENT INFORMATION: Information concerning a client which has
been requested by third persons,  organizations or governmental  bodies may only
be  released  with  the  consent  of  the  client  involved.  All  requests  for
information concerning a client (other than routine credit inquiries), including
requests  pursuant to the legal process (such as subpoenas or court orders) must
be promptly  referred to Karen E. Kohler.  No information  may be released,  nor
should the client involved be contacted, until so directed by Karen E. Kohler.

     In order to  preserve  the  rights of our  clients  and to limit the firm's
liability concerning the release of client proprietary information, care must be
taken to:

     * Limit use and  discussion  of  information  obtained on the job to normal
business activities.

     * Request and use only information which is related to our business needs.

     *  Restrict  access to  records  to those  with  proper  authorization  and
legitimate business needs.

     * Include only  pertinent  and  accurate  data in files which are used as a
basis for taking action or making decisions.

                                       3
<PAGE>
                              CONFLICTS OF INTEREST

     You should  avoid  actual or apparent  conflicts of interest - that is, any
personal  interest  outside  the  Company  which  could be placed  ahead of your
obligations  to our clients,  Jennison  Associates or The  Prudential  Insurance
Company  of  America.  Conflicts  may  exist  even  when no wrong  is done.  The
opportunity  to act  improperly  may be  enough to create  the  appearance  of a
conflict.

     We recognize and respect an employee's right of privacy concerning personal
affairs, but we must require a full and timely disclosure of any situation which
could  result in a conflict of interest  or even the  appearance  of a conflict.
Whether or not a conflict  exists will be determined by the Company,  not by the
employee involved.

     To reinforce  our  commitment  to the  avoidance of potential  conflicts of
interest, the following rules have been adopted:

     1) YOU MAY NOT,  without first having secured prior approval from the Board
of Directors,  serve as a director,  officer, employee, partner or trustee - nor
hold any other  position  of  substantial  interest  - in any  outside  business
enterprise.  You do not need prior  approval,  however,  if the following  three
conditions  are met: one, the  enterprise is a family firm owned  principally by
other  members of your family;  two, the family  business is not doing  business
with  Jennison or The  Prudential;  and three,  the services  required  will not
interfere  with  your  duties  or your  independence  of  judgment.  Significant
involvement by employees in outside business activity is generally unacceptable.
In addition to securing prior approval for outside business activities, you will
be required to disclose all relationships with outside enterprises annually.

     * Note - The above deals only with  positions in business  enterprises.  It
does not effect  Jennison's  practice of  permitting  employees to be associated
with   governmental,   educational,   charitable,   religious   or  other  civic
organizations.  These activities may be entered into without prior consent,  but
must still be disclosed on an annual basis.

     2) YOU MAY NOT act on behalf of Jennison in connection with any transaction
in which you have a personal interest.  This rule does not apply to any personal
interest resulting from your participation in any Jennison or Prudential plan in
the nature of incentive  compensation,  or in the case of a plan which  provides
for  direct  participation  in  specific  transactions  by  Jennison's  Board of
Directors.

     3) YOU MAY NOT, without prior approval from the Board of Directors,  have a
substantial  interest in any  outside  business  which,  to your  knowledge,  is
involved currently in a business transaction with Jennison or The Prudential, or
is engaged in  businesses  similar to any  business  engaged in by  Jennison.  A
substantial  interest includes any investment in the outside business  involving
an amount  greater  than 10  percent of your  gross  assets,  or $10,000 if that
amount is larger,  or involving an ownership  interest greater than 2 percent of
the  outstanding  equity  interests.  You do not  need  approval  to  invest  in
open-ended  registered  investment companies such as investments in mutual funds
and similar enterprises which are publicly owned.

                                        4
<PAGE>
     4) YOU MAY NOT, without prior approval of the Board of Directors, engage in
any  transaction  involving  the  purchase  of  products  and/or  services  from
Jennison,  except on the same terms and  conditions  as they are  offered to the
public.  Plans offering services to employees approved by the Board of Directors
are exempt from this rule.

     5.) YOU MAY NOT purchase an equity  interest in any  competitor.  Employees
and their immediate families are also prohibited from investing in securities of
a client or  supplier  with whom the staff  member  regularly  deals even if the
securities are widely traded.

                            OTHER BUSINESS ACTIVITIES

     ISSUES  REGARDING THE  RETENTION OF SUPPLIERS:  The choice of our suppliers
must be based on quality, reliability, price, service, and technical advantages.

     GIFTS:  Jennison employees and their immediate families should not solicit,
accept,  retain or provide any gifts or favors which might  influence  decisions
you or the recipient must make in business  transactions  involving  Jennison or
which others might reasonably  believe could influence those  decisions.  Even a
nominal  gift  should not be accepted  if, to a  reasonable  observer,  it might
appear that the gift would influence your business decisions.

     Modest gifts and favors, which would not be regarded by others as improper,
may be  accepted  or given on an  occasional  basis.  Examples of such gifts are
those  received  as  normal  business  courtesies  (i.e.  meals or golf  games);
non-cash  gifts of nominal  value  (such as  received  at Holiday  time);  gifts
received because of kinship,  marriage or social  relationships  entirely beyond
and apart from an  organization in which  membership or an official  position is
held  as  approved  by the  Corporation.  Entertainment  which  satisfies  these
requirements  and  conforms to generally  accepted  business  practices  also is
permissible.  Please reference the Gifts and  Entertainment  section of Jennison
Associates'  Compliance  Manual for a more  detailed  explanation  of Jennison's
policy towards gifts and entertainment.

     IMPROPER  PAYMENTS  -  KICKBACKS:  In  the  conduct  of  the  Corporation's
business, no bribes,  kickbacks, or similar remuneration or consideration of any
kind are to be given or  offered to any  individual  or  organization  or to any
intermediaries such as agents,  attorneys or other consultants,  for the purpose
of  influencing  such  individual  or  organization  in  obtaining  or retaining
business for, or directing business to, the Corporation.

     BOOKS, RECORDS AND ACCOUNTS: The integrity of the accounting records of the
Corporation  is essential.  All receipts and  expenditures,  including  personal
expense  statements  must be supported by documents that accurately and properly
describe such expenses.  Staff members responsible for approving expenditures or
for keeping  books,  records and  accounts for the  Corporation  are required to
approve  and  record  all  expenditures  and other  entries  based  upon  proper
supporting  documents  so that the  accounting  records of the  Corporation  are
maintained  in  reasonable   detail,   reflecting   accurately  and  fairly  all
transactions  of the  Corporation  including the  disposition  of its assets and

                                       5
<PAGE>
liabilities.   The   falsification  of  any  book,  record  or  account  of  the
Corporation,  the submission of any false personal expense statement,  claim for
reimbursement of a non-business personal expense, or false claim for an employee
benefit plan payment are prohibited.  Disciplinary  action will be taken against
employees who violate these rules, which may result in dismissal.

     LAWS AND  REGULATIONS:  The activities of the Corporation must always be in
full compliance with applicable laws and regulations. It is the Company's policy
to be in  strict  compliance  with  all  laws  and  regulations  applied  to our
business. We recognize, however, that some laws and regulations may be ambiguous
and difficult to  interpret.  Good faith efforts to follow the spirit and intent
of all laws is  expected.  To ensure  compliance,  the  Corporation  intends  to
educate its employees on laws related to Jennison's activities which may include
periodically  issuing  bulletins,  manuals  and  memoranda.  Staff  members  are
expected to read all such materials and be familiar with their content.

     OUTSIDE ACTIVITIES & POLITICAL  AFFILIATIONS:  Jennison Associates does not
contribute  financial or other support to political  parties or  candidates  for
public  office  except  where  lawfully  permitted  and  approved  in advance in
accordance with procedures  adopted by Jennison's Board of Directors.  Employees
may, of course, make political contributions, but only on their own behalf; they
will not be reimbursed by the Company for such contributions.

     Legislation  generally  prohibits the  Corporation  or anyone acting on its
behalf from making an  expenditure or  contribution  of cash or anything else of
monetary value which directly or indirectly is in connection with an election to
political  office;  as, for  example  granting  loans at  preferential  rates or
providing  non-financial  support to a political  candidate or party by donating
office facilities.  Otherwise,  individual  participation in political and civic
activities  conducted outside of normal business hours is encouraged,  including
the making of personal contributions to political candidates or activities.

     Employees  are free to seek  and  hold an  elective  or  appointive  public
office,  provided you do not do so as a representative of the Company.  However,
you must conduct  campaign  activities and perform the duties of the office in a
manner that does not interfere with your responsibilities to the firm.

                                       6
<PAGE>
              COMPLIANCE WITH THE CODE & CONSEQUENCES IF VIOLATION
                               OF THE CODE OCCURS:

     Each year all employees will be required to complete a form certifying that
they have read  this  booklet,  understand  their  responsibilities,  and are in
compliance with the requirements set forth in this statement.

     This process should remind us of the Company's  concern with ethical issues
and its desire to avoid  conflicts  of interest or their  appearance.  It should
also prompt us to examine our personal  circumstances  in light of the Company's
philosophy and policies regarding ethics.

     Certain key employees  will be required to complete a form  verifying  that
they  have  complied  with all  company  procedures  and  filed  disclosures  of
significant personal holdings and corporate affiliations.

     If any staff  member  has  reason to believe  that any  situation  may have
resulted in a violation of any provision of the Code of Ethics,  whether by that
staff  member or by another,  the matter  must be reported  promptly to Karen E.
Kohler.

     Violation  of any  provision  of the Code of Ethics by any staff member may
constitute grounds for disciplinary action, including dismissal.

                                       7
<PAGE>
                                   SECTION II

                                 INSIDER TRADING

     As a result of recent legislative events, particularly the enactment of the
Insider  Trading and Securities  Fraud  Enforcement  Act of 1988, the Securities
Exchange  Acts  and  the  Investment  Advisors  Act of  1940  require  that  all
investment  advisors  establish,  maintain and enforce  policies and supervisory
procedures designed to prevent the misuse of material, non-public information by
such investment advisor, and any associated person.

     This section of the Code sets forth Jennison  Associates'  policy statement
on insider trading.  It explains some of the terms and concepts  associated with
insider trading, as well as the civil and criminal penalties for insider trading
violations.  In addition,  it sets forth the  necessary  procedures  required to
implement Jennison Associates' Insider Trading Policy Statement.

     This policy applies to all Jennison Associates'  employees,  as well as the
employees of all affiliated companies.

                                       8
<PAGE>
                      JENNISON ASSOCIATES' POLICY STATEMENT
                             AGAINST INSIDER TRADING

     When  contemplating a transaction for your personal account,  or an account
in which you may have a direct or indirect personal or family interest,  we must
be certain that such  transaction  is not in conflict  with the interests of our
clients.  Specific rules in this area are difficult,  and in the final analysis,
each of us must make our own  determination  as to whether a  transaction  is in
conflict with client  interests.  Although it is not possible to anticipate  all
potential  conflicts of interest,  we have tried to set a standard that protects
the  firm's  clients,  yet is also  practical  for our  employees.  The  Company
recognizes the desirability of giving its corporate personnel reasonable freedom
with respect to their  investment  activities,  on behalf of  themselves,  their
families,  and in some cases non-client accounts (i.e. charitable or educational
organizations on whose boards of directors corporate personnel serve).  However,
personal  investment  activity may conflict  with the interests of the Company's
clients. In order to avoid such conflicts -- or even the appearance of conflicts
- -- the Company has adopted the following policy:

     Jennison  Associates  LLC forbids any  director,  officer or employee  from
trading,  either  personally  or on behalf of clients or  others,  on  material,
non-public  information or  communicating  material,  non-public  information to
others in violation of the law. Said conduct is deemed to be "insider  trading."
Such  policy  applies to every  director,  officer and  employee  and extends to
activities within and outside their duties at Jennison Associates.

     Every director,  officer,  and employee is required to read and retain this
policy  statement.  Questions  regarding  Jennison  Associates'  Insider Trading
policy and procedures should be referred to Karen E. Kohler or John H. Hobbs.

                   EXPLANATION OF RELEVANT TERMS AND CONCEPTS

     Although  insider trading is illegal,  Congress has not defined  "insider",
"material"  or  "non-public  information".  Instead  the courts  have  developed
definitions  of these terms.  Set forth below are very general  descriptions  of
these terms. However, it is usually not easily determined whether information is
"material" or "non-public" and, therefore, whenever you have any questions as to
whether information is material or non-public,  consult with Karen E. Kohler. Do
not make this decision yourself.

                                       9
<PAGE>
     1) WHO IS AN INSIDER?

     The concept of an "insider" is broad. It includes  officers,  directors and
employees  of a company.  A person  may be a  "temporary  insider"  if he or she
enters into a special  confidential  relationship  in the conduct of a company's
affairs and as a result is given access to information  solely for the company's
purposes.   Examples  of  temporary   insiders  are  the  company's   attorneys,
accountants,  consultants and bank lending officers, as well as the employees of
such organizations.  Jennison Associates and its employees may become "temporary
insiders" of a company in which we invest,  in which we advise,  or for which we
perform any other service.  An outside  individual may be considered an insider,
according to the Supreme Court,  if the company expects the outsider to keep the
disclosed non-public  information  confidential or if the relationship  suggests
such a duty of confidentiality.

     2) WHAT IS MATERIAL INFORMATION?

     Trading  on inside  information  is not a basis for  liability  unless  the
information is material. Material Information is defined, as:

     *  Information,  for  which  there  is a  substantial  likelihood,  that  a
reasonable  investor  would  consider  important in making his or her investment
decisions, or

     * Information  that is reasonably  certain to have a substantial  effect on
the price of a company's securities.

     Information that directors, officers and employees should consider material
includes, but is not limited to: dividend changes,  earnings estimates,  changes
in previously released earnings estimates,  a significant increase or decline in
orders,   significant  new  products  or  discoveries,   significant  merger  or
acquisition proposals or agreements, major litigation, liquidation problems, and
extraordinary management developments.

     In addition,  knowledge about Jennison  Associates' trading information and
patterns may be deemed material.

     3) WHAT IS NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION?

     Information is "non-public"  until it has been effectively  communicated to
the  market  place.  One  must be able to point  to some  fact to show  that the
information is generally available to the public. For example, information found
in a report  filed with the SEC, or appearing  in Dow Jones,  Reuters  Economics
Services,  The Wall Street Journal or other publications of general  circulation
would be considered public.

     4) MISAPPROPRIATION THEORY

     Under the  "misappropriation"  theory liability is established when trading
occurs on material non-public information that is stolen or misappropriated from
any other person.  In U.S. v. Carpenter,  a columnist  defrauded The Wall Street
Journal by  stealing  non-public  information  from the Journal and using it for
trading in the securities markets. Note that the misappropriation  theory can be
used to reach a variety of individuals not previously  thought to be encompassed
under the fiduciary duty theory.

                                       10
<PAGE>
     5) WHO IS A CONTROLLING PERSON?

     "Controlling persons" include not only employers, but any person with power
to influence or control the direction of the management,  policies or activities
of another person. Controlling persons may include not only the Company, but its
directors and officers.

                    PENALTIES FOR INSIDER TRADING VIOLATIONS

     Penalties for trading on or communicating  material non-public  information
are more severe than ever. The individuals involved in such unlawful conduct may
be subject to both civil and criminal  penalties.  A  controlling  person may be
subject to civil or criminal  penalties for failing to  establish,  maintain and
enforce Jennison  Associates' Policy Statement against Insider Trading and/or if
such  failure  permitted  or  substantially  contributed  to an insider  trading
violation.

     Individuals can be subject to some or all of the penalties below even if he
or she does not personally benefit from the violation. Penalties include:

          a. CIVIL INJUNCTIONS

          b. TREBLE DAMAGES

          c. DISGORGEMENT OF PROFITS

          d. JAIL SENTENCES - Under the new laws, the maximum jail sentences for
criminal securities law violations increased from 5 years to 10 years.

          e. CIVIL FINES - Persons who  committed  the  violation  may pay up to
three  times  the  profit  gained or loss  avoided,  whether  or not the  person
actually benefited.

          f. CRIMINAL  FINES - The employer or other  "controlling  persons" may
pay up to $2,500,000.

          g. Violators will be barred from the securities industry.

                                       11
<PAGE>
                                   SECTION III

                       IMPLEMENTATION PROCEDURES & POLICY

     The  following  procedures  have been  established  to assist the officers,
directors  and  employees of Jennison  Associates  in  preventing  and detecting
insider trading as well as to impose sanctions  against insider  trading.  Every
officer,  director and employee  must follow  these  procedures  or risk serious
sanctions,  including  possible  dismissal,  substantial  personal liability and
criminal penalties.  If you have any questions about these procedures you should
consult Karen E. Kohler or John H. Hobbs.

     1) IDENTIFYING INSIDE INFORMATION

     Before trading for yourself or others, including client accounts managed by
Jennison  Associates,  in the  securities  of a company about which you may have
potential inside information, ask yourself the following questions:

          i. IS THE  INFORMATION  MATERIAL?  *Would an  investor  consider  this
information important in making his or her investment  decisions?  ** Would this
information substantially effect the market price of the securities if generally
disclosed?

          ii. IS THE INFORMATION NON-PUBLIC? * To whom has this information been
provided?   **  Has  the  information  been  effectively   communicated  to  the
marketplace by being  published in Reuters,  The Wall Street  Journal,  or other
publications of general circulation?

     If, after  consideration  of the above, you believe that the information is
material and non-public,  or if you have questions as to whether the information
is material and non-public, you should take the following steps:

          i. Report the matter  immediately to Karen E. Kohler or John H. Hobbs.
If neither are  available you should  contact Mr. Louis Begley,  our attorney at
Debevoise and Plimpton ((212)909-6000).

          ii. Do not  repurchase or sell the securities on behalf of yourself or
others, including client accounts managed by Jennison Associates.

          iii. Do not  communicate the  information  inside or outside  Jennison
Associates,  other than to Karen E.  Kohler,  John H. Hobbs,  or Mr.  Begley our
outside counsel.

          iv. After Karen E. Kohler,  John H. Hobbs,  or Mr. Begley has reviewed
the issue, you will be instructed to continue the  prohibitions  against trading
and  communication,  or you  will  be  allowed  to  trade  and  communicate  the
information.

                                       12
<PAGE>
     2) RESTRICTING ACCESS TO MATERIAL NON-PUBLIC INFORMATION

     Information  that  you  identify  as  material  and  non-public  may not be
communicated to anyone, including persons within Jennison Associates LLC, except
as provided above. In addition, care should be taken so that such information is
secure. For example,  files containing material non-public information should be
locked;  access to computer files containing  non-public  information  should be
restricted.

     Jennison employees have no obligation to the clients of Jennison Associates
to trade or  recommend  trading on the basis of  material,  non-public  (inside)
information in their  possession.  Jennison's  fiduciary  responsibility  to its
clients requires that the firm and its employees regard the limitations  imposed
by Federal securities laws.

     3) ALLOCATION OF BROKERAGE

     To supplement its own research and analysis,  to corroborate  data compiled
by its staff, and to consider the views and information of others in arriving at
its investment  decisions,  Jennison Associates,  consistent with its efforts to
secure  best  price  and  execution,   allocates  brokerage  business  to  those
broker-dealers in a position to provide such services.

     It is the firm's policy not to allocate  brokerage in  consideration of the
attempted furnishing of material non-public (inside) information.  Employees, in
recommending  the  allocation  of brokerage to  broker-dealers,  should not give
consideration to the provision of any material non-public (inside)  information.
The  policy of  Jennison  Associates  as set forth in this  statement  should be
brought to the attention of such broker-dealer.

     4) RESOLVING ISSUES CONCERNING INSIDER TRADING

     If doubt remains as to whether information is material or non-public, or if
there is any unresolved  question as to the  applicability or  interpretation of
the foregoing procedures and standards, or as to the propriety of any action, it
must be  discussed  with  Karen E.  Kohler or John H.  Hobbs  before  trading or
communicating the information to anyone.

     This  code  will  be  distributed  to all  Jennison  Associates  personnel.
Periodically  or upon request,  Karen E. Kohler will meet with such personnel to
review this statement of policy,  including any  developments  in the law and to
answer any questions of interpretation or application of this policy.

     From time to time this  statement of policy will be revised in the light of
developments  in the law,  questions  of  interpretation  and  application,  and
practical experience with the procedures contemplated by the statement.

                                       13
<PAGE>
                                   SECTION IV

                   JENNISON ASSOCIATES PERSONAL TRADING POLICY

1. GENERAL POLICY AND PROCEDURES

     The  management  of  Jennison  Associates  is fully  aware of and in no way
wishes  to deter the  security  investments  of its  individual  employees.  The
securities  markets,  whether equity,  fixed income,  international or domestic,
offer individuals alternative methods of enhancing their personal investments.

     Due to the nature of our business and our fiduciary  responsibility  to our
client funds, we must protect the firm and its employees from the  possibilities
of both  conflicts  of interest and illegal  insider  trading in regard to their
personal security transactions.

     We have adopted the following  policies and procedures on employee personal
trading to insure  against  violations of the law. These policies and procedures
are in  addition  to  those  set  forth  in the Code of  Ethics  and the  Policy
Statement Against Insider Trading.

2. RECORDKEEPING REQUIREMENTS

     Jennison Associates, as an investment advisor, is required by Rule 204-2 of
the  under  the  Investment  Advisers  Act of  1940,  to keep  records  of every
transaction  in  securities  in which  any of its  personnel  has any  direct or
indirect beneficial ownership,  except transactions effected in any account over
which  neither the  investment  adviser nor any advisory  representative  of the
investment  adviser  has  any  direct  or  indirect  influence  or  control  and
transactions  in securities  which are direct  obligations of the United States,
mutual funds and high-quality short-term instruments. This includes transactions
for the  personal  accounts of an  employee,  as well as,  transactions  for the
accounts of other members of their immediate family (including the spouse, minor
children, and adults living in the same household with the officer, director, or
employee)  for which they or their spouse have any direct or indirect  influence
or control and trusts of which they are trustees or other accounts in which they
have any direct or indirect  beneficial interest or direct or indirect influence
or  control,  unless the  investment  decisions  for the  account are made by an
independent  investment  manager  in a  fully  discretionary  account.  Jennison
recognizes that some of its employees may, due to their living arrangements,  be
uncertain as to their  obligations  under this Personal  Trading  Policy.  If an
employee  has any  question or doubt as to whether  they have direct or indirect
influence or control over an account, he or she must consult with the Compliance
Department  as to their  status and  obligations  with respect to the account in
question.

     In addition,  Jennison,  as a subadviser to investment companies registered
under the Investment  Company Act of 1940 (e.g.,  mutual funds),  is required by
Rule  17j-1  under the  Investment  Company  Act to review  and keep  records of

                                       14
<PAGE>
personal  investment  activities of "access persons" of these funds,  unless the
access  person  does not have  direct or  indirect  influence  or control of the
accounts.  An  "access  person" is defined  as any  director,  officer,  general
partner or Advisory  Person of a Fund or Fund's  Investment  Adviser.  "Advisory
Person" is defined as any employee of the Fund or investment  adviser (or of any
company in a control  relationship  to the Fund or  investment  adviser) who, in
connection with his or her regular functions or duties, makes,  participates in,
or obtains information  regarding the purchase or sale of investments by a Fund,
or whose functions relate to the making of any  recommendations  with respect to
the purchases or sales.  Therefore,  Jennison's  "access  persons" and "advisory
persons"  include  the  following:   portfolio  managers,  investment  analysts,
traders, officers and directors.

1)   ACCESS PERSONS: PORTFOLIO MANAGERS, INVESTMENT ANALYSTS, TRADERS, AND OTHER
     JENNISON OFFICERS AND DIRECTORS

Access  Persons  are  required  to provide the  Compliance  Department  with the
following:

     A)   INITIAL HOLDINGS REPORTS:

          Within 10 days of  commencement  of  employment,  an initial  holdings
          report   detailing  all  personal   investments   (including   private
          placements,  and index  futures  contracts  and options  thereon,  but
          excluding US Treasury  securities,  mutual fund shares, and short-term
          high  quality  debt  instruments).   The  report  should  contain  the
          following information:

          1.   the  title,  number  of  shares  and  principal  amount  of  each
               investment  in which the Access Person had any direct or indirect
               beneficial ownership;
          2.   The name of any  broker,  dealer  or bank  with  whom the  Access
               Person  maintained an account in which any  securities  were held
               for the direct or indirect benefit of the Access Person; and
          3.   The date that the report is submitted by the Access Person.

     B)   QUARTERLY REPORTS:

          1.   TRANSACTION  REPORTING:Within 10 days after the end of a calendar
               quarter,  with respect to any  transaction  during the quarter in
               investments in which the Access Person had any direct or indirect
               beneficial ownership:

               a.   The date of the  transaction,  the title,  the interest rate
                    and maturity date (if applicable),  the number of shares and
                    the principal amount of each investment involved;
               b.   The nature of the transaction (i.e.,  purchase,  sale or any
                    other type of acquisition or disposition);
               c.   The price of the  investment  at which the  transaction  was
                    effected;
               d.   The name of the broker, dealer or bank with or through which
                    the transaction was effected; and
               e.   The date that the report is submitted by the Access Person.

                                       15
<PAGE>
          2.   PERSONAL  SECURITIES ACCOUNT  REPORTING:Within  10 days after the
               end  of  a  calendar   quarter,   with  respect  to  any  account
               established  by the Access  Person in which any  securities  were
               held during the quarter for the direct or indirect benefit of the
               Access Person:

               a.   The name of the broker,  dealer or bank with whom the Access
                    Person established the account;
               b.   The date the account was established; and
               c.   The date that the report is submitted by the Access Person.

     To  facilitate  compliance  with  this  reporting   requirement,   Jennison
     Associates  requires that a duplicate copy of all trade  confirmations  and
     brokerage   statements  be  supplied   directly  to  Jennison   Associates'
     Compliance   Department  and  to  the  Prudential's   Corporate  Compliance
     Department.  In addition,  the Compliance  Department must also be notified
     immediately upon the creation of any new personal investment accounts.

     C)   ANNUAL HOLDINGS REPORTS

          Annually, the following information (which information must be current
          as of a date no more than 30 days before the report is submitted):

          1.   The  title,  number  of  shares  and  principal  amount  of  each
               investment  in which the Access Person had any direct or indirect
               beneficial ownership;
          2.   The name of any  broker,  dealer  or bank  with  whom the  Access
               Person  maintains an account in which any securities are held for
               the direct or indirect benefit of the Access Person; and
          3.   The date that the report is submitted by the Access Person.

     D)   A  copy  of  all  discretionary   investment   advisory  contracts  or
          agreements   between  the  officer,   director  or  employee  and  his
          investment advisors.

     E)   A copy of Schedule B,  Schedule D, and Schedule E from federal  income
          tax returns on an annual basis.

2)   ALL OTHEREMPLOYEES OF JENNISON ASSOCIATES

     In order to ensure compliance with these  regulations,  all other employees
     of Jennison Associates shall submit to the Compliance Department:

     A.)  Upon commencement of employment and no less than annually  thereafter,
          a report of all  personal  securities  holdings  and a report of every
          personal  brokerage  account in which they have any direct or indirect
          beneficial interest.  The Compliance  Department must also be notified
          immediately upon the creation of any new personal investment accounts.

                                       16
<PAGE>
          The report must disclose the following material:

          *    Name and type of  account - single,  joint,  trust,  partnership,
               etc.
          *    A statement  disclosing the general purpose of the account (e.g.,
               as a trustee of XYZ College, I have agreed in accordance with the
               school's  Board of Directors to invest funds on behalf of XYZ for
               the benefit of its annual scholarship fund).
          *    The  institution,  bank,  or  otherwise,  where  the  account  is
               maintained.

     B.)  A report, including confirmation and quarter-end brokerage statements,
          of every security  transaction in which they, their immediate families
          (including the spouse,  minor children,  and adults living in the same
          household with the officer,  director,  or employee) for which they or
          their spouse have any direct or indirect  influence  or control),  and
          trusts of which they are  trustees or any other  account in which they
          have a beneficial interest and have participated or direct or indirect
          influence or control.

          To facilitate  this aspect of employee  securities  trading,  Jennison
          Associates  requires that a duplicate copy of all trade  confirmations
          and brokerage  statements be supplied directly to Jennison Associates'
          Compliance  Department and to the  Prudential's  Corporate  Compliance
          Department.

     C.)  A  copy  of  all  discretionary   investment   advisory  contracts  or
          agreements   between  the  officer,   director  or  employee  and  his
          investment advisors.

     D.)  A copy of Schedule B,  Schedule D, and Schedule E from federal  income
          tax returns on an annual basis.

3)   NON-EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS

     A.)  Jennison  recognizes  that a director not employed by Jennison  (i.e.,
          directors designated by The Prudential Insurance Company of America to
          sit  on  Jennison's  Board  of  Directors)  is  subject  to his or her
          employer's  own code of  ethics,  a copy of which  and any  amendments
          thereto  shall  have  been made  available  to  Jennison's  Compliance
          Department.  The Compliance Department of the non-employee  director's
          employer  must   represent   quarterly  to  the  Jennison   Compliance
          Department  that  the  non-employee  director  has  complied  with the
          recordkeeping  and other  procedures  of its code of ethics during the
          most recent calendar  quarter.  Such  representation  shall also state
          that  such  policies  and  procedures  shall be  deemed  adequate  for
          compliance with both  Prudential's and Jennison's Codes of Ethics.  If
          there have been any  violations  of the  employer's  code of ethics by
          such non-employee  director, the employer's Compliance Department must
          submit a detailed report of such violations and what remedial  action,
          if any was taken.

                                       17
<PAGE>
     B.)  Non-employee  directors  shall  be  exempt  from  supplying  a copy of
          Schedule B, D, and Schedule E from their federal income tax returns.

     C.)  Additionally,  all  non-employee  directors  shall be exempt  from the
          pre-clearance procedures as described below.

3. PRE-CLEARANCE PROCEDURES

     All directors,  officers,  and employees of Jennison Associates may need to
obtain clearance from the Personal  Investment  Committee prior to effecting any
securities  transaction in which they or their immediate families (including the
spouse,  minor  children,  and  adults  living  in the same  household  with the
officer,  director,  or employee) for which they or their spouse have any direct
or indirect  influence  or control,  have a  beneficial  interest on behalf of a
trust of which they are trustee,  or for any other  account in which they have a
beneficial interest or direct or indirect influence or control. Determination as
to whether or not a particular  transaction requires pre-approval should be made
by consulting the  "Compliance  and Reporting of Personal  Transactions  Matrix"
found on Exhibit A.

     Please  note,  voluntary  tender  offers  are  a  recent  addition  to  the
"Compliance  and  Reporting of Personal  Transactions"  matrix.  They are both a
reportable transaction and one that requires pre-approval. Approval of tendering
shares into a tender offer shall be  determined on a  case-by-case  basis by the
Personal Investment Committee.

     The  Personal  Investment  Committee  will make its  decision of whether to
clear a proposed  trade on the basis of the personal  trading  restrictions  set
forth -below.  A member of the Compliance  Department  shall promptly notify the
officer,  director,  or employee  of  approval or denial to trade the  requested
security.  Notification  of approval or denial to trade may be verbally given as
soon as possible;  however,  it shall be confirmed in writing within 24 hours of
the verbal  notification.  Please note that the  approval  granted will be valid
ONLY for that day in which the approval has been  obtained;  provided,  however,
that approved  orders for securities  traded in certain  foreign  markets may be
executed  within  2  business  days  from  the date  pre-clearance  is  granted,
depending on the time at which  approval is granted and the hours of the markets
on which the  security is traded are open.  In other  words,  if a trade was not
effected on the day for which  approval was  originally  sought,  a new approval
form must be re-submitted on each subsequent day in which trading may occur. Or,
if the  security  for which  approval  has been  granted  is  traded on  foreign
markets,  approval  is valid  for an  additional  day  (i.e.,  the day for which
approval  was  granted  and the day  following  the day for which  approval  was
granted).

     Only transactions  where the investment  decisions for the account are made
by an independent  investment manager in a fully  discretionary  account will be
exempt  from the  pre-clearance  procedures.  Copies  of the  agreement  of such
discretionary  accounts, as well as transaction statements or another comparable
portfolio  report,  must be  submitted  on a quarterly  basis to the  Compliance
Department for review and record retention.

                                       18
<PAGE>
     WRITTEN  NOTICE OF YOUR INTENDED  SECURITIES  ACTIVITIES  MUST BE FILED FOR
APPROVAL  PRIOR TO  EFFECTING  ANY  TRANSACTION  FOR  WHICH  PRIOR  APPROVAL  IS
REQUIRED.  The name of the  security,  the date,  the nature of the  transaction
(purchase or sale),  the price,  the name and relationship to you of the account
holder  (self,  son,  daughter,  spouse,  father,  etc.),  and  the  name of the
broker-dealer  or bank  involved in the  transaction  must be  disclosed in such
written  notice.  Such written  notice should be submitted on the  Pre-Clearance
Transaction Request Forms  (Equity/Fixed  Income) which can be obtained from the
Compliance  Department.  If proper procedures are not complied with, action will
be taken  against the  employee.  All  violations  shall go before the  Personal
Investment Committee and Jennison's Compliance  Committee.  The violators may be
asked to reverse the transaction  and/or transfer the security or profits gained
over to the accounts of Jennison Associates. In addition, penalties for personal
trading violations shall be determined in accordance with the penalties schedule
set forth in Section 5, "Penalties for Violating Jennison  Associates'  Personal
Trading Policies." Each situation and its relevance will be given due weight. If
non-compliance with the pre-clearance  procedure becomes repetitive,  dismissal,
by the Board of Directors, of the employee can result.

4. PERSONAL TRADING POLICY

     The following rules,  regulations and  restrictions  have been set forth by
the Board of Directors and apply to the personal  security  transactions  of all
employees.  These rules will govern whether clearance for a proposed transaction
will be  granted.  These  rules  also apply to the sale of  securities  once the
purchase of a security has been pre-approved and completed.

     No director,  officer or employee of the Company may effect for himself, an
immediate family member (including the spouse, minor children, and adults living
in the same household with the officer, director, or employee) for which they or
their spouse have any direct or indirect  influence or control,  or any trust of
which they are  trustee,  or any other  account in which they have a  beneficial
interest  or direct or  indirect  influence  or  control  any  transaction  in a
security,  or recommend any such transaction in a security, of which, to his/her
knowledge,  the Company has effected  the same for any of its  clients,  if such
transaction  would in any way conflict with, or be detrimental to, the interests
of such client,  or if such  transaction  was effected  with prior  knowledge of
material, non-public information.

     Except in particular cases in which the Personal  Investment  Committee has
determined  in advance that  proposed  transactions  would not conflict with the
foregoing  policy,  the  following  rules  shall  govern all  transactions  (and
recommendations)  by all corporate  personnel for their own accounts,  for their
immediate family's accounts (including  accounts of the spouse,  minor children,
and adults living in the same household with the officer, director, or employee)
for which they or their spouse have any direct or indirect influence or control,
and any trust of which they are trustee, or any other account in which they have
a beneficial interest or direct or indirect influence or control. The provisions
of  the  following  paragraphs  do  not  necessarily  imply  that  the  Personal
Investment  Committee will conclude that the transactions or  recommendations to

                                       19
<PAGE>
which they  relate are in  violation  of the  foregoing  policy,  but rather are
designed  to  indicate  the  transactions  for which  PRIOR  APPROVAL  should be
obtained to ensure that no conflict occurs.

     A.   PERSONAL TRADING BY ALL EMPLOYEE DIRECTORS, OFFICERS, AND EMPLOYEES

          (1.) Neither any security  recommended,  or proposed to be recommended
               to any  client  for  purchase,  nor  any  security  purchased  or
               proposed to be  purchased  for any client may be purchased by any
               corporate  personnel if such purchase  will  interfere in any way
               with the orderly purchase of such security by any client.

          (2.) Neither any security  recommended,  or proposed to be recommended
               to any client for sale,  nor any security sold, or proposed to be
               sold,  for any client may be sold by any  corporate  personnel if
               such sale will interfere in any way with the orderly sale of such
               security by any client.

          (3.) No security may be sold after being recommended to any client for
               purchase or after being purchased for any client, and no security
               may be purchased  after being  recommended to any client for sale
               or after  being sold for any  client,  if the sale or purchase is
               effected with a view to making a profit on the anticipated market
               action  of  the  security  resulting  from  such  recommendation,
               purchase or sale.

          (4.) In order to prevent  even the  appearance  of a violation of this
               rule or a conflict of interest with a client account , you should
               refrain from  trading in the SEVEN (7)  CALENDAR  DAYS BEFORE AND
               AFTER Jennison trades in that security.

          If an employee trades during a blackout  period,  disgorgement  may be
          required.  For example,  if an Employee's  trade is  pre-approved  and
          executed and subsequently,  within seven days of the transaction,  the
          Firm trades on behalf of  Jennison's  clients,  the Jennison  Personal
          Investment  Committee shall review the personal trade in light of firm
          trading activity and determine on a case by case basis the appropriate
          action.  If the Personal  Investment  Committee finds that a client is
          disadvantaged  by the  personal  trade,  the trader may be required to
          reverse the trade and disgorge to the firm any  difference  due to any
          incremental price advantage over the client's transaction.

     B.   SHORT-TERM TRADING PROFITS

               All directors (both employees and non-employees),  officers,  and
          employees of Jennison  Associates  are  prohibited  from  profiting in
          their  own  accounts  and the  accounts  of their  immediate  families
          (including the spouse,  minor children,  and adults living in the same
          household with the officer,  director,  or employee) for which they or
          their  spouse have any direct or indirect  influence or control or any
          trust of which they are a trustee,  or for any other  account in which
          they have a  beneficial  interest or direct or indirect  influence  or
          control from the  purchase  and sale,  or the sale and purchase of the

                                       20
<PAGE>
          same or  equivalent  securities  within 60 calendar days . Any profits
          realized  from the  purchase  and sale or the sale and purchase of the
          same (or equivalent)  securities within the 60 day restriction  period
          shall be disgorged to the firm, net of taxes.

               "Profits   realized"   shall  be   calculated   consistent   with
          interpretations  under section 16(b) of the Securities Exchange Act of
          1934,  as  amended,  and the  regulations  thereunder,  which  require
          matching  any  purchase  and sale that occur with in a 60 calendar day
          period across all accounts over which a Jennison director,  officer or
          employee  has a direct  or  indirect  beneficial  interest  (including
          accounts that hold securities held by members of a person's  immediate
          family sharing the same household) over which the person has direct or
          indirect  control  or  influence  without  regard  to the order of the
          purchase or the sale during the period.  As such,  a person who sold a
          security and then repurchased the same (or equivalent)  security would
          need to disgorge a profit if matching  the purchase and the sale would
          result in a profit.  Conversely,  if matching  the  purchase  and sale
          would result in a loss, profits would not be disgorged.

               The prohibition on short-term  trading profits shall not apply to
          trading of index  options and index  futures  contracts and options on
          index  futures  contracts  on  broad  based  indices.   However,  such
          transactions remain subject to the pre-clearance  procedures and other
          applicable  procedures.  A list of broad-based  indices is provided on
          Exhibit B.

     C.   No purchase of a security by any of the corporate  personnel  shall be
          made if the purchase  would  deprive any of  Jennison's  clients of an
          investment  opportunity,  after  taking into  account (in  determining
          whether such purchase would constitute an investment  opportunity) the
          client's  investments  and  investment   objectives  and  whether  the
          opportunity  is being offered to corporate  personnel by virtue of his
          or her position at Jennison.

     D.   None of the  corporate  personnel  may  purchase  NEW ISSUES OF EITHER
          COMMON STOCK or CONVERTIBLE  SECURITIES except in accordance with item
          E below.  This  prohibition  does not apply to new issues of shares of
          open-end  investment  companies.  All corporate  personnel  shall also
          obtain prior written approval of the Personal Investment  Committee in
          the  form of a  completed  "Request  to Buy or Sell  Securities"  form
          before  effecting any purchase of securities on a `PRIVATE  PLACEMENT'
          basis.  Such  approval will take into  account,  among other  factors,
          whether the investment  opportunity  should be reserved for Jennison's
          clients and  whether the  opportunity  is being  offered to  corporate
          personnel by virtue of his or her position at Jennison.

     E.   Subject  to the  pre-clearance  and  reporting  procedures,  corporate
          personnel may purchase  securities  on the date of issuance,  provided
          that such  securities  are  acquired  in the  secondary  market.  Upon
          requesting  approval of such transactions,  employees must acknowledge
          that he or she is aware  that such  request  for  approval  may not be
          submitted  until AFTER the  security has been issued to the public and
          is  trading  at  prevailing  market  prices in the  secondary  market.

                                       21
<PAGE>
          Requests for approval of such  transactions  must be  accompanied by a
          copy of the final  prospectus.  Additionally,  trade  confirmations of
          executions  of such  transaction  must be received  by the  Compliance
          Department  NO LATER THAN THE CLOSE OF BUSINESS  ON THE DAY  FOLLOWING
          EXECUTION OF SUCH TRADE.  If such trade  confirmation is not received,
          the employee may be requested to reverse (subject to pre-approval) the
          trade,  and any profits or losses  avoided  must be  disgorged  to the
          firm.

     F.   Subject  to  the  preclearance  and  reporting  procedures,  corporate
          personnel may effect  purchases  upon the exercise of rights issued by
          an issuer PRO RATA to all holders of a class of its securities, to the
          extent that such rights were acquired  from such issuer,  and sales of
          such rights so acquired.  In the event that  approval to exercise such
          rights is denied,  subject to preclearance  and reporting  procedures,
          corporate  personnel may obtain  permission to sell such rights on the
          last day that such rights may be traded.

     G.   Any  transactions  in  index  futures  contracts  and  index  options,
          including  those effected on a broad-based  index,  are subject to the
          preclearance and reporting requirements.

     H.   No director, officer, or employee of Jennison Associates may profit in
          their personal  securities accounts or the accounts of their immediate
          families (including the spouse,  minor children,  and adults living in
          the same household with the officer,  director, or employee) for which
          they or their spouse have any direct or indirect  influence or control
          or any trust of which they are a trustee,  or for any other account in
          which they have a beneficial  interest or direct or indirect influence
          or control by short  selling or  purchasing  put options on securities
          that  represent  a position in any  portfolios  managed by Jennison on
          behalf of its clients.  Any profits  realized  from such  transactions
          shall be disgorged to the Firm, net of taxes. Put options, short sales
          and short sales against the box are subject to the preclearance rules.

     I.   No  employee,   director,   or  officer  of  Jennison  Associates  may
          participate in investment clubs.

     J.   While  participation  in employee  stock  purchase  plans and employee
          stock  option plans need not be  pre-approved,  copies of the terms of
          the plans should be provided to the  Compliance  Department as soon as
          possible  so that the  application  of the various  provisions  of the
          Personal  Trading  Policy  may  be  determined  (E.G.,   pre-approval,
          reporting,  short-term trading profits ban).  Corporate personnel must
          obtain pre-approval for any discretionary disposition of securities or
          discretionary  exercise of options acquired  pursuant to participation
          in  an  employee   stock  purchase  or  employee  stock  option  plan.
          Nondiscretionary  dispositions  of  securities  or  exercise  are  not
          subject to  pre-approval.  Additionally,  corporate  personnel  should
          report holdings of such securities and options on an annual basis.

                                       22
<PAGE>
     K.   Subject to  pre-clearance,  long-term  investing  through direct stock
          purchase  plans is  permitted.  The  terms of the  plan,  the  initial
          investment, and any purchases through automatic debit must be provided
          to and approved by the Personal Investment  Committee.  Any changes to
          the  original  terms of approval,  E.G.,  increasing,  decreasing,  or
          termination  of  participation  in the  plan,  as well as any sales or
          discretionary purchase of securities in the plan must be submitted for
          pre-clearance. Provided that the automatic monthly purchases have been
          approved by the Personal Investment Committee,  each automatic monthly
          purchase need not be submitted for  pre-approval.  "Profits  realized"
          for purposes of applying the ban on short-term trading profits will be
          determined  by matching  the proposed  discretionary  purchase or sale
          transaction against the most recent discretionary purchase or sale, as
          applicable,  not the  most  recent  automatic  purchase  or  sale  (if
          applicable). Additionally, holdings should be disclosed quarterly.

EXCEPTIONS TO THE PERSONAL TRADING POLICY

     Notwithstanding   the   foregoing   restrictions,   exceptions  to  certain
provisions  (e.g.,  blackout period,  pre-clearance  procedures,  and short-term
trading profits) of the Personal Trading Policy may be granted on a case by case
basis when no abuse is  involved  and the  equities  of the  situation  strongly
support an exception to the rule.

     Investments  in the  following  instruments  are not bound to the rules and
restrictions  as set forth  above and may be made  without  the  approval of the
Investment  Compliance   Committee:   governments,   agencies,   money  markets,
repurchase  orders,   reverse   repurchase  orders  and  open-ended   registered
investment companies.

     All  employees,  on a quarterly  basis,  must sign a  statement  that they,
during said period,  have been in full  compliance with all personal and insider
trading rules and  regulations  set forth within  Jennison  Associates'  Code of
Ethics, Policy Statement on Insider Trading and Personal Trading Policy.

                                       23
<PAGE>
5.   PENALTIES FOR VIOLATIONS OF JENNISON ASSOCIATES' PERSONAL TRADING POLICIES

     Violations of Jennison's  Personal Trading Policy and Procedures,  while in
most  cases may be  inadvertent,  must not  occur.  It is  important  that every
employee abide by the policies established by the Board of Directors.  Penalties
will be  assessed in  accordance  with the  schedules  set forth  below.  THESE,
HOWEVER,  ARE MINIMUM  PENALTIES.  THE FIRM RESERVES THE RIGHT TO TAKE ANY OTHER
APPROPRIATE ACTION, INCLUDING TERMINATION.

     All  violations  and  penalties  imposed  will be  reported  to  Jennison's
Compliance  Committee on a monthly basis. In addition,  the Compliance Committee
will provide the Board of Directors with an annual report which at minimum:

          (1)  summarizes existing procedures  concerning personal investing and
               any changes in procedures made during the preceding year;

          (2)  identifies any violations  requiring  significant remedial action
               during the preceding year; and

          (3)  identifies any  recommended  changes in existing  restrictions or
               procedures  based upon Jennison's  experience  under its policies
               and procedures,  evolving industry practices,  or developments in
               applicable laws and regulations.

TYPE OF VIOLATION

A.   PENALTIES FOR FAILURE TO SECURE PRE-APPROVAL

     The  minimum  penalties  for  failure  to  pre-clear  personal   securities
transactions  include POSSIBLE REVERSAL OF THE TRADE,  POSSIBLE  DISGORGEMENT OF
PROFITS,  AS WELL AS THE IMPOSITION OF ADDITIONAL  CASH  PENALTIES.  Please note
that  subsections  2 and 3 have been applied  retroactively  from its  effective
date.

     1.   FAILURE TO PRE-CLEAR PURCHASE

          Depending on the circumstances of the violation, the individual may be
          asked to reverse the trade (i.e.,  the securities  must be sold).  Any
          profits realized from the subsequent sale, net of taxes must be turned
          over to the firm. PLEASE NOTE: The sale or reversal of such trade must
          be submitted for pre-approval.

     2.   FAILURE TO PRE-CLEAR SALES THAT RESULT IN LONG-TERM CAPITAL GAINS

          Depending on the circumstances of the violation,  the firm may require
          that profits  realized from the sale of securities that are defined as
          "long-term capital gains" by Internal Revenue Code (the "IRC") section
          1222 and the rules  thereunder,  as amended,  to be turned over to the
          firm, subject to the following maximum amounts:

                                       24
<PAGE>

                  JALLC POSITION                     DISGORGEMENT PENALTY
                  --------------                     --------------------
          Senior Vice Presidents and above      Realized long-term capital gain,
                                                net of taxes, up to $10,000.00

          Vice Presidents and Assistant         Realized long-term capital gain,
          Vice Presidents                       net of taxes, up to $5,000.00

          All other JALLC Personnel             25% of the realized long-term
                                                gain, irrespective of taxes,
                                                up to $3,000.00

     3.   FAILURE TO PRE-CLEAR SALES THAT RESULT IN SHORT-TERM CAPITAL GAINS

          Depending  on the nature of the  violation,  the firm may require that
          all  profits  realized  from  sales that  result in  profits  that are
          defined as  "short-term  capital  gains" by IRC  section  1222 and the
          rules thereunder,  as amended.  Please note, however, any profits that
          result  from  violating  the ban on  short-term  trading  profits  are
          addressed  in section 5.C.  "Penalties  for  Violation  of  Short-Term
          Trading Profit Rule."

     4.   ADDITIONAL CASH PENALTIES

                  VP'S AND ABOVE                   OTHER JALLC PERSONNEL
                  --------------                   ---------------------
FIRST OFFENSE     None/Warning                     None/Warning
SECOND OFFENSE    $1000                            $200
THIRD OFFENSE     $2000                            $300
FOURTH OFFENSE    $3000                            $400
FIFTH OFFENSE     $4000 & Automatic Notification   $500 & Automatic Notification
                  of the Board of Directors        of the Board of Directors

NOTWITHSTANDING  THE FOREGOING,  JENNISON RESERVES THE RIGHT TO NOTIFY THE BOARD
OF DIRECTORS FOR ANY VIOLATION.

Penalties  shall be assessed over a rolling three year period.  For example,  if
over a three year period (year 1 through year 3), a person had four  violations,
two in year 1, and one in each of the  following  years,  the last  violation in
year 3 would be considered a fourth offense.  However, if in the subsequent year
(year 4), the person only had one violation of the policy,  this violation would
be penalized at the third offense level because over the  subsequent  three year
period (from year 2 through year 4), there were only three violations.  Thus, if
a person had no violations over a three year period, a subsequent  offense would
be considered a first offense, notwithstanding the fact that the person may have
violated the policy prior to the three year period.

B.   FAILURE TO COMPLY WITH RECORDKEEPING REQUIREMENTS

Such violations occur if Jennison does not receive a broker  confirmation within
ten (10) business  days  following the end of the quarter in which a transaction
occurs or if JACC does not routinely receive brokerage  statements.  Evidence of
written notices to brokers of Jennison's requirement and assistance in resolving
problems will be taken into consideration in determining the  appropriateness of
penalties.

                                       25
<PAGE>
                  VP'S AND ABOVE                   OTHER JALLC PERSONNEL
                  --------------                   ---------------------
FIRST OFFENSE     None/Warning                     None/Warning
SECOND OFFENSE    $200                             $50
THIRD OFFENSE     $500                             $100
FOURTH OFFENSE    $600                             $200
                  $700 & Automatic Notification    $300 & Automatic Notification
FIFTH OFFENSE     of the Board                     of the Board

NOTWITHSTANDING  THE FOREGOING,  JENNISON RESERVES THE RIGHT TO NOTIFY THE BOARD
OF DIRECTORS FOR ANY VIOLATION.

C.   PENALTY FOR VIOLATION OF SHORT-TERM TRADING PROFIT RULE

          Any  profits  realized  from  the  purchase  and  sale or the sale and
     purchase of the same (or  equivalent)  securities  within 60 calendar  days
     shall be disgorged to the firm, net of taxes.  "Profits  realized" shall be
     calculated  consistent  with  interpretations  under  section  16(b) of the
     Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, as amended,  which requires  matching any
     purchase  and sale that occur  with in a 60  calendar  day  period  without
     regard to the order of the purchase or the sale during the period. As such,
     a person who sold a security and then  repurchased the same (or equivalent)
     security  would need to disgorge a profit if matching  the purchase and the
     sale would  result in a profit.  Conversely,  if matching  the purchase and
     sale would result in a loss, profits would not be disgorged.

D.   OTHER  POLICY  INFRINGEMENTS  WILL BE DEALT  WITH ON A CASE BY CASE  BASIS.
     PENALTIES WILL BE COMMENSURATE WITH THE SEVERITY OF THE VIOLATION.

     Serious violations would include:

          A.   Failure to abide by the determination of the Personal Committee.

          B.   Failure to submit  pre-approval  for securities in which Jennison
               actively trades.

E.   DISGORGED PROFITS

     Profits disgorged to the firm shall be donated to a charitable organization
     selected by the firm in the name of the firm.  Such funds may be donated to
     such organization at such time as the firm determines.

                                       26
<PAGE>
                                    EXHIBIT A

            COMPLIANCE AND REPORTING OF PERSONAL TRANSACTIONS MATRIX

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                     If
                                                                                                 reportable,
                                                                         Required                  minimum
Investment                                                             Pre-Approval  Reportable   reporting
Category/Method           Sub-Category                                    (Y/N)        (Y/N)      frequency
===========================================================================================================
<S>                       <C>                                          <C>           <C>         <C>
BONDS                     Treasury Bills, Notes, Bonds                      N            N           N/A
                          Agency                                            N            Y        Quarterly
                          Corporates                                        Y            Y        Quarterly
                          MBS                                               N            Y        Quarterly
                          ABS                                               N            Y        Quarterly
                          CMO's                                             Y            Y        Quarterly
                          Municipals                                        N            Y        Quarterly
                          Convertibles                                      Y            Y        Quarterly

STOCKS                    Common                                            Y            Y        Quarterly
                          Preferred                                         Y            Y        Quarterly
                          Rights                                            Y            Y        Quarterly
                          Warrants                                          Y            Y        Quarterly
                          Automatic Dividend Reinvestments                  N            N           N/A
                          Optional Dividend Reinvestments                   Y            Y        Quarterly
                          Direct Stock Purchase Plans with automatic
                          investments                                       Y            Y        Quarterly
                          Employee Stock Purchase/Option Plan               Y*           Y            *

OPEN-END MUTUAL FUNDS     Affiliated Investments:                           N            N           N/A
                          Non-Affiliated Funds                              N            N           N/A

CLOSED END FUNDS & UNIT
INVESTMENT TRUSTS         All Affiliated & Non-Affiliated Funds             N            Y        Quarterly
                              US Funds (including SPDRs, NASDAQ 100
                              Index Tracking Shares)                        N            Y        Quarterly
                              Foreign Funds                                 N            Y        Quarterly

DERIVATIVES               Any exchange traded, NASDAQ, or OTC option
                              or futures contract, including, but
                              not limited to:
                              Financial Futures                            **            Y        Quarterly
                              Commodity Futures                             N            Y        Quarterly
                              Options on Futures                           **            Y        Quarterly
                              Options on Securities                        **            Y        Quarterly
                              Non-Broad Based Index Options                 Y            Y        Quarterly
                              Non Broad Based Index Futures
                              Contracts and Options on Non-Broad
                              Based Index Futures Contracts                 Y            Y        Quarterly
                              Broad Based Index Options                     N            Y        Quarterly
                              Broad Based Index Futures Contracts
                              and Options on Broad Based Index
                              Futures Contracts                             N            Y        Quarterly

LIMITED PARTNERSHIPS,
PRIVATE PLACEMENTS, &
PRIVATE INVESTMENTS                                                         Y            Y        Quarterly

VOLUNTARY TENDER OFFERS                                                     Y            Y        Quarterly
</TABLE>

*    Pre-approval  of sales of  securities  or  exercises  of  options  acquired
     through  employee  stock  purchase  or  employee  stock  option  plans  are
     required.  Holdings  are  required  to be reported  annually;  transactions
     subject to pre-approval are required to be reported quarterly. Pre-approval
     is not required to participate in such plans.
**   Pre-approval of a personal derivative securities transaction is required if
     the underlying security requires pre-approval.

                                       27
<PAGE>
                                    EXHIBIT B

                               BROAD-BASED INDICES

Nikkei 300 Index CI/Euro
S&P 100 Close/Amer Index
S&P 100 Close/Amer Index
S&P 100 Close/Amer Index
S&P 500 Index
S&P 500 Open/Euro Index
S&P 500 Open/Euro Index
S&P 500 (Wrap)
S&P 500 Open/Euro Index
Russell 2000 Open/Euro Index
Russell 2000 Open/Euro Index
S&P Midcap 400 Open/Euro Index
NASDAQ- 100 Open/Euro Index
NASDAQ- 100 Open/Euro Index
NASDAQ- 100 Open/Euro Index
NASDAQ- 100 Open/Euro Index
NASDAQ- 100 Open/Euro Index
S&P Small Cap 600
U.S. Top 100 Sector
S&P 500 Long-Term Close
Russell 2000 L-T Open./Euro
Russell 2000 Long-Term Index

                                       28

                                 CODE OF ETHICS


                              FOR ACCESS PERSONS OF
                       THE STRONG FAMILY OF MUTUAL FUNDS,
                        STRONG CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, INC.,
                            STRONG INVESTMENTS, INC.,
                           AND FLINT PRAIRIE, L. L. C.


                        [STRONG CAPITAL MANAGEMENT LOGO]
                         STRONG CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, INC.
                                October 22, 1999
<PAGE>
                                 CODE OF ETHICS

                              For Access Persons of
                       The Strong Family of Mutual Funds,
                        Strong Capital Management, Inc.,
                            Strong Investments, Inc.,
                           and Flint Prairie, L. L. C.
                             Dated October 22, 1999

                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

I.   INTRODUCTION..............................................................1
     A.  Fiduciary Duty........................................................1
         1.  Place the interests of Advisory Clients first.....................1
         2.  Avoid taking inappropriate advantage of their position............1
         3.  Conduct all Personal Securities Transactions in full compliance
             with this Code including both the preclearance and reporting
             requirements......................................................1
     B.  Appendices to the Code................................................1
         1.  Definitions.......................................................2
         2.  Contact Persons...................................................2
         3.  Disclosure of Personal Holdings in Securities.....................2
         4.  Acknowledgment of Receipt of Code of Ethics and Limited
             Power of Attorney.................................................2
         5.  Preclearance Request for Access Persons...........................2
         6.  Annual Code of Ethics Questionnaire...............................2
         7.  List of Broad-Based Indices.......................................2
         8.  Gift Policy  2
         9.  Insider Trading Policy............................................2
         10. Electronic Trading Authorization Form.............................2
         11. Social Security Number/Tax Identification Form....................2
     C.  Application of the Code to Independent Fund Directors.................2
     D.  Application of the Code to Funds Subadvised by SCM....................2

II.  PERSONAL SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS..........................................2
     A.  Annual Disclosure of Personal Holdings by Access Persons..............2
     B.  Preclearance Requirements for Access Persons..........................3
         1.  General Requirement...............................................3
         2.  Transactions Exempt from Preclearance Requirements................3
             a.  Mutual Funds..................................................3
             b.  No Knowledge..................................................3
             c.  Certain Corporate Actions.....................................3
             d.  Rights........................................................3
             e.  Application to Commodities, Futures, Options on Futures
                 and Options on Broad-Based Indices............................3
             f.  Miscellaneous.................................................4

                                        i
<PAGE>
                          TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONTINUED)

     C.  Preclearance Requests.................................................4
         1.  Trade Authorization Request Forms.................................4
         2.  Review of Form....................................................4
         3.  Access Person Designees...........................................4
     D.  Prohibited Transactions...............................................5
         1.  Prohibited Securities Transactions................................5
             a.  Initial Public Offerings......................................5
             b.  Pending Buy or Sell Orders....................................5
             c.  Seven Day Blackout............................................5
             d.  Intention to Buy or Sell for Advisory Client..................6
             e.  60-Day Blackout...............................................6
         2.  Always Prohibited Securities Transactions.........................6
             a.  Inside Information............................................6
             b.  Market Manipulation...........................................6
             c.  Large Positions in Registered Investment Companies............6
             d.  Others........................................................6
         3.  Private Placements................................................6
         4.  No Explanation Required for Refusals..............................7
     E.  Execution of Personal Securities Transactions.........................7
     F.  Length of Trade Authorization Approval................................7
     G.  Trade Reporting Requirements..........................................7
         1.  Reporting Requirement.............................................7
         2.  Disclaimers.......................................................8
         3.  Quarterly Review..................................................8
         4.  Availability of Reports...........................................8

III. FIDUCIARY DUTIES..........................................................9
     A.  Confidentiality.......................................................9
     B.  Gifts.................................................................9
         1.  Accepting Gifts...................................................9
         2.  Solicitation of Gifts.............................................9
         3.  Giving Gifts......................................................9
     C.  Payments to Advisory Clients..........................................9
     D.  Corporate Opportunities...............................................9
     E.  Undue Influence......................................................10
     F.  Service as a Director................................................10
     G.  Involvement in Criminal Matters or Investment-Related Civil
         Proceedings..........................................................10

                                       ii
<PAGE>
                          TABLE OF CONTENTS (CONTINUED)

IV.  COMPLIANCE WITH THIS CODE OF ETHICS......................................10
     A.  Code of Ethics Review Committee......................................10
         1.  Membership, Voting, and Quorum...................................10
         2.  Investigating Violations of the Code.............................10
         3.  Annual Reports...................................................11
     B.  Remedies.............................................................11
         1.  Sanctions........................................................11
         2.  Sole Authority...................................................11
         3.  Review...........................................................11
     C.  Exceptions to the Code...............................................12
     D.  Compliance Certification.............................................12
     E.  Record Retention.....................................................12
         1.  Code of Ethics...................................................12
         2.  Violations.......................................................12
         3.  Required Reports.................................................12
         4.  Access Person List...............................................12
     F.  Inquiries Regarding the Code.........................................12

                                       iii
<PAGE>
                                 CODE OF ETHICS

                              For Access Persons of
                       The Strong Family of Mutual Funds,
                        Strong Capital Management, Inc.,
                            Strong Investments, Inc.,
                           and Flint Prairie, L. L. C.
                             Dated October 22, 1999

                               TABLE OF APPENDICES

Appendix 1  (Definitions).....................................................13
Appendix 2  (Contact Persons).................................................16
Appendix 3  (Disclosure of Personal Holdings in Securities)...................17
Appendix 4  (Acknowledgment of Receipt of Code of Ethics and
             Limited Power of Attorney).......................................18
Appendix 5  (Preclearance Request for Access Persons).........................19
Appendix 6  (Annual Code of Ethics Questionnaire).............................20
Appendix 7  (List of Broad-Based Indices).....................................23
Appendix 8  (Gift Policy).....................................................24
Appendix 9  (Insider Trading Policy)..........................................26
Appendix 10 (Electronic Trading Authorization Form)...........................30
Appendix 11 (Social Security Number/Tax Identification Form)..................31

                                       iv
<PAGE>
                                 CODE OF ETHICS

                              For Access Persons of
                       The Strong Family of Mutual Funds,
                        Strong Capital Management, Inc.,
                            Strong Investments, Inc.,
                           and Flint Prairie, L. L. C.
                             Dated October 22, 1999

                               I. INTRODUCTION(1)

     A.  FIDUCIARY  DUTY.  This Code of Ethics is based upon the principle  that
directors,  officers and associates of Strong Capital Management,  Inc. ("SCM"),
Strong Investments, Inc. ("the Distributor"),  the Strong Family of Mutual Funds
("the  Strong  Funds") and Flint  Prairie,  L. L. C.  ("Flint  Prairie")  have a
fiduciary  duty to place the  interests of clients  ahead of their own. The Code
applies to all Access  Persons  and  focuses  principally  on  preclearance  and
reporting of personal  transactions  in  securities.  Access  Persons must avoid
activities,  interests  and  relationships  that  might  interfere  with  making
decisions in the best interests of the Advisory Clients of SCM.

     As fiduciaries, Access Persons must at all times:

          1. PLACE THE INTERESTS OF ADVISORY CLIENTS FIRST.  Access Persons must
     scrupulously  avoid  serving  their  own  personal  interests  ahead of the
     interests of the Advisory  Clients of SCM. AN ACCESS  PERSON MAY NOT INDUCE
     OR CAUSE AN ADVISORY  CLIENT TO TAKE  ACTION,  OR NOT TO TAKE  ACTION,  FOR
     PERSONAL  BENEFIT RATHER THAN FOR THE BENEFIT OF THE ADVISORY  CLIENT.  For
     example,  an Access  Person would  violate this Code by causing an Advisory
     Client to purchase a Security he or she owned for the purpose of increasing
     the price of that Security.

          2. AVOID TAKING INAPPROPRIATE ADVANTAGE OF THEIR POSITION. The receipt
     of  investment  opportunities,  perquisites  or gifts from persons  seeking
     business  with the Strong  Funds,  SCM, the  Distributor,  Flint Prairie or
     their clients  could call into question the exercise of an Access  Person's
     independent  judgment.  Access  persons  may not,  for  example,  use their
     knowledge of portfolio  transactions to profit by the market effect of such
     transactions.

          3. CONDUCT ALL PERSONAL  SECURITIES  TRANSACTIONS  IN FULL  COMPLIANCE
     WITH THIS CODE INCLUDING BOTH THE PRECLEARANCE AND REPORTING  REQUIREMENTS.
     Doubtful  situations  should  be  resolved  in favor of  Advisory  Clients.
     Technical  compliance  with the Code's  procedures  will not  automatically
     insulate  from  scrutiny any trades that may indicate an abuse of fiduciary
     duties.

- ----------
(1) Capitalized words are defined in Appendix 1.

                                        1
<PAGE>
     B. APPENDICES TO THE CODE. The appendices to this Code are attached hereto,
are a part of the Code and include the following:

          1. DEFINITIONS--capitalized words as defined in the Code (Appendix 1),

          2. CONTACT PERSONS,  including the Preclearance  Officer designees and
     the Code of Ethics Review Committee (Appendix 2),

          3. DISCLOSURE OF PERSONAL HOLDINGS IN SECURITIES (Appendix 3),

          4.  ACKNOWLEDGMENT  OF RECEIPT OF CODE OF ETHICS AND LIMITED  POWER OF
     ATTORNEY (Appendix 4),

          5. PRECLEARANCE REQUEST FOR ACCESS PERSONS (Appendix 5),

          6. ANNUAL CODE OF ETHICS QUESTIONNAIRE (Appendix 6),

          7. LIST OF BROAD-BASED INDICES (Appendix 7),

          8. GIFT POLICY (Appendix 8),

          9. INSIDER TRADING POLICY (Appendix 9)

          10. Electronic Trading Authorization Form (Appendix 10), and

          11. Social Security Number/Tax Identification Form (Appendix 11).

     C. APPLICATION OF THE CODE TO INDEPENDENT FUND DIRECTORS. This Code applies
to Independent Fund Directors and requires  Independent Fund Directors and their
Immediate   Families  to  report  Securities   Transactions  to  the  Compliance
Department in accordance with the trade reporting  requirements (Section II.G.).
However,  provisions of the Code relating to the disclosure of personal holdings
(Section II.A.), preclearance of trades (Section II.B.), prohibited transactions
(II.D.1.),   large  positions  in  registered   investment   companies  (Section
II.D.2.c.),  private placements (Section II.D.3.),  restrictions on serving as a
director  of a  publicly-traded  company  (Section  III.F.) and receipt of gifts
(Section III.B.) do not apply to Independent Fund Directors.

     D.  APPLICATION OF THE CODE TO FUNDS  SUBADVISED BY SCM. This Code does not
apply to the  directors,  officers  and general  partners of Funds for which SCM
serves as a subadviser.

                                       2
<PAGE>
                      II. PERSONAL SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS

     A.  ANNUAL  DISCLOSURE  OF  PERSONAL  HOLDINGS  BY  ACCESS  PERSONS.   Upon
designation as an Access Person,  and thereafter on an annual basis,  all Access
Persons must report on the  Disclosure of Personal  Holdings In Securities  Form
(Appendix  3)  (or a  substantially  similar  form)  all  Securities,  including
securities  held in certificate  form, in which they have a Beneficial  Interest
and all  Securities  in  non-client  accounts  for which  they  make  investment
decisions  (previously reported holdings, as well as those specifically excluded
from the definition of Security, need not be reported).  This provision does not
apply to Independent Fund Directors.

     B. PRECLEARANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR ACCESS PERSONS.

          1.  GENERAL  REQUIREMENT.  Except  for the  transactions  set forth in
     Section II.B.2., ALL SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS in which an Access Person or a
     member of his or her  Immediate  Family has a Beneficial  Interest  MUST BE
     PRECLEARED with the  Preclearance  Officer or his designee.  This provision
     does not apply to  transactions  of  Independent  Fund  Directors and their
     Immediate Families.

          2. TRANSACTIONS EXEMPT FROM PRECLEARANCE  REQUIREMENTS.  The following
     Securities  Transactions are exempt from the preclearance  requirements set
     forth in Section II.B.1. of this Code:

               a. MUTUAL FUNDS.  Securities  issued by any  registered  open-end
          investment companies (including but not limited to the Strong Funds);

               b. NO KNOWLEDGE.  Securities  Transactions where neither SCM, the
          Access Person nor an Immediate  Family member knows of the transaction
          before it is completed (for example,  Securities Transactions effected
          for an Access  Person by a trustee of a blind  trust or  discretionary
          trades involving an investment partnership or investment club in which
          the Access Person is neither consulted nor advised of the trade before
          it is executed);

               c. CERTAIN CORPORATE  ACTIONS.  Any acquisition or disposition of
          Securities  through stock  dividends,  dividend  reinvestments,  stock
          splits, reverse stock splits,  mergers,  consolidations,  spin-offs or
          other similar  corporate  reorganizations  or distributions  generally
          applicable  to all  holders of the same class of  Securities.  Odd-lot
          tender  offers are also  exempt  from the  preclearance  requirements;
          however, all other tender offers must be precleared;

               d. RIGHTS.  Any acquisition or disposition of Securities  through
          the  exercise  of  rights,   options,   convertible   bonds  or  other
          instruments acquired in compliance with this Code;

               e.  APPLICATION TO COMMODITIES,  FUTURES,  OPTIONS ON FUTURES AND
          OPTIONS  ON  BROAD-BASED  INDICES.  Commodities,   futures  (including
          currency  futures  and  futures  on  securities  comprising  part of a
          broad-based, publicly traded market based index of stocks), options on

                                       3
<PAGE>
          futures,   options  on  currencies  and  options  on  certain  indices
          designated by the Compliance Department as broad-based are not subject
          to preclearance or the seven day black out, 60-day profit disgorgement
          and other prohibited  transaction provisions of Section II.D.1. of the
          Code but are subject to transaction  reporting  requirements  (Section
          II.G.). The options on indices designated by the Compliance Department
          as  broad-based  may be  changed  from time to time and are  listed in
          Appendix 7.

          THE OPTIONS ON INDICES  THAT ARE NOT  DESIGNATED  AS  BROAD-BASED  ARE
          SUBJECT  TO  THE  PRECLEARANCE,   SEVEN-DAY  BLACKOUT,  60-DAY  PROFIT
          DISGORGEMENT,  PROHIBITED  TRANSACTION AND REPORTING PROVISIONS OF THE
          CODE.

               f. MISCELLANEOUS.  Any transaction in the following:  (1) bankers
          acceptances;  (2) bank certificates of deposit ("CDs"); (3) commercial
          paper; (4) repurchase  agreements (when backed by exempt  securities);
          (5)  U.S.  Government  Securities;   (6)  the  acquisition  of  equity
          securities  in  dividend   reinvestment  plans  ("DRIPs"),   when  the
          acquisition is directly  through the issuer or its  non-broker  agent;
          (7)  Securities  of the  employer  of a member of the Access  Person's
          Immediate  Family if such  securities are  beneficially  owned through
          participation by the Immediate Family member in a Profit Sharing plan,
          401(k) plan,  ESOP or other similar plan; and (8) other  Securities as
          may from time to time be  designated  in writing by the Code of Ethics
          Review  Committee  on the grounds that the risk of abuse is minimal or
          non-existent.

     C. PRECLEARANCE REQUESTS.

          1. TRADE AUTHORIZATION REQUEST FORMS. Prior to entering an order for a
     Securities Transaction that requires  preclearance,  the Access Person must
     complete,  IN  WRITING,  a  Preclearance  Request For Access  Persons  Form
     (Appendix 5) and submit the completed form to the Preclearance  Officer (or
     his or her  designee).  The  Preclearance  Request For Access  Persons Form
     requires Access Persons to provide certain  information and to make certain
     representations.  Proposed  Securities  Transactions  of  the  Preclearance
     Officer that require preclearance must be submitted to his designee.

          2. REVIEW OF FORM. After receiving the completed  Preclearance Request
     For Access Persons Form, the Preclearance  Officer (or his or her designee)
     will (a) review the  information  set forth in the form, (b)  independently
     confirm  whether  the  Securities  are held by any Funds or other  accounts
     managed by SCM and whether there are any  unexecuted  orders to purchase or
     sell the Securities by any Fund or accounts  managed by SCM and (c) as soon
     as  reasonably  practicable,   determine  whether  to  clear  the  proposed
     Securities   Transaction.   The  authorization,   date,  and  time  of  the
     authorization  must be  reflected  on the  Preclearance  Request For Access
     Persons Form. The  Preclearance  Officer (or his or her designee) will keep
     one copy of the completed form for the Compliance Department, send one copy
     to the Access Person seeking  authorization  and send the third copy to the
     Trading Department, which will cause the transaction to be executed. If the
     brokerage  account is an Electronic  Trading  Account and the Access Person

                                       4
<PAGE>
     has completed the Electronic Trading  Authorization Form (Appendix 10), the
     Access  Person will  execute the  transaction  on his or her own behalf and
     will provide  Compliance with a copy of the electronic  confirmation by the
     end of the next business day.

     No order for a securities transaction for which preclearance  authorization
     is sought may be placed  prior to the receipt of WRITTEN  authorization  of
     the  transaction  by the  preclearance  officer  (or his or her  designee).
     Verbal approvals are not permitted.

          3.  ACCESS  PERSON  DESIGNEES.  If  an  Access  Person  is  unable  to
     personally effect a personal Securities Transaction, such Access Person may
     designate an individual at SCM to complete and submit for  preclearance  on
     his or her behalf a  Preclearance  Request For Access Persons Form provided
     the following requirements are satisfied:

               a. The Access  Person  communicates  the details of the trade and
          affirms the accuracy of the representations  and warranties  contained
          on the Form directly to such designated person; and

               b. The designated  person completes the Preclearance  Request For
          Access Persons Form on behalf of the Access Person in accordance  with
          the  requirements  of the Code and then  executes  the  Access  Person
          Designee  Certification  contained in the Form. The Access Person does
          not need to sign the Form so long as the  foregoing  certification  is
          provided.

     D. PROHIBITED TRANSACTIONS.

          1.  PROHIBITED  SECURITIES  TRANSACTIONS.   The  following  Securities
     Transactions  for accounts in which an Access  Person or a member of his or
     her Immediate Family have a Beneficial Interest, to the extent they require
     preclearance  under Section II.B.  above,  are  prohibited  and will not be
     authorized  by the  Preclearance  Officer (or his or her  designee)  absent
     exceptional circumstances:

               a. INITIAL  PUBLIC  OFFERINGS.  Any purchase of  Securities in an
          initial  public  offering  (other than a new  offering of a registered
          open-end investment company);

               b. PENDING BUY OR SELL ORDERS. Any purchase or sale of Securities
          on any day during  which any  Advisory  Client has a pending  "buy" or
          "sell" order in the same Security (or Equivalent  Security) until that
          order is  executed  or  withdrawn,  unless the  purchase  or sale is a
          Program Trade;

               c. SEVEN DAY  BLACKOUT.  Purchases  or sales of  Securities  by a
          Portfolio  Manager within seven calendar days of a purchase or sale of
          the same  Securities (or Equivalent  Securities) by an Advisory Client
          managed by that  Portfolio  Manager,  unless the purchase or sale is a
          Program Trade. For example, if a Fund trades in a Security on day one,
          day eight is the  first  day the  Portfolio  Manager  may  trade  that
          Security for an account in which he or she has a beneficial interest;

               d.  INTENTION  TO BUY OR SELL FOR ADVISORY  CLIENT.  Purchases or
          sales of  Securities  at a time when that Access  Person  intends,  or
          knows of another's intention, to purchase or sell that Security (or an
          Equivalent Security) on behalf of an Advisory Client. This prohibition
          applies whether the Securities  Transaction is in the same (E.G.,  two
          purchases)  or the  opposite (a purchase  and sale)  direction  of the
          transaction of the Advisory  Client,  unless the purchase or sale is a
          Program Trade; and

                                       5
<PAGE>
               e. 60-DAY BLACKOUT. (1) Sales of a Security within 60 days of the
          purchase of the  Security  (or an  Equivalent  Security)  in which the
          Access  Person  has a  Beneficial  Interest  and  (2)  purchases  of a
          Security  within 60 days of the sale of the Security (or an Equivalent
          Security) in which the Access Person had a Beneficial Interest, unless
          in each case,  the Access  Person agrees to give up all profits on the
          transaction  to a  charitable  organization  as  specified by remedies
          involving sanctions (Section IV.B.1.).

          2. ALWAYS PROHIBITED SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS. The following Securities
     Transactions   are  prohibited  and  will  not  be  authorized   under  any
     circumstances:

               a. INSIDE  INFORMATION.  Any  transaction  in a Security while in
          possession of material nonpublic information regarding the Security or
          the issuer of the Security (see Insider Trading Policy, Appendix 9);

               b. MARKET MANIPULATION. Transactions intended to raise, lower, or
          maintain the price of any Security or to create a false  appearance of
          active trading;

               c.  LARGE   POSITIONS   IN   REGISTERED   INVESTMENT   COMPANIES.
          Transactions  in a registered  investment  company,  including  Strong
          Funds,  which result in the Access  Person owning five percent or more
          of  any  class  of  securities  in  such   investment   company  (this
          prohibition does not apply to Independent Fund Directors); and

               d.  OTHERS.  Any other  transactions  deemed by the  Preclearance
          Officer (or his designee) to involve a conflict of interest,  possible
          diversion of corporate opportunity or an appearance of impropriety.

          3.  PRIVATE  PLACEMENTS.   Acquisitions  of  Beneficial  Interests  in
     Securities  in  a  private  placement  by  an  Access  Person  is  strongly
     discouraged.  The  Preclearance  Officer (or his or her designee) will give
     permission  only  after  considering,   among  other  facts,   whether  the
     investment  opportunity should be reserved for Advisory Clients and whether
     the  opportunity  is being  offered to an Access Person by virtue of his or
     her position as an Access Person.  Access Persons who have been  authorized
     to acquire and have acquired securities in a private placement are required

                                       6
<PAGE>
     to disclose that  investment to the Compliance  Department when they play a
     part in any subsequent  consideration  of an investment in the issuer by an
     Advisory Client. In such circumstances, the decision to purchase securities
     of the issuer by an Advisory Client must be  independently  authorized by a
     Portfolio Manager with no personal  interest in the issuer.  This provision
     does not apply to Independent Fund Directors.

          4.  NO  EXPLANATION   REQUIRED  FOR  REFUSALS.   In  some  cases,  the
     Preclearance  Officer (or his or her  designee)  may refuse to  authorize a
     Securities Transaction for a reason that is confidential.  The Preclearance
     Officer is not  required to give an  explanation  for refusing to authorize
     any Securities Transaction.

     E. EXECUTION OF PERSONAL  SECURITIES  TRANSACTIONS.  Unless an exception is
provided in writing by the Compliance Department, all transactions in Securities
subject to the preclearance  requirements for which an Access Person or a member
of his or her Immediate  Family has a Beneficial  Interest  shall be executed by
the Trading Department.  However, if the Access Person's brokerage account is an
Electronic Trading Account,  the transaction may be placed by the Access Person.
IN ALL  INSTANCES,  THE TRADING  DEPARTMENT  MUST GIVE PRIORITY TO CLIENT TRADES
OVER ACCESS PERSON TRADES.

     F. LENGTH OF TRADE AUTHORIZATION  APPROVAL.  The authorization  provided by
the Preclearance Officer (or his or her designee) is effective until the earlier
of (1) its revocation; (2) the close of business on the second trading day after
the authorization is granted for transactions  placed by the Trading  Department
(for example,  if authorization  is provided on a Monday,  it is effective until
the close of  business  on  Wednesday);  (3) the close of  business  of the SAME
TRADING DAY that the authorization is granted for transactions placed through an
Electronic Trading Account; or (4) the Access Person learns that the information
in the Trade  Authorization  Request Form is not accurate.  If the order for the
Securities  Transaction  is  not  placed  within  that  period,  a  new  advance
authorization must be obtained before the Securities  Transaction is placed. For
Securities  Transactions  placed  by the  Trading  Deparment  that have not been
executed within two trading days after the day the authorization is granted (for
example, in the case of a limit order or a Not Held Order), no new authorization
is necessary  unless the person  placing the original  order for the  Securities
Transaction amends it in any way.

     G. TRADE REPORTING REQUIREMENTS.

          1.  REPORTING  REQUIREMENT.  EVERY ACCESS PERSON AND MEMBERS OF HIS OR
     HER  IMMEDIATE  FAMILY  (INCLUDING  INDEPENDENT  FUND  DIRECTORS  AND THEIR
     IMMEDIATE  FAMILIES) MUST ARRANGE FOR THE COMPLIANCE  DEPARTMENT TO RECEIVE
     DIRECTLY  FROM ANY  BROKER,  DEALER OR BANK  THAT  EFFECTS  ANY  SECURITIES
     TRANSACTION,   DUPLICATE   COPIES  OF  EACH   CONFIRMATION  FOR  EACH  SUCH
     TRANSACTION  AND PERIODIC  STATEMENTS FOR EACH  BROKERAGE  ACCOUNT IN WHICH
     SUCH ACCESS PERSON HAS A BENEFICIAL INTEREST. Additionally, securities held
     in certificate form that are not included in the periodic statements,  must
     also be reported.  To assist in making these  arrangements,  the Compliance
     Department  will  send  a  letter  to  each  brokerage  firm  based  on the
     information provided by the Access Person in Appendix 3.

                                       7
<PAGE>
     THE FOREGOING DOES NOT APPLY TO  TRANSACTIONS  AND HOLDINGS IN (1) OPEN-END
     INVESTMENT  COMPANIES  INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO THE STRONG  FUNDS,  (2)
     BANKERS  ACCEPTANCES,   (3)  BANK  CERTIFICATES  OF  DEPOSIT  ("CDS"),  (4)
     COMMERCIAL   PAPER,  (5)  REPURCHASE   AGREEMENTS  WHEN  BACKED  BY  EXEMPT
     SECURITIES,  (6) U. S. GOVERNMENT SECURITIES, (7) THE ACQUISITION OF EQUITY
     SECURITIES IN DIVIDEND  REINVESTMENT PLANS ("DRIPS"),  WHEN THE ACQUISITION
     IS DIRECTLY  THROUGH THE ISSUER OR ITS NON-BROKER  AGENT; OR (8) SECURITIES
     OF THE EMPLOYER OF A MEMBER OF THE ACCESS PERSON'S IMMEDIATE FAMILY IF SUCH
     SECURITIES ARE  BENEFICIALLY  OWNED THROUGH  PARTICIPATION BY THE IMMEDIATE
     FAMILY MEMBER IN A PROFIT SHARING PLAN,  401(K) PLAN, ESOP OR OTHER SIMILAR
     PLAN.

          2. DISCLAIMERS. Any report of a Securities Transaction for the benefit
     of a person other than the  individual in whose account the  transaction is
     placed may contain a statement  that the report  should not be construed as
     an admission by the person  making the report that he or she has any direct
     or  indirect  beneficial  ownership  in the  Security  to which the  report
     relates.

          3. QUARTERLY REVIEW. At least quarterly,  for Securities  Transactions
     requiring preclearance under this Code, the Preclearance Officer (or his or
     her  designee)  shall  compare the  confirmations  and periodic  statements
     provided pursuant to the trade reporting  requirements (Section II.G.1.) to
     the approved Trade Authorization Request Forms. Such review shall include:

               a. Whether the Securities Transaction complied with this Code;

               b. Whether the Securities  Transaction  was authorized in advance
          of its placement;

               c. Whether the  Securities  Transaction  was executed  within two
          full trading days of when it was authorized;

               d.  Whether  any  Fund  or  accounts  managed  by SCM  owned  the
          Securities at the time of the Securities Transaction, and;

               e. Whether any Fund or separate accounts managed by SCM purchased
          or sold the Securities in the Securities  Transaction  within at least
          10 days of the Securities Transaction.

          4. AVAILABILITY OF REPORTS.  All information supplied pursuant to this
     Code will be available for inspection by the Boards of Directors of SCM and
     SFDI; the Board of Directors of each Strong Fund; the Code of Ethics Review
     Committee;  the  Compliance  Department;  the  Access  Person's  department
     manager (or designee);  any party to which any investigation is referred by

                                       8
<PAGE>
     any of the foregoing,  the SEC, any  self-regulatory  organization of which
     the Strong Funds,  SCM, the  Distributor or Flint Prairie is a member,  and
     any state  securities  commission;  as well as any attorney or agent of the
     foregoing, the Strong Funds, SCM, the Distributor or Flint Prairie.

                              III. FIDUCIARY DUTIES

     A.   CONFIDENTIALITY.   Access  Persons  are   prohibited   from  revealing
information relating to the investment  intentions,  activities or portfolios of
Advisory Clients except to persons whose  responsibilities  require knowledge of
the information.

     B. GIFTS.  The  following  provisions  on gifts apply only to associates of
SCM, the Distributor and Flint Prairie.

          1. ACCEPTING  GIFTS. On occasion,  because of their position with SCM,
     the  Distributor,  the Strong  Funds or Flint  Prairie,  associates  may be
     offered,  or may  receive  without  notice,  gifts from  clients,  brokers,
     vendors or other persons not affiliated  with such entities.  Acceptance of
     extraordinary or extravagant gifts is not permissible.  Any such gifts must
     be declined or returned in order to protect the reputation and integrity of
     SCM,  the  Distributor,  the  Strong  Funds and Flint  Prairie.  Gifts of a
     nominal value (i.e.,  gifts whose  reasonable  value is no more than $100 a
     year), customary business meals,  entertainment (E.G., sporting events) and
     promotional items (E.G., pens, mugs, T-shirts) may be accepted.  Please see
     the Gift Policy (Appendix 8) for additional information.

          If an associate  receives any gift that might be prohibited under this
     Code, the associate must inform the Compliance Department.

          2. SOLICITATION OF GIFTS.  Associates of SCM, the Distributor or Flint
     Prairie may not solicit gifts or gratuities.

          3. GIVING GIFTS.  Associates of SCM, the  Distributor or Flint Prairie
     may not give any gift with a value in  excess  of $100 per year to  persons
     associated with securities or financial organizations, including exchanges,
     other member  organizations,  commodity firms, news media or clients of the
     firm. Please see the Gift Policy (Appendix 9) for additional information.

     C. PAYMENTS TO ADVISORY  CLIENTS.  Access Persons may not make any payments
to Advisory  Clients in order to resolve any type of Advisory Client  complaint.
All such matters must be handled by the Legal Department.

     D. CORPORATE OPPORTUNITIES.  Access Persons may not take personal advantage
of  any  opportunity  properly  belonging  to  any  Advisory  Client,  SCM,  the
Distributor or Flint Prairie.  This includes,  but is not limited to,  acquiring
Securities  for one's own  account  that  would  otherwise  be  acquired  for an
Advisory Client.

                                       9
<PAGE>
     E. UNDUE  INFLUENCE.  Access  Persons may not cause or attempt to cause any
Advisory Client to purchase, sell or hold any Security in a manner calculated to
create  any  personal  benefit  to the  Access  Person.  If an Access  Person or
Immediate Family Member stands to materially benefit from an investment decision
for an Advisory Client that the Access Person is  recommending or  participating
in, the Access  Person must  disclose to those  persons  with  authority to make
investment  decisions for the Advisory Client, any Beneficial  Interest that the
Access  Person (or  Immediate  Family)  has in that  Security  or an  Equivalent
Security,  or in the issuer thereof,  where the decision could create a material
benefit  to the  Access  Person  (or  Immediate  Family)  or the  appearance  of
impropriety. If the Access Person in question is a person with authority to make
investment  decisions for the Advisory  Client,  disclosure must also be made to
the  Compliance  Department.  The person to whom the Access  Person  reports the
interest, in consultation with the Compliance Department, must determine whether
the Access Person will be restricted in making investment decisions.

     F. SERVICE AS A DIRECTOR.  No Access Person, other than an Independent Fund
Director,  may serve on the board of  directors of a  publicly-held  company not
affiliated with SCM, the  Distributor,  the Strong Funds or Flint Prairie absent
prior  written  authorization  by the  Code of  Ethics  Review  Committee.  This
authorization  will rarely,  if ever, be granted and, if granted,  will normally
require that the affected  Access Person be isolated  through  "Chinese Wall" or
other procedures from those making investment decisions related to the issuer on
whose board the Access Person sits.

     G. INVOLVEMENT IN CRIMINAL MATTERS OR INVESTMENT-RELATED CIVIL PROCEEDINGS.
Each Access Person must notify the Compliance Department,  as soon as reasonably
practical, if arrested, arraigned, indicted or pleads no contest to any criminal
offense (other than minor traffic  violations) or if named as a defendant in any
Investment-Related  civil  proceedings  or any  administrative  or  disciplinary
action.

                     IV. COMPLIANCE WITH THIS CODE OF ETHICS

     A. CODE OF ETHICS REVIEW COMMITTEE.

          1. MEMBERSHIP, VOTING, AND QUORUM. The Code of Ethics Review Committee
     shall  consist  of Senior  Officers  of SCM.  The  Committee  shall vote by
     majority  vote  with two  members  serving  as a quorum.  Vacancies  may be
     filled;  and in the case of extended absences or periods of unavailability,
     alternates may be selected by the majority vote of the remaining members of
     the  Committee.  However,  in the event that the General  Counsel or Deputy
     General Counsel is unavailable,  at least one member of the Committee shall
     also be a member of the Compliance Department.

          2. INVESTIGATING  VIOLATIONS OF THE CODE. The General Counsel,  or his
     or her designee,  is responsible for investigating any suspected  violation
     of the Code and shall report the results of each  investigation to the Code
     of  Ethics  Review  Committee.  The  Code of  Ethics  Review  Committee  is
     responsible for reviewing the results of any  investigation of any reported
     or suspected  violation of the Code. Any material  violation of the Code by

                                       10
<PAGE>
     an associate of SCM, the Distributor or Flint Prairie for which significant
     remedial  action was taken will be reported to the Boards of  Directors  of
     the Strong Funds at the next regularly scheduled quarterly Board meeting.

          3. ANNUAL REPORTS. The Code of Ethics Review Committee will review the
     Code at least once a year, in light of legal and business  developments and
     experience  in  implementing  the Code and will prepare an annual report to
     the Boards of Directors of SCM, the Distributor and each Strong Fund that:

               a. Summarizes existing  procedures  concerning personal investing
          and any changes in the procedures made during the past year;

               b. Identifies any violation requiring significant remedial action
          during the past year; and

               c. Identifies any recommended changes in existing restrictions or
          procedures based on its experience under the Code,  evolving  industry
          practices or developments in applicable laws or regulations.

     B. REMEDIES.

          1. SANCTIONS.  If the Code of Ethics Review Committee  determines that
     an Access Person has  committed a violation of the Code,  the Committee may
     impose sanctions and take other actions as it deems appropriate,  including
     a letter of caution or  warning,  suspension  of personal  trading  rights,
     suspension  of  employment  (with or  without  compensation),  fine,  civil
     referral to the SEC,  criminal  referral and  termination of employment for
     cause.  The Code of Ethics  Review  Committee  may also  require the Access
     Person to reverse the trade(s) in question and forfeit any profit or absorb
     any loss derived therefrom. The amount of profit shall be calculated by the
     Code of Ethics  Review  Committee  and shall be  forwarded  to a charitable
     organization.  No member of the Code of Ethics Review  Committee may review
     his or her own transaction.

          2.  SOLE  AUTHORITY.  The Code of  Ethics  Review  Committee  has sole
     authority,  subject to the review set forth in Section  IV.B.3.  below,  to
     determine the remedy for any violation of the Code,  including  appropriate
     disposition of any moneys forfeited pursuant to this provision.  Failure to
     promptly  abide by a  directive  to reverse a trade or forfeit  profits may
     result in the imposition of additional sanctions.

          3. REVIEW.  Whenever the Code of Ethics  Review  Committee  determines
     that an Access  Person has  committed a violation  of this Code that merits
     significant  remedial  action,  it will  report  promptly  to the Boards of
     Directors  of SCM  and/or the  Distributor  (as  appropriate),  and no less
     frequently  than the  quarterly  meeting to the Boards of  Directors of the
     applicable Strong Funds,  information  relating to the investigation of the
     violation, including any sanctions imposed. The Boards of Directors of SCM,
     the Distributor and the Strong Funds may modify such sanctions as they deem
     appropriate.  Such Boards may have access to all information  considered by

                                       11
<PAGE>
     the Code of Ethics  Review  Committee in relation to the case.  The Code of
     Ethics Review  Committee may determine  whether to delay the  imposition of
     any sanctions pending review by the applicable Boards of Directors.

     C. EXCEPTIONS TO THE CODE.  Although exceptions to the Code will rarely, if
ever,  be  granted,  the  General  Counsel  of SCM may grant  exceptions  to the
requirements  of the Code on a case-by-case  basis if he finds that the proposed
conduct involves negligible  opportunity for abuse. All Material exceptions must
be in writing and must be reported as soon as  practicable to the Code of Ethics
Review  Committee  and to the Boards of Directors of the SCM Funds at their next
regularly scheduled meeting after the exception is granted.  Refer to Appendix 1
for the definition of "Material."

     D. COMPLIANCE CERTIFICATION.  At least annually, all Access Persons will be
required  to  certify on the Annual  Code of Ethics  Questionnaire  set forth in
Appendix 6, or on a document  substantially in the form of Appendix 6, that they
have complied with the Code in all respects.

     E. RECORD RETENTION. SCM will, at its principal place of business, maintain
the following  records in an easily accessible place, for at least six years and
will make  records  available  to the SEC or any  representative  thereof at any
time:

          1. CODE OF  ETHICS.  A copy of the Code of Ethics  which is, or at any
     time has been, in effect.

          2.  VIOLATIONS.  A record of any  violation of such Code of Ethics and
     any action taken as a result of such violation.

          3.  REQUIRED  REPORTS.  A copy of each report made by an Access Person
     pursuant  to the Code of Ethics  shall  include  records of the  procedures
     followed in connection with the preclearance and reporting  requirements of
     this  Code  and  information  relied  on by  the  Preclearance  Officer  in
     authorizing the Securities  Transaction  and in making the  post-Securities
     Transaction determination.

          4. ACCESS  PERSON  LIST.  A list of all persons who are, or have been,
     required to make reports pursuant to the Code of Ethics.

     F. INQUIRIES REGARDING THE CODE. The Compliance  Department will answer any
questions about this Code or any other compliance-related matters.

                                       12
<PAGE>
                                                                      Appendix 1

                                   DEFINITIONS

     "ACCESS PERSON" means (1) every director,  officer,  and general partner of
SCM, the Distributor, the Strong Funds and Flint Prairie; (2) every associate of
SCM,  the  Distributor  and Flint  Prairie  who, in  connection  with his or her
regular functions,  makes, participates in, or obtains information regarding the
purchase  or sale of a  security  by an  Advisory  Client's  account;  (3) every
associate of SCM, the  Distributor  and Flint  Prairie who is involved in making
purchase or sale  recommendations  for an Advisory Client's  account;  (4) every
associate  of SCM, the  Distributor  and Flint  Prairie who obtains  information
concerning  such  recommendations  prior  to their  dissemination;  and (5) such
agents of SCM, the  Distributor,  the Funds or Flint  Prairie as the  Compliance
Department  shall  designate  who may be deemed an Access Person if they were an
associate of the  foregoing.  Any  uncertainty as to whether an individual is an
Access Person should be brought to the attention of the  Compliance  Department.
Such questions will be resolved in accordance with, and this definition shall be
subject  to,  the  definition  of  "Access  Person"  found  in Rule  17j-1(e)(1)
promulgated under the Investment Company Act of 1940.

     "ADVISORY CLIENT" means any client (including both investment companies and
managed  accounts) for which SCM serves as an investment  adviser or subadviser,
renders investment advice,  makes investment  decisions or places orders through
its Trading Department.

     "BENEFICIAL  INTEREST"  means  the  opportunity,  directly  or  indirectly,
through any contract, arrangement, understanding,  relationship or otherwise, to
profit  or  share  in any  profit  derived  from a  transaction  in the  subject
Securities.  An  Access  Person  is  deemed  to have a  Beneficial  Interest  in
Securities owned by members of his or her Immediate  Family.  Common examples of
Beneficial  Interest include joint accounts,  spousal  accounts,  UTMA accounts,
partnerships,  trusts and controlling interests in corporations. Any uncertainty
as to whether an Access Person has a Beneficial Interest in a Security should be
brought to the attention of the  Compliance  Department.  Such questions will be
resolved  by  reference  to  the  principles  set  forth  in the  definition  of
"beneficial  owner" found in Rules  16a-1(a)(2)  and (5)  promulgated  under the
Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

     "CODE" means this Code of Ethics.

     "COMPLIANCE  DEPARTMENT" means the designated persons listed on Appendix 2,
as such Appendix shall be amended from time to time.

     "THE DISTRIBUTOR" means Strong Investments, Inc.

     "ELECTRONIC  TRADING  ACCOUNT" means a brokerage  account held by an Access
Person where Securities  Transactions are placed either  electronically  via the
Internet or the telephone.  All such Securities  Transactions must be precleared
by the Compliance Department.

                                       13
<PAGE>
     "EQUIVALENT  SECURITY"  means any Security issued by the same entity as the
issuer of a subject Security that is convertible into the equity Security of the
issuer.   Examples  include  options  but  are  not  limited  to  rights,  stock
appreciation rights, warrants and convertible bonds.

     "FUND" means an investment  company registered under the Investment Company
Act of 1940 (or a  portfolio  or series  thereof)  for  which  SCM  serves as an
adviser or subadviser.

     "IMMEDIATE  FAMILY" of an Access Person means any of the following  persons
who reside in the same household as the Access Person:

          child                    grandparent              son-in-law
          stepchild                spouse                   daughter-in-law
          grandchild               sibling                  brother-in-law
          parent                   mother-in-law            sister-in-law
          stepparent               father-in-law

Immediate  Family includes  adoptive  relationships  and any other  relationship
(whether or not recognized by law) which the General  Counsel  determines  could
lead to the possible conflicts of interest, diversions of corporate opportunity,
or appearances of impropriety which this Code is intended to prevent.

     "INDEPENDENT FUND DIRECTOR" means an independent  director of an investment
company for which SCM serves as the advisor.

     "LEGAL DEPARTMENT" means the SCM Legal/Compliance Department.

     "MATERIAL"  for  purposes  of this  reporting  requirement,  shall mean the
following:

     1.   NUMBER OF SHARES - Any transaction for more than 1,000 shares shall be
          deemed  material and subject to reporting.  Whether a  transaction  of
          1,000 shares or less is material shall be determined on a case-by-case
          basis;  in  particular,  the less liquid a security  is, the lower the
          threshold that should be used for the materiality determination.

     2.   DOLLAR VALUE OF TRANSACTION - Any  transaction  with a dollar value in
          excess of $25,000  shall be deemed  material and subject to reporting.
          Whether  a  transaction  of  $25,000  or less  is  material  shall  be
          determined on a case-by-case basis.

     3.   NUMBER OF  TRANSACTIONS  IN A YEAR - The General  Counsel may grant no
          more than two  exceptions  per associate per year that are not subject
          to  reporting.  For  example,  if the General  Counsel has granted two
          exceptions to an associate,  ANY exception granted thereafter shall be
          deemed material and subject to reporting  (irrespective  of the number
          of shares or other circumstances of the transaction).

     4.   CONSULTATION WITH INDEPENDENT  COUNSEL - In any case where the General
          Counsel believes there is an issue of whether a proposed  exception is
          material and subject to  reporting,  he shall  consult with counsel to
          the independent directors for the Strong Funds.

                                       14
<PAGE>
     "NOT  HELD  ORDER"  means an order  placed  with a  broker  and  ultimately
executed at the discretion of the broker.

     "PORTFOLIO  MANAGER" means a person who has or shares principal  day-to-day
responsibility for managing the portfolio of an Advisory Client.

     "PRECLEARANCE  OFFICER"  means the person  designated  as the  Preclearance
Officer in Appendix 2 hereof.

     "PROGRAM TRADE" is where a Portfolio  Manager directs a trader to do trades
in either an index-type  account or portion of account or, at a minimum,  25-30%
of the  Securities in a non-index  account.  Program  Trades for non-index  type
accounts  generally arise in any of three  situations:  (1) cash or other assets
are being added to an account and the  Portfolio  Manager  instructs  the trader
that new  securities  are to be bought in a manner that  maintains the account's
existing  allocations;  (2)  cash is being  withdrawn  from an  account  and the
Portfolio  Manager  instructs  the trader  that  securities  are to be sold in a
manner that maintains the account's current  securities  allocations;  and (3) a
new account is established and the Portfolio Manager instructs the trader to buy
specific  securities  in the same  allocation  percentages  as are held by other
client accounts.

     "SEC" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

     "SECURITY" includes stock; notes, bonds,  debentures and other evidences of
indebtedness   (including  loan   participations   and   assignments);   limited
partnership interests;  investment contracts;  all derivative instruments of the
foregoing,  such as options and warrants;  and other items  mentioned in Section
2(a)(36)  of the 1940  Act,  not  specifically  exempted  by Rule  17j-1.  Items
excluded from the  definition  of "Security" by Rule 17j-1 are U. S.  Government
Securities,  bankers acceptances, bank certificates of deposit, commercial paper
and shares of open-end  investment  companies.  In addition,  security  does not
include futures, commodities,  currencies or options on the aforementioned,  but
the  purchase  and sale of such  instruments  are  nevertheless  subject  to the
reporting requirements of the Code.

     "SECURITIES TRANSACTION" means a purchase or sale of Securities in which an
Access  Person or a members of his or her  Immediate  Family  has or  acquires a
Beneficial Interest.

     "SCM" means Strong Capital Management, Inc.

     "STRONG FUNDS" means the investment  companies comprising the Strong Family
of Mutual Funds.

     "U. S.  GOVERNMENT  SECURITY" means any security issued or guaranteed as to
principal  or  interest  by the  United  States  or by a  person  controlled  or
supervised by and acting as an  instrumentality  of the Government of the United
States pursuant to authority granted by the Congress of the United States or any
certificate of deposit for any of the foregoing.

                                       15
<PAGE>
                                                                      Appendix 2

                                 CONTACT PERSONS

PRECLEARANCE OFFICER

     1.   Stephen J.  Shenkenberg,  Deputy General Counsel and Chief  Compliance
          Officer of SCM

DESIGNEES OF PRECLEARANCE OFFICER

     1.   Thomas A. Hooker
     2.   Linda E. Meints
     3.   John S. Weitzer
     4.   Kelly M. Zeroth

COMPLIANCE DEPARTMENT

     1.   Stephen J. Shenkenberg
     2.   Thomas A. Hooker
     3.   Kathleen A. Flanagan
     4.   Linda E. Meints
     5.   Kelly M. Zeroth

CODE OF ETHICS REVIEW COMMITTEE

     1.   Stephen J.  Shenkenberg,  Deputy General Counsel and Chief  Compliance
          Officer of SCM
     2.   Thomas A. Hooker, Director of Compliance

                                       16
<PAGE>
                                                                      Appendix 3

                         PERSONAL HOLDINGS IN SECURITIES

     In accordance  with Section II.A. of the Code of Ethics,  please  provide a
list  of all  Securities  (other  than  those  specifically  excluded  from  the
definition of Security),  including  physical  certificates  held, in which each
Access  Person has a  Beneficial  Interest,  including  those in accounts of the
Immediate Family of the Access Person and all Securities in non-client  accounts
for which the Access Person makes investment decisions.

(1)  Name of Access Person:                    _________________________________

(2)  If different than (1), name of the person
     in whose name the account is held:        _________________________________

(3)  Relationship of (2) to (1):               _________________________________

(4)  Broker at which Account is maintained:    _________________________________

(5)  Account Number:                           _________________________________

(6)  Contact person at Broker and phone number _________________________________

(7)  For each  account,  attach the most recent  account  statement  listing
     Securities  in that  account.  If the  Access  Person  owns  Beneficial
     Interests  in  Securities  that are not listed in an  attached  account
     statement, or holds the physical certificate, list them below:

          NAME OF SECURITY         QUANTITY          VALUE          CUSTODIAN

1.   ___________________________________________________________________________

2.   ___________________________________________________________________________

3.   ___________________________________________________________________________

4.   ___________________________________________________________________________

5.   ___________________________________________________________________________

6.   ___________________________________________________________________________

                      (ATTACH SEPARATE SHEET IF NECESSARY.)

     I certify that this form and the attached  statements  (if any)  constitute
all of the Securities in which I have a Beneficial Interest, including those for
which I hold  physical  certificates,  as well as those held in  accounts  of my
Immediate Family.

                                        ________________________________________
                                        Access Person Signature

Dated:______________________________    ________________________________________
                                        Print Name

                                       17
<PAGE>
                                                                      Appendix 4

                   ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF RECEIPT OF CODE OF ETHICS
                          AND LIMITED POWER OF ATTORNEY

     I  acknowledge  that I have  received the Code of Ethics dated  October 22,
1999, and represent that:

          1. In  accordance  with Section  II.A.  of the Code of Ethics,  I will
     fully disclose the  Securities  holdings in which I have, or a member of my
     Immediate Family has, a Beneficial Interest.*

          2. In accordance  with Section II.B.1.  of the Code of Ethics,  I will
     obtain prior authorization for all Securities Transactions in which I have,
     or a member of my Immediate  Family has, a Beneficial  Interest  except for
     transactions exempt from preclearance under Section II.B. 2. of the Code of
     Ethics.*

          3. In accordance  with Section II.G.1.  of the Code of Ethics,  I will
     report  all  Securities  Transactions  in which I have,  or a member  of my
     Immediate Family has, a Beneficial Interest, except for transactions exempt
     from reporting under Section II.G.1. of the Code of Ethics.

          4. I will comply with the Code of Ethics in all other respects.

          5.  I  agree  to  disgorge  and  forfeit  any  profits  on  prohibited
     transactions in accordance with the requirements of the Code.*

     I hereby appoint Strong Capital Management, Inc. as my attorney-in-fact for
the  purpose  of  placing  orders  for and on my  behalf to buy,  sell,  tender,
exchange,  convert, and otherwise effectuate transactions in any and all stocks,
bonds,  options,  and other securities.  I agree that Strong Capital Management,
Inc.  shall  not be  liable  for  the  consequences  of any  errors  made by the
executing brokers in connection with such transactions.*

                                        ________________________________________
                                        Access Person Signature

                                        ________________________________________
                                        Print Name

Dated:______________________________

     * Representations (1), (2) and (5) and the Limited Power of Attorney do not
apply to Independent Fund Directors.

                                       18
<PAGE>
                                                                      Appendix 5

Ctrl. No:_________________________        Associate ID #________________________

                         STRONG CAPITAL MANAGEMENT, INC.
                     PRECLEARANCE REQUEST FOR ACCESS PERSONS

1.   Name of Access Person
     (and trading entity, if different):       _________________________________

2.   Name and symbol of Security:              _________________________________

3.   Maximum quantity to be purchased or sold: _________________________________

4.   Name, account # & phone # of broker to
     effect transaction:                       _________________________________

5.   Check if applicable:   Purchase ____   Market Order   ____
                            Sale     ____   Limit Order    ____   (Limit Order
                                            Not Held Order ____    Price: ____)

6.   In connection with the foregoing  transaction,  I hereby make the following
     representations and warranties:
     (a)  I do not possess any  material  nonpublic  information  regarding  the
          Security or the issuer of the Security.
     (b)  To my knowledge:
          (1)  The  Securities  or  "equivalent"  securities  (I.E.,  securities
               issued by the same issuer) [ ARE / ARE NOT ] (CIRCLE ONE) held by
               any investment companies or other accounts managed by SCM;
          (2)  There  are no  outstanding  purchase  or  sell  orders  for  this
               Security (or any equivalent security) by any investment companies
               or other accounts managed by SCM; and
          (3)  None of the Securities (or  equivalent  securities)  are actively
               being considered for purchase or sale by any investment companies
               or other accounts managed by SCM.
     (c)  The Securities are not being acquired in an initial public offering.
     (d)  The Securities  are not being  acquired in a private  placement or, if
          they  are,  I have  reviewed  Section  II.D.3.  of the  Code  and have
          attached hereto a written explanation of such transaction.
     (e)  If I am a Portfolio  Manager,  none of the accounts I manage purchased
          or sold these  Securities (or equivalent  securities)  within the past
          seven  calendar  days and I do not expect any such client  accounts to
          purchase or sell these  Securities (or equivalent  securities)  within
          seven calendar days of my purchase or sale.
     (f)  If I am purchasing these Securities, I have not directly or indirectly
          (through  any member of my  Immediate  Family,  any account in which I
          have a Beneficial  Interest or otherwise)  sold these  Securities  (or
          equivalent securities) in the prior 60 days.
     (g)  If I am selling  these  Securities,  I have not directly or indirectly
          (through  any member of my  Immediate  Family,  any account in which I
          have a Beneficial  Interest or otherwise)  purchased these  Securities
          (or equivalent securities) in the prior 60 days.
     (h)  I have read the SCM Code of  Ethics  within  the  prior 12 months  and
          believe that the proposed trade fully  complies with the  requirements
          of the Code.

- ------------------------------------    ----------------------------------------
Access Person                           Print Name

                     CERTIFICATION OF ACCESS PERSON DESIGNEE

     The undersigned  hereby certifies that the above Access Person (a) directly
instructed me to complete this form on his or her behalf,  (b) to the best of my
knowledge,  was out of the  office at the time of such  instruction  and has not
returned,  and (c)  confirmed  to me that  the  representations  and  warranties
contained in this form are accurate.

- ------------------------------------    ----------------------------------------
Access Person Designee                  Print Name

                                  AUTHORIZATION

Authorized By:___________________________  Date:___________  Time:______________

                                    PLACEMENT

Trader:_____________  Date:_________  Time:_________  Qty:________

                                    EXECUTION

Trader:_____________  Date:_________  Time:_________  Qty:________  Price:______

   (Original copy to Compliance Department, Yellow copy to Trading Department,
                           Pink copy to Access Person)

                                                                    revised 7/98

                                       19
<PAGE>
CONFIDENTIAL                                                          Appendix 6

                     ANNUAL CODE OF ETHICS QUESTIONNAIRE(1)
                              For ACCESS PERSONS of
                       The Strong Family of Mutual Funds,
                        Strong Capital Management, Inc.,
                            Strong Investments, Inc.
                           and Flint Prairie, L. L. C.

                               September 14, 1999

Associate: ____________________________ (please print name)

I.   Introduction

     Access  Persons(2)  are required to answer the following  questions FOR THE
     YEAR SEPTEMBER 1, 1998,  THROUGH AUGUST 31, 1999. ANSWERS OF "NO" TO ANY OF
     THE QUESTIONS IN SECTIONS II AND III MUST BE EXPLAINED ON THE  "ATTACHMENT"
     ON PAGE 3. Upon  completion,  please sign and return the  questionnaire  by
     Monday,  September 20th, to Kelly Zeroth in the Compliance Department.  All
     information  provided is kept  confidential to the maximum extent possible.
     If you have any questions, please contact Kelly at extension 3549.

II.  Annual certification of compliance with the Code of Ethics

     A.   Have you OBTAINED  PRECLEARANCE for all Securities(3)  Transactions in
          which you have, or a member of your Immediate Family has, a Beneficial
          Interest,  except for transactions  exempt from preclearance under the
          Code of  Ethics?  (Circle  "Yes"  if  there  have  been no  Securities
          Transactions.)

          YES         NO        (CIRCLE ONE)


     B.   Have you REPORTED all Securities  Transactions in which you have, or a
          member of your Immediate Family has, a Beneficial Interest, except for
          transactions   exempt  from  reporting   under  the  Code  of  Ethics?
          (Reporting   requirements   include   arranging  for  the   Compliance
          Department   to  receive,   directly   from  your  broker,   duplicate
          transaction  confirmations and duplicate periodic  statements for each
          brokerage  account  in which you have,  or a member of your  Immediate
          Family has, a Beneficial  Interest,  as well as  reporting  securities
          held in certificate  form(4).  Circle "Yes" if there are no reportable
          transactions.)

          YES         NO        (CIRCLE ONE)


     C.   Do you understand  that you are PROHIBITED from owning five percent or
          more of any class of security of a registered  investment company, and
          have you so complied?

          YES         NO        (CIRCLE ONE)

     D.   Have you notified the Compliance Department if you have been arrested,
          arraigned, indicted, or have plead no contest to any criminal offense,
          or  been  named  as  a  defendant  in  any  Investment-Related   civil
          proceedings,  or administrative or disciplinary action?  (Circle "Yes"
          if you have not been arrested, arraigned, etc.)

- ----------
(1)  All definitions used in this  questionnaire  have the same meaning as those
     in the Code of Ethics.
(2)  Non-Access  Persons and Independent Fund Directors of the Strong Funds must
     complete a separate questionnaire.
(3)  Security,  as defined,  does NOT  include  open-end  investment  companies,
     including the Strong Funds.
(4)  Please  contact Kelly Zeroth if you are uncertain as to what  confirmations
     and statements you have arranged for the Compliance Department to receive.

                                       20
<PAGE>
          YES         NO        (CIRCLE ONE)

     E.   Have you  complied  with the Code of  Ethics  in all  other  respects,
          including the gift policy?

          YES         NO        (CIRCLE ONE)

          LIST ON THE ATTACHMENT  ALL REPORTABLE  GIFTS(5) GIVEN OR RECEIVED FOR
          THE YEAR SEPTEMBER 1, 1998, THROUGH AUGUST 31, 1999, NOTING THE MONTH,
          "COUNTERPARTY," GIFT DESCRIPTION, AND ESTIMATED VALUE.

III. Have you complied in all  respects  with the Insider  Trading  Policy dated
     January 1, 1999?

         YES               NO       ________(CIRCLE ONE)

ANSWERS OF "NO" TO ANY OF THE QUESTIONS IN SECTIONS II AND III MUST BE EXPLAINED
ON THE "ATTACHMENT" ON PAGE 3.

IV.  Disclosure of directorships statement

     A.   Are you, or is any member of your Immediate  Family, a director of any
          for-profit, privately held companies(6)? (If "Yes," please list on the
          Attachment  each  company  for  which  you are,  or a  member  of your
          Immediate Family is, a director.)

          YES         NO        (CIRCLE ONE)

     B.   If the response to IV.A. is "Yes," do you have  knowledge  that any of
          the companies for which you are, or a member of your Immediate  Family
          is, a  director  will go  public  or be  acquired  within  the next 12
          months?  (If the answer is "YES,"  please be prepared to discuss  this
          matter with a member of the Compliance Department in the near future.)

          YES         NO        (CIRCLE ONE)

I hereby  represent that, to the best of my knowledge,  the foregoing  responses
are true and complete.  I understand that any untrue or incomplete  response may
be subject to disciplinary action by the firm.

- ------------------------------------
Access Person Signature

- ------------------------------------    ----------------------------------------
Print Name                              Date

- ----------
(5)  Associates  are NOT  required  to  report  the  following:  (i)  usual  and
     customary  promotional items given to or received from vendors,  (ii) items
     donated to charity  (through  Legal),  or (iii) food items  consumed on the
     premises.  Entertainment - i.e., a meal or activity with the vendor present
     - does not have to be reported.
(6)  Per Section III.F. of the Code of Ethics,  no Access Person,  other than an
     Independent  Fund  Director,  may  serve  on the  board of  directors  of a
     PUBLICLY HELD company.

                                       21
<PAGE>
                                  ATTACHMENT TO
                       ANNUAL CODE OF ETHICS QUESTIONNAIRE

PLEASE EXPLAIN ALL "NO" RESPONSES TO QUESTIONS IN SECTIONS II AND III:

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

PLEASE LIST EACH COMPANY FOR WHICH YOU ARE, OR A MEMBER OR YOUR IMMEDIATE FAMILY
IS, A DIRECTOR (SECTION IV):

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

GIFTS FOR THE YEAR SEPTEMBER 1, 1998, THROUGH AUGUST 31, 1999:

     MONTH       GIFT GIVER/RECEIVER      GIFT DESCRIPTION      ESTIMATED VALUE
     -----       -------------------      ----------------      ---------------

1. _____________________________________________________________________________

2. _____________________________________________________________________________

3. _____________________________________________________________________________

4. _____________________________________________________________________________

5. _____________________________________________________________________________

6. _____________________________________________________________________________

7. _____________________________________________________________________________

8. _____________________________________________________________________________

9. _____________________________________________________________________________

10._____________________________________________________________________________

                 (CONTINUE ON AN ADDITIONAL SHEET IF NECESSARY.)

                                       22
<PAGE>
                                                                      Appendix 7

                           LIST OF BROAD-BASED INDICES

Listed  below  are the  broad-based  indices  as  designated  by the  Compliance
Department. See Section II.B.2.e. for additional information.

DESCRIPTION OF OPTION                                     SYMBOL        EXCHANGE
- ---------------------                                     ------        --------
Computer Technology                                         XCI           AMEX
Eurotop 100                                                 ERT           AMEX
Biotechnology Index                                         BTK           AMEX
Gold / Silver Index *                                       AUX           PHLX
Hong Kong Option Index                                      HKO           AMEX
Inter@ctive Wk. Internet Index                              INX           CBOE
Japan Index                                                 JPN           AMEX
Major Market Index *                                        XMI           AMEX
Morgan Stanley High Tech Index                              MSH           AMEX
NASDAQ-100                                                  NDX           CBOE
Oil Service Sector Index                                    OSX           PHLX
Pacific High Tech Index                                     XPI           PSE
Russell 2000 *                                              RUT           CBOE
Semiconductor Sector                                        SOX           PHLX
S & P 100 *                                                 OEX           CBOE
S & P 400 Midcap Index *                                    MID           CBOE
S & P 500 *                                                 SPX           CBOE
Technology Index                                            TXX           CBOE
Value Line Index *                                          VLE           PHLX
Wilshire Small Cap Index                                    WSX           PSE

* Includes LEAPs

                                       23
<PAGE>
                                                                      Appendix 8

                                   GIFT POLICY

     The gift policy of Strong Capital  Management,  Inc.,  Strong  Investments,
Inc. and Flint Prairie, L. L. C. covers both GIVING GIFTS TO and ACCEPTING GIFTS
FROM clients, brokers, persons with whom we do business or others (collectively,
"vendors").  It is based on the  applicable  requirements  of the  Rules of Fair
Practice of the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc. ("NASD") and is
included as part of the firm's Codes of Ethics.

     Under our  policy,  associates  may not give gifts to or accept  gifts from
vendors  with a value in excess of $100 PER PERSON  PER YEAR and must  report to
the firm  annually if they accept  certain  types of gifts.  The NASD  defines a
"gift" to include any kind of gratuity. Since giving or receiving any gifts in a
business  setting may give rise to an appearance of  impropriety  or may raise a
potential conflict of interest, we are relying on your professional attitude and
good  judgment  to ensure  that our policy is  observed  to the  fullest  extent
possible. The discussion below is designed to assist you in this regard.

     Questions  regarding the  appropriateness of any gift should be directed to
the Legal/Compliance Department.

1. GIFTS GIVEN BY ASSOCIATES

     Under  applicable  NASD rules,  an  associate  may not give any gift with a
value in excess of $100 per year to any person  associated  with a securities or
financial organization,  including exchanges,  broker-dealers,  commodity firms,
the news media, or clients of the firm. Please note, however,  that the firm may
not take a tax deduction for any gift with a value exceeding $25.

     This  memorandum  is not intended to authorize any associate to give a gift
to a vendor -- appropriate  supervisory  approval must be obtained before giving
any gifts.

2. GIFTS ACCEPTED BY ASSOCIATES

     On occasion,  because of their position within the firm,  associates may be
offered, or may receive without notice,  gifts from vendors.  Associates may not
accept any gift or form of  entertainment  from  vendors  (E.G.,  tickets to the
theater or a sporting  event where the vendor does not accompany the  associate)
other than gifts of NOMINAL VALUE, which the NASD defines as under $100 in total
from any vendor in any year (managers may, if they deem it appropriate for their
department,  adopt a lower dollar  ceiling).  Any gift  accepted by an associate
must be  reported  to the firm,  subject to certain  exceptions  (see  heading 4
below).  In  addition,  note that our gift  policy  does not apply to normal and
customary business entertainment or to personal gifts (see heading 3 below).

     Associates may not accept a gift of cash or a cash equivalent  (E.G.,  gift
certificates) in ANY amount, and under no circumstances may an associate solicit
a gift from a vendor.

     Associates  may  wish  to have  gifts  from  vendors  donated  to  charity,
particularly where it might be awkward or impolite for an associate to decline a
gift not permitted by our policy.  In such case, the gift should be forwarded to

                                       24
<PAGE>
Legal, who will arrange for it to be donated to charity.  Similarly,  associates
may wish to suggest to vendors that, in lieu of an annual gift, the vendors make
a donation to charity.  In either  situation  discussed  in this  paragraph,  an
associate would not need to report the gift to the firm (see heading 4 below).

3. EXCLUSION FOR BUSINESS ENTERTAINMENT/PERSONAL GIFTS

     Our gift policy does not apply to normal and customary  business  meals and
entertainment with vendors. For example, if an associate has a business meal and
attends  a  sporting  event or show with a vendor,  that  activity  would not be
subject to our gift  policy,  provided  the vendor is present.  If, on the other
hand, a vendor gives an associate  tickets to a sporting event and the associate
attends the event  without the vendor also being  present,  the tickets would be
subject to the dollar limitation and reporting  requirements of our gift policy.
Under no  circumstances  may associates  accept business  entertainment  that is
extraordinary or extravagant in nature.

     In addition,  our gift policy does not apply to usual and  customary  gifts
given to or received from vendors based on a personal  relationship (E.G., gifts
between  an  associate  and a vendor  where  the  vendor  is a family  member or
personal friend).

4. REPORTING

     The NASD requires gifts to be reported to the firm.  Except as noted below,
associates  must report  annually  all gifts given to or accepted  from  vendors
(Legal will distribute the appropriate reporting form to associates).

     Associates  are NOT  required  to  report  the  following:  (i)  usual  and
customary promotional items given to or received from vendors (E.G., hats, pens,
T-shirts,  and similar items marked with a firm's  logo),  (ii) items donated to
charity  through  Legal,  or (iii) food items  consumed  on the firm's  premises
(E.G., candy, popcorn, etc.).

January 1, 1999

                                       25
<PAGE>
                                                                      Appendix 9

                      INSIDER TRADING POLICY AND PROCEDURES
                 DESIGNED TO DETECT AND PREVENT INSIDER TRADING

A. POLICY STATEMENT.

     1. INTRODUCTION. Strong Capital Management, Inc., Strong Investments, Inc.,
Heritage Reserve Development Corporation, Flint Prairie, L. L. C. and such other
companies  which adopt  these  Policies  and  Procedures  (all of the  foregoing
entities  are  collectively  referred  to herein as  "Strong")  seek to foster a
reputation  for  integrity  and  professionalism.  That  reputation  is a  vital
business  asset.  The  confidence  and trust  placed in  Strong  by  clients  is
something  we should value and  endeavor to protect.  To further that goal,  the
Policy  Statement  implements  procedures  to  deter  the  misuse  of  material,
nonpublic information in securities transactions.

     2.  PROHIBITIONS.  Accordingly,  associates  are  prohibited  from trading,
either  personally  or on behalf  of others  (including  advisory  clients),  on
material, nonpublic information or communicating material, nonpublic information
to others in violation of the law.  This  conduct is  frequently  referred to as
"insider  trading."  This  policy  applies  to every  associate  and  extends to
activities  within and outside their duties at Strong.  Any questions  regarding
this policy should be referred to the Compliance Department.

     3. GENERAL  SANCTIONS.  Trading securities while in possession of material,
nonpublic information or improperly communicating that information to others may
expose you to stringent  penalties.  Criminal sanctions may include a fine of up
to  $1,000,000  and/or ten years  imprisonment.  The SEC can recover the profits
gained or losses avoided through the violative trading, a penalty of up to three
times  the  illicit  windfall  and an  order  permanently  barring  you from the
securities  industry.  Finally,  you may be sued by investors seeking to recover
damages for insider trading violations.

     4. INSIDER TRADING  DEFINED.  The term "insider  trading" is not defined in
the  federal  securities  laws,  but  generally  is used to  refer to the use of
material, nonpublic information to trade in securities (whether or not one is an
"insider") or to  communications of material,  nonpublic  information to others.
While  the  law  concerning  insider  trading  is not  static,  it is  currently
understood that the law generally prohibits:

          a. trading by an insider,  while in possession of material,  nonpublic
     information;

          b.  trading  by  a  non-insider,  while  in  possession  of  material,
     nonpublic  information,  where the information  either was disclosed to the
     non-insider  in violation of an insider's duty to keep it  confidential  or
     was misappropriated;

          c.  recommending  the purchase or sale of  securities  on the basis of
     material, nonpublic information;

          d. communicating material, nonpublic information to others; or

                                       26
<PAGE>
          e. providing  substantial  assistance to someone who is engaged in any
     of the above activities.

     The elements of insider trading and the penalties for such unlawful conduct
are described  below.  Any associate  who,  after  reviewing  these Policies and
Procedures has any question  regarding  insider  trading should consult with the
Compliance  Department.  Often,  a single  question can  forestall  disciplinary
action or complex legal problems.

     5. TENDER OFFERS.  Tender offers represent a particular  concern in the law
of insider trading for two reasons.  First, tender offer activity often produces
extraordinary gyrations in the price of the target company's securities. Trading
during  this time  period is more likely to attract  regulatory  attention  (and
produces a  disproportionate  percentage of insider trading cases).  Second, the
SEC has adopted a rule which  expressly  forbids  trading and "tipping" while in
possession of material,  nonpublic information regarding a tender offer received
from the  tender  offeror,  the  target  company  or anyone  acting on behalf of
either. Associates should exercise particular caution any time they become aware
of nonpublic information relating to a tender offer.

     6. CONTACT THE COMPLIANCE DEPARTMENT. To protect yourself, our clients, and
Strong, you should contact the Compliance Department  immediately if you believe
that you may have received material, nonpublic information.

B.  PROCEDURES  DESIGNED TO DETECT AND PREVENT  INSIDER  TRADING.  The following
procedures  have been  established  to aid Strong and all associates in avoiding
insider  trading,  and to aid  Strong in  preventing,  detecting,  and  imposing
sanctions against insider trading.  Every associate must follow these procedures
or risk serious sanctions,  including dismissal,  substantial personal liability
and criminal penalties.  Any questions about these procedures should be directed
to the Compliance Department.

     1. INITIAL  QUESTIONS.  Before trading in the Securities of a company about
which an associate may have potential inside information, an associate,  whether
trading  for  himself or herself or others,  should ask  himself or herself  the
following questions:

          a. IS THE INFORMATION  MATERIAL?  Is this information that an investor
     would consider important in making his or her investment decisions? Is this
     information  that  would  substantially  affect  the  market  price  of the
     securities if generally disclosed?

          b. IS THE INFORMATION  NONPUBLIC?  To whom has this  information  been
     provided?  Has the information been effectively  communicated to the market
     place by being  published  in  Reuters,  THE WALL  STREET  JOURNAL or other
     publications of general circulation?

     2.  MATERIAL AND  NONPUBLIC  INFORMATION.  If, after  consideration  of the
above, any associate believes that the information is material and nonpublic, or
if an  associate  has  questions as to whether the  information  is material and
nonpublic, he or she should take the following steps:

          a. Report the matter immediately to the Compliance Department.

                                       27
<PAGE>
          b. Do not purchase or sell the  Securities  either on the  associate's
     own behalf or on the behalf of others.

          c. Do not  communicate  the  information to anyone,  other than to the
     Compliance Department.

          d.  After the  Compliance  Department  has  reviewed  the  issue,  the
     associate will be instructed to continue the  prohibitions  against trading
     and  communication,  or he or she will be allowed to trade and  communicate
     the information.

     3.  CONFIDENTIALITY.  Information  in an  associate's  possession  that  is
identified as material and nonpublic may not be communicated to anyone,  include
persons within Strong,  except as otherwise  provided herein. In addition,  care
should  be  taken  so that  such  information  is  secure.  For  example,  files
containing material,  nonpublic information should be sealed, access to computer
files  containing  material,  nonpublic  information  should be  restricted  and
conversations  containing  such  information,  if appropriate at all,  should be
conducted in private (for example,  not by cellular telephone to avoid potential
interception).

     4. ASSISTANCE OF THE COMPLIANCE DEPARTMENT.  If, after consideration of the
items set forth in Section  B.2.,  doubt  remains as to whether  information  is
material  or  nonpublic,  or if  there  is  any  unresolved  question  as to the
applicability  or  interpretation  of  the  foregoing  procedures,  or as to the
propriety of any action,  it must be discussed  with the  Compliance  Department
before trading or communicating the information to anyone.

     5. REPORTING REQUIREMENT. In accordance with Strong's Code of Ethics, every
associate  must arrange for the Compliance  Department to receive  directly from
the broker,  dealer, or bank in question,  duplicate copies of each confirmation
for each  Securities  Transaction  and  periodic  statement  for each  brokerage
account in which such associate has a beneficial interest.

C. INSIDER TRADING EXPLANATIONS.

     1. WHO IS AN  INSIDER?  The  concept of  "insider"  is broad.  It  includes
officers,  directors and associates of a company. In addition, a person can be a
"temporary insider" if he or she enters into a special confidential relationship
in the  conduct  of a  company's  affairs  and as a result  is given  access  to
information solely for the company's purposes.  A temporary insider can include,
among others,  a company's  attorneys,  accountants,  consultants,  bank lending
officers and the  associates  of such  organizations.  In  addition,  Strong may
become a temporary  insider.  According to the United States Supreme Court,  the
company must expect the  outsider to keep the  disclosed  nonpublic  information
confidential,  and the  relationship  must at least imply such a duty before the
outsider will be considered an insider.

     2. WHAT IS MATERIAL  INFORMATION?  Trading on inside  information  is not a
basis for liability unless the information is material.  "Material  information"
generally is defined as information for which there is a substantial  likelihood
that a  reasonable  investor  would  consider it  important in making his or her
investment  decisions,  or  information  that is  reasonably  certain  to have a
substantial  effect  on the  price  of a  company's  securities.  It need not be
important that it would have changed the investor's  decision to buy or sell. No
simple  "bright  line" test exists to determine  when  information  is material;

                                       28
<PAGE>
assessments  of materiality  involve a highly  fact-specific  inquiry.  For this
reason, you should direct any question about whether  information is material to
the Compliance Department.

     Material  information  often relates to a company's  results and operations
including,  for  example,   dividend  changes,   earnings  results,  changes  in
previously  released  earnings  estimates,  significant  merger  or  acquisition
proposals   or   agreements,   major   litigation,   liquidation   problems  and
extraordinary management developments.

     Material  information  also  may  relate  to  the  market  for a  company's
securities. Information about a significant order to purchase or sell securities
may, in some contexts, be deemed material.

     Material  information does not have to relate to a company's business.  For
example,  in CARPENTER V. U.S.,  108 U.S. 316 (1987),  the United States Supreme
Court  considered  as  material  certain  information  about the  contents  of a
forthcoming  newspaper  column that was expected to affect the market price of a
security.  In that case, a Wall Street  Journal  reporter  was found  criminally
liable for  disclosing  to others the dates  that  reports on various  companies
would  appear in THE WALL  STREET  Journal and whether  those  reports  would be
favorable or unfavorable.

     3. WHAT IS NONPUBLIC  INFORMATION?  Information  is nonpublic  until it has
been effectively disseminated broadly to investors in the market place. One must
be able to point to some fact to show that the information is generally  public.
For example,  information  found in a report filed with the SEC, or appearing in
Dow  Jones,  Reuters  Economic  Services,  THE  WALL  STREET  JOURNAL,  or other
publications of general circulation would be considered public.

     4. WHAT ARE THE PENALTIES FOR INSIDER TRADING?  Penalties for trading on or
communicating  material,  nonpublic information are severe, both for individuals
involved in such unlawful conduct and their  employers.  A person can be subject
to some or all of the  penalties  below  even if he or she does  not  personally
benefit from the violation. Penalties include: (a) civil injunctions; (b) treble
damages;  (c)  disgorgement of profits;  (d) jail  sentences;  (e) fines for the
person who  committed  the  violation of up to three times the profit  gained or
loss avoided,  whether or not the person actually  benefited;  and (f) fines for
the employer or other  controlling  person of up to the greater of $1,000,000 or
three times the amount of the profit gained or loss avoided.

     In addition to the foregoing,  any violation of this Policy with Respect to
Insider  Trading  can be  expected  to result in  serious  sanctions,  including
dismissal of the person or persons involved.

January 1, 1999

                                       29
<PAGE>
                                                                     Appendix 10

                      ELECTRONIC TRADING AUTHORIZATION FORM

Authorization has been granted to ____________________________ ("Access Person")

to open an Electronic Trading Account(1) at ________________ ("Brokerage Firm").

As  a  condition  of  approval,  the  Access  Person  agrees  to  the  following
requirements, relating to all Securities Transactions:

1.   All Securities  Transactions as defined in the Code of Ethics, except those
     specifically exempt, must be precleared by the Compliance Department;

2.   All Securities Transactions will be placed and executed by the close of the
     SAME  trading  day  that  the  authorization  is  granted,   otherwise  the
     authorization  will expire.  This includes  Limit Orders.  There will be no
     open "until filled" orders;

3.   The Access Person will provide the Compliance Department with documentation
     from the Internet Site that shows when the order was placed and executed.

4.   The Access  Person will arrange for the  Compliance  Department  to receive
     directly  from  the  Electronic  Trading  Firm,  duplicate  copies  of each
     confirmation  for each Securities  Transaction and periodic  statements for
     each  brokerage  account  in  which  the  Access  Person  has a  Beneficial
     Interest.  THE ACCESS  PERSON MAY NOT PLACE TRADES ON HIS OR HER OWN BEHALF
     UNTIL THESE ARRANGEMENTS HAVE BEEN MADE.

5.   The  Access  Person  will  comply  with the  Code of  Ethics  in all  other
     respects.


I hereby  agree to the  terms and  conditions  stated  above.  Any abuse of this
privilege may result in disciplinary action by the firm.


- ------------------------------------    ----------------------------------------
Access Person                           Date


                                  AUTHORIZATION

- ------------------------------------    ----------------------------------------
Director of Compliance (or designee)    Date


- ----------
(1)  Electronic  Trading Account  includes  brokerage  accounts where Securities
     Transactions are placed electronically via the Internet or the telephone.

                                       30
<PAGE>
                                                                     Appendix 11


TO:      ALL ACCESS PERSONS

FROM:    Director of Compliance

Subject: Social Security Number/Tax ID Information

Strong's  Code of Ethics  requires  the  Compliance  Department  to monitor  the
personal investing activity of Access Persons,  including  investments in mutual
funds.  To assist in this, we ask that you please  provide your Social  Security
Number,  as well  as the SSN of each  member  of  your  "IMMEDIATE  FAMILY".  In
addition,  please  list  all  accounts  in  which  you  may  have a  "BENEFICIAL
INTEREST".

(Please  refer  to your  copy of the  Code of  Ethics  for a  definition  of the
underlined words.)

Please  complete  this form  return it to the  Director  of  Compliance  at your
earliest convenience. Thank you for your cooperation.


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Print Name)                                           (SSN/TIN)


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Print Name)                                           (SSN/TIN)


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Print Name)                                           (SSN/TIN)


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Print Name)                                           (SSN/TIN)


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Print Name)                                           (SSN/TIN)


- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
(Print Name)                                           (SSN/TIN)

                                       31

                                  [JANUS LOGO]

                               JANUS ETHICS RULES

                   "ACT IN THE BEST INTEREST OF OUR INVESTORS"
                    EARN THEIR CONFIDENCE WITH EVERY ACTION"

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
                                 CODE OF ETHICS
                             INSIDER TRADING POLICY
                                   GIFT POLICY
                            OUTSIDE EMPLOYMENT POLICY
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                           LAST REVISED MARCH 1, 2000
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
<PAGE>
                                TABLE OF CONTENTS

DEFINITIONS ...................................................................1

INTRODUCTION...................................................................4
  CAUTION REGARDING PERSONAL TRADING ACTIVITIES................................4
  COMMUNICATIONS WITH OUTSIDE TRUSTEES/DIRECTORS...............................4

CODE OF ETHICS.................................................................5
  OVERVIEW.....................................................................5
  GENERAL PROHIBITIONS.........................................................5
  TRADING RESTRICTIONS.........................................................6
    EXCLUDED TRANSACTIONS......................................................6
    DISCLOSURE OF CONFLICTS....................................................7
    PRECLEARANCE...............................................................7
    TRADING BAN ON PORTFOLIO MANAGERS AND ASSISTANT PORTFOLIO MANAGERS.........8
    BAN ON IPOs AND HOT ISSUES.................................................8
    60 DAY RULE................................................................8
    BLACKOUT PERIOD............................................................8
    FIFTEEN DAY RULE...........................................................8
    SEVEN DAY RULE.............................................................9
    SHORT SALES................................................................9
    HEDGE FUNDS, INVESTMENT CLUBS, AND OTHER INVESTMENTS.......................9
  PRECLEARANCE PROCEDURES......................................................9
    GENERAL PRECLEARANCE.......................................................9
    PRECLEARANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR INVESTMENT PERSONNEL........................10
    PRECLEARANCE OF COMPANY STOCK.............................................10
    PRECLEARANCE OF TENDER OFFERS AND STOCK PURCHASE PLANS....................11
    FOUR DAY EFFECTIVE PERIOD.................................................11
  REPORTING REQUIREMENTS......................................................11
    ACCOUNT STATEMENTS........................................................11
    HOLDINGS REPORTS..........................................................12
    PERSONAL SECURITIES TRANSACTION REPORTS...................................12
    NON-INFLUENCE AND NON-CONTROL ACCOUNTS....................................12
  OTHER REQUIRED FORMS........................................................13
    ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF RECEIPT FORM............................................13
    ANNUAL CERTIFICATION FORM.................................................13
    OUTSIDE DIRECTOR/TRUSTEE REPRESENTATION FORM..............................13

INSIDER TRADING POLICY........................................................14
  BACKGROUND INFORMATION......................................................14
    WHO IS AN INSIDER?........................................................15
    WHEN IS INFORMATION NONPUBLIC?............................................15
    WHAT IS MATERIAL INFORMATION?.............................................15
    WHEN IS INFORMATION MISAPPROPRIATED?......................................15
    PENALTIES FOR INSIDER TRADING.............................................16
    WHO IS A CONTROLLING PERSON?..............................................16
  PROCEDURES TO IMPLEMENT POLICY .............................................16
<PAGE>
    IDENTIFYING MATERIAL INSIDE INFORMATION...................................16
    REPORTING INSIDE INFORMATION..............................................17
    WATCH AND RESTRICTED LISTS................................................17
    PROTECTING INFORMATION....................................................18
    RESPONSIBILITY TO MONITOR TRANSACTIONS....................................19
    RECORD RETENTION..........................................................19
    TENDER OFFERS.............................................................19

GIFT POLICY...................................................................20
  GIFT GIVING.................................................................20
  GIFT RECEIVING..............................................................20
  CUSTOMARY BUSINESS AMENITIES................................................20

OUTSIDE EMPLOYMENT POLICY.....................................................21

PENALTY GUIDELINES............................................................22
  OVERVIEW....................................................................22
  PENALTY GUIDELINES   .......................................................22

SUPERVISORY AND COMPLIANCE PROCEDURES.........................................23
  SUPERVISORY PROCEDURES......................................................23
    PREVENTION OF VIOLATIONS..................................................23
    DETECTION OF VIOLATIONS...................................................23
  COMPLIANCE PROCEDURES.......................................................24
    REPORTS OF POTENTIAL DEVIATIONS OR VIOLATIONS.............................24
    ANNUAL REPORTS............................................................24
    RECORDS ..................................................................24

    INSPECTION................................................................25
    CONFIDENTIALITY...........................................................25
    FILING OF REPORTS.........................................................25
  THE ETHICS COMMITTEE........................................................25
    MEMBERSHIP OF THE COMMITTEE...............................................25
    COMMITTEE MEETINGS........................................................25
    SPECIAL DISCRETION........................................................26

GENERAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE ETHICS RULES....................................27
  DESIGNEES...................................................................27
  ENFORCEMENT.................................................................27
  INTERNAL USE................................................................27

FORMS.........................................................................28
<PAGE>
                               JANUS ETHICS RULES

             "ACT IN THE BEST INTEREST OF OUR INVESTORS - EARN THEIR
                         CONFIDENCE WITH EVERY ACTION"

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                   DEFINITIONS

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

The following definitions are used throughout this document. You are responsible
for reading and being familiar with each definition.

1.   "Access Person" shall mean:

     1)   Any trustee,  director,  officer or Advisory Person of the Janus Funds
          or JCC;

     2)   Any  director or officer of JDI who in the  ordinary  course of his or
          her business makes,  participates in or obtains information  regarding
          the  purchase  or sale of  securities  for the Janus  Funds or for the
          advisory  clients or whose functions or duties as part of the ordinary
          course  of  his  or  her   business   relate  to  the  making  of  any
          recommendation  to the Janus Funds or advisory  clients  regarding the
          purchase or sale of securities; and

     3)   Any other persons  designated by the Ethics Committee as having access
          to current trading information.

2.   "Advisory Person" shall mean:

     1)   Any employee of the Janus Funds or JCC (or of any company in a control
          relationship  to the Janus Funds or JCC) who in connection with his or
          her regular  functions or duties,  makes,  participates  in or obtains
          information  regarding the purchase or sale of a security by the Funds
          or for the account of advisory  clients,  or whose functions relate to
          the making of any  recommendations  with respect to such purchases and
          sales; and

     2)   Any natural person in a control  relationship  to the Funds or JCC who
          obtains information  concerning  recommendations  made to the Funds or
          for the account of Clients  with  regard to the  purchase or sale of a
          security.

3.   "Beneficial  Ownership" shall be interpreted in the same manner as it would
     be under Rule  16a-1(a)(2)  under the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934 in
     determining  whether a person is  subject to the  provisions  of Section 16
     except that the  determination of direct or indirect  Beneficial  Ownership
     shall  apply to all  Covered  Securities  which  an  Access  Person  has or
     acquires.  For  example,  in addition to a person's  own  accounts the term
     "Beneficial  Ownership" encompasses securities held in the name of a spouse
     or equivalent domestic partnership, minor children, a relative sharing your
     home,  or  certain  trusts  under  which  you  or  a  related  party  is  a
     beneficiary,  or held  under  other  arrangements  indicating  a sharing of
     financial interest.

4.   "Company Stock" is any stock or option issued by Janus, Stilwell Financial,
     Inc. ("Stilwell") or Kansas City Southern Industries, Inc. ("KCSI").
<PAGE>
5.   "Control"  shall have the same meaning as that set forth in Section 2(a)(9)
     of the 1940 Act.

6.   "Covered  Persons" are all Directors,  Trustees,  officers,  and full-time,
     part-time or temporary  employees of Janus, and persons working at Janus on
     a contract basis.

7.   "Covered  Securities"  generally include all securities  (including Company
     Stock),  whether  publicly or  privately  traded,  and any option,  future,
     forward contract or other obligation involving a security or index thereof,
     including an instrument whose value is derived or based on any of the above
     (a "derivative"). The term Covered Security includes any separate security,
     which is convertible into or exchangeable  for, or which confers a right to
     purchase  such  security.   The  following   investments  are  not  Covered
     Securities:

     *    shares of  registered  open-end  investment  companies  (e.g.,  mutual
          funds);

     *    direct obligations of the U.S. government (e.g., Treasury securities),
          or any derivative thereof;

     *    securities  representing  a  limited  partnership  interest  in a real
          estate limited partnership;

     *    high-quality  money  market  instruments,   such  as  certificates  of
          deposit, bankers acceptances, repurchase agreements, commercial paper,
          and U.S. government agency obligations;

     *    insurance contracts, including life insurance or annuity contracts;

     *    direct  investments  in real estate,  business  franchises  or similar
          ventures; and

     *    physical   commodities   (including   foreign   currencies),   or  any
          derivatives thereof.

8.   "Designated  Compliance  Representatives"  are  David  Kowalski  and  Ernie
     Overholt or their designee(s).

9.   "Designated  Legal  Representatives"  are Bonnie  Howe and Heidi  Walter or
     their designee(s).

10.  "Designated  Trading  Operations  Representatives"  are Lesa  Finney,  John
     Porro, and Mark Farrell.

11.  "Directors" are directors of JCC.

12.  "Executive  Committee"  is comprised of Thomas  Bailey,  Jim Craig,  Thomas
     Early, Steve Goodbarn, Margie Hurd, and Mark Whiston.

13.  "Executive Investment Committee" is comprised of Jim Craig, Jim Goff, Helen
     Hayes, Warren Lammert, and Scott Schoelzel.

14.  "Ethics  Committee" is comprised of Thomas  Early,  Steve  Goodbarn,  David
     Kowalski and Ernie Overholt.

15.  "Initial Public Offering" means an offering of securities  registered under
     the  Securities Act of 1933,  the issuer of which,  immediately  before the
     registration,  was not subject to the reporting requirements of sections 13
     or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934.

16.  "Inside  Trustees and  Directors"  are Trustees and  Directors who are also
     employed by Janus.

                                       2
<PAGE>
17.  "Investment  Personnel"  shall  mean  (i)  a  person  who  makes  decisions
     regarding  the purchase or sale of  securities by or on behalf of the Janus
     Funds or  advisory  clients and any person such as an analyst or trader who
     directly  assists in the process,  and (ii) any natural person who controls
     the   Janus   Funds  or  JCC  and  who   obtains   information   concerning
     recommendations made to the Funds regarding the purchase or sale of Covered
     Securities by the Funds.

18.  "Janus"  is Janus  Investment  Fund,  Janus  Aspen  Series,  Janus  Capital
     Corporation,  Janus Service  Corporation,  Janus Distributors,  Inc., Janus
     Capital  International  Ltd., Janus  International (UK) Ltd., Janus Capital
     Trust Manager Ltd., Janus Universal Funds, and Janus World Funds Plc.

19.  "Janus  Funds"  are  Janus  Investment  Fund,  Janus  Aspen  Series,  Janus
     Universal Funds, and Janus World Funds Plc.

20.  "JCC" is Janus Capital Corporation, Janus Capital International Ltd., Janus
     International (UK) Ltd. and Janus Capital Trust Manager Ltd.

21.  "JDI" is Janus Distributors, Inc.

22.  "JDI's Operations Manager" is Dana Stephens and/or her designee(s).

23.  "Limited Offering" means an offering that is exempt from registration under
     the  Securities  Act of 1933  pursuant to section  4(2) or section  4(6) or
     pursuant to rule 504, rule 505 or rule 506 thereunder.

24.  "NASD" is the National Association of Securities Dealers, Inc.

25.  "Non-Access Person" is any person that is not an Access Person.

26.  "Outside Directors" are Directors who are not employed by Janus.

27.  "Outside  Trustees"  are Trustees who are not  "interested  persons" of the
     Janus Funds within the meaning of Section 2(a)(9) of the 1940 Act.

28.  "Registered Persons" are persons registered with the NASD by JDI.

29.  "Security Held or to be Acquired" means any Covered Security which,  within
     the most recent 15 days (i) is or has been held by the Janus Funds; or (ii)
     is being or has been considered by the Janus Funds or JCC for purchase.

30.  "SEC" is Securities and Exchange Commission.

31.  "Trustees" are trustees of Janus Investment Fund and Janus Aspen Series.

These  definitions  may be  updated  from  time to time to  reflect  changes  in
personnel.

                                       3
<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                  INTRODUCTION

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     These Ethics Rules ("Rules") apply to all Covered Persons.  The Rules apply
to  transactions  for  your  personal   accounts  and  any  other  accounts  you
Beneficially Own. You may be deemed the beneficial owner of any account in which
you have a direct or indirect financial interest.  Such accounts include,  among
others,  accounts  held in the  name  of  your  spouse  or  equivalent  domestic
partnership,  your minor  children,  a relative  sharing  your home,  or certain
trusts under which you or such persons are a beneficiary.

     The Rules are  intended to ensure that you (i) at all times place first the
interests of the Janus  Funds,  investment  companies  for which Janus serves as
subadviser,  and other advisory clients  ("Clients");  (ii) conduct all personal
trading consistent with the Rules and in such a manner as to avoid any actual or
potential  conflict  of  interest  or any  abuse of your  position  of trust and
responsibility;  and  (iii)  not  use  any  material  nonpublic  information  in
securities  trading.  The Rules also establish policies regarding other matters,
such as outside employment and the giving or receiving of gifts.

     You are  required to read and retain these Rules and to sign and return the
attached  Acknowledgment  of Receipt Form to  Compliance  upon  commencement  of
employment  or  other  services.  On an  annual  basis  thereafter,  you will be
required to complete an Annual Certification Form. The Annual Certification Form
confirms that (i) you have received,  read and asked any questions  necessary to
understand the Rules;  (ii) you agree to conduct yourself in accordance with the
Rules;  and (iii) you have  complied with the Rules during such time as you have
been  associated  with Janus.  Depending on your status,  you may be required to
submit  additional  reports  and/or obtain  clearances  as discussed  more fully
below.

     Unless otherwise defined, all capitalized terms shall have the same meaning
as set forth in the Definitions section.

                  CAUTION REGARDING PERSONAL TRADING ACTIVITIES

     Certain  personal  trading  activities may be risky not only because of the
nature of the  transactions,  but also because  action  necessary to close out a
position  may become  prohibited  for some  Covered  Persons  while the position
remains  open.  For  example,  you may not be able to close out short  sales and
transactions  in  derivatives.  Furthermore,  if JCC  becomes  aware of material
nonpublic  information,  or if a Client  is  active  in a given  security,  some
Covered  Persons may find themselves  "frozen" in a position.  JCC will not bear
any losses in personal accounts resulting from the application of these Rules.

                 COMMUNICATIONS WITH OUTSIDE TRUSTEES/DIRECTORS

     As a regular business practice, JCC attempts to keep Directors and Trustees
informed with respect to its  investment  activities  through  reports and other
information provided to them in connection with board meetings and other events.
In  addition,  Janus  personnel  are  encouraged  to respond to  inquiries  from
Directors  and  Trustees,  particularly  as  they  relate  to  general  strategy
considerations or economic or market conditions affecting Janus.  However, it is
JCC's policy not to communicate  specific trading  information  and/or advice on
specific issues to Outside  Directors and Outside Trustees (i.e., no information
should be given on securities for which current activity is being considered for
Clients).  Any pattern of repeated requests by such Directors or Trustees should
be reported to the Chief Compliance Officer or the Compliance Manager.

                                       4
<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                 CODE OF ETHICS

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                    OVERVIEW

     In  general,   it  is  unlawful  for  persons  affiliated  with  investment
companies,  their principal  underwriters or their investment advisers to engage
in personal  transactions  in securities  held or to be acquired by a registered
investment company,  if such personal  transactions are made in contravention of
rules  which  the  SEC  has  adopted  to  prevent   fraudulent,   deceptive  and
manipulative  practices.  Such rules require each registered investment company,
investment  adviser and principal  underwriter  to adopt its own written code of
ethics containing  provisions reasonably necessary to prevent its employees from
engaging in such conduct, and to maintain records, use reasonable diligence, and
institute such procedures as are reasonably  necessary to prevent  violations of
such code. This Code of Ethics ("Code") and information  reported hereunder will
enable Janus to fulfill these requirements.

                              GENERAL PROHIBITIONS

     The following  activities are prohibited  for  applicable  Covered  Persons
(remember,  if you  work at  Janus  full-time,  part-time,  temporarily  or on a
contract  basis,  or you are a Trustee or Director,  you are a Covered  Person).
Persons  who  violate any  prohibition  may be required to disgorge  any profits
realized in connection with such violation to a charitable organization selected
by the Ethics  Committee  and may be subject to other  sanctions  imposed by the
Ethics Committee, as outlined in the Penalty Guidelines.

     1.   Covered  Persons may not cause a Client to take action,  or to fail to
          take action, for personal benefit, rather than to benefit such Client.
          For example,  a Covered  Person  would  violate this Code by causing a
          Client to  purchase a  security  owned by the  Covered  Person for the
          purpose of supporting  or increasing  the price of that security or by
          causing a Client to refrain  from  selling a security in an attempt to
          protect a personal investment, such as an option on that security.

     2.   Covered Persons may not use knowledge of portfolio  transactions  made
          or contemplated for Clients to profit,  or cause others to profit,  by
          the market effect of such transactions.

     3.   Covered Persons may not disclose current  portfolio  transactions made
          or contemplated for Clients as well as any other nonpublic information
          to anyone outside of Janus.

     4.   Covered  Persons may not engage in  fraudulent  conduct in  connection
          with the  purchase  or sale of a Security  Held or to be Acquired by a
          Client, including without limitation:

          1)   Employing any device, scheme or artifice to defraud any Client;

          2)   Making to any Client any untrue  statement  of  material  fact or
               omitting  to state to any Client a  material  fact  necessary  in
               order to make the statements made, in light of the  circumstances
               under which they are made, not misleading;

          3)   Engaging  in any  act,  practice  or  course  of  business  which
               operates or would operate as a fraud or deceit upon any Client;

          4)   Engaging in any manipulative practice with respect to any Client;
               or

                                       5
<PAGE>
          5)   Investing in derivatives to evade the  restrictions of this Code.
               Accordingly,   individuals   may  not  use  derivatives  to  take
               positions in securities that would be otherwise prohibited by the
               Code if the positions were taken directly.

5.   Investment  Personnel may not serve on the board of directors of a publicly
     traded  company  without  prior  written   authorization  from  the  Ethics
     Committee.  No such  service  shall be  approved  without a finding  by the
     Ethics Committee that the board service would not be inconsistent  with the
     interests  of  Clients.  If  board  service  is  authorized  by the  Ethics
     Committee,  the Investment Personnel serving as director normally should be
     isolated from those making investment decisions with respect to the company
     involved through "Chinese Walls" or other procedures.

                              TRADING RESTRICTIONS

     The  trading  restrictions  of the Code  apply to all  direct  or  indirect
acquisitions or dispositions of Covered Securities,  whether by purchase,  sale,
tender offers,  stock purchase plan,  gift,  inheritance,  or otherwise.  Unless
otherwise  noted,  the  following  trading  restrictions  are  applicable to any
transaction  in a  Covered  Security  Beneficially  Owned by a  Covered  Person.
Outside   Directors  and  Outside  Trustees  are  exempt  from  certain  trading
restrictions  because of their limited access to current  information  regarding
Client investments.

         Any  disgorgement  of  profits  required  under  any of  the  following
provisions shall be donated to a charitable  organization selected by the Ethics
Committee,  as outlined in the Penalty  Guidelines.  However, if disgorgement is
required as a result of trades by a portfolio  manager that conflicted with that
manager's  own Clients,  disgorgement  proceeds  shall be paid  directly to such
Clients.  If disgorgement is required under more than one provision,  the Ethics
Committee  shall  determine  in its sole  discretion  the  provision  that shall
control.(1)

EXCLUDED TRANSACTIONS

         Some or all of the trading  restrictions  listed  below do not apply to
the following  transactions;  however, these transactions must still be reported
to Compliance (see Reporting Requirements):

*    Tender offer transactions are exempt from all trading  restrictions  except
     preclearance.

- ----------
     (1) Unless otherwise noted,  restrictions on personal transactions apply to
transactions  involving Covered  Securities,  including any derivative  thereof.
When  determining  the  amount  of  disgorgement  required  with  respect  to  a
derivative,  consideration  will be  given  to  price  differences  in both  the
derivative and the underlying securities,  with the lesser amount being used for
purposes  of  computing  disgorgement.   For  example,  in  determining  whether
reimbursement is required when the applicable  personal trade is in a derivative
and the Client  transaction is in the underlying  security,  the amount shall be
calculated  using the  lesser of (a) the  difference  between  the price paid or
received for the  derivative  and the closing bid or ask price (as  appropriate)
for the derivative on the date of the Client transaction,  or (b) the difference
between the last sale price,  or the last bid or ask price (as  appropriate)  of
the underlying security on the date of the derivative transaction, and the price
received or paid by the Client for the underlying security. Neither preclearance
nor  disgorgement  shall be required if such person"s  transaction  is to close,
sell or exercise a derivative within five days of its expiration.

                                       6
<PAGE>
     *    The acquisition of securities  through stock purchase plans are exempt
          from all trading restrictions except preclearance,  the trading ban on
          portfoli* managers and assistant portfolio managers, and the seven day
          rule. (Note: the sales of securities acquired through a stock purchase
          plan are subject to all of the trading restrictions of the Code).

     *    The  acquisition  of  securities  through stock  dividends,  automatic
          dividend  reinvestment  plans,  stock  splits,  reverse  stock splits,
          mergers,   consolidations,   spin-offs,  or  other  similar  corporate
          reorganizations or distributions  generally  applicable to all holders
          of the same  class of such  securities  are  exempt  from all  trading
          restrictions.  The  acquisition of securities  through the exercise of
          rights  issued  by an  issuer  pro rata to all  holders  of a class of
          securities,  to the extent the rights  were  acquired in the issue are
          exempt from all trading restrictions.

     *    Non-discretionary transactions in Company Stock (e.g., the acquisition
          of securities  through Stilwell or KCSI's Employee Stock Purchase Plan
          ("ESPP")  or the  receipt of  options  in  Company  Stock as part of a
          compensation   or   benefit   plan)  are  exempt   from  all   trading
          restrictions.  Discretionary  transactions  in Company Stock issued by
          JCC  are  exempt   from  all   trading   restrictions.   Discretionary
          transactions  in  Company  Stock  issued by  Stilwell  or KCSI  (e.g.,
          exercising  options or selling ESPP Stock) are exempt from all trading
          restrictions  except  preclearance (See procedures for Preclearance of
          Company Stock).

     *    The  acquisition  of securities by gift or  inheritance is exempt from
          all trading  restrictions.  (Note: the sales of securities acquired by
          gift or inheritance are subject to all trading restrictions of --- the
          Code).

     *    Transactions  in  options  on and  securities  based on the  following
          indexes are exempt from all trading  restrictions:  S&P 500 Index, S&P
          MidCap 400 Index, S&P 100 Index, FTSE 100 Index or Nikkei 225 Index.

DISCLOSURE OF CONFLICTS

     If an Investment  Person is planning to invest or make a recommendation  to
invest in a security  for a Client,  and such person has a material  interest in
the  security,  such  person  must first  disclose  such  interest to his or her
manager or the Chief Investment Officer.  The manager or Chief Investment Office
shall  conduct an  independent  review of the  recommendation  to  purchase  the
security for  Clients.  The manager or Chief  Investment  Officer may review the
recommendation  only if he or she has no material  interest in the  security.  A
material   interest  is   Beneficial   Ownership  of  any  security   (including
derivatives,  options, warrants or rights), offices, directorships,  significant
contracts, or interests or relationships that are likely to affect such person's
judgment.

PRECLEARANCE

     Access Persons (except Outside  Directors and Outside Trustees) must obtain
preclearance   prior  to  engaging  in  any  personal   transaction  in  Covered
Securities. (See Preclearance Procedures below).

                                       7
<PAGE>
TRADING BAN ON PORTFOLIO MANAGERS AND ASSISTANT PORTFOLIO MANAGERS

     Portfolio  managers  and  their  assistants  are  prohibited  from  trading
personally in Covered Securities.  However,  the following types of transactions
are exempt from this policy, but are subject to all applicable provisions of the
Rules, including preclearance:

     *    Purchases or sales of Company Stock;

     *    The sale of any security that is not held by any Client; and

     *    The  sale  of any  security  in  order  to  raise  capital  to  fund a
          significant life event. For example,  purchasing a home or automobile,
          or paying medical or education expenses.

BAN ON IPOs AND HOT ISSUES

     Covered  Persons (except  Outside  Directors and Outside  Trustees) may not
purchase  securities in an initial  public  offering or in a secondary  offering
that constitutes a "hot issue" as defined in NASD rules.  Such securities may be
purchased or received,  however,  where the  individual has an existing right to
purchase the security based on his or her status as an investor, policyholder or
depositor of the issuer. In addition,  securities issued in reorganizations  are
also  outside  the scope of this  prohibition  if the  transaction  involves  no
investment  decision on the part of the Covered Person except in connection with
a shareholder vote.

60 DAY RULE

     Access  Persons  (except  Outside  Directors  and Outside  Trustees)  shall
disgorge any profits realized in the purchase and sale, or sale and purchase, of
the same or equivalent  Covered  Securities within sixty (60) calendar days if a
Client held or traded the security during the sixty (60) calendar day period.

BLACKOUT PERIOD

     No Access  Person may engage in a  transaction  in a Covered  Security when
such  person  knows or should  have  known at the time there to be  pending,  on
behalf  of any  Client,  a "buy" or  "sell"  order in that  same  security.  The
existence  of  pending  orders  will be  checked  by  Compliance  as part of the
Preclearance process. Preclearance may be given when any pending Client order is
completely executed or withdrawn.

FIFTEEN DAY RULE

     Any Access Person (except Outside  Directors and Outside Trustees) who buys
or sells a Covered Security within fifteen calendar days before such security is
bought  or sold on behalf  of any  Client  must  disgorge  any  price  advantage
realized. The price advantage shall be the favorable spread, if any, between the
price paid or  received  by such  person and the least  favorable  price paid or
received by a Client during such period.2 The Ethics Committee has the authority
by  unanimous  action to exempt any  person  from the  fifteen-day  rule if such
person is selling a security to raise capital to fund a significant  life event.
For example,  purchasing a home or  automobile,  or paying  medical or education
expenses. In order for the Ethics Committee to consider such exemption, the life
event must occur within thirty (30)  calendar days of the security  transaction,
and the person must provide written confirmation of the event.

- ----------
     2 Personal  purchases are matched only against  subsequent Client purchases
and personal sales are matched only against subsequent Client sales for purposes
of this restriction.

                                       8
<PAGE>
SEVEN DAY RULE

     Any portfolio  manager or assistant  portfolio  manager who buys or sells a
Covered  Security within seven calendar days before or after he or she trades in
that security on behalf of a Client shall disgorge any profits  realized on such
transaction.

SHORT SALES

     Any Access Person who sells short a Covered Security that such person knows
or should  have  known is held long by any  Client  shall  disgorge  any  profit
realized on such  transaction.  This prohibition  shall not apply,  however,  to
securities indices or derivatives  thereof (such as futures contracts on the S&P
500 index).  Client  ownership of Covered  Securities will be checked as part of
the Preclearance process.

HEDGE FUNDS, INVESTMENT CLUBS, AND OTHER INVESTMENTS

     No Access  Person  (except  Outside  Directors  and Outside  Trustees)  may
participate  in  hedge  funds,   partnerships,   investment  clubs,  or  similar
investment  vehicles,  unless  such  person does not have any direct or indirect
influence or control over the trading. Covered Persons wishing to rely upon this
provision must submit a Certification of  Non-Influence  and Non-Control Form to
the Compliance Manager for approval. (See Non-Influence and Non-Control Accounts
section below.)

                             PRECLEARANCE PROCEDURES

     Access Persons must obtain preclearance for all applicable  transactions in
Covered  Securities  in  which  such  person  has  a  Beneficial   Interest.   A
Preclearance  Form must be completed  and  forwarded to  Compliance.  Compliance
shall  promptly  notify the  person of  approval  or denial of the  transaction.
Notification  of approval or denial of the  transaction  may be given  verbally;
however,  it shall be  confirmed  in writing  within  seventy-two  (72) hours of
verbal  notification.  When preclearance has been approved,  the person then has
four business days from and including the day of first  notification  to execute
the trade.

GENERAL PRECLEARANCE

     General  preclearance shall be obtained from an authorized person from each
of the following three groups:

     *    A DESIGNATED LEGAL OR COMPLIANCE REPRESENTATIVE,  who will present the
          personal investment to the attendees of the weekly investment meeting,
          whereupon an opportunity  will be given to orally object.  An attendee
          of the weekly  investment  meeting  shall object to such  clearance if
          such person knows of a conflict with a pending Client transaction or a
          transaction  known by such  attendee to be under  consideration  for a
          Client.  Objections to such  clearance  should also take into account,
          among other  factors,  whether the  investment  opportunity  should be
          reserved for a Client.  If no objections  are raised,  the  Designated
          Legal or  Compliance  Representative  shall so indicate by signing the
          Preclearance  Form.  Such approval  shall not be required for sales of
          securities not held by any Clients.

          In place of this authorization,  Investment  Personnel are required to
          obtain approvals from all Executive  Investment  Committee  members as
          noted in the section  below  entitled  Preclearance  Requirements  for
          Investment Personnel.

                                       9
<PAGE>
     *    A  DESIGNATED  TRADING  OPERATIONS  REPRESENTATIVE,  who  may  provide
          clearance if such  Representative  knows at the time of the request of
          no pending "buy" or "sell" order in the security on behalf of a Client
          and no such trades are known by such person to be under consideration.

     *    The  COMPLIANCE   MANAGER,   OR  A  DESIGNATED   LEGAL  OR  COMPLIANCE
          REPRESENTATIVE  IF THE COMPLIANCE  MANAGER IS NOT  AVAILABLE,  who may
          provide clearance if no legal prohibitions are known by such person to
          exist with respect to the proposed trade. Approvals for such clearance
          should take into account,  among other  factors,  the existence of any
          Watch  List  or  Restricted   List  and,  to  the  extent   reasonably
          practicable, recent trading activity and holdings of Clients.

     No authorized  person may preclear a transaction in which such person has a
Beneficial Interest.

PRECLEARANCE REQUIREMENTS FOR INVESTMENT PERSONNEL

     Trades by Investment Personnel may not be precleared by presentation at the
weekly  investment  meeting.  Instead,  Investment  Personnel  must  obtain  the
following management  approvals.  However,  such approvals shall not be required
for sales of securities not held by any Clients:

     *    TRADES IN EQUITY  SECURITIES  require prior written  approval from all
          members of the Executive  Investment  Committee,  Investment  Person's
          manager and either Ron Speaker or Sandy Rufenacht;

     *    TRADES IN DEBT  SECURITIES  require  prior  written  approval from all
          senior fixed income portfolio managers,  either Jim Craig or two other
          Executive   Investment  Committee  members,  and  Investment  Person's
          manager.

          A portfolio manager may not preclear his or her own transaction.

                                       10
<PAGE>
PRECLEARANCE OF COMPANY STOCK

     Officers of Janus and certain persons  designated by Compliance who wish to
make discretionary  transactions in Stilwell or KCSI securities,  or derivatives
thereon, must preclear such transactions. A Company Stock Preclearance Form must
be completed and forwarded to Compliance.  Compliance  shall promptly notify the
person of approval or denial for the  transaction.  Notification  of approval or
denial for the transaction may be given verbally; however, it shall be confirmed
in  writing  within  seventy-two  (72)  hours  of  verbal   notification.   When
preclearance has been approved,  the person then has four business days from and
including the day of first notification to execute the trade.

     If such  persons  are  subject to the  provisions  of Section  16(b) of the
Securities  Exchange Act of 1934,  trading will generally be allowed only in the
ten (10) business day period beginning  seventy-two (72) hours after Stilwell or
KCSI files its  quarterly  results  with the SEC (e.g.,  10Q or 10K filing,  not
earnings  release).  To preclear the trade, the Compliance Manager or such other
Representative  shall discuss the  transaction  with Janus's  General Counsel or
Chief Financial Officer.

PRECLEARANCE OF TENDER OFFERS AND STOCK PURCHASE PLANS

     Access Persons (other than Outside Directors and Outside Trustees) who wish
to  participate  in a tender offer or stock  purchase  plan must  preclear  such
trades  only  with  the  Compliance   Manager  prior  to  submitting  notice  to
participate  in such  tender  offer or notice  of  participation  in such  stock
purchase plan to the applicable  company.  To preclear the trade, the Compliance
Manager shall consider all material factors relevant to a potential  conflict of
interest  between the Access  Person and Clients.  In addition,  any increase of
$100 or more to a pre-existing stock purchase plan must be precleared.

FOUR DAY EFFECTIVE PERIOD

     Clearances to trade will be in effect for only four  trading/business  days
from and including the date of the last Authorized Person's signature (which may
not  be  provided  more  than  one  day  after  the  first  Authorized  Person's
signature).  For tender offers, stock purchase plans,  exercise of Company Stock
and  similar  transactions,  the date the  request is  submitted  to the company
processing  the  transaction  will be considered  the trade date for purposes of
this requirement. Open orders, including stop loss orders, will generally not be
allowed  unless  such  order is  expected  to be  completed  within the four day
effective  period.  It is necessary  to  re-preclear  transactions  not executed
within the four day effective period.

                             REPORTING REQUIREMENTS

ACCOUNT STATEMENTS

     ACCESS  PERSONS (other than Outside  Trustees) and REGISTERED  PERSONS must
notify  Compliance  of each  brokerage  account in which they have a  Beneficial
Interest and must arrange for their brokers or financial institutions to provide
to Compliance, on a timely basis, duplicate account statements and confirmations
showing all transactions in brokerage or commodities accounts in which they have
a Beneficial  Interest.  A Personal  Brokerage Account Disclosure Form should be
completed for this purpose.

     PLEASE NOTE THAT, EVEN IF SUCH PERSON DOES NOT TRADE COVERED  SECURITIES IN
A PARTICULAR  BROKERAGE OR COMMODITIES ACCOUNT (E.G.,  TRADING MUTUAL FUNDS IN A
SCHWAB ACCOUNT), THE REPORTING OF DUPLICATE ACCOUNT STATEMENTS AND CONFIRMATIONS
IS STILL  REQUIRED.  HOWEVER,  IF SUCH PERSON ONLY USES A  PARTICULAR  BROKERAGE
ACCOUNT FOR CHECKING ACCOUNT PURPOSES,  AND NOT INVESTMENT  PURPOSES,  HE OR SHE
MAY IN LIEU OF REPORTING  DUPLICATE ACCOUNT  STATEMENTS,  REPORT DUPLICATE TRADE
CONFIRMATIONS AND MAKE A QUARTERLY  REPRESENTATION TO COMPLIANCE INDICATING THAT
NO INVESTMENT  TRANSACTIONS OCCURRED IN THE ACCOUNT DURING THE CALENDAR QUARTER.
Reporting of accounts that do not allow any trading in Covered Securities (e.g.,
a mutual fund account held directly with the fund sponsor) is not required.

     Covered Persons must notify  Compliance of each  reportable  account at the
time it is opened, and annually  thereafter,  including the name of the firm and
the name under  which the  account is  carried.  A  Personal  Brokerage  Account
Disclosure Form should be completed for this purpose.

     Certain  transactions  might not be reported  through a brokerage  account,
such as private  placements,  inheritances or gifts. In these instances,  Access
Persons must report these  transactions  within ten (10)  calendar  days using a
Personal Securities Transaction Report as noted below.

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------
REGISTERED  PERSONS ARE REMINDED THAT THEY MUST ALSO INFORM ANY  BROKERAGE  FIRM
WITH WHICH THEY OPEN AN ACCOUNT,  AT THE TIME THE  ACCOUNT IS OPENED,  THAT THEY
ARE REGISTERED WITH JDI.
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     NON-ACCESS  PERSONS  who  engage  in an  aggregate  of  $25,000  or more of
transactions  in  Covered   Securities  within  a  calendar  year  must  provide
Compliance with an Annual  Transaction  Report listing all such  transactions in
all accounts in which such person has a  Beneficial  Interest.  Compliance  will
request this  information  annually and will spot check all or a portion of such
transactions or accounts.

                                       11
<PAGE>
HOLDINGS REPORTS

     ACCESS PERSONS (other than Outside Trustees) must, within ten (10) calendar
days after becoming an Access Person,  provide Compliance with a Holdings Report
which lists all Covered Securities  beneficially held and any brokerage accounts
through which such  securities are  maintained.  In addition,  such persons must
provide a brief  description  of any positions  held (e.g.,  director,  officer,
other)  with  for-profit  entities  other than Janus.  The report  must  contain
information  current as of no more than thirty (30)  calendar days from the time
the report is submitted.

PERSONAL SECURITIES TRANSACTION REPORTS

     ACCESS  PERSONS  (other  than  Outside  Trustees)  must  provide a Personal
Securities  Transaction Report within ten (10) calendar days after any month end
showing all transactions in Covered Securities for which confirmations are known
by such  person  to not  have  been  timely  provided  to  Janus,  and all  such
transactions  that  are not  effected  in  brokerage  or  commodities  accounts,
including without limitation  non-brokered private placements,  and transactions
in  securities  that  are  in  certificate   form,   which  may  include  gifts,
inheritances, and other transactions in Covered Securities.

     OUTSIDE  TRUSTEES need only report a transaction  in a Covered  Security if
such person, at the time of that transaction, knew or, in the ordinary course of
fulfilling  his or her  official  duties as a Trustee  should have known,  that,
during  the  fifteen-day  period  immediately  preceding  the date of his or her
personal  transaction,  such  security  was  purchased  or sold by, or was being
considered  for  purchase  or sale on behalf  of,  any Janus Fund for which such
person acts as Trustee.

SUCH PERSONS MUST PROMPTLY COMPLY WITH ANY REQUEST OF THE COMPLIANCE  MANAGER TO
PROVIDE  TRANSACTION  REPORTS  REGARDLESS  OF  WHETHER  THEIR  BROKER  HAS  BEEN
INSTRUCTED TO PROVIDE  DUPLICATE  CONFIRMATIONS.  SUCH REPORTS MAY BE REQUESTED,
FOR EXAMPLE, TO CHECK THAT ALL APPLICABLE CONFIRMATIONS ARE BEING RECEIVED OR TO
SUPPLEMENT THE REQUESTED  CONFIRMATIONS WHERE A BROKER IS DIFFICULT TO WORK WITH
OR OTHERWISE FAILS TO PROVIDE DUPLICATE CONFIRMATIONS ON A TIMELY BASIS.

NON-INFLUENCE AND NON-CONTROL ACCOUNTS

     The  Rules  shall  not  apply  to  any  account,  partnership,  or  similar
investment  vehicle  over  which a Covered  Person  has no  direct  or  indirect
influence or control.  Covered  Persons  wishing to rely upon this provision are
required to receive approval from the Ethics Committee. In order to request such
approval,  a  Certification  of  Non-Influence  and  Non-Control  Form  must  be
submitted to the Compliance Manager.

     Any account  beneficially  owned by a Covered Person that is managed by JCC
in a discretionary capacity is not covered by these Rules so long as such person
has no direct or indirect influence or control over the account.  The employment
relationship between the account-holder and the individual managing the account,
in the absence of other  facts  indicating  control,  will not be deemed to give
such account-holder influence or control over the account.

                              OTHER REQUIRED FORMS

     In addition to the Preclearance Form,  Preclearance Form for Company Stock,
Personal Brokerage Account Disclosure Form, Holdings Report,  Report of Personal
Securities  Transactions,   Annual  Transaction  Report,  and  Certification  of

                                       12
<PAGE>
Non-Influence   and  Non-Control  Form  discussed  above,  the  following  forms
(available through Lotus Notes) must be completed if applicable to you:

ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF RECEIPT FORM

     Each  Covered  Person must provide  Compliance  with an  Acknowledgment  of
Receipt Form within ten (10)  calendar  days of  commencement  of  employment or
other  services  certifying  that he or she has  received a current  copy of the
Rules and acknowledges, as a condition of employment, that he or she will comply
with the Rules in their entirety.

ANNUAL CERTIFICATION FORM

     Each Covered  Person must provide  Compliance  annually  within thirty (30)
calendar days from date of request with an Annual  Certification Form certifying
that he or she:

     1)   Has received, read and understands the Rules;

     2)   Has complied with the requirements of the Rules; and

     3)   Has disclosed or reported all open brokerage and commodities accounts,
          personal holdings and personal securities  transactions required to be
          disclosed or reported pursuant to the requirements of the Rules.

OUTSIDE DIRECTOR/TRUSTEE REPRESENTATION FORM

     All Outside  Directors and Outside  Trustees  must,  upon  commencement  of
services  and  annually   thereafter,   provide   Compliance   with  an  Outside
Director/Trustee  Representation Form. The Form declares that such persons agree
to refrain from trading in any  securities  when they are in  possession  of any
information regarding trading recommendations made or proposed to be made to any
Client by Janus or its officers or employees.

                                       13
<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                             INSIDER TRADING POLICY

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                             BACKGROUND INFORMATION

     The  term  "insider  trading"  is not  defined  in the  federal  securities
statutes,  but  generally  is used to  refer  to the use of  material  nonpublic
information  to trade in  securities  (whether or not one is an "insider") or to
communications of material nonpublic information to others.

     While the law concerning  insider  trading can be complex and unclear,  you
should assume that the law prohibits:

     *    Trading by an  insider,  while in  possession  of  material  nonpublic
          information,

     *    Trading by a  non-insider,  while in possession of material  nonpublic
          information,  where the  information  was disclosed to the non-insider
          (either directly or through one or more  intermediaries)  in violation
          of an insider's duty to keep it confidential,

     *    Communicating  material nonpublic information to others in breach of a
          duty not to disclose such information, and

     *    Misappropriating   confidential  information  for  securities  trading
          purposes, in breach of a duty owed to the source of the information to
          keep the information confidential.

     Trading based on material  nonpublic  information  about an issuer does not
violate  this policy  unless the trader (i) is an  "insider"  with respect to an
issuer;  (ii) receives the information  from an insider or from someone that the
trader  knows  received  the  information  from an insider,  either  directly or
indirectly,  or (iii)  misappropriates  the nonpublic  information or obtains or
misuses it in breach of a duty of trust and confidence owed to the source of the
information.  Accordingly, trading based on material nonpublic information about
an issuer can be, but is not  necessarily,  a violation of this Policy.  Trading
while in possession of material nonpublic information relating to a tender offer
is prohibited under this Policy regardless of how such information was obtained.

     Application of the law of insider trading to particular transactions can be
difficult,  particularly if it involves a  determination  about trading based on
material  nonpublic  information.  You  legitimately  may be uncertain about the
application  of  this  Policy  in  particular  circumstances.  If you  have  any
questions  regarding  the  application  of the  Policy or you have any reason to
believe that a violation  of the Policy has  occurred or is about to occur,  you
should contact the Chief Compliance Officer or the Compliance Manager.

     The following  discussion is intended to help you  understand the principal
concepts involved in insider trading.

                                       14
<PAGE>
WHO IS AN INSIDER?

     The concept of  "insider" is broad.  It includes  officers,  directors  and
employees of a company. In addition, a person can be a "temporary insider" if he
or she  enters  into a special  confidential  relationship  in the  conduct of a
company's affairs and as a result is given access to information  solely for the
company's purposes.  A temporary insider can include,  among others, a company's
attorneys, accountants, consultants, bank lending officers, and the employees of
such organizations.  In addition, one or more of the Janus entities may become a
temporary  insider  of a  company  it  advises  or for which it  performs  other
services.  To be considered an insider,  the company must expect the outsider to
keep the disclosed  nonpublic  information  confidential and/or the relationship
must at least imply such a duty.

WHEN IS INFORMATION NONPUBLIC?

     Information  remains  nonpublic until it has been made public.  Information
becomes public when it has been  effectively  communicated  to the  marketplace,
such as by a public filing with the SEC or other governmental agency,  inclusion
in the Dow Jones  "tape" or  publication  in The Wall Street  Journal or another
publication of general circulation.  Moreover,  sufficient time must have passed
so that the information has been disseminated widely.

WHAT IS MATERIAL INFORMATION?

     Trading  on inside  information  is not a basis for  liability  unless  the
information is material.  "Material information" generally means information for
which  there  is a  substantial  likelihood  that a  reasonable  investor  would
consider it important in making his or her investment decisions,  or information
that is  reasonably  certain  to have a  substantial  effect  on the  price of a
company's  securities.  Information that should be considered material includes,
but  is not  limited  to:  dividend  changes,  earnings  estimates,  changes  in
previously  released  earnings  estimates,  significant  merger  or  acquisition
proposals  or  agreements,   major   litigation,   liquidation   problems,   and
extraordinary management developments.

     Material  information  may  also  relate  to  the  market  for a  company's
securities. Information about a significant order to purchase or sell securities
may, in some contexts, be deemed material. Similarly, prepublication information
regarding  reports  in the  financial  press  also may be deemed  material.  For
example,  the Supreme Court upheld the criminal  convictions of insider  trading
defendants who capitalized on  prepublication  information about The Wall Street
Journal's "Heard on the Street" column.

WHEN IS INFORMATION MISAPPROPRIATED?

     The  misappropriation  theory prohibits  trading on the basis of non-public
information by a corporate  "outsider" in breach of a duty owed not to a trading
party,  but to the  source  of  confidential  information.  Misappropriation  of
information  occurs when a person  obtains the  non-public  information  through
deception  or in  breach  of a duty of trust and  loyalty  to the  source of the
information.

                                       15
<PAGE>
PENALTIES FOR INSIDER TRADING

     Penalties for trading on or communicating  material  nonpublic  information
are severe,  both for  individuals  involved in such unlawful  conduct and their
employers or other controlling  persons.  A person can be subject to some or all
of the penalties  below even if he or she does not  personally  benefit from the
violation. Penalties include:

     *    Civil injunctions

     *    Treble damages

     *    Disgorgement of profits

     *    Jail sentences for up to 10 years

     *    Fines up to  $1,000,000  (or  $2,500,000  for  corporations  and other
          entities)

     *    Civil  penalties  for the person who  committed the violation of up to
          three  times the  profit  gained or loss  avoided,  whether or not the
          person actually benefited, and

     *    Civil penalties for the employer or other controlling  person of up to
          the  greater  of  $1,000,000  or three  times the amount of the profit
          gained or loss avoided.

     In addition,  any  violation of the law may result in serious  sanctions by
Janus, including termination of employment.

WHO IS A CONTROLLING PERSON?

     Included as controlling  persons are Janus and its Directors,  Trustees and
officers.  If you are a Director,  Trustee or officer, you have a duty to act to
prevent insider trading.  Failure to fulfill such a duty may result in penalties
as described above.

                         PROCEDURES TO IMPLEMENT POLICY

     The  following  procedures  have  been  established  to aid the  Directors,
Trustees,  officers and employees of Janus in avoiding insider  trading,  and to
aid Janus in  preventing,  detecting  and  imposing  sanctions  against  insider
trading.

IDENTIFYING MATERIAL INSIDE INFORMATION

     Before  trading for yourself or others,  including the Janus Funds or other
Clients,  in the  securities  of a company  about  which you may have  potential
inside information, ask yourself the following questions:

     *    To whom has this information  been provided?  Has the information been
          effectively communicated to the marketplace?

     *    Has this  information  been  obtained  from  either the issuer or from
          another  source  in  breach  of a duty to  that  source  to  keep  the
          information confidential?

                                       16
<PAGE>
     *    Is the  information  material?  Is this  information  that an investor
          would consider important in making his or her investment decisions? Is
          this  information that would affect the market price of the securities
          if generally disclosed?

     Special   caution  should  be  taken  with  respect  to  potential   inside
information  regarding JCC. Although JCC's shares are not publicly traded, JCC's
parent,  KCSI, is a publicly traded company.  KCSI owns 82% of the stock of JCC.
As a result,  potential inside  information  regarding JCC may affect trading in
KCSI stock and should be reported  pursuant to the  procedures  set forth below.
The following is a non-exclusive  list of situations  that Investment  Personnel
should report immediately pursuant to the procedures below: (i) participation in
private placements;  (ii) the receipt of any information from an issuer pursuant
to a confidentiality agreement; (iii) participation on or receipt of information
from a  bankruptcy  committee  of an issuer;  and (iv)  receipt  of  information
regarding  earnings or sales  figures in advance of the public  release of those
numbers.

REPORTING INSIDE INFORMATION

     If, after  consideration  of the above, you believe that the information is
material and nonpublic,  or if you have questions as to whether the  information
is material and nonpublic, you should take the following steps:

     *    Do not  purchase  or sell the  securities  on  behalf of  yourself  or
          others, including Clients.

     *    Do not communicate the information  inside or outside of Janus,  other
          than to the Chief Compliance Officer or the Compliance Manager.

     *    Immediately  advise the Chief Compliance Officer or Compliance Manager
          of the  nature and source of such  information.  The Chief  Compliance
          Officer or  Compliance  Manager will review the  information  with the
          Ethics Committee.

     *    Depending upon the determination  made by the Ethics Committee,  or by
          the Chief Compliance Officer until the Committee can be convened,  you
          may be  instructed  to continue the  prohibition  against  trading and
          communication and the Compliance  Manager will place the security on a
          Restricted List or Watch List, as described below.  Alternatively,  if
          it is  determined  that  the  information  obtained  is  not  material
          nonpublic information, you may be allowed to trade and communicate the
          information.

WATCH AND RESTRICTED LISTS

     Whenever the Ethics  Committee or the Chief Compliance  Officer  determines
that a  Director,  Trustee,  officer or employee  of Janus is in  possession  of
material nonpublic  information with respect to a company (regardless of whether
it is  currently  owned by any Client)  such  company will either be placed on a
Watch List or on a Restricted List.

                                       17
<PAGE>
WATCH LIST

     If the security is placed on a Watch List,  the flow of the  information to
other  Janus  personnel  will be  restricted  in order to allow such  persons to
continue  their  ordinary  investment  activities.  This  procedure  is commonly
referred to as a "Chinese Wall."

RESTRICTED LIST

     If the Ethics  Committee or the Chief  Compliance  Officer  determines that
material  nonpublic  information  is in the  possession of a Director,  Trustee,
officer,  or employee of Janus and cannot be adequately isolated through the use
of a Chinese Wall,  the company will be placed on the Restricted  List.  While a
company is on the  Restricted  List,  no  Investment  Person  shall  initiate or
recommend any transaction in any Client  account,  and no Access Person shall be
precleared  to  transact  in any  account  in which  he or she has a  beneficial
interest,  with respect to the securities of such company.  The Ethics Committee
or the Chief  Compliance  Officer  will also have the  discretion  of  placing a
company on the Restricted List even though no "break in the Chinese Wall" has or
is expected to occur with respect to the material  nonpublic  information  about
the  company.  Such  action  may be taken by such  persons  for the  purpose  of
avoiding any appearance of the misuse of material nonpublic information.

     The Ethics  Committee or the Chief  Compliance  Officer will be responsible
for  determining  whether to remove a particular  company from the Watch List or
Restricted  List.  The only  persons  who will have  access to the Watch List or
Restricted  List  are  members  of the  Ethics  Committee,  Designated  Legal or
Compliance Representatives and such persons who are affected by the information.
The Watch List and Restricted List are highly confidential and should,  under no
circumstances,  be  discussed  with or  disseminated  to anyone  other  than the
persons noted above.

PROTECTING INFORMATION

     Directors, Trustees, officers and employees of Janus shall not disclose any
nonpublic  information  (whether or not it is material) relating to Janus or its
securities  transactions to any person outside Janus (unless such disclosure has
been authorized by the Chief Compliance Officer). Material nonpublic information
may not be communicated to anyone,  including any Director,  Trustee, officer or
employee of Janus, except as provided in this Policy. Access to such information
must be restricted.  For example,  access to files containing material nonpublic
information and computer files containing such information should be restricted,
and conversations containing such information,  if appropriate at all, should be
conducted in private.

     To  insure  the  integrity  of the  Chinese  Wall and to  avoid  unintended
disclosures,  it is important that all employees  take the following  steps with
respect to confidential or nonpublic information:

     *    Do not  discuss  confidential  information  in public  places  such as
          elevators, hallways or social gatherings.

     *    To the extent  practical,  limit access to the areas of the firm where
          confidential  information  could be observed or overheard to employees
          with a business need for being in the area.

     *    Avoid use of  speakerphones  in areas where  unauthorized  persons may
          overhear conversations.

     *    Avoid  use  of  wireless  and  cellular  phones,  or  other  means  of
          communication, which may be intercepted.

                                       18
<PAGE>
     *    Where appropriate,  maintain the  confidentiality of Client identities
          by using code names or numbers for confidential projects.

     *    Exercise  care to  avoid  placing  documents  containing  confidential
          information  in areas where they may be read by  unauthorized  persons
          and to store such  documents in secure  locations when they are not in
          use.

     *    Destroy  copies  of  confidential  documents  no longer  needed  for a
          project  unless  required to be saved  pursuant to  applicable  record
          keeping policies or requirements.

RESPONSIBILITY TO MONITOR TRANSACTIONS

     Compliance  will monitor  transactions  of Clients and  employees for which
reports are received to detect the existence of any unusual  trading  activities
with respect to companies on the Watch and  Restricted  Lists.  Compliance  will
immediately  report any unusual  trading  activity  directly  to the  Compliance
Manager,  and in his or her absence,  the Chief Compliance Officer,  who will be
responsible for determining what, if any, action should be taken.

RECORD RETENTION

     Compliance  shall maintain copies of the Watch List and Restricted List for
a minimum of six years.

TENDER OFFERS

     Tender offers represent a particular  concern in the law of insider trading
for two reasons.  First,  tender offer  activity  often  produces  extraordinary
fluctuations  in the price of the target  company's  securities.  Trading during
this time period is more likely to attract regulatory  attention (and produces a
disproportionate  percentage  of insider  trading  cases).  Second,  the SEC has
adopted a rule which expressly forbids trading and "tipping" while in possession
of material  nonpublic  information  regarding a tender offer  received from the
tender offeror,  the target company or anyone acting on behalf of either.  Janus
employees and others subject to this Policy should exercise  particular  caution
any time they become aware of nonpublic information relating to a tender offer.

                                       19
<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                   GIFT POLICY

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     Gifts  may be  given  (OR  ACCEPTED)  only if they are in  accordance  with
normally  accepted  business   practices  and  do  not  raise  any  question  of
impropriety.  A question of  impropriety  may be raised if a gift  influences or
gives the  appearance of  influencing  the  recipient.  The  following  outlines
Janus's policy on giving and receiving gifts to help us maintain those standards
and is applicable  to all Inside  Directors  and Inside  Trustees,  officers and
employees of Janus.

                                   GIFT GIVING

     Neither you nor members of your immediate family may give any gift,  series
of gifts, or other thing of value,  including cash, loans, personal services, or
special discounts  ("Gifts") in excess of $100 per year to any Client or any one
person or entity that does or seeks to do business with or on behalf of Janus or
any Client (collectively referred to herein as "Business Relationships").

                                 GIFT RECEIVING

     Neither  you nor members of your  immediate  family may receive any Gift of
material value from any single Business Relationship.  A Gift will be considered
material in value if it influences or gives the  appearance of  influencing  the
recipient.

     In the event the aggregate  fair market value of all Gifts  received by you
from any  single  Business  Relationship  is  estimated  to  exceed  $250 in any
12-month period, you must immediately notify your manager. Managers that receive
such notification  must report this information to the Compliance  Manager if it
appears that such Gifts may have improperly influenced the receiver. If the Gift
is made in connection  with the sale or  distribution  of registered  investment
company or variable contract securities,  the aggregate fair market value of all
such Gifts  received  by you from any  single  Business  Relationship  may never
exceed $100 in any 12-month period.

     Occasionally,  Janus  employees  are  invited to attend or  participate  in
conferences,  tour a company's  facilities,  or meet with  representatives  of a
company.  Such  invitations  may involve  traveling  and may  require  overnight
lodging.  Generally, Janus must pay for all travel and lodging expenses provided
in connection with such  activities.  However,  if  appropriate,  and with prior
approval from your manager, you may accept travel related amenities if the costs
are considered insubstantial and are not readily ascertainable.

     The solicitation of a Gift is prohibited (I.E., YOU MAY NOT REQUEST A GIFT,
SUCH AS TICKETS TO A SPORTING EVENT, BE GIVEN TO YOU).

                          CUSTOMARY BUSINESS AMENITIES

     Customary  business  amenities  are not  considered  Gifts  so long as such
amenities are business related (E.G., IF YOU ARE ACCEPTING TICKETS TO A SPORTING
EVENT, THE OFFERER MUST GO WITH YOU), reasonable in cost, appropriate as to time
and place,  and  neither so frequent  nor so costly as to raise any  question of
impropriety.  Customary business  amenities which you and, if appropriate,  your
guests,  may accept (OR GIVE) include an occasional meal, a ticket to a sporting
event or the theater,  greens  fees,  an  invitation  to a reception or cocktail
party, or comparable entertainment.

                                       20
<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                            OUTSIDE EMPLOYMENT POLICY

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     No Inside  Director,  Inside  Trustee,  officer or  employee of Janus shall
accept  employment or compensation  as a result of any business  activity (other
than a passive  investment),  outside the scope of his  relationship  with Janus
unless such person has provided  prompt  written  notice of such  employment  or
compensation to the Chief  Compliance  Officer (or, for Registered  Persons,  to
JDI's Operations Manager), and, in the case of securities-related  employment or
compensation,  has received the prior written approval of the Ethics  Committee.
Registered  Persons are  reminded to update and submit  their  Outside  Business
Activity  Disclosure forms as appropriate  pursuant to JDI's Written Supervisory
Procedures and applicable NASD rules.

                                       21
<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                               PENALTY GUIDELINES

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                                    OVERVIEW

     Covered  Persons  who  violate any of the  requirements,  restrictions,  or
prohibitions  of the Rules may be  subject  to  sanctions  imposed by the Ethics
Committee.  The following guidelines shall be used by the Compliance Manager for
recommending  remedial  actions for Covered Persons who violate  prohibitions or
disregard  requirements of the Rules.  Deviations from the Fifteen-Day  Rule are
not considered to be violations under the Rules and, therefore,  are not subject
to the penalty guidelines.

     Upon learning of a potential deviation from, or violation of the Rules, the
Compliance  Manager will provide a written  recommendation of remedial action to
the Ethics  Committee.  The Ethics Committee has full discretion to approve such
recommendation  or impose  other  sanctions  it deems  appropriate.  The  Ethics
Committee  will  take  into  consideration,  among  other  things,  whether  the
violation was a technical violation of the Rules or inadvertent oversight (i.e.,
ill-gotten  profits  versus general  oversight).  The guidelines are designed to
promote   consistency   and  uniformity  in  the  imposition  of  sanctions  and
disciplinary matters.

                               PENALTY GUIDELINES

     Outlined  below are the guidelines for the sanctions that may be imposed on
Covered Persons who fail to comply with the Rules:

     *    1st violation-  Compliance  will send a memorandum of reprimand to the
          person,  copying his or her supervisor.  The memorandum will generally
          reinforce the person's  responsibilities  under the Rules, educate the
          person on the severity of personal  trading  violations and inform the
          person of the possible penalties for future violations of the Rules;

     *    2nd violation-  Janus's Chief Investment  Officer,  James Craig,  will
          meet with the  person to  discuss  the  violations  in detail and will
          reinforce the importance of complying with the Rules;

     *    3rd violation- Janus's Chairman of the Board, Thomas Bailey, will meet
          with the person to discuss the violations in detail and will reinforce
          the importance of complying with the Rules;

     *    4th violation-  The Executive  Committee will impose such sanctions as
          it deems  appropriate,  including  without  limitation,  a  letter  of
          censure,  fines,  withholding  of bonus  payments,  or  suspension  or
          termination of employment or personal trading privileges.

     In  addition  to the above  disciplinary  sanctions,  such  persons  may be
required to disgorge any profits realized in connection with such violation. All
disgorgement  proceeds  collected  will be donated to a charitable  organization
selected by the Ethics  Committee.  The Ethics Committee may determine to impose
any  of  the  sanctions  set  forth  in  item 4  above,  including  termination,
immediately  and  without  notice  if it  determines  that the  severity  of any
violation or  violations  warrants such action.  All  sanctions  imposed will be
documented in such person's  personal trading file maintained by Janus, and will
be reported to the Executive Committee.

                                       22
<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                      SUPERVISORY AND COMPLIANCE PROCEDURES

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

     The Chief  Compliance  Officer and Compliance  Manager are  responsible for
implementing   supervisory  and  compliance   review   procedures.   Supervisory
procedures can be divided into two classifications: prevention of violations and
detection of violations.  Compliance  review procedures  include  preparation of
special and annual reports,  record maintenance and review, and  confidentiality
preservation.

                             SUPERVISORY PROCEDURES

PREVENTION OF VIOLATIONS

     To prevent  violations of the Rules,  the  Compliance  Manager  should,  in
addition to enforcing the procedures outlined in the Rules:

     1.   Review  and  update the Rules as  necessary,  at least once  annually,
          including  but not  limited  to a  review  of the  Code  by the  Chief
          Compliance Officer, the Ethics Committee and/or counsel;

     2.   Answer  questions  regarding the Rules, or refer the same to the Chief
          Compliance Officer;

     3.   Request from all persons upon  commencement of services,  and annually
          thereafter, any applicable forms and reports as required by the Rules;

     4.   Identify all Access Persons and notify them of their  responsibilities
          and reporting requirements;

     5.   Write   letters  to  the   securities   firms   requesting   duplicate
          confirmations and account statements where necessary; and

     6.   With such  assistance  from the Human  Resources  Department as may be
          appropriate, maintain a continuing education program consisting of the
          following:

          1)   Orienting Covered Persons who are new to Janus to the Rules, and

          2)   Further educating Covered Persons by distributing  memos or other
               materials that may be issued by outside organizations such as the
               Investment  Company  Institute  discussing  the issue of  insider
               trading and other issues raised by the Rules.

DETECTION OF VIOLATIONS

     To detect  violations of these Rules,  the Compliance  Manager  should,  in
addition to enforcing the procedures outlined in the Rules:

     *    Implement  procedures  to  review  holding  and  transaction  reports,
          confirmations,   forms   and   statements   relative   to   applicable
          restrictions, as provided under the Code; and

     *    Implement procedures to review the Restricted and Watch Lists relative
          to applicable personal and Client trading activity,  as provided under
          the Policy.

     Spot checks of certain information are permitted as noted under the Code.

                                       23
<PAGE>
                              COMPLIANCE PROCEDURES

REPORTS OF POTENTIAL DEVIATIONS OR VIOLATIONS

     Upon learning of a potential deviation from, or violation of the Rules, the
Compliance Manager shall report such violation to the Chief Compliance  Officer,
together with all documents relating to the matter. The Chief Compliance Officer
shall either present the  information at the next regular  meeting of the Ethics
Committee,  or conduct a special meeting.  The Ethics Committee shall thereafter
take such action as it deems appropriate (see Penalty Guidelines).

ANNUAL REPORTS

     The  Compliance  Manager  shall  prepare  a written  report  to the  Ethics
Committee and the Trustees at least annually. The written report to the Trustees
shall include any  certification  required by Rule 17j-1.  This report shall set
forth the following information, and shall be confidential:

     *    Copies of the Rules,  as  revised,  including a summary of any changes
          made since the last report;

     *    Identification   of  any  material  issues  arising  under  the  Rules
          including material violations  requiring  significant  remedial action
          since the last report;

     *    Identification  of any  material  conflicts  that arose since the last
          report; and

     *    Recommendations, if any, regarding changes in existing restrictions or
          procedures based upon Janus's  experience under these Rules,  evolving
          industry practices, or developments in applicable laws or regulations.

     The  Trustees  must  initially  approve  these Rules  within the time frame
required  by Rule 17-1.  Any  material  changes to these  Rules must be approved
within six months.

RECORDS

     Compliance  shall  maintain the  following  records on behalf of each Janus
entity:

     *    A copy of this Code and any amendment  thereof which is or at any time
          within the past five years has been in effect.

     *    A record of any violation of this Code, or any amendment thereof,  and
          of any action taken as a result of such violation.

     *    Files for personal  securities  transaction  confirmations and account
          statements,  all reports and other forms  submitted by Covered Persons
          pursuant to these Rules and any other pertinent information.

     *    A list of all persons who are, or have been,  required to make reports
          pursuant to these Rules.

                                       24
<PAGE>
     *    A list of  persons  who are,  or within  the last five years have been
          responsible for, reviewing transaction and holdings reports.

     *    A copy of each report made to the Trustees pursuant to this Code.

INSPECTION

     The records  and reports  maintained  by  Compliance  pursuant to the Rules
shall at all times be available for  inspection,  without  prior notice,  by any
member of the Ethics Committee.

CONFIDENTIALITY

     All  procedures,  reports and  records  monitored,  prepared or  maintained
pursuant to these Rules shall be  considered  confidential  and  proprietary  to
Janus and shall be  maintained  and protected  accordingly.  Except as otherwise
required by law or this Policy,  such  matters  shall not be disclosed to anyone
other than to members of the Ethics Committee, as requested.

FILING OF REPORTS

     To the extent that any report,  form  acknowledgment  or other  document is
required to be in writing and signed,  such  documents  may be  submitted  in by
e-mail or other  electronic  form approved by Compliance.  Any report filed with
the Chief Compliance  Officer or Compliance Manager of JCC shall be deemed filed
with the Janus Funds.

                              THE ETHICS COMMITTEE

     The purpose of this Section is to describe the Ethics Committee. The Ethics
Committee is created to provide an effective mechanism for monitoring compliance
with the standards and procedures contained in the Rules and to take appropriate
action at such times as violations or potential violations are discovered.

MEMBERSHIP OF THE COMMITTEE

     The  Committee  consists of Thomas A.  Early,  Vice  President  and General
Counsel;  Steven R.  Goodbarn,  Vice  President of Finance,  Treasurer and Chief
Financial Officer; David Kowalski,  Vice President and Chief Compliance Officer;
and Ernie C. Overholt,  Compliance  Manager.  The Compliance  Manager  currently
serves as the Chairman of the Committee. The composition of the Committee may be
changed from time to time.

COMMITTEE MEETINGS

     The  Committee  shall  generally  meet  every  four  months  or as often as
necessary  to  review  operation  of the  compliance  program  and  to  consider
technical deviations from operational procedures, inadvertent oversights, or any
other  potential  violation  of  the  Rules.  Deviations  alternatively  may  be
addressed by including them in the employee's  personnel  records  maintained by
Janus.  Committee  meetings  are  primarily  intended for  consideration  of the
general  operation  of  the  compliance   program  and  substantive  or  serious
departures from standards and procedures in the Rules.

     Such other persons may attend a Committee meeting, at the discretion of the
Committee, as the Committee shall deem appropriate. Any individual whose conduct
has given rise to the meeting  also may be called  upon,  but shall not have the
right, to appear before the Committee.

                                       25
<PAGE>
     It is not required  that minutes of Committee  meetings be  maintained;  in
lieu of minutes the  Committee may issue a report  describing  any action taken.
The  report  shall  be  included  in the  confidential  file  maintained  by the
Compliance  Manager with respect to the particular  employee or employees  whose
conduct has been the subject of the meeting.

SPECIAL DISCRETION

     The Committee  shall have the  authority by unanimous  action to exempt any
person or class of persons or transaction or class of transactions from all or a
portion of the Rules, provided that:

     *    The Committee  determines,  on advice of counsel,  that the particular
          application of all or a portion of the Rules is not legally required;

     *    The Committee determines that the likelihood of any abuse of the Rules
          by such exempted person(s) or as a result of such exempted transaction
          is remote;

     *    The terms or  conditions  upon which any such  exemption is granted is
          evidenced in writing; and

     *    The exempted person(s) agrees to execute and deliver to the Compliance
          Manager,  at least  annually,  a  signed  Acknowledgment  Form,  which
          Acknowledgment  shall,  by operation of this  provision,  include such
          exemptions and the terms and conditions upon which it was granted.

     The Committee  shall also have the authority by unanimous  action to impose
such additional  requirements  or  restrictions  as it, in its sole  discretion,
determines appropriate or necessary, as outlined in the Penalty Guidelines.

     Any  exemption,  and any  additional  requirement  or  restriction,  may be
withdrawn by the Committee at any time (such  withdrawal  action is not required
to be unanimous).

                                       26
<PAGE>
- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

                   GENERAL INFORMATION ABOUT THE ETHICS RULES

- --------------------------------------------------------------------------------

DESIGNEES

     The  Compliance  Manager  and the  Chief  Compliance  Officer  may  appoint
designees to carry out their functions pursuant to these Rules.

ENFORCEMENT

     In addition  to the  penalties  described  in the  Penalty  Guidelines  and
elsewhere in the Rules,  upon  discovering  a violation of the Rules,  the Janus
entity  with which you are  associated  may impose  such  sanctions  as it deems
appropriate,  including without limitation, a letter of censure or suspension or
termination of employment or personal  trading  privileges of the violator.  All
material  violations of the Rules and any sanctions imposed with respect thereto
shall be reported  periodically  to the Directors and Trustees and the directors
of any other Janus entity which has been directly affected by the violation.

INTERNAL USE

     The  Rules  are  intended  solely  for  internal  use by  Janus  and do not
constitute an admission,  by or on behalf of such companies,  their  controlling
persons  or  persons  they  control,  as to  any  fact,  circumstance  or  legal
conclusion.  The Rules are not  intended  to  evidence,  describe  or define any
relationship of control between or among any persons. Further, the Rules are not
intended to form the basis for  describing  or defining  any conduct by a person
that  should  result in such person  being  liable to any other  person,  except
insofar as the conduct of such person in violation  of the Rules may  constitute
sufficient  cause for Janus to  terminate  or  otherwise  adversely  affect such
person's relationship with Janus.

                                       27

          HARRIS ASSOCIATES L.P., HARRIS ASSOCIATES SECURITIES L.P. AND
                       HARRIS ASSOCIATES INVESTMENT TRUST

                 CODE OF ETHICS AND STATEMENT ON INSIDER TRADING

                           -(EFFECTIVE _______, 2000)

I.   DEFINITIONS

A.   FIRM OR HARRIS. The term "Firm" or "Harris" shall include Harris Associates
     L.P. ("HALP") and Harris Associates Securities L.P. ("HASLP").

B.   TRUST.  The term "Trust"  shall mean Harris  Associates  Investment  Trust,
     including any series of shares of beneficial interest of the Trust (each, a
     "Fund").

C.   EMPLOYEE.  The term  "Employee"  shall  include any person  employed by the
     Firm,  whether on a full or  part-time  basis and all  partners,  officers,
     shareholders and directors of the Firm.

D.   ACCESS PERSON. The term "Access Person" shall have the meaning set forth in
     Section  17j-1(a)(1)  of the  Investment  Company  Act of  1940  and  rules
     thereunder  (the "Act").  Accordingly,  Access  Person means any  director,
     officer, general partner, or Advisory Person (as defined below) of the Fund
     or HALP,  but  shall not  include  any  trustee  of the Trust who is not an
     "interested person" of the Trust.

E.   ADVISORY  PERSON.  The term  "Advisory  Person"  shall have the meaning set
     forth in Section 17j-l(a)(2) of the Act. Accordingly, Advisory Person means
     any  Employee  of the Firm,  who,  in  connection  with his or her  regular
     functions  or  duties,  makes,  participates  in,  or  obtains  information
     regarding the purchase or sale of Covered  Securities (as defined below) by
     a Client (as defined below), or whose functions relate to the making of any
     recommendations  with  respect to purchases  and sales.  For the purpose of
     this Code, each Employee of the Firm with an office at the Firm's principal
     place of business shall be deemed to be an Advisory Person.

F.   PERSONS SUBJECT TO THIS CODE. Each Employee is subject to this Code.

G.   COVERED  SECURITY.  The term "Covered  Security" shall have the meaning set
     forth in Section  2(a)(36) of the Act,1 including any right to acquire such
     security,  except  that it shall not  include  securities  which are direct
     obligations of the Government of the United States,  bankers'  acceptances,
     bank certificates of deposit,  commercial  paper,  high quality  short-term
     debit instruments (including repurchase  agreements),  and shares issued by
     open-end investment companies.

H.   BENEFICIAL  INTEREST  OR  OWNERSHIP.   The  term  "beneficial  interest  or
     ownership"  shall be  interpreted  in the same  manner as it would be under
     Rule 16a-1(a)(2)  under the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934 in determining
     whether  a  person  is  subject  to the  provisions  of  Section  16 of the
     Securities  Exchange Act of 1934 and rules  thereunder,  which includes any
     interest in which a person, directly or indirectly,  has or shares a direct
     or indirect  pecuniary  interest.  A pecuniary interest is the opportunity,
     directly or  indirectly,  to profit or share in any profit derived from any
     transaction.  Each person will be assumed to have a pecuniary interest, and

- ----------
(1)  SEE.  2(a)(36)  "Security"  means any note,  stock,  treasury stock,  bond,
     debenture,   evidence   of   indebtedness,   certificate   of  interest  or
     participation   in   any   profit-sharing    agreement,    collateral-trust
     certificate,  preorganization  certificate  or  subscription,  transferable
     share,  investment  contract,  voting-trust  certificate,   certificate  of
     deposit for a security, fractional undivided interest in oil, gas, or other
     mineral  rights,  any put,  call,  straddle,  option,  or  privilege on any
     security  (including a certificate  of deposit) or on any group or index of
     securities  (including any interest therein or based on the value thereof),
     or any put, call, straddle, option, or privilege entered into on a national
     securities  exchange  relating to foreign  currency,  or, in  general,  any
     interest or instrument  commonly known as a "security," or any  certificate
     of interest or  participation  in,  temporary or interim  certificate  for,
     receipt for, guarantee of, or warrant or right to subscribe to or purchase,
     any of the foregoing.
<PAGE>
     therefore, beneficial interest or ownership, in all securities held by that
     person, that person's spouse, all members of that person's immediate family
     and adults  sharing the same  household  with that person  (other than mere
     roommates)  and all  minor  children  of that  person  and in all  accounts
     subject to their  direct or indirect  influence or control  and/or  through
     which they obtain the substantial  equivalent of ownership,  such as trusts
     in which they are a trustee or beneficiary,  partnerships in which they are
     the  general  partner,   corporations  in  which  they  are  a  controlling
     shareholder or any other similar arrangement. Any questions an Employee may
     have about  whether an  interest  in a security  or an account  constitutes
     beneficial  interest or ownership  should be directed to the Firm's General
     Counsel or  Compliance  Department.  Examples  of  beneficial  interest  or
     ownership are attached as Appendix A.

I.   CLIENT.  The term  "Client"  shall mean any client of HALP,  including  any
     Fund.

II.  CODE OF ETHICS

A.   GENERAL STATEMENT

         Harris seeks to foster a reputation for integrity and  professionalism.
That reputation is a vital business asset. The confidence and trust placed in us
by investors in mutual  funds and clients with  accounts  advised by the Firm is
something that is highly valued and must be protected. As a result, any activity
which creates even the suspicion of misuse of material non-public information by
the Firm or any of its Employees, which gives rise to or appears to give rise to
any breach of fiduciary duty owed to any Client,  or which creates any actual or
potential  conflict  of  interest  between any Client and the Firm or any of its
Employees or even the appearance of any conflict of interest must be avoided and
is prohibited.

         The  Investment  Company  Act and rules make it illegal  for any person
covered by the Code, directly or indirectly,  in connection with the purchase or
sale of a security held or to be acquired by the Trust to:

          a.   employ any device, scheme, or artifice to defraud the Trust;

          b.   make any untrue  statement of a material  fact or omit to state a
               material fact necessary in order to make the statements  made, in
               light of circumstances  under which they are made, not misleading
               or in any way mislead the Trust regarding a material fact;

          c.   engage in any act, practice, or course of business which operates
               or would operate as a fraud or deceit upon the Trust; or

          d.   engage in any manipulative practice with respect to the Trust.

The restrictions on personal securities  transactions contained in this Code are
intended to help the Firm monitor for compliance with these prohibitions.

         Additionally,  the federal  securities  laws require that an investment
adviser maintain a record of every  transaction in any Covered Security in which
an  Advisory  Person  acquires  any direct or  indirect  beneficial  interest or
ownership,  except any  transaction  in an account in which the  Employee has no
direct or indirect control or influence.

         To attempt to ensure  that each Person  Subject to this Code  satisfies
this Code and these  record  keeping  obligations,  the Firm has  developed  the
following rules relating to personal  securities  trading,  outside  employment,
personal investments with external investment managers and confidentiality.  The
General Counsel,  Chief Executive  Officer,  and Compliance  Officer,  acting in
concert,  has the authority to grant written  waivers of the  provisions of this
Code in appropriate  instances.  However,  the Firm expects that waivers will be
granted  only in rare  instances,  and  some  provisions  of the  Code  that are
mandated by the Act cannot be waived.
<PAGE>
B.   RESTRICTIONS ON EMPLOYEE TRADING

No trading  activity by an Employee in any security in which an Employee has any
beneficial interest or ownership which is also the subject of a Client portfolio
purchase  or sale  shall  disadvantage  or appear to  disadvantage  such  Client
transaction.  Further, the following specific  restrictions apply to all trading
activity for Advisory Persons:

     i)   Any  transaction  in a  security  in  anticipation  of  client  orders
          ("frontrunning") is prohibited,

     ii)  Any  transaction  in a  security  which  is  the  subject  of  a  Firm
          recommendation  is prohibited  until the tenth  business day following
          the  dissemination  of  the  recommendation,   or  any  longer  period
          specified in this Code,

     iii) Any  transaction in a security which the Advisory  Person knows or has
          reason  to  believe  is  being  purchased  or sold or  considered  for
          purchase or sale(2) by any investment  company  advised by the Firm is
          prohibited  until the transaction by such investment  company has been
          completed or consideration of such transaction has been abandoned,(3)

     iv)  Any same day transaction in a security in which any investment company
          advised by the Firm has a pending or actual transaction is prohibited.
          If an Advisory  Person places a same day trade for such security prior
          to the investment  company placing an order the Employee's  order will
          be canceled,

     v)   Any  transaction  in a  security  within two  business  days after any
          investment  company advised by the Firm has traded in that security is
          prohibited,

     vi)  Any  transaction  involving  options  relating to any  security on the
          Firm's  approved  list or  which  are held by any  investment  company
          advised by the Firm is prohibited, and

     vii) Any acquisition of an equity security in an initial public offering is
          prohibited.

         Additionally,  no  Employee  of the  Firm  shall  knowingly  sell to or
purchase from the Funds or HAIT any security or other  property  except,  in the
case of the Funds, securities issued by the Funds.

C.   PERSONAL INVESTMENTS WITH EXTERNAL MONEY MANAGERS.

         All investments in which an Advisory Person has any beneficial interest
or ownership placed with external investment  managers  (including  interests in
limited partnerships or trust vehicles, managed accounts,  variable annuities or
foreign  entities) or in any account in which an Advisory  Person has discretion
must be approved in writing by the Compliance Department and the Chief Executive
Officer prior to the commitment of initial capital.

         Additionally,  "Investment  Personnel"  must obtain  approval  prior to
investing or acquiring a beneficial  ownership  interest in a Limited  Offering,
whether  directly or  indirectly.  "Investment  Personnel" is defined in Section
17j-1(a)(7) of the Act and shall be deemed to include any officer of HAI with an
office in the Firm's  principal  place of  business;  any officer of HAI who, in
connection with his or her regular functions or duties, makes or participates in

- ----------
(2)  A security is "being considered for purchase or sale", the earlier of, when
     a recommendation  to purchase or sell has been made and communicated or the
     security is placed on the research  project  list and,  with respect to the
     person  making the  recommendation,  when such person  seriously  considers
     making such a recommendation.

(3)  Among  the  clients  of  the  Firm  are  private  investment   partnerships
     (partnerships)   in  which  various  Employees  of  the  Firm  have  equity
     interests.  This trading  prohibition shall not restrict purchases or sales
     for the  accounts  of such  partnerships  provided  that the Trust and such
     accounts are treated fairly and equitably in connection with such purchases
     and sales.
<PAGE>
making recommendations regarding the purchase or sale of securities;  any Harris
portfolio  manager;  any member of the Harris stock selection  group; any Harris
financial analyst; or any Harris fund manager. A "Limited Offering" is generally
defined as a private  placement and can include  interests in real estate or oil
and gas limited partnership  interests and other privately placed securities and
funds. The Investment  Personnel must (i) provide notice in writing to the Chief
Executive  Officer and the Compliance  Department prior to acquiring  ownership,
and (ii) obtain the  written  approval  of the Chief  Executive  Officer and the
Compliance  Department prior to acquiring ownership.  The Compliance  Department
shall  maintain a copy of such approval and reasons  supporting  the approval as
provided under Section IV of this Code.

         The Compliance  Department will maintain a list of investment  managers
used by Partnerships  managed internally and a list of investment  managers used
by Advisory Persons.

         If an Advisory  Person has been notified that an investment  manager is
used by the Partnerships' managed internally, an Advisory Person must notify the
Compliance  Department  and the Head of the  Multi-Manager  Area of any material
withdrawal of their investment with such investment manager at least two working
days prior to an Advisory Person  submitting any notice of such  withdrawal.  To
avoid a conflict of  interest or the  appearance  of any  conflict,  an Advisory
Person  should  also note the  reason  for the  withdrawal  if it relates to the
investment manager's  performance,  organization or perceived ability to execute
their trading strategy.

D.   ADDITIONAL RESTRICTION ON FUND MANAGERS OF INVESTMENT COMPANY ACCOUNTS.

         Any Access Person who is a fund manager of any investment  company that
is advised by the Firm is  prohibited  from buying or selling a security  within
fifteen  calendar  days  before and after the  investment  company  that  he/she
manages  trades in that  security.  Any profits  realized  on trades  within the
proscribed periods shall be required to be disgorged.(4)

E.   PROCEDURES TO IMPLEMENT TRADING RESTRICTIONS AND REPORTING OBLIGATIONS.

     1)   TRADING THROUGH HARRIS' TRADING DESK.

         All transactions in Covered  Securities in which an Advisory Person has
any  beneficial  interest or  ownership  or in any accounts in which an Advisory
Person  has  discretion,  other  than  fee  paying  accounts  ("Advisory  Person
account"), must be processed through the Firm's trading desk.

         Transactions  at other  brokers  or banks are not  permitted  except in
unusual  circumstances and then only after the Advisory Person has: (i) provided
notice in writing to his/her  Supervisor and the Compliance  Department prior to
opening  or placing an  initial  order in an account  with such other  broker or
bank,  (ii)  obtained  the  written  approval  of  his/her  Supervisor  and  the
Compliance  Department  prior to opening  or  placing  an initial  order in such
account,  (iii)  provided such other broker or bank with a written notice of the
Advisory   Person's   affiliation   with  Harris  and  request  that  copies  of
confirmations  and statements be sent to the Firm's Compliance  Department,  and
provide a report to the Firm that  includes  the name of the broker or bank with
whom the account was established,  the date the account was established, and the
date the report is submitted.  A copy of such written  notice and request should
also be provided to his/her Supervisor and the Compliance Department.

         Even  after  an  Advisory  Person  has  obtained  approval  to  execute
transactions  through  another  broker or bank,  the Advisory  Person must still
present the Firm's trading desk with an order ticket for an order to be executed
at the other  broker or bank.  In those  exceptional  situations  in which it is
inappropriate  for the  Firm's  trading  desk to place the order,  the  Advisory

- ----------
(4)  Any  profits   disgorged  shall  be  given  to  a  tax  exempt   charitable
     organization of Harris' choosing.
<PAGE>
Person must  promptly  present the trading  desk with a completed  order  ticket
reflecting  the  details of the  transaction  and  clearly  indicating  that the
transaction has been completed.

     2)   MONITORING OF TRADES.

         Transactions  for an account of an Advisory  Person  that are  executed
through the Firm's  trading desk are to be  monitored by the Trading  Department
and reviewed and approved by the Chief Executive  Officer (or such party to whom
he delegates). These transactions are unsolicited brokerage transactions, should
be so marked on the original order ticket and may not be executed if they are in
conflict  with  discretionary  orders.  Should  a  conflict  arise,  sharing  of
executions may be approved by the Head of the Investment Advisory Department, or
in his/her absence,  the Manager of the Trading  Department.  Employee  accounts
must be opened in the 40000 office range.

         The  Firm  will  provide  to  the  Compliance  Department   information
(including  the  title  of  each  Covered  Security  involved,  the  date of the
transaction,  the interest rate and maturity rate (if applicable), the number of
shares and principal amount of each Covered Security involved, the nature of the
transaction  (i.e.  buy/sell),  the price at which the transaction was effected,
the name of the broker or bank through which the transaction  was effected,  and
the date on which the report is submitted) about transactions in the accounts of
Advisory Persons who have accounts with the Firm.

         Transactions  at other  brokers or banks,  in addition to being  placed
through the trading desk, are to be monitored by the Compliance  Department.  To
accomplish  this,  an Access  Person shall submit to the  Compliance  Department
within ten days after any  transaction a report which  includes the title of the
Covered  Security,  the date of the transaction,  the interest rate and maturity
rate (if applicable),  the number of shares and principal amount of each Covered
Security involved,  the nature of the transaction (i.e. buy/sell),  the price at
which the transaction was effected, the name of the broker or bank through which
the transaction was effected and the date on which the report is submitted. This
requirement  may be  satisfied  by  having  the  broker  or bank  send  the Firm
duplicate   copies  of   confirmations   and  statements,   provided  that  such
confirmations and statements  contain all of the information  otherwise required
to be provided in the report. The Compliance  Department will maintain copies of
all such transaction reports.

     3)   CANCELLATION OF TRADES.

         Any  transaction  for an  account  of an Access  Person is  subject  to
cancellation  or  reversal  if it is  determined  by either the Chief  Executive
Officer  (or such  party  to whom he  delegates),  the  Manager  of the  Trading
Department  or the  Compliance  Department  that  the  transaction  is or was in
conflict with or appeared to be in conflict with any Client  transaction  or any
of the  trading  restrictions  of  this  Code.  Cancellations  or  reversals  of
transactions  may be required after an extended period past the settlement date.
The Manager of the Trading  Department  may also prevent the execution of orders
for an  Advisory  Person's  account if it appears  that the trade may have to be
canceled or reversed.

         Client  transactions  include  transactions for any investment  company
managed  by the Firm,  any other  discretionary  advisory  clients  or any other
accounts managed or advised by Employees of the Firm for a fee.

         The  determination  that a transaction of an Access Person may conflict
with a Client  transaction will be subjective and individualized and may include
questions about timely and adequate  dissemination of information,  availability
of bids and offers,  as well as many other  factors  deemed  pertinent  for that
transaction or series of  transactions.  It is possible that a  cancellation  or
reversal of a transaction could be costly to an Access Person or his/her family.
Therefore,  great care is required to adhere to the Firm's trading  restrictions
and avoid conflicts or the appearance of conflicts.
<PAGE>
     4)   PARTICIPATION IN DIVIDEND  REINVESTMENT PLANS AND SYSTEMATIC  PURCHASE
          PLANS.

         Advisory Persons may purchase securities through dividend  reinvestment
plans or systematic purchase plans without processing such transactions  through
the Firm's  trading desk.  Purchases are permitted  only after the Employee has:
(i)  provided  notice  in  writing  to  his/her  Supervisor  and the  Compliance
Department prior to opening an account or placing an initial purchase,  and (ii)
obtained  the  written  approval  of  his/her   Supervisor  and  the  Compliance
Department  prior to opening an  account  or placing an initial  purchase.  Even
after the Advisory  Person has obtained  approval to invest in such a plan,  the
Advisory Person must provide the Compliance  Department with duplicate copies of
statements  within  ten days  after  the end of each  quarter.  Such  report  or
statements  must  contain all of the  information  required to be reported  with
respect  to  transactions  in  Covered  Securities  under  II(F)(2)  above.  The
Compliance Department will maintain copies of all such transaction reports.

     5)   REPORTING ALL OTHER SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS.

         Because the obligations of an investment adviser to maintain records of
Employee's  personal  securities  transactions  is  broader  than  the  type  of
transactions  discussed above in this Section,  all Employees have the following
additional  reporting  obligations.  Any  transaction in a Covered  Security not
required to be placed  through the Firm's  trading desk in which an Employee has
any  beneficial  interest  or  ownership  (such as,  real  estate or oil and gas
limited  partnership  interests and other privately placed securities and funds)
must be reported to the  Compliance  Department.  This report must be  submitted
within ten days after the end of each  quarter and  include:  the title,  price,
number of shares and principal  amount of each Covered  Security  involved,  the
date and nature of the transaction  (i.e.  buy/sell),  the name of the broker or
bank used, if any,  interest rate and maturity,  if applicable,  and the date on
which the report is submitted.  This report may be in any form, including a copy
of a confirmation or monthly statement.  However, no report is necessary for any
transaction in an account in which the Employee has no control or influence.

     6)   INITIAL AND ANNUAL REPORTING REQUIREMENTS.

         Each  Access  Person  shall  initially   disclose  in  writing  to  the
Compliance  Department within 10 business days of becoming an Access Person, and
annually  thereafter within 30 business days after each calendar  year-end,  the
title,  number  of  shares  and  principal  amount  of  all  Covered  Securities
beneficially  owned by such  Access  Person as of the date of  becoming a Access
Person, or as of the preceding  December 31 for annual reporting and the name of
the broker or bank with whom the Access Person  maintains an account in which he
or she has beneficial  ownership of any Covered Security.  The first such annual
report under this  amended Code of Ethics shall be made by January 30, 2001.  An
Access Person need not make an Initial or Annual  Report for Covered  Securities
held in any account over which the Employee has no direct or indirect  influence
or control.

     F.   CONFIDENTIALITY & OBLIGATIONS OF EMPLOYEES

         During the period of  employment  with the Firm an  Employee  will have
access  to  certain  "confidential  information"  concerning  the  Firm  and its
clients.  This information is a valuable asset and the sole property of the Firm
and may not be  misappropriated  and used  outside of the Firm by an Employee or
former  Employee.  "Confidential  Information",  defined as all  information not
publicly  available  about the  business of the Firm,  may  include,  but is not
limited  to,  Client and  prospect  names and  records,  research,  trading  and
portfolio  information and systems,  information  concerning  externally managed
entities or accounts which have been  considered or made on behalf of fee paying
clients, and the financial records of the Firm and/or its Employees. In order to
protect the interests of the Firm, an Employee or ex-Employee shall not, without
the express  written  consent of the Firm's Chief  Executive  Officer,  disclose
directly or indirectly  confidential  information to anyone outside of the Firm.
An Employee should be extremely careful to avoid inadvertent  disclosures and to
exercise  maximum  effort to keep  confidential  information  confidential.  Any
questions  concerning the  confidentiality  of information should be directed to
the Chief  Executive  Officer  or the  General  Counsel.  An abuse of the Firm's
<PAGE>
policy of  confidentiality  could subject an Employee to immediate  disciplinary
action that may include dismissal from the Firm.

G.   OUTSIDE EMPLOYMENT, ASSOCIATIONS AND BUSINESS ACTIVITIES

     1)   OUTSIDE EMPLOYMENT AND ASSOCIATIONS.

         It is Harris's  policy not to permit  Advisory  Persons to hold outside
positions of authority, including that of being an officer, partner, director or
employee of another  business entity (except in the case of entities  managed by
the Firm).  Also, Harris requires that all Advisory Persons make their positions
with the Firm a full-time  job.  The  approval of Harris,  and in some cases the
approval  of the NASD,  is  required  before  any  Advisory  Person may hold any
outside  position  for any  business  organization,  regardless  of whether such
position is compensated or not. Any exception to this policy must be approved in
writing  by the  Firm's  Chief  Executive  Officer  (or  other  person as he may
delegate) and the Access Person's Supervisor,  and a copy of such approval shall
be provided by the Advisory Person to the Compliance  Department.  Any change in
the status of such approved position  immediately must be reported in writing to
the Compliance  Department and the Advisory Person's  Supervisor.  Any income or
compensation received by an Advisory Person for serving in such position must be
paid in full to the Firm. Under no circumstance may an Advisory Person represent
or suggest that Harris has approved or  recommended  the business  activities of
the outside organization or any person associated with it.

     2)   OUTSIDE BUSINESS ACTIVITIES.

         To further  avoid  actual or  potential  conflicts  of interest  and to
maintain impartial  investment advice, and equally important,  the appearance of
impartial  investment  advice,  each Advisory Person must disclose in writing to
the  Compliance  Department  any special  relationships  and/or  investments  or
business  activities  that they or their families have which could influence the
investment  activities of the Firm.  If an Employee has any questions  about any
activities  and the need for  disclosure,  the  Employee  should be cautious and
direct any questions to the Firm's General Counsel or Compliance Department.

H.   CERTIFICATION OF COMPLIANCE BY ACCESS PERSONS.

         Each Access  Person is required to certify  annually that (i) he or she
has read and  understands the Code, (ii) recognizes that he or she is subject to
the Code, and (iii) he or she has disclosed or reported all Personal  Securities
Transactions required to be disclosed or reported under the Code. The Firm shall
annually distribute a copy of the Code and request  certification by all Persons
Subject to this Code and shall be  responsible  for ensuring  that all personnel
comply with the certification requirement.

         Each  Access  Person  who has not  engaged in any  personal  securities
transactions  during the  preceding  year for which a report was  required to be
filed pursuant to the Code shall include a  certification  to that effect in his
or her annual certification.

I.   ANNUAL REPORT TO THE TRUST'S BOARD OF TRUSTEES.

         The officers of the Trust shall  prepare an annual  report to the board
of trustees of the Trust that:

     1.   summarizes existing  procedures  concerning personal investing and any
          changes in those procedures during the past year;

     2.   describes issues that arose during the previous year under the Code or
          procedures concerning personal investing, including but not limited to
          information  about  material  violations  of the  Code  and  sanctions
          imposed;
<PAGE>
     3.   certifies  to  the  board  that  the  Trust  has  adopted   procedures
          reasonably  necessary to prevent its  Investment  Personnel and Access
          Persons from violating the Code; and

     4.   identifies  any  recommended  changes  in  existing   restrictions  or
          procedures  based upon experience  under the Code,  evolving  industry
          practices, or developments in applicable laws or regulations.

III. POLICY STATEMENT ON INSIDER TRADING

A.   BACKGROUND

         Trading   securities   while  in  possession  of  material,   nonpublic
information or improperly  communicating  that  information to others may expose
you to  stringent  penalties.  Criminal  sanctions  may  include a fine of up to
$1,000,000 and/or ten years imprisonment. The Securities and Exchange Commission
(SEC) can recover the profits  gained or losses  avoided  through the  violative
trading, obtain a penalty of up to three times the illicit windfall and issue an
order permanently baring you from the securities  industry.  Finally, you may be
sued by investors seeking to recover damages for insider trading violations.

         Regardless  of  whether  a  government  inquiry  occurs,  Harris  views
seriously any violation of this Policy  Statement.  Such  violations  constitute
grounds for disciplinary sanctions, including dismissal.

         The law of insider trading is unsettled; an individual legitimately may
be  uncertain  about the  application  of the Policy  Statement  in a particular
circumstance.  Often,  a single  question can forestall  disciplinary  action or
complex legal problems.  You should direct any questions  relating to the Policy
Statement  to the General  Counsel,  or, in her  absence,  a member of the Stock
Selection Group, or the Compliance Department.  You also must notify the General
Counsel,  or,  in her  absence,  a member of the  Stock  Selection  Group or the
Compliance  Department  immediately  if you have any  reason to  believe  that a
violation of the Policy Statement has occurred or is about to occur.

B.   POLICY STATEMENT ON INSIDER TRADING

         No person to whom this  Policy  Statement  applies  may  TRADE,  either
personally  or on behalf of others (such as  Clients),  while in  possession  of
material,  nonpublic  information;  nor may such persons  COMMUNICATE  material,
nonpublic  information to others in violation of the law. This Policy  Statement
is drafted broadly; it will be applied and interpreted in a similar manner. This
Policy Statement applies to securities  trading and information  handling by all
Access Persons  (including  their  spouses,  minor children and adult members of
their households).

         The  section  below  reviews   principles   important  to  this  Policy
Statement.

     1.   WHAT IS MATERIAL INFORMATION?

         Information is "material" when there is a substantial likelihood that a
reasonable  investor would consider it important in making his or her investment
decisions.   Generally,  this  is  information  whose  disclosure  will  have  a
substantial  effect on the price of a company's  securities.  No simple  "bright
line" test exists to determine  when  information  is material;  assessments  of
materiality involve a highly fact-specific  inquiry. For this reason, you should
direct any  questions  about  whether  information  is  material  to the General
Counsel,  or,  in her  absence,  a  member  of the  Stock  Selection  Group,  or
Compliance Department.

         Material   information   often  relates  to  a  company's  results  and
operations including, for example,  dividend changes,  earnings results, changes
in previously  released earnings  estimates,  significant  merger or acquisition
proposals  or  agreements,   major   litigation,   liquidation   problems,   and
extraordinary management developments.
<PAGE>
         Material  information  also may relate to the  MARKET  for a  company's
securities. Information about a significant order to purchase or sell securities
may, in some contexts, be deemed material. Similarly, prepublication information
regarding reports in the financial press also may be deemed material.

     2.   WHAT IS NONPUBLIC INFORMATION?

         Information is "nonpublic"  until it has been  disseminated  broadly to
investors in the  marketplace.  Tangible  evidence of such  dissemination is the
best  indication  that the  information is public.  For example,  information is
public  after it has become  available  to the general  public  through a public
filing with the SEC or some other  governmental  agency, the Dow Jones "tape" or
the WALL STREET JOURNAL or some other  publication of general  circulation,  and
after  sufficient time has passed so that the information has been  disseminated
widely.

     3.   IDENTIFYING INSIDE INFORMATION

         Before executing any trade for yourself or others,  including  Clients,
you must determine whether you have access to material,  nonpublic  information.
If you think that you might have access to material,  nonpublic information, you
should take the following steps:

          i.   Immediately  alert the Trading  Department to restrict trading in
               security on the restricted  list  maintained in the trading room.
               No  reason  or  explanation   should  be  given  to  the  Trading
               Department for the restriction.

          ii.  Report the  information  and proposed  trade  immediately  to the
               General Counsel, or a member of the Stock Selection Group.

          iii. Do not purchase or sell the  securities  on behalf of yourself or
               others, including Clients.

          iv.  Do not communicate the information inside or outside Harris other
               than to the above individuals.

          v.   After the above  individuals  have  reviewed the issue,  the Firm
               will determine  whether the information is material and nonpublic
               and, if so, what action the Firm should take.

     4.   CONTACTS WITH PUBLIC COMPANIES

         For Harris,  contacts with public companies represent an important part
of our research  efforts.  Harris may make investment  decisions on the basis of
the  Firm's   conclusions   formed   through  such   contacts  and  analysis  of
publicly-available information.  Difficult legal issues arise, however, when, in
the  course of these  contacts,  an Access  Person  becomes  aware of  MATERIAL,
nonpublic  information.  This could happen,  for example,  if a company's  Chief
Financial Officer  prematurely  discloses  quarterly results to an analyst or an
investor relations  representative  makes a selective disclosure of adverse news
to a handful of investors. In such situations, Harris must make a judgment as to
its further  conduct.  To protect  yourself,  Clients  and the Firm,  you should
contact the General Counsel,  or in her absence, a member of the Stock Selection
Group,  or Compliance  Department  immediately  if you believe that you may have
received material, nonpublic information.

     5.   TENDER OFFERS

         Tender  offers  represent  a  particular  concern in the law of insider
trading  for  two  reasons.   First,   tender  offer   activity  often  produces
extraordinary gyrations in the price of the target company's securities. Trading
during  this time  period is more likely to attract  regulatory  attention  (and
produces a  disproportionate  percentage of insider trading cases).  Second, the
SEC has adopted a rule which  expressly  forbids  trading and "tipping" while in
possession of material,  nonpublic information regarding a tender offer received
from the tender offer,  the target company or anyone acting on behalf of either.
Employees  should  exercise  particular  caution any time they  become  aware of
nonpublic information relating to a tender offer.

C.   PROCEDURES TO IMPLEMENT THE POLICY STATEMENTON INSIDER TRADING

     1.   PERSONAL SECURITIES TRADING

         The  restrictions on Employee trading and procedures to implement those
restrictions and the Firm's reporting obligations which are set forth in Section
II above  constitute  the same  procedures to implement  this Policy  Statement.
Review those procedures  carefully and direct any questions about their scope or
applicability to the General Counsel or the Compliance Department.

     2.   RESTRICTIONS ON DISCLOSURES

         Harris Employees shall not disclose any nonpublic  information (whether
or not it is material) relating to Harris or its securities  transactions to any
person outside Harris  (unless such  disclosure has been  authorized by Harris).
Material,  nonpublic  information may not be  communicated to anyone,  including
persons  within  Harris,  except as provided in Section  III(B)(3)  above.  Such
information must be secured.  For example,  access to files containing material,
nonpublic  information and computer files containing such information  should be
restricted,  and conversations  containing such  information,  if appropriate at
all, should be conducted in private.

IV.  RETENTION OF RECORDS

         The  Compliance  Department or the Secretary of the Trust will maintain
the records  listed  below for a period of five  years.  Such  records  shall be
maintained  at the Firm's  principal  place of business in an easily  accessible
place:

               (i)  a list  of all  persons  subject  to the  Code  during  that
                    period;

               (ii) receipts   signed  by  all  persons   subject  to  the  Code
                    acknowledging   receipt   of   copies   of  the   Code   and
                    acknowledging that they are subject to it;

               (iii)a copy of each  Code of  Ethics  that has been in  effect at
                    any time during the period;

               (iv) a copy of each  report  filed  pursuant  to the  Code  and a
                    record of any known violations and actions taken as a result
                    thereof  during the period as well as record of all  persons
                    responsible for reviewing these reports; and

               (v)  a copy  of any  decision  and  the  reasons  supporting  the
                    decision, to approve the acquisition by Investment Personnel
                    of Limited Offerings.
<PAGE>
          ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF RECEIPT OF CODE OF ETHICS AND STATEMENT ON
                                 INSIDER TRADING
                               FOR ACCESS PERSONS

         CODE OF ETHICS.  Harris  Associates L.P.  ("HALP"),  Harris  Associates
Securities L.P.  ("HASLP") and Harris Associates  Investment Trust (the "Trust")
have  adopted a written  Code of Ethics and  Statement  on Insider  Trading (the
"Code") to avoid potential conflicts of interest by HALP and HASLP personnel and
to govern the use and handling of material non-public information. A copy of the
Code is  attached to this  acknowledgement.  As a  condition  of your  continued
employment with HALP and HASLP,  and/or the retention of your position,  if any,
as an officer of the Trust,  you are required to read,  understand  and abide by
the Code.

         COMPLIANCE PROGRAM. The Code requires that all personnel furnish to the
Compliance Department  information regarding any investment account in which you
have a "beneficial interest." You are also required to furnish to the Compliance
Department  copies of your monthly or  quarterly  account  statements,  or other
documents,  showing all purchases or sales of securities in any such account, or
which are effected by you or for your  benefit,  or the benefit of any member of
your  household.  Additionally,  you are  required  to  furnish a report of your
personal  securities holdings within ten days of commencement of your employment
with HALP or HASLP and  annually  thereafter.  These  requirements  apply to any
investment account,  such as an account at a brokerage house, trust account at a
bank, custodial account or similar types of accounts.

         This compliance  program also requires that you report any contact with
any  securities  issuer,  government or its personnel,  or others,  that, in the
usual  course  of  business,   might  involve  material  non-  public  financial
information.  The Code  requires  that you bring to the attention of the General
Counsel  any  information  you receive  from any source  which might be material
non-public information.

         Any  questions  concerning  the Code  should be directed to the General
Counsel or the Compliance Department.

         I affirm that I have read and understand the Code. I agree to the terms
and conditions set forth in the Code.

- -----------------------------------                          -------------------
            Signature                                                Date
<PAGE>
                        ANNUAL AFFIRMATION OF COMPLIANCE
                               FOR ACCESS PERSONS

I affirm that:

          1.   I have  again  read and,  during  the past year to the best of my
               knowledge, have complied with the Code of Ethics and Statement of
               Insider Trading (the "Code").

          2.   I have  provided  to the  Compliance  Department  the  names  and
               addresses of each  investment  account that I have with any firm,
               including, but not limited to, broker- dealers, banks and others.
               (List of known accounts attached.)

          3.   I have provided to the  Compliance  Department  copies of account
               statements or other reports showing each and every transaction in
               any security in which I have a beneficial interest, as defined in
               the Code, during the most recently ended calendar year

               or

               During the most recent  calendar year there were no  transactions
               in any security in which I had a beneficial  interest required to
               be reported pursuant to the Code.

          4.   I have  provided  to the  Compliance  Department  a report  of my
               personal  securities  holdings  as of the end of the most  recent
               calendar  year,  including  all  required  information  for  each
               security  in  which I have  any  direct  or  indirect  beneficial
               ownership.

- -----------------------------------                          ------------------
             Signature                                              Date
<PAGE>
                                                                      APPENDIX A

                         EXAMPLES OF BENEFICIAL INTEREST

         For  purposes  of the Code,  you will be  deemed  to have a  beneficial
interest in a security if you have the opportunity,  directly or indirectly,  to
profit  or share in any  profit  derived  from a  transaction  in the  security.
Examples of beneficial ownership under this definition include:

     *    securities you own, no matter how they are  registered,  and including
          securities  held for you by others (for  example,  by a  custodian  or
          broker, or by a relative,  executor or administrator) or that you have
          pledged to another (as security for a loan, for example);

     *    securities  held by a trust of  which  you are a  beneficiary  (except
          that, if your interest is a remainder  interest and you do not have or
          participate  in investment  control of trust  assets,  you will not be
          deemed to have a beneficial interest in securities held by the trust);

     *    securities  held by you as trustee or co-trustee,  where either you or
          any  member  of your  immediate  family  (I.E.,  spouse,  children  or
          descendants,   stepchildren,   parents   and  their   ancestors,   and
          stepparents,   in  each  case  treating  a  legal  adoption  as  blood
          relationship)  has a  beneficial  interest  (using these rules) in the
          trust.

     *    securities  held by a trust of which you are the settlor,  if you have
          the power to revoke the trust without obtaining the consent of all the
          beneficiaries and have or participate in investment control;

     *    securities held by any partnership in which you are a general partner,
          to the extent of your interest in partnership capital or profits;

     *    securities held by a personal holding company  controlled by you alone
          or jointly with others;

     *    securities held by (i) your spouse,  unless legally separated,  or you
          and your spouse jointly,  or (ii) your minor children or any immediate
          family  member of you or your spouse  (including  an adult  relative),
          directly  or through a trust,  who is sharing  your home,  even if the
          securities  were  not  received  from  you and  the  income  from  the
          securities is not actually used for the maintenance of your household;
          or

     *    securities  you have the right to acquire  (for  example,  through the
          exercise of a derivative security), even if the right is not presently
          exercisable,  or  securities  as to which,  through  any other type of
          arrangement,  you obtain benefits substantially equivalent to those of
          ownership.

You will  NOT be  deemed  to have  beneficial  ownership  of  securities  in the
following situations:

     *    securities  held by a limited  partnership  in which you do not have a
          controlling  interest and do not have or share investment control over
          the partnership's portfolio; and

     *    securities  held by a foundation of which you are a trustee and donor,
          provided that the  beneficiaries  are  exclusively  charitable and you
          have no right to revoke the gift.

These examples are not exclusive. There are other circumstances in which you may
be deemed to have a  beneficial  interest in a  security.  Any  questions  about
whether you have a beneficial interest should be directed to the General Counsel
or Compliance Department.

                         BPI GLOBAL ASSET MANAGEMENT LLP

                 CODE OF ETHICS AND RULES FOR PERSONAL INVESTING

INTRODUCTION

     BPI  Global  Asset  Management  LLP (the  "Adviser"),  recognizes  that the
knowledge of present to future portfolio transactions and, in certain instances,
the power to  influence  portfolio  transactions  made by or for any  client for
which the Adviser  serves as an  investment  adviser (a  "Client")  which may be
possessed by certain of its staff could place such  individuals,  if they engage
in personal  transactions  in  securities,  in a position  where their  personal
interest may conflict with that of such Client.

     The Adviser has adopted  this Code of Ethics to prohibit  certain  types of
personal  securities  transactions which may create conflicts of interest (or at
least the potential for or the appearance of a conflict of interest), to specify
certain permitted personal  investments and to establish reporting  requirements
and enforcement procedures.

     In general,  all of the personnel of the Adviser  (referred to in this Code
as "staff") are expected to:

     *    act with integrity,  competence, dignity and in an ethical manner when
          dealing with the public, clients, prospects,  employers, employees and
          fellow staff

     *    practice  and  encourage  others to  practice  in a  professional  and
          ethical manner that will reflect credit on our staff

     *    strive to maintain and improve their competence

     *    use reasonable care and exercise  independent  professional  judgement
          where appropriate

     In addition,  all staff shall not, in connection with the purchase or sale,
directly or  indirectly,  by such person of a security held or to be acquired by
any Client:

     *    employ any device, scheme or artifice to defraud such Client;

     *    make to such Client any untrue statement of a material fact or omit to
          state to such Client a material  fact  necessary  in order to make the
          statements  made, in light of the  circumstances  under which they are
          made, not misleading;
<PAGE>
     *    engage in any act,  practice or course of business which would operate
          as a fraud or deceit upon such Client; or

     *    engage in any manipulative practice with respect to Client.

STATEMENT OF GENERAL PRINCIPLES

     In  recognition  of the trust and  confidence  placed in the Adviser by its
Clients,  the Adviser has adopted the following general  principles to guide the
actions of its employees, officers and directors:

     *    The interests of our Clients are paramount, and all staff must conduct
          themselves  in all  situations by placing the interests of the Clients
          before their own.

     *    All personal  transactions in securities by staff must be accomplished
          so as to avoid even the  appearance  of a conflict  of interest on the
          part of such personnel with the interests of our Clients.

     *    All staff must avoid  actions or  activities  that allow (or appear to
          allow) a person to profit or  benefit  from his or her  position  with
          respect to the  Clients,  or that  otherwise  bring into  question the
          person's independence or judgment.

DEFINITIONS

In this Code of Ethics,  the  following  capitalized  terms  have the  following
meanings:

     (1)  "ACCESS PERSON" shall mean:

          (i)  each Officer or Manager of the Adviser;

          (ii) each   employee  of  the   Adviser   who  makes  any   investment
               recommendation  or who participates in the determination of which
               recommendation is to be made;

          (iii)any employee who, in connection  with his or her duties,  obtains
               or could obtain or could obtain any information  concerning which
               Securities are being traded or recommended prior to the effective
               dissemination  of  such  recommendations  or of  the  information
               concerning such  recommendations  ("Information")  to the public;
               and
<PAGE>
          (iv) any of the following persons who obtain  Information prior to the
               effective dissemination of the Information to the public: (a) any
               person who is in a control  relationship to the Advisor,  (b) any
               affiliated  person  of  such  controlling  person,  and  (c)  any
               affiliated person of such affiliated person.

     (2)  "BENEFICIAL  OWNERSHIP"  of a security is to be determined in the same
          manner as it is for purposes of Section 16 of the SECURITIES  EXCHANGE
          ACT OF 1934, as amended (the "Exchange Act"). This means that a person
          should  generally   consider  himself  the  beneficial  owner  of  any
          securities in which he has a direct or indirect monetary interest.  IN
          ADDITION,  A PERSON SHOULD CONSIDER  HIMSELF OR HERSELF THE BENEFICIAL
          OWNER  OF  SECURITIES  HELD  BY HIS OR HER  SPOUSE,  HIS OR HER  MINOR
          CHILDREN,  A RELATIVE WHO SHARES HIS OR HER HOME,  OR OTHER PERSONS BY
          REASON OF ANY CONTRACT,  ARRANGEMENT,  UNDERSTANDING  OR  RELATIONSHIP
          THAT  PROVIDES  HIM OR HER WITH  SOLE OR SHARED  VOTING OR  INVESTMENT
          POWER.

     (3)  "COMPLIANCE OFFICER" shall mean the Controller of the Adviser.

     (4)  "CONTROL" means the power to exercise a controlling influence over the
          management  or policies of a company,  unless such power is solely the
          result of an official position with such company.  Ownership of 25% or
          more of a company's  outstanding voting securities is presumed to give
          the holder control over the company. Such presumption may be countered
          by the facts and circumstances of a given situation.

     (5)  "SECURITY"  shall  have the same  meaning as that set forth in Section
          2(a)(18) of the INVESTMENT ADVISERS ACT OF 1940 (the "1940 Act")

PERMITTED PURCHASES AND SALES OF SECURITIES

An Access  Person may only  invest in and  dispose of the  following  Securities
("Permitted Securities") over which he or she has Beneficial Ownership:

     *    units or shares of registered open-ended mutual funds

     *    shares or options of BPI Financial  Corporation  or units or shares of
          public limited partnerships, investment funds and companies managed or
          administered by the Adviser and/or its affiliates  (including  without
          limitation, BPI Capital Management Corporation)

     *    stock index securities approved by the Compliance Officer from time to
          time
<PAGE>
     *    securities  issued by the Government of the United States or an agency
          thereof,  bankers'  acceptances,   bank  certificates  of  deposit  or
          commercial paper

     *    securities  held in a fully  managed  account  managed by a registered
          investment  advisor which is not affiliated with the Access Person and
          over  which  the  Access  Person  has  no  discretion  in  respect  of
          individual  investments  and in respect of which the Access  Person is
          not in any way  consulted  with at any time  prior  to any  particular
          transaction  or  advised  of any  transaction  other  than by way of a
          statement of account  issued no earlier than 5 business days after the
          end of the applicable reporting period

     *    shares, options or other securities of a private company which carries
          on,  directly or through  subsidiaries,  an active  business and which
          does not invest in  Non-Permitted  Securities  where the Access Person
          has  a  close  personal  or  business   relationship   (other  than  a
          relationship arising because of the Access Person's  relationship with
          the  Adviser)  with  the  founder  or  promoter  of  the  issuer,  but
          specifically  excluding any  securities of a private  company  offered
          pursuant  to or as a part of an  initial  public  offering  or private
          placement  where it may reasonably be  contemplated  that such company
          may within one year become a public company

The purchase of Permitted  Securities  will not be  considered to be in conflict
with  the  interests  of  Clients  and  will not  require  pre-clearance  by the
Compliance Officer.

TRANSITIONAL PROVISIONS

In the event that an Access Person as of April 1, 1997 (or if the  employment of
the Access Person  commenced after such date, on the  commencement of employment
with the Adviser) has Beneficial  Ownership in Securities that are not Permitted
Securities  ("Non-Permitted  Securities"),  he or she may  continue to hold such
Securities  provided  that  any sale of such  Securities  must  comply  with the
following pre-clearance rules.

Any sale of a Non-Permitted  Security by an Access Person must be pre-cleared by
the Compliance Officer prior to proceeding with the transaction.  No transaction
in  Non-Permitted  Securities may be effected without the prior written approval
of the Compliance Officer.

The following sales of  Non-Permitted  Securities shall generally be entitled to
clearance from the Compliance Officer:

     (a)  Sales  of  Securities   which  appear  upon  reasonable   inquiry  and
          investigation  to  present  no  reasonable  likelihood  of harm to our
          Clients and which are otherwise in accordance with the law.
<PAGE>
     (b)  Sales of Securities which are not eligible for purchase or sale by any
          Client,  as determined by reference to the  investment  objectives and
          restrictions of the Clients.

     (c)  The portfolio managers of the Adviser do not anticipate future trading
          in the Security in such a manner that could provide a personal benefit
          to the Access Person.

     (d)  There is no pending buy or sell order by the portfolio managers of the
          Adviser for the Security which has not been executed or withdrawn and,
          if the  Access  Person is the  portfolio  manager,  there has not been
          trading in the Security by the portfolio manager on behalf of a client
          of the Adviser within the previous 5 trading days.

The requirements for the purchase or sale of Non-Permitted  Securities shall not
apply to the following transactions:

     (a)  purchases  or sales  over  which the  Access  Person  has no direct or
          indirect influence or control;

     (b)  purchases which are part of an automatic  dividend  reinvestment plan;
          or

     (c)  purchases effected upon the exercise of rights issued by an issuer pro
          rata to all holders of a class of its  Securities,  to the extent such
          rights were acquired from such issuer.

All requests to the Compliance  Officer for the  pre-clearance  of the sale of a
Non-Permitted  Security  must be in  writing  in the form set out in  Schedule 1
hereto, being a certificate of the Access Person that he or she:

     (a)  does not  possess  material  non-public  information  relating  to the
          Security;

     (b)  is not aware of any  proposed  trade or  investment  program  for that
          Security on behalf of any Client;

     (c)  believes   that  the  proposed   trade  is  available  to  any  market
          participant on the same terms; and

     (d)  will provide any other information requested by the Compliance Officer
          for the proposed trade.

The  pre-approval  of the  Compliance  Officer  of any  sale of a  Non-Permitted
Security  shall  be  valid on the day  such  approval  is given  and on the next
trading day (the  "Approved  Period").  The Access  Person must  re-apply to the
Compliance Officer for approval to sell such Non-Permitted  Security at any time
after the Approval Period.
<PAGE>
In the event that an Access  Person  disposes  of  Non-Permitted  Securities  in
accordance with these  transitional rules within 60 days of having acquired such
Securities,  any profit on such short term sale shall be  disgorged to a charity
designated by the Compliance Officer.

TRANSITIONAL PERSONAL HOLDINGS BY A PORTFOLIO MANAGER

If  a  portfolio   manager  of  the  Adviser  has  Beneficial   Ownership  of  a
Non-Permitted  Security  which he or she  desires  to  purchase  on  behalf of a
Client,  the purchase decision must be made by another portfolio manager who has
no  Beneficial  Ownership of the  Non-Permitted  Security  and  confirmed by the
Compliance Officer.

PURCHASE AND SALE OF SECURITIES OF A PUBLICLY-TRADED
COMPANY BY AN ACCESS PERSON WHO IS A DIRECTOR

It is the  policy of the  Advisor  that it will not  invest in  securities  of a
publicly-traded  company of which an Access  Person is an  officer,  director or
significant shareholder or is in a similar relationship with the company. In the
event that an Access Person is granted permission to hold such a position with a
publicly-traded company as contemplated below under "Acting as a Director", such
Access  Person may purchase and sell  securities  of such company upon the prior
written  approval of the  Compliance  Officer in the manner as  described  above
under "Transitional Provisions".

REPORTING OBLIGATIONS OF ACCESS PERSONS

     (1)  Each Access Person shall sign an acknowledgement at the time this Code
          is adopted or at the time such person  becomes an Access Person and on
          an annual basis  thereafter  that he or she has read,  understands and
          agrees to abide by the Code. Such acknowledgement shall be in the form
          set out in Schedule 2 hereto.

     (2)  Each Access Person shall within 15 days of the  implementation of this
          Policy or on the  commencement of employment  (whichever is later) and
          of January 1 of each year thereafter file with the Compliance  Officer
          a list of all  Permitted  and  Non-Permitted  Securities  Beneficially
          Owned by the Access Person.

     (3)  Each  Access  Person  shall  report  to the  Compliance  Officer  each
          transaction in Non-Permitted Securities in which the person has, or by
          reason of such transaction acquires, any direct or indirect Beneficial
          Ownership within 5 days of such transaction.  Each Access Person shall
          provide on a timely basis to the Compliance  Officer  duplicate copies
          of all trading  account  statements  relating  to personal  securities
          transactions.

     (4)  Each Access  Person shall file with the  Compliance  Officer not later
          than 10 days after the end of the calendar quarter  quarterly  reports
          on purchases and sales of  Non-Permitted  Securities  which obligation
          may  be  fulfilled  by  ensuring  that  duplicate  copies  of  monthly
<PAGE>
          statements  of  portfolio  holdings are  delivered  to the  Compliance
          Officer  by  the  applicable  dealer.  Any  Access  Person  who  is  a
          Compliance  Officer shall submit  confidential  quarterly reports with
          respect  to his or her  own  personal  securities  transactions  to an
          officer  designated  to receive  his or her  reports  (the  "Alternate
          Compliance  Officer"),  who shall act in all  respects  in the  manner
          prescribed  herein for the  Compliance  Officer.  Any such  report may
          contain a  statement  that the  report  shall not be  construed  as an
          admission  by the person  making  such  report  that he or she has any
          direct or indirect  Beneficial  Ownership in the Security to which the
          report relates.  Every report on transactions involving Non- Permitted
          Securities shall contain the following information:

          (a)  the date of the  transaction,  the title and the number of shares
               or the principal amount of each Security involved;

          (b)  the nature of the transaction (i.e., purchase,  sale or any other
               type of acquisition or disposition);

          (c)  the price at which the transaction was effected;

          (d)  the name of the broker,  dealer or bank with or through  whom the
               transaction was effected; and

          (e)  the date the report was signed.


     (5)  In the event no reportable  transactions  occurred during the quarter,
          the report should be so noted and returned, signed and dated.

All  reports  and  statements  received by the  Compliance  Officer  from Access
Persons shall be kept  confidential  by the Compliance  Officer and will only be
disclosed to others if the  disclosure  is required to enforce  compliance  with
this Code or is lawfully requested by securities regulators.

ROLE OF THE COMPLIANCE OFFICER

REVIEW AND ENFORCEMENT

The Compliance  Officer shall review reported personal  securities  transactions
and the Clients'  securities  transactions  to determine  whether a violation of
this Code may have occurred.  Before making any  determination  that a violation
has been committed by any person,  the Compliance Officer shall give such person
an opportunity to supply additional explanatory material.
<PAGE>
If the Compliance Officer determines that a violation of this Code has occurred,
he or she shall  provide a written  report to the  Managers  of the  Adviser and
impose upon the individual such sanctions as he or she deems appropriate,  which
may range from a written warning, suspension with or without pay, termination of
employment and/or disgorgement of profits.

In the event that the Access Person disagrees as to whether a violation occurred
or with the appropriateness of the sanction, such Access Person may request that
the Managers of Adviser who are not Access  Persons  review such  decisions,  it
being  understood  that the decision of such Managers shall be final and binding
upon the Adviser and the Access Person.

RECORDS

The Compliance  Officer on behalf of the Adviser shall  maintain  records in the
manner and to the extent set forth below,  which  records shall be available for
examination by representatives of The Securities and Exchange Commission:

     (1)  a copy of this  Code and any  other  code  which  is,  or, at any time
          within the past five years has been,  in effect  shall be preserved in
          an easily accessible place;

     (2)  a list of all Access Persons from time to time;

     (3)  a record of any  violation  of this Code and of any action  taken as a
          result of such  violation  shall be preserved in an easily  accessible
          place for a period of not less than five  years  following  the end of
          the fiscal year in which the violation occurs;

     (4)  a copy of each report made by an Access  Person  pursuant to this Code
          shall be preserved in an easily  accessible  place for a period of not
          less than five years  from the end of the  fiscal  year in which it is
          made; and

     (5)  a list of  persons  who are,  or within the past five years have been,
          Access Persons shall be maintained in an easily accessible place.

ANNUAL REPORT TO MANAGERS OF THE ADVISER

It is  acknowledged  that a  majority  of the  Managers  of the  Adviser  do not
participate  in the day to day  management of the Adviser and that such Managers
shall have general  oversight  responsibility  for this Code. On an annual basis
the Compliance Officer shall report to these Managers in writing:

     (a)  summarizing the existing procedures  concerning personal investing and
          any changes made to the procedures in the past year;
<PAGE>
     (b)  as  to  compliance  with  the  Code,   summarizing  any  instances  of
          non-compliance and the sanctions imposed by the Compliance Officer and
          providing any other  information  as may be requested by such Managers
          from time to time; and

     (c)  recommending  any  changes or  modifications  to the Code which in the
          opinion of the Compliance Officer would be desirable or beneficial due
          to legal and business  developments  and the  Adviser's  experience in
          administering the Code.

GIFTS AND GRATUITIES

No Access Person shall accept or receive any gift or other thing of more than de
minimis  value from any person or entity that does business with or on behalf of
the Adviser.

ACTING AS A DIRECTOR

It is the  policy of the  Adviser  that it will not  invest in  securities  of a
publicly  traded  company of which  Access  Person is an  officer,  director  or
significant  shareholder  or is in a  similar  relationship  with  the  company.
Accordingly,  no Access  Person  may hold or accept a  position  as a  director,
officer,  trustee  or  general  partner  of a  publicly-traded  company  or be a
significant  shareholder  of a public  company  unless  such  position  has been
presented  to and  approved  by the  Compliance  Officer on the basis that it is
consistent with the interests of the Clients.

April 1, 1997
<PAGE>
                                   SCHEDULE 1

                         BPI GLOBAL ASSET MANAGEMENT LLP

                          REQUEST FOR PRE-CLEARANCE OF
                      THE SALE OF A NON-PERMITTED SECURITY


TO:  COMPLIANCE OFFICER

RE:  SALE OF ______ (NUMBER) SHARES OF  ________________________(NAME  OF ISSUER
     AND SECURITY).

As required by the Code of Ethics and Rules for Personal Investing of BPI Global
Asset  Management  LLP (the  "Code"),  this shall serve as my request to receive
pre-clearance for the sale of the  aforementioned  security(ies).  In connection
therewith, I certify that:

*    I do not possess material non-public information relating to that Security;
*    I am not  aware  of any  proposed  trade  or  investment  program  for that
     Security on behalf of any Client (as that term is defined in the Code);
*    I believe that the proposed trade is available to any market participant on
     the same terms; and
*    I will  provide any other  information  requested  by you for the  proposed
     trade.

I understand that this  pre-approval  of this sale of a  Non-Permitted  Security
shall be valid on the day such  approval is given and on the next  trading  day.
After  such  period,  I must  re-apply  to you for  pre-approval  to  sell  such
Non-Permitted Security.

I further  understand  that if such security was acquired  within 60 days of the
sale date, any profit on such  short-term  sale shall be disgorged in accordance
with the Code.



- -------------------------------     -----------------      ---------------
Employee Signature                  Employee Name          Date


PRE-APPROVAL GRANTED



- -------------------------------     -----------------
Compliance Officer Signature        Date
<PAGE>
                                   SCHEDULE 2

                         BPI GLOBAL ASSET MANAGEMENT LLP

                 CODE OF ETHICS AND RULES FOR PERSONAL INVESTING

TO:  COMPLIANCE OFFICER

RE:  ACKNOWLEDGEMENT  OF  RECEIPT  OF CODE OF  ETHICS  AND  RULES  FOR  PERSONAL
     INVESTING

1.   As required  by the Code of Ethics and Rules for  Personal  Investing  (the
     "Code") of BPI Global Asset  Management  LLP (the  "Advisor") I acknowledge
     that I have read, understand and agree to abide by the Code.

2.   Further,  I  understand  that I may only invest in and dispose of Permitted
     Securities (as defined in the Code) over which I have Beneficial  Ownership
     (as defined in the Code);

3.   Please initial one of the following:

     _______ I will cause to be  provided  on a timely  basis to the  Compliance
     Officer  duplicate  copies of all trading  account  statements  relating to
     personal securities transactions.

     _______ I have no trading  account at the present time, but will notify the
     Compliance  Officer if I open a trading  account  and will cause  duplicate
     copies of all trading  account  statements to be provided to the Compliance
     Officer if and when I establish such an account.

4.   I attach a list of all Permitted and Non-Permitted Beneficially Owned by me
     as of the date hereof.



- -------------------------------     -----------------      ---------------
Employee Signature                  Employee Name          Date

                         MASTHOLM ASSET MANAGEMENT INC.

                    CODE OF ETHICS AND PROFESSIONAL STANDARDS

                   AND GUIDELINES FOR AVOIDING PROHIBITED ACTS

A11 employees of Masthohn Asset  Management Inc.  ("MAM"),  in conducting  their
personal  securities  transactions,  owe a fiduciary  duty to all MAM's clients,
including the investment  companies for which MAM serves as investment  adviser.
The term "Fund" is used herein to mean each  registered  investment  company for
which  MAM  serves  as  investment  adviser  or  sub-investment   adviser.   The
fundamental standard to be followed in personal securities  transactions is that
Employees may not take inappropriate advantage of their positions.  All personal
securities  transactions by Employees must be conducted in such interest and the
interests of each client,  or any abuse of an  Employee's  position of trust and
responsibility.  Potential conflicts arising from personal investment activities
could  include  buying or selling  securities  based on  knowledge of a client's
trading  position  or  plans  (sometimes  referred  to  as  front-running),  and
acceptance of personal favors that could influence trading  judgements on behalf
of a client.  In addition to the  foregoing,  this Code of Ethics is intended to
prevent  Employees  from  engaging  in any act,  practice  or course of business
prohibited by Rule 17j-1 under the  Investment  Company Act of 1940 (the "Act").
Rule 17j-1 prohibits directors, officers and advisory personnel of an investment
adviser,  in  connection  with  the  purchase  or sale by any such  person  of a
security  held or to be  acquired by an  investment  company,  from  engaging in
manipulative  practices  or  employing  any  scheme to  defraud  the  investment
company,  from making any untrue  statements to the investment  company and from
failing to disclose to the investment company material information.

While  this Code of Ethics is  designed  to  address  identified  conflicts  and
potential  conflicts,  it cannot possibly be written broadly enough to cover all
potential situations.  In this regard, Employees are expected to adhere not only
to the letter,  but also the  spirit,  of the  policies  contained  herein.  For
example, the restrictions contained herein on the purchase or sale of a security
would  include  the  purchase  or sale of an  equivalent  security,  such as the
writing of an option to purchase or sell a security.

Absent the approval of MAM's  Compliance  Officer and except for certain limited
exceptions   for  managed   accounts  where  the  Employee  has  no  discretion,
self-directed  IRA accounts and certain estate or trust accounts,  all Employees
must  provide any  brokerage  account  records to the  Compliance  Officer  upon
request.

The  restrictions  contained in this Code of Ethics apply to all  securities  in
which an Employee  has my direct or indirect  "beneficial  ownership"  - and may
encompass transactions in securities that are not effected in Employee Brokerage
Accounts such as interests in limited partnerships or transactions  effected for
the account of another  individual  or entity if the  Employee  may share in the
profit from the transaction.  Accordingly,  all securities transactions in which
an Employee has or would  acquire any direct or indirect  beneficial  ownership,
whether effected through an Employee Account or not, must be approved in advance
as provided below in paragraph C of this section.

In furtherance of the above  principles,  this Code of Ethics  contains  certain
restrictions on personal  securities  transactions by Employees of MAM,  certain
restrictions  on other  activities  of  Employees  when an actual  or  potential
conflict of interest  between an  Employee  and a client may exist,  and certain
reporting  requirements  to enable  MAM to ensure  compliance  with this Code of
Ethics. Any questions regarding the application or scope of the restrictions and
reporting  requirements  contained herein should be directed to MAM's Compliance
Officer.

All of the  restrictions  and reporting  requirements  contained herein apply to
each of MAM's Employees.  Certain  additional  restrictions  apply to "Portfolio
Managers".  For  purposes of this Code of Ethics,  Employees  also  includes all
<PAGE>
directors and officers of MAM,  unless  otherwise  determined by the  Compliance
Officer.  "Portfolio Manager" includes only directors,  officers or employees of
MAM having direct  responsibility and authority to make investment  decisions on
behalf of a client.  The Compliance  Officer will notify each Employee deemed to
be a Portfolio Manager for purposes of this Code of Ethics.

II. Prohibitions; Exemptions

     1. PROHIBITED PURCHASES AND SALES

EMPLOYEES

     A. No Employee may purchase or sell,  directly or indirectly,  any security
in which that Employee has, or by reason of the transaction  would acquire,  any
direct or indirect  beneficial  ownership  and which to the actual  knowledge of
that Employee at the time of such purchase or sale:

     (i)  is being  actively  considered  for  purchase  or sale for any  client
          account; or

     (ii) is in the process of being purchased or sold by any client amount.

     B. No MAM employee may buy or sell for themselves any equity  securities in
any  company  domiciled  outside the United  States  without  permission  of the
Compliance Officer or the Chief Investment Officer.

     C. With the  approval  of the  Compliance  Officer or the Chief  Investment
Officer,  individuals may buy individual equity securities  subject to a minimum
holding period of 90 days.

     D. Employees may not purchase,  directly or indirectly,  any security in an
initial public offering.

     2. EXEMPTIONS FROM CERTAIN PROHIBITIONS

     A. The  prohibited  purchase and sale  transactions  described in paragraph
II.1.  above do not apply to the  following  personal  securities  transactions:

          purchases or sales effected in any account over which the Employee has
          no direct or indirect influence or control;

          purchases or sales which are non-violitional on the part of either the
          Employee or the relevant client account;

          purchases which are part of an automatic  dividend  reinvestment  plan
          (other than pursuant to a cash purchase plan option);

          purchase  effected upon the exercise of rights issued by an issuer pro
          rata to all  holders of a class of its  securities,  to the extent the
          rights  were  acquired  from that  issuer,  and sales of the rights so
          acquired;

          purchases or sales of (i) "long-term" debt securities (securities with
          a  remaining  maturity  of more  than  397  days)  issued  by the U.S.
          government  or  "short-term"   debt  securities   (securities  with  a
          remaining  maturity of 397 days or less)  issued or  guaranteed  as to
          principal or interest by the U.S. government or by a person controlled
          or  supervised  by  and  acting  as an  instrumentality  of  the  U.S.
          government,   (ii)  bankers'  acceptances  and  bank  certificates  of
<PAGE>
          deposit, (iii) commercial paper and (iv) shares of registered open-end
          investment  companies  (each of the foregoing being referred to herein
          as "Exempt Securities"); and

          any other  purchase or sale which the Compliance  Officer  approves on
          the grounds that the chance of conflict of interest is remote.

     B. Any personal  securities  transaction  approved  pursuant to  paragraphs
II.2.A(6) and II.2.C. shall be reported to the Compliance Officer within 15 days
after the end of the month during which such approval occurred.

     3. PROHIBITED RECOMMENDATIONS

     All  Employees  are  subject  to  the  following   restrictions  on  making
recommendations to each client account:

        A. Subject to certain  exceptions  indicated below for Exempt Securities
(as defined in paragraph II.2.A(5) above) no Employee may recommend the purchase
or sale of any  security  to or for any  client  account  without  first  having
disclosed his or her interest, if any, in such security or the issuer thereof to
the Compliance Officer, including without limitation:

          any direct or indirect  beneficial  ownership of any  security  (other
          than an  Exempt  Security)  of such  issuer,  including  any  security
          received in a private securities transaction;

          any  contemplated  purchase  or sale by such  person of such  security
          (other than an Exempt Security);

          any position with such issuer or its affiliates; or

          any present or proposed business  relationship  between such issuer or
          its affiliates and such person or any party in which such person has a
          significant interest.

     B. In circumstances in which Employees are required to disclose an interest
in a security or an issuer acquired in a private  securities  transaction to the
Compliance  Officer,  as described  above,  MAM's decision to purchase or sell a
security (or to recommend the purchase or sale of a security) of the same issuer
for any client account shall be subject to an independent  review by a Portfolio
Manager or Portfolio Managers with no personal interest in the issuer.

     C. PRE-CLEARANCE OF PERSONAL SECURITIES TRANSACTIONS

     1. All Employees must obtain approval from the Compliance  Officer prior to
entering into personal securities  transaction involving the purchase or sale of
any security,  including  any security to be acquired in a private  transaction,
except for transactions included in paragraphs II.2.A.(1), A(2), A(3) or A(4).

     2. In addition,  all transactions in equity  securities must be approved by
the person or persons designated from time to time by the Compliance Officer.

     3. In  connection  with  obtaining  approval  for any  personal  securities
transaction,  Employees  must describe to the  Compliance  Officer in detail any
factors  which might be relevant to a conflict of interest  analysis,  including
the existence, to the Employee's knowledge, of any economic relationship between
the transaction and securities held or to be acquired by any MAM client.
<PAGE>
     D. PROHIBITIONS ON GIFTS AND SERVICES

     1.  Employees  may not accept  gifts or other  things for more than $100 in
value  from any  person or  entity  that is known by such  Employee  to be doing
business with or on behalf of any client  account or MAM without the approval of
the Compliance Officer.

     2.  Employees  shall not serve on the boards of directors of publicly  held
companies (other than Funds),  absent prior approval from the Board of Directors
of each relevant Fund, as determined by the Compliance Officer,  and approval of
MAM's Compliance Officer.  Such approval should be based on a determination that
board service would be consistent with the best interests of the shareholders of
each such Fund.

     E. REPORTING

          1. INITIAL REPORTING

          All  Employees  must  report all  personal  securities  holdings  upon
commencement of employment with MAM.

          2. QUARTERLY REPORTING

          A. Subject to the  provisions  of paragraph B, below,  every  Employee
shall either report to MAM the information described in paragraph C, below, with
respect to  transactions in any security in which the Employee has, or by reason
of the transaction acquires,  any direct or indirect beneficial ownership in the
security or, in the alternative, make the representation in paragraph D below.

          B. An  Employee is not  required to make a report with  respect to any
transaction  effected for any account over which the Employee  does not have any
direct or indirect influence, provided, however, that if the Employee is relying
upon the  provisions  of this  paragraph B to avoid  making  such a report,  the
Employee shall,  not later than 10 days after the end of each calendar  quarter,
identify  any such  account in writing and certify in writing that he or she had
no direct or indirect influence over any such account.

          C.  Every  quarterly  report  pursuant  to this  paragraph  2 shall be
submitted to the Compliance  Officer not later than 10 days after the end of the
calendar  quarter  in which the  transaction  to which the  report  relates  was
effected and shall contain the following instructions:

(i)   the date of the transaction,  the title and the  number of shares  and the
      principal amount of each security involved.

(ii)  the nature of the transaction  (i.e., purchase,  sale or any other type of
      acquisition or disposition);

(iii) the price at which the transaction was effected;

(iv)  the  name  of  the  broker,  dealer  or  bank  with  or  through  whom the
      transaction was effected; and

(v)  a description of any factors potentially relevant to a conflict of interest
     analysis,  including the  existence,  to the Employee's  knowledge,  of any
     economic  relationship between the transaction and securities held or to be
     acquired by any client account.

          D. If no transactions  were conducted by an Employee during a calendar
quarter that are subject to the reporting  requirements  described  above,  such
Employee shall,  not later than 10 days after the end of that calendar  quarter,
provide a written representation to that effect to the Compliance Officer.
<PAGE>
          E. An Employee need not separately report to MAM information regarding
transactions conducted through securities accounts,  provided that copies of the
relevant  confirmations  and  statements  are  furnished  to MAM as  required by
paragraph V.4. below.  This option may be revoked by the Compliance  Officer for
Employees who fail to make timely filings  required under this Code of Ethics or
who fail to provide required disclosures, confirmations or statements.

          3. ANNUAL REPORTING AND CERTIFICATION

          A. All Employees must report all personal  securities  holdings to the
Compliance Officer within 30 days after the end of each calendar year,  together
with a list of all accounts  maintained at brokerage  firms which are subject to
the provisions of this Code of Ethics,  including the names of the firms and the
account numbers.

          B. All Employees are required to certify  annually that they have read
and  understand  this Code of Ethics and recognize  that they are subject to the
provisions  hereof and will comply with the policy and procedures stated herein.
Further,  all Employees are required to certify annually that they have complied
with the  requirements  of this Code of Ethics and that they have  reported  all
personal securities  transactions  required to be disclosed or reported pursuant
to the  requirements of such policies.  A copy of the  certification  form to be
used in  complying  with this  paragraph B is attached to this Code of Ethics as
Appendix 2.

          4. BROKERAGE CONFIRMATIONS AND STATEMENTS

          All Employees  must direct their  brokers to supply to the  Compliance
Officer, on a timely basis, duplicate copies of confirmations of any purchase or
sale of a security.

          5. MISCELLANEOUS

          Any report under this Code of Ethics may contain a statement  that the
report shall not be  construed  as an admission by the person  making the report
that  the  person  has  any  direct  or  indirect  beneficial  ownership  in the
securities to which the report relates.

          F. CONFIDENTIALITY

          No Employee  shall  reveal to any other  person  (except in the normal
course,  of his or her  duties  on behalf o the MAM) any  information  regarding
securities  transactions by any client or  consideration by any client or MAM of
any such securities transaction.

          All  information  obtained from any Employee  pursuant to this Code of
Ethics shall be kept in strict  confidence,  except that  reports of  securities
transactions  hereunder  will be made  available to the  Securities and Exchange
Commission or any other regulatory or self-regulatory organization to the extent
required by law or regulation.

          G. SANCTIONS

          Any  trades  made in  violation  of the  provisions  set  forth  under
paragraphs  II.I.C.  and E. must be  unwound,  or, if that is  impractical,  any
profits  realized  on trades made in  violation  of these  prohibitions  must be
disgorged  to  the  appropriate  client  or  clients  (or,  alternatively,  to a
charitable organization) under the direction of the Compliance Officer.

          Upon  discovering  a  violation  of this Code of  Ethics,  the  Senior
Managers  of MAM may impose any  sanctions  it deems  appropriate,  including  a
letter of censure or the  suspension  or  termination  of the  employment of the
violator.

                               ARTISAN FUNDS, INC.

                      ARTISAN PARTNERS LIMITED PARTNERSHIP

                            ARTISAN DISTRIBUTORS LLC

                                 CODE OF ETHICS

                                       AND

                        POLICY AND PROCEDURES TO PREVENT

                          MISUSE OF INSIDE INFORMATION

                          (Effective January 27, 2000)

The policy of Artisan  Partners  Limited  Partnership  ("Artisan  Partners") and
Artisan  Distributors LLC ("Artisan  Distributors")  is to avoid any conflict of
interest,  or the appearance of any conflict of interest,  between the interests
of any client of Artisan  Partners  ("Client"),  including  Artisan Funds,  Inc.
("Artisan  Funds") and its  shareholders,  and the interests of Artisan Partners
and Artisan Distributors or their officers, partners, and employees.

The  Investment  Company  Act and rules  require  that  Artisan  Funds,  Artisan
Partners and Artisan  Distributors  establish  standards and  procedures for the
detection and prevention of certain conflicts of interest,  including activities
by which persons having  knowledge of the investments and investment  intentions
of Artisan Funds might take  advantage of that  knowledge for their own benefit.
The Code has been  adopted  by  Artisan  Funds,  Artisan  Partners  and  Artisan
Distributors to meet those concerns and legal requirements.

This Code also  contains  procedures  designed  to prevent  the misuse of inside
information by Artisan Partners and Artisan Distributors or their personnel. The
business of Artisan Partners depends on investor  confidence in the fairness and
integrity of the securities markets.  Insider trading poses a significant threat
to that confidence. Trading securities while in possession of inside information
or  improperly  communicating  that  information  to others  may  expose  you to
stringent  penalties.  Criminal sanctions may include a fine of up to $1,000,000
and/or ten years  imprisonment.  The  Securities  and  Exchange  Commission  can
recover the profits gained or losses avoided, a penalty of up to three times the
illicit  windfall  and an order  permanently  barring  you  from the  securities
industry.  Finally,  you may be sued by investors seeking to recover damages for
insider trading violations.

The Code is drafted  broadly;  it will be applied and  interpreted  in a similar
manner. You may legitimately be uncertain about the application of the Code in a
particular  circumstance.  Often, a single  question can forestall  disciplinary
action or complex legal  problems.  You should direct any questions  relating to
this policy to Lawrence A. Totsky,  Artisan Partners' Compliance Officer;  Janet
Olsen,  Counsel to Artisan Funds; or Andrew A. Ziegler,  Managing Director.  You
also must notify the  Compliance  Officer  immediately if you have any reason to
believe that a violation of the policy has occurred or is about to occur.

I.   INVESTMENT COMPANY ACT PROHIBITIONS

The  Investment  Company Act and rules make it illegal for any person covered by
the Code,  directly or indirectly,  in connection with the purchase or sale of a
security held or to be acquired by Artisan Funds to:

     a.   employ any device, scheme, or artifice to defraud Artisan Funds;

     b.   make  any  untrue  statement  of a  material  fact or omit to  state a
          material fact necessary in order to make the statements made, in light
          of  circumstances  under which they are made, not misleading or in any
          way mislead Artisan Funds regarding a material fact;

     c.   engage in any act,  practice,  or course of business which operates or
          would operate as a fraud or deceit upon Artisan Funds; or

     d.   engage in any manipulative practice with respect to Artisan Funds.

The restrictions on Personal Securities  Transactions contained in this Code are
intended  to  help  Artisan   Partners   monitor  for   compliance   with  these
prohibitions.

II.  DEFINITIONS

When used in this Code, the following terms have the meanings described below:

A.   Personal  Securities  Transaction.  The Code regulates Personal  Securities
     Transactions as a part of the effort by Artisan Funds, Artisan Partners and
     Artisan  Distributors  to detect and prevent conduct that might violate the
     general prohibitions outlined above. A Personal Securities Transaction is a
     transaction  in a security  in which the person  subject to this Code has a
     beneficial interest.

     1.   Security. Security is defined very broadly, and means any note, stock,
          bond, debenture, investment contract, or limited partnership interest,
          and  includes any right to acquire any security (an option or warrant,
          for example).

     2.   Beneficial  interest.  You have a beneficial interest in a security in
          which you have,  directly or indirectly,  the opportunity to profit or
          share in any profit derived from a transaction in the security,  or in
          which you have an indirect interest including  beneficial ownership by
          your  spouse  or minor  children  or other  dependents  living in your
          household,  or your share of securities held by a partnership of which
          you are a general partner.  Technically, the rules under section 16 of
          the  Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934 will be applied to determine if
          you have a  beneficial  interest in a security  (even if the  security
          would not be within the scope of section 16).  Examples of  beneficial
          interest are attached as Appendix A.
<PAGE>
B.   Inside Information. Inside information is information that is both material
     and  non-public  that was (i)  acquired in  violation of a duty to keep the
     information  confidential,  or (ii)  misappropriated.  For  example,  if an
     officer  of  an  issuer  breaches  his  duty  to  the  issuer  and  conveys
     information  that should have been kept  confidential,  that information is
     "inside  information,"  even if you  learn it  third-  or  fourth-hand.  In
     contrast,    a   conclusion   drawn   by   a   securities    analyst   from
     publicly-available  information  is not  inside  information,  even  if the
     analyst's conclusion is both material and non-public.

Deciding  whether  information  that is  material  and  non-public  is  "inside"
information is often difficult.  For that reason, Artisan Partners' policies are
triggered by the possession of material, non-public information,  whether or not
the  information  is  "inside"   information  that  will  result  in  a  trading
restriction.

1.   Material Information. Information is "material" when there is a substantial
     likelihood that a reasonable investor would consider it important in making
     his or her  investment  decisions.  Generally,  this is  information  whose
     disclosure  will have a  substantial  effect  on the  price of a  company's
     securities.   No  simple  "bright  line"  test  exists  to  determine  when
     information  is  material;  assessments  of  materiality  involve  a highly
     fact-specific  inquiry.  For this reason,  you should  direct any questions
     about whether information is material to the Compliance Officer.

     Material  information  often relates to a company's  results and operations
     including,  for example,  dividend changes,  earnings  results,  changes in
     previously released earnings  estimates,  significant merger or acquisition
     proposals  or  agreements,  major  litigation,  liquidation  problems,  and
     extraordinary management developments.

     Material  information  also  may  relate  to  the  market  for a  company's
     securities.  Information  about a  significant  order to  purchase  or sell
     securities  may,  in  some  contexts,   be  deemed   material.   Similarly,
     prepublication  information  regarding  reports in the financial press also
     may be deemed material.  For example, the Supreme Court upheld the criminal
     convictions of insider trading defendants who capitalized on prepublication
     information about THE WALL STREET JOURNAL'S Heard on the Street column.

2.   Non-Public   Information.   Information   is  "public"  when  it  has  been
     disseminated broadly to investors in the marketplace.  Tangible evidence of
     such  dissemination  is the best indication that the information is public.
     For example,  information  is public  after it has become  available to the
     general  public  through  a  public  filing  with  the  SEC or  some  other
     governmental  agency,  the Dow Jones  "tape" or THE WALL STREET  JOURNAL or
     some other  publication of general  circulation,  and after sufficient time
     has passed so that the information has been disseminated widely.

                                       2
<PAGE>
     C.   Investment   Personnel.   The  restrictions  on  Personal   Securities
          Transactions and some of the compliance  procedures  contained in this
          Code differentiate among groups of people based on their positions and
          responsibilities  with  Artisan  Partners  and  Artisan  Distributors.
          Investment Personnel (individually,  an "Investment Person") are those
          who  make,  or   participate  in  making,   investment   decisions  or
          recommendations  for Clients,  or who, because of their positions with
          Artisan  Funds,  Artisan  Partners  or  Artisan  Distributors,  can be
          expected to have more information about the portfolio  transactions of
          Clients. Investment Personnel are:

          *    each  portfolio   manager   working  for  Artisan   Funds/Artisan
               Partners;

          *    each analyst working for Artisan Partners;

          *    each trader;

          *    support  staff  working  directly  with  portfolio  managers  and
               analysts;

          *    each  officer or  director of Artisan  Funds  employed by Artisan
               Partners or an affiliated company of Artisan Partners;

          *    each partner or officer of Artisan Partners; and

          *    employees  of  Artisan  Partners  who  work  on  fund  accounting
               matters.


D.   Access Personnel. Access personnel are all employees of Artisan Partners or
     Artisan Distributors who are not Investment Personnel described above.

III. RESTRICTIONS

Every person subject to the Code shall comply with the following restrictions:

A.   No  Insider  Trading.  No  person  subject  to the Code may  engage  in any
     transaction in a security  (either a Personal  Securities  Transaction or a
     transaction for a Client), while in possession of inside information.

     If you think  that you might have  material,  non-public  information,  you
     should take the following steps:

     1.   Report  the  information   and  proposed  trade   immediately  to  the
          Compliance Officer.

     2.   Do not  purchase  or sell the  securities  on  behalf of  yourself  or
          others,  including investment companies or private accounts managed by
<PAGE>
          Artisan Partners until Artisan Partners has made a determination as to
          the need for trading restrictions.

     3.   Do not communicate the information inside or outside Artisan Partners,
          other than to the Compliance Officer.

     4.   After the Compliance Officer has reviewed the issue,  Artisan Partners
          will determine whether the information is material and non-public and,
          if so, whether any trading restrictions apply and what action, if any,
          the firm should take.

          Trading during a tender offer  represents a particular  concern in the
          law of  insider  trading.  Each  person  subject  to this Code  should
          exercise  particular  caution any time they become aware of non-public
          information relating to a tender offer.

          Contacts with public companies  represent an important part of Artisan
          Partner s' research  efforts.  Difficult legal issues arise,  however,
          when, in the course of these contacts, an Artisan Partners employee or
          other  person  subject  to this  policy  becomes  aware  of  material,
          non-public information. In such situations, Artisan Partners must make
          a judgment as to its further conduct.

          Consult with the Compliance Officer before taking any action.

B.   No Communication of Material Non-Public  Information.  No person subject to
     the Code may  communicate  material,  non-public  information  to others in
     violation  of  the  law.  Conversations  containing  such  information,  if
     appropriate  at all,  should be conducted in private (for  example,  not by
     cellular telephone, to avoid potential interception).

     Access to files containing  material,  non-public  information and computer
     files  containing  such  information  should be  restricted,  including  by
     maintenance  of such  materials in locked  cabinets,  or through the use of
     passwords or other security devices for electronic data.

C.   Foreign Corrupt  Practices.  As required by the Foreign  Corrupt  Practices
     Act,  no person  covered by the Code shall  offer,  pay,  promise to pay or
     authorize  payment of any money or anything of value to a foreign official,
     foreign  political party (or official thereof) or any candidate for foreign
     political  office for purposes of  influencing  any act or decision of that
     person in his or its official capacity,  or inducing that person to use his
     or its influence with a foreign government to influence any act or decision
     of that government.
<PAGE>
D.   No  Transactions  with Artisan Funds or a Client.  No investment  person or
     access person shall knowingly sell to or purchase from Artisan Funds or any
     other  Client any  security  or other  property,  except  that  shares of a
     portfolio of Artisan  Funds may be  purchased  from and redeemed by Artisan
     Funds.

E.   No Conflicting  Transactions.  No investment  person or access person shall
     engage in a Personal  Securities  Transaction which the person knows or has
     reason to believe is being  purchased or sold or considered for purchase or
     sale by a Client,  until the Client's  transactions  have been completed or
     consideration of such  transactions has been abandoned.  A security will be
     treated  as  "under   consideration   if  an  investment  team  anticipates
     purchasing  or selling the security  within 14 calendar days or if it is on
     an investment team's "watch list."

F.   Initial  Public  Offerings.  No  investment  person or access  person shall
     acquire any  security in an initial  public  offering,  except (i) with the
     prior  consent of the  Compliance  Officer or Andrew A. Ziegler  based on a
     determination  that the acquisition  does not conflict with the Code or its
     underlying  policies,  or the interests of Artisan Partners or its Clients,
     and (ii) in  circumstances in which the opportunity to acquire the security
     has been made  available to the person for reasons  other than the person's
     relationship with Artisan Partners or its Clients. Such circumstances might
     include, for example:

          *    an  opportunity  to acquire  securities  of an insurance  company
               converting  from a mutual  ownership  structure to a  stockholder
               ownership  structure,  if the person's  ownership of an insurance
               policy issued by that company conveys that opportunity;

          *    an opportunity resulting from the person's pre-existing ownership
               of an  interest  in the IPO  company  or an  investor  in the IPO
               company; or

          *    an  opportunity  made  available  to  the  person's  spouse,   in
               circumstances  permitting the  Compliance  Officer or Mr. Ziegler
               reasonably to determine  that the  opportunity  is not being made
               available  indirectly  because of the person's  relationship with
               Artisan  Partners or its  Clients  (for  example,  because of the
               spouse's employment).

G.   Private Placements. No investment person or access person shall acquire any
     security in a private  placement without the express written prior approval
     of the Compliance  Officer or Andrew A. Ziegler.  In deciding  whether that
     approval should be granted, each of those persons will consider whether the
     investment  opportunity  should be reserved  for  Clients,  and whether the
     opportunity  has been  offered  because of the person's  relationship  with
     Artisan  Partners  or its  Clients.  An  investment  person  who  has  been
     authorized to acquire a security in a private  placement must disclose that
     investment  if  he  or  she  later  participates  in  consideration  of  an
     investment in that issuer for a Client's account.  Any investment  decision
     for a Client  relating to that  security  must be made by other  investment
     personnel.

H.       Short-Term  Trading.  No investment person may profit from the purchase
         and sale, or sale and purchase, of the same (or equivalent)  securities
         within 60 days.  Any profit so  realized  will be  returned  to Artisan
         Partners  and then  donated to a  charitable  organization  selected by
         Artisan  Partners.  However,  such  prohibition  shall not apply to any
         option  or  futures  contract  on a  broadly  traded  index,  or to any
         transaction  which has  received the prior  approval of the  Compliance
         Officer or Andrew A. Ziegler.
<PAGE>
I.   High-Risk Trading Activities. Certain high-risk trading activities, if used
     in the  management  of a partner,  officer or employee's  personal  trading
     portfolio,  are  risky not only  because  of the  nature of the  securities
     transactions  themselves,  but also  because of the  potential  that action
     necessary to close out the  transactions may become  prohibited  during the
     duration of the  transactions.  Examples of such  activities  include short
     sales of common  stock and trading in  derivative  instruments.  If Artisan
     Partners becomes aware of material, non-public information about the issuer
     of  the  underlying   securities,   Artisan  Partners  personnel  may  find
     themselves  "frozen"  in a  position  in  a  derivative  security.  Artisan
     Partners  will not bear any  losses  in  personal  accounts  as a result of
     implementation of this policy.

J.   Gifts.  No investment  person or access person may accept any gift or other
     thing of more  than a $100  value  from any  person  or  entity  that  does
     business  with or on behalf of Artisan  Partners,  Artisan Funds or Artisan
     Distributors,  or  seeks  to do  business  with  or on  behalf  of  Artisan
     Partners,  Artisan Funds or Artisan  Distributors.  Gifts in excess of this
     value must either be returned to the donor or paid for by the recipient. It
     is not the  intent  of the Code to  prohibit  the  everyday  courtesies  of
     business life. Therefore,  excluded from this prohibition are an occasional
     meal or ticket to a theater,  entertainment,  or sporting  event that is an
     incidental part of a meeting that has a clear business purpose.

K.   Service as a Director. No investment person or access person may serve as a
     member of the board of directors or trustees of any business  organization,
     other than a civic or  charitable  organization,  without the prior written
     approval of the Compliance  Officer or Mr. Ziegler based on a determination
     that the board  service  would not be  inconsistent  with the  interests of
     Artisan Partners or of its Clients. If an investment person is serving as a
     board  member,  that  investment  person  shall not  participate  in making
     investment  decisions  relating to the  securities  of the company on whose
     board he or she sits.

IV.  COMPLIANCE PROCEDURES

A.   Execution of Personal Securities  Transactions  through Disclosed Brokerage
     Accounts;  Duplicate  Confirmations.  All Personal Securities  Transactions
     must be  conducted  through  brokerage  or other  accounts  that  have been
     identified to the Compliance Officer.  Each such brokerage or other account
     must  be set up to  deliver  duplicate  copies  of  all  confirmations  and
     statements to the Compliance  Officer.  No exceptions  will be made to this
     policy. All Investment  Personnel and Access Persons shall cooperate in all
     aspects  with the  Compliance  Officer  and/or  his  designee  in  securing
     confirmations and statements in a timely manner.

B.   Preclearance.   Except  as  provided   below,   all   Personal   Securities
     Transactions  must be cleared in advance by the  Compliance  Officer or Mr.
     Ziegler. Personal Securities Transactions by Mr. Totsky must be approved by
     Mr. Ziegler. Personal Securities Transactions by Ms. Ziegler or Mr. Ziegler
     must be approved  by Mr.  Totsky.  If the  proposed  trade is not  executed
     within two business days after  preclearance,  the preclearance will expire
     and the request must be made again.
<PAGE>
     Transactions in the following  securities are exempt from the  preclearance
     requirement:

          1.   securities listed as exempt in Section V;

          2.   municipal securities;

          3.   straight debt securities;

          4.   securities of companies with aggregate market  capitalizations of
               greater than $10 billion;

          5.   listed index options and futures; and

          6.   transactions  in an account  (including  an  investment  advisory
               account,  trust account or other  account) of such person (either
               alone  or  with  others)  over  which a  person  other  than  the
               investment  person  or access  person  (including  an  investment
               adviser or trustee) exercises investment discretion if:

               *    the investment  person or access person does not know of the
                    proposed  transaction  until after the  transaction has been
                    executed;

               *    the  investment  person  or  access  person  has  previously
                    identified  the  account to the  Compliance  Officer and has
                    affirmed to the Compliance  Officer that (in some if not all
                    cases) he or she does not know of proposed  transactions  in
                    that account until after they are executed.

               This  exclusion from the  preclearance  requirement is based upon
               the employee not having knowledge of any transaction  until after
               that  transaction is executed.  Therefore,  notwithstanding  this
               general  exclusion,  if the  investment  person or access  person
               becomes  aware of any  transaction  in such  investment  advisory
               account before it is executed,  the  investment  person must seek
               preclearance of that transaction before it is executed.

C.   Blackout Periods.

     1.   Investment Personnel. No Personal Securities Transaction of an invest-
          ment  person will be cleared  (as  provided  in B.,  above) if Artisan
          Funds or any  Client  (1) has a  conflicting  order  pending or (2) is
          actively  considering  a  purchase  or sale of the  same  security.  A
          conflicting order is any order for the same security,  or an option on
          or warrant  for that  security,  that has not been fully  executed.  A
          purchase or sale of a security is being "actively considered" (a) when
          a recommendation to purchase or sell has been made for a Client and is
          pending, or, (b) with respect to the person making the recommendation,
          when that person is seriously  considering  making the  recommendation
          within 14 calendar days, or, (c) the security is on the "watch list."

          Absent extraordinary circumstances,  a Personal Securities Transaction
          for an investment person will not be approved until the sixth business
          day after completion of any transaction for a Client.
<PAGE>
     2.   Access  Personnel.  No Personal  Securities  Transaction  of an access
          person may be  executed  on a day during  which  Artisan  Funds or any
          other client has a pending order in the same security until that order
          is fully executed or withdrawn.

D.   Disclosure of Personal  Holdings.  Each investment person and access person
     shall  disclose  his or her personal  securities  holdings  (not  including
     shares of open-end investment companies (mutual funds),  direct obligations
     of the U.S.  government  (U.S.  treasury bills,  notes and bonds) and money
     market  instruments,  including  bank  certificates  of  deposit,  bankers'
     acceptances,  commercial paper and repurchase agreements) no later than ten
     days after  commencement of employment with Artisan Partners,  and annually
     thereafter  as of  December  31 of  each  year.  Annual  reports  shall  be
     delivered  to the  Compliance  Officer  no  later  than  January  30 of the
     following  year.  The initial  holdings and annual  holdings  reports shall
     contain the following information:

     *    title,  interest  rate and maturity  date (if  applicable),  number of
          shares and the principal amount of each security held beneficially;

     *    the name of any  broker,  dealer  or bank  with or  through  which the
          investment person maintains an account; and

     *    the date the report is submitted.

E.   Dealing  with   Certificated   Securities.   The  receipt  of  certificated
     securities  must be reported as  described  in F.,  below.  Any  subsequent
     transaction  in such  securities  must be  conducted  through  a  disclosed
     brokerage  account  for which the  Compliance  Officer  receives  duplicate
     confirmations and account  statements.  No person subject to the Code shall
     request   withdrawal  of  securities  from  such  a  brokerage  account  in
     certificated form.

F.   Reporting Personal Securities Transactions.

     1.   Each investment person and access person shall (i) identify to Artisan
          Partners  each  brokerage or other  account in which the access person
          has a beneficial interest and (ii) instruct the broker or custodian to
          deliver  to the  Compliance  Officer  duplicate  confirmations  of all
          transactions and duplicate monthly statements.

     2.   Each  investment  person and access  person  shall report all Personal
          Securities  Transactions  during a month to the Compliance  Officer no
          later than ten days after the end of the month,

          Monthly transaction reports shall include the following information:

               For each transaction:

          *    the date of the transaction;

          *    title, interest rate and maturity date (if applicable), number of
               shares and the principal amount of each security involved;
<PAGE>
          *    the nature of the transaction  (i.e.,  purchase,  sale,  gift, or
               other type of acquisition or disposition);


          *    the price at which the transaction was effected;

          *    the name of the broker,  dealer or bank with or through which the
               transaction was effected; and

          *    the date the report is submitted.

          In addition,  for each account  established  during the month in which
          securities are held for the benefit of an investment  person or access
          person, the monthly report shall include:

          *    the name of the broker,  dealer or bank with whom the account was
               established;

          *    the date the account was established; and

          *    the date the report is submitted.

     3.   Reports  relating  to  the  Personal  Securities  Transactions  of the
          Compliance Officer shall be delivered to Mr. Ziegler.

G.   Form of Reports.  Reports of Personal Securities Transactions may be in any
     form (including  copies of  confirmations  or monthly  statements) but must
     include the information required by Section IV(F)(2).

     If a Personal  Securities  Transaction  has been executed  through  Artisan
     Partners'  trading desk, the trading  department will provide the necessary
     information  to the  Compliance  Officer  and no  further  report  will  be
     required.

     Any  Personal  Securities  Transaction  of an  investment  person or access
     person  which for any reason  does not appear in the  trading or  brokerage
     records   described  above  (for  example,   the  receipt  of  certificated
     securities by gift or inheritance) shall be reported as required by Section
     IV(F)(2).

H.   Monitoring of Transactions.  Artisan  Partners'  Compliance  Officer or his
     designee  will monitor the trading  patterns of  investment  personnel  and
     access  personnel,  the  trading of Artisan  Funds and other  Clients,  and
     trading for Artisan Partners' own account (if any) for compliance with this
     Code,  including  the  provisions  intended to prevent the misuse of inside
     information. The trading of the Compliance Officer will be monitored by Mr.
     Ziegler.

I.   Educational  Efforts.  The Compliance  Officer shall provide,  on a regular
     basis, an education program to familiarize persons subject to the Code with
     the provisions of the Code and to answer questions  regarding the Code. The
     Compliance  Officer shall also be available to answer  questions  regarding
     the Code and to resolve issues of whether information is inside information
     and to determine what action, if any, should be taken.
<PAGE>
J.   Certification  of Compliance.  Each investment  person and access person is
     required to certify  annually  that (i) he or she has read and  understands
     the Code,  (ii) recognizes that he or she is subject to the Code, and (iii)
     he or she has  disclosed or reported all Personal  Securities  Transactions
     required to be  disclosed  or reported  under the Code.  Artisan  Partners'
     Compliance Officer shall annually distribute a copy of the Code and request
     certification  by all covered persons and shall be responsible for ensuring
     that all personnel comply with the certification requirement.

     Each  investment  person  and  access  person  who has not  engaged  in any
     Personal  Securities  Transaction  during  the  preceding  year for which a
     report  was  required  to be filed  pursuant  to the Code  shall  include a
     certification to that effect in his or her annual certification.

K.   Report to Artisan Funds' Board. The officers of Artisan Funds shall prepare
     an annual report to the board of Artisan Funds that:

     1.   summarizes existing  procedures  concerning personal investing and any
          changes in those procedures during the past year;

     2.   describes issues that arose during the previous year under the Code or
          procedures concerning personal investing, including but not limited to
          information  about  material  violations  of the  Code  and  sanctions
          imposed;

     3.   certifies  to the board  that  Artisan  Funds has  adopted  procedures
          reasonably  necessary  to prevent  its  investment  persons and access
          persons from violating the Code; and

     4.   identifies  any  recommended  changes  in  existing   restrictions  or
          procedures  based upon experience  under the Code,  evolving  industry
          practices, or developments in applicable laws or regulations.

L.   Reporting to Artisan  Partners'  Management.  The Compliance  Officer shall
     report the following to the management of Artisan Partners:

     1.   Special Reports.  The Compliance Officer shall report the existence of
          a potential  violation of this Code to management of Artisan  Partners
          promptly  providing  full  details,  which may include (1) the name of
          particular securities involved, if any; (2) the date(s) the Compliance
          Officer  learned of the potential  violation and began  investigating;
          (3) the  accounts and  individuals  involved;  (4) actions  taken as a
          result  of the  investigation,  if any;  and (5)  recommendations  for
          further action.

     2.   Regular  Reports.  On an as-needed or periodic  basis,  the Compliance
          Officer shall report to the  management of Artisan  Partners as it may
          request, which may include some or all of the following:

          i.   a summary of existing procedures of the Code;

          ii.  a summary of changes in procedures made in the last year;
<PAGE>
          iii. full details of any  investigation  since the last report (either
               internal  or by a  regulatory  agency) of any  suspected  insider
               trading,  the results of the  investigation  and a description of
               any changes in procedures prompted by an such investigation;

          iv.  an evaluation  of the current  procedures  and a  description  of
               anticipated changes in procedures; and

          v.   a description of Artisan Partners' continuing educational program
               regarding  insider trading,  including the dates of such programs
               since the last report to management.

V.   EXEMPT TRANSACTIONS

The  provisions  of this Code are intended to restrict  the personal  investment
activities  of  persons  subject  to the Code only to the  extent  necessary  to
accomplish the purposes of the Code. Therefore,  the preclearance,  blackout and
reporting  provisions  of this Code  shall not apply to the  following  Personal
Securities Transactions:

A.   Purchases or sales  effected in any account over which the persons  subject
     to this Code have no direct or indirect influence or control;

B.   Purchases or sales of:

     1.   securities that are direct  obligations of the U.S.  government  (that
          is, U.S. treasury bills, notes and bonds);

     2.   shares of open-end investment companies (mutual funds),  including but
          not limited to shares of any Artisan Funds portfolio; and

     3.   bank  certificates  of  deposit,   banker's  acceptances,   repurchase
          agreements or commercial paper.

C.   Purchases that are part of an automatic dividend reinvestment plan;

D.   Purchases effected upon the exercise of rights issued by an issuer pro rata
     to all  holders of a class of  securities  to the extent  such  rights were
     acquired from such issuer, and sales of such rights so acquired; and

E.   Purchases  or sales  that  receive  the prior  approval  of the  Compliance
     Officer or Mr. Ziegler because they are not inconsistent  with this Code or
     the provisions of Rule 17j-l(a) under the Investment Company Act of 1940. A
     copy of Rule 17j-1 is attached as Appendix B.

VI.  ENFORCEMENT OF THE CODE AND CONSEQUENCES FOR FAILURE TO COMPLY

The  Compliance  Officer shall be  responsible  for promptly  investigating  all
reports of possible violations of the provisions of this Code.
<PAGE>
Compliance  with this Code of Ethics is a  condition  of  employment  by Artisan
Partners  and   retention  of  positions   with  Artisan   Funds.   Taking  into
consideration all relevant  circumstances,  Artisan Partners will determine what
action is  appropriate  for any breach of the  provisions of the Code.  Possible
actions include letters of sanction, suspension or termination of employment, or
removal from office.

Reports filed  pursuant to the Code will be maintained in confidence but will be
reviewed by Artisan  Partners  or Artisan  Funds to verify  compliance  with the
Code. Additional information may be required to clarify the nature of particular
transactions.

VII. RETENTION OF RECORDS

Artisan Partners' Compliance Officer shall maintain the records listed below for
a period of five years at Artisan  Partners'  principal  place of business in an
easily accessible place:

A.   a list of all persons subject to the Code during the period;

B.   receipts signed by all persons subject to the Code acknowledging receipt of
     copies of the Code and acknowledging that they are subject to it;

C.   a copy of each  code of ethics  that has been in effect at any time  during
     the period;

D.   a copy of each report filed  pursuant to the Code and a record of any known
     violation and action taken as a result thereof during the period; and

E.   records  evidencing  prior  approval of, and the rationale  supporting,  an
     acquisition  by an  investment  person or access  person of securities in a
     private placement.

Adopted: March 27, 1995

Revised: July 18, 1996
         August 6, 1998
         April 28, 1999
         January 27, 2000
<PAGE>
                                                                      Appendix A

                         Examples of Beneficial Interest

For purposes of the Code, you will be deemed to have a beneficial  interest in a
security if you have the opportunity, directly or indirectly, to profit or share
in any profit derived from a transaction in the security. Examples of beneficial
ownership under this definition include:

*    securities  you own,  no  matter  how they are  registered,  and  including
     securities  held for you by others (for example,  by a custodian or broker,
     or by a relative,  executor or  administrator)  or that you have pledged to
     another (as security for a loan, for example);

*    securities held by a trust of which you are a beneficiary  (except that, if
     your interest is a remainder interest and you do not have or participate in
     investment  control  of trust  assets,  you will  not be  deemed  to have a
     beneficial interest in securities held by the trust);

*    securities  held by you as trustee or  co-trustee,  where either you or any
     member of your immediate  family (i.e.,  spouse,  children or  descendants,
     stepchildren,  parents and their ancestors,  and stepparents,  in each case
     treating a legal adoption as blood  relationship) has a beneficial interest
     (using these rules) in the trust.

*    securities  held by a trust of which you are the  settlor,  if you have the
     power  to  revoke  the  trust  without  obtaining  the  consent  of all the
     beneficiaries and have or participate in investment control;

*    securities held by any partnership in which you are a general  partner,  to
     the extent of your interest in partnership capital or profits;

*    securities held by a personal  holding  company  controlled by you alone or
     jointly with others;

*    securities held by (i) your spouse,  unless legally  separated,  or you and
     your spouse  jointly,  or (ii) your minor children or any immediate  family
     member of you or your spouse  (including  an adult  relative),  directly or
     through a trust,  who is sharing your home, even if the securities were not
     received  from you and the income from the  securities is not actually used
     for the maintenance of your household; or

*    securities you have the right to acquire (for example, through the exercise
     of a derivative security),  even if the right is not presently exercisable,
     or  securities  as to which,  through  any other type of  arrangement,  you
     obtain benefits substantially equivalent to those of ownership.

You will  not be  deemed  to have  beneficial  ownership  of  securities  in the
following situations:

*    securities  held  by a  limited  partnership  in  which  you do not  have a
     controlling  interest and do not have or share investment  control over the
     partnership's portfolio,, and

*    securities  held by a  foundation  of which  you are a trustee  and  donor,
     provided that the beneficiaries are exclusively  charitable and you have no
     right to revoke the gift.

These examples are not exclusive. There are other circumstances in which you way
be deemed to have a  beneficial  interest in a  security.  Any  questions  about
whether you have a  beneficial  interest  should be  directed to the  Compliance
Officer or Mr. Ziegler.
<PAGE>
                                                                      Appendix B

ss.270.17j-1 Personal investment activities of investment company personnel

(a)  Definitions. For purposes of this section.,

     (1)  Access Person means:

          (i)  Any director,  officer,  general  partner or Advisory Person of a
               Fund or of a Fund's investment adviser.

               (A)  If an investment  adviser is primarily engaged in a business
                    or businesses  other than advising  Funds or other  advisory
                    clients, the term Access Person means any director, officer,
                    general partner or Advisory Person of the investment  advise
                    who,  with  respect to any Fund,  makes any  recommendation,
                    participates in the  determination  of which  recommendation
                    will be made, or whose  principal  function or duties relate
                    to the determination of which  recommendation  will be made,
                    or who, in  connection  with his or her duties,  obtains any
                    information concerning recommendations on Covered Securities
                    being made by the investment adviser to any Fund.

               (B)  An investment adviser is "primarily engaged in a business or
                    businesses  other  than  advising  Funds or  other  advisory
                    clients"  if, for each of its most recent three fiscal years
                    or for the period of time since its organization,  whichever
                    is   less,   the   investment   adviser   derived,   on   an
                    unconsolidated  basis,  more  than 50  percent  of its total
                    sales and  revenues  and more than 50  percent of its income
                    (or loss), before income taxes and extraordinary items, from
                    the other business or businesses.

          (ii) Any  director,   officer  or  general   partner  of  a  principal
               underwriter  who,  in the  ordinary  course of  business,  makes,
               participates in or obtains information regarding, the purchase or
               sale of Covered  Securities  by the Fund for which the  principal
               underwriter  acts,  or whose  functions or duties in the ordinary
               course of business relate to the making of any  recommendation to
               the Fund regarding the purchase or sale of Covered Securities.

     (2)  Advisory Person of a Fund or of a Fund's investment adviser means.


          (i)  Any employee of the Fund or investment adviser (or of any company
               in a control relationship to the Fund or investment adviser) who,
               in connection with his or her regular functions or duties, makes,
               participates in, or obtains information regarding the purchase or
               sale of Covered  Securities by a fund, or whose functions  relate
               to  the  making  of  any  recommendations  with  respect  to  the
               purchases or sales; and

          (ii) Any  natural  person  in a  control  relationship  to the Fund or
               investment   adviser   who   obtains    information    concerning
               recommendations  made to the Fund with regard to the  purchase or
               sale of Covered Securities by the Fund.
<PAGE>
     (3)  Control  has the same  meaning  as in  section  2(a)(9) of the Act [15
          U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(9)].

     (4)  Covered  Security means security as defined in section 2(a)(36) of the
          Act [15-U.S.C. 80a-2(a)(36)], except that it does not include:

          (i)  Direct obligations of the Government of the United States;

          (ii) Bankers'  acceptances,  bank certificates of deposit,  commercial
               paper and high quality  short-term  debt  instruments,  including
               repurchase agreements; and

          (iii) Shares issued by open-end Funds,

     (5)  Fund  means an  investment  company  registered  under the  Investment
          Company Act.

     (6)  An Initial Public Offering means an offering of securities  registered
          under the Securities Act of 1933 [15 U.S.C. 77a), the issuer of which,
          immediately before the registration,  was not subject to the reporting
          requirements  of sections 13 or I 5(d) of the Securities  Exchange Act
          of 1934 [15 U.S.C. 78m or 78o(d)].

     (7)  Investment  Personnel  of a Fund  or of a  Fund's  investment  adviser
          means:

          (i)  Any employee of the fund or investment adviser (or of any company
               in a control relationship to the Fund or investment adviser) who,
               in connection with his or her regular functions or duties,  makes
               or participates in making recommendations  regarding the purchase
               or sale of securities by the Fund.

          (ii) Any natural  person who controls the Fund or  investment  adviser
               and who obtains information  concerning  recommendations  made to
               the Fund  regarding  the  purchase or sale of  securities  by the
               Fund.

     (8)  A Limited Offering means an offering that is exempt from  registration
          under the  Securities  Act of 1933 pursuant to section 4(2) or section
          4(6) [15 U.S.C.  77d(2) or 77d(6)] or pursuant to rule 504,  rule 505,
          or rule 506 (17 CFR 230.504, 230.505, or 230.506] under the Securities
          Act of 1933.

     (9)  Purchase or sale of a Covered Security  includes,  among other things,
          the writing of an option to purchase or sell a Covered Security.

     (10) Security Held or to be Acquired by a Fund means:

          (i)  Any Covered Security which, within the most recent 15 days-.

               (A)  Is or has been held by the Fund; or

               (B)  Is  being  or  has  been  considered  by  the  Fund  or  its
                    investment adviser for purchase by the Fund; and

          (ii) Any option to purchase or sell, and any security convertible into
               or exchangeable  for, a Covered  Security  described in paragraph
               (a)(10)(i) of this section.
<PAGE>
(b)  Unlawful actions.  It is unlawful for any affiliated person of or principal
     underwriter for a Fund, or any affiliated  person of an investment  adviser
     of or principal  underwriter for a Fund, in connection with the purchase or
     sale,  directly or  indirectly,  by the person of a Security  Held or to be
     Acquired by the Fund.

     (1)  To employ any device, scheme or artifice to defraud the Fund;

     (2)  To make any untrue statement of a material fact to the Fund or omit to
          state a material fact necessary in order to make the  statements  made
          to the Fund, in light of the circumstances  under which they are made,
          not misleading;

     (3)  To engage in any act,  practice or course of business that operates or
          would operate as a fraud or deceit on the Fund; or

     (4)  To engage in any manipulative practice with respect to the Fund.

(c)  Code of Ethics.

     (1)  Adoption and Approval of Code of Ethics.

          (i)  Every Fund  (other  than a money  market fund or a Fund that does
               not invest in Covered  Securities) and each investment adviser of
               and principal  underwriter for the Fund must adopt a written code
               of ethics containing  provisions  reasonably necessary to prevent
               its Access  Persons from  engaging in any conduct  prohibited  by
               paragraph (b) of this section,

          (ii) The  board  of  directors  of a Fund,  including  a  majority  of
               directors who are not interested  persons,  must approve the code
               of  ethics of the  Fund,  the code of  ethics of each  investment
               adviser and principal  underwriter  of the Fund, and any material
               changes to these  codes.  The board must base its  approval  of a
               code and any material changes to the code on a determination that
               the code  contains  provisions  reasonably  necessary  to prevent
               Access  Persons  from  engaging  in  any  conduct  prohibited  by
               paragraph (b) of this section. Before approving a code of a Fund,
               investment  adviser or principal  underwriter or any amendment to
               the code,  the board of directors  must  receive a  certification
               from the Fund,  investment adviser or principal  underwriter that
               it has adopted procedures  reasonably necessary to prevent Access
               Persons  from  violating  the  investment  adviser's or principal
               underwriter's  code of ethics.  The Fund's board must approve the
               code of an  investment  adviser or principal  underwriter  before
               initially  retaining  the services of the  investment  adviser or
               principal  underwriter.  The Fund's board must approve a material
               change to a code no later than six months  after  adoption of the
               material change.

          (iii)If a Fund  is a  unit  investment  trust,  the  Fund's  principal
               underwriter  or depositor  must approve the Funds code of ethics,
               as required by paragraph  (c)(1)(ii) of this section. If the Fund
               has  more  than  one  principal  underwriter  or  depositor,  the
               principal underwriters and depositors may designate,  in writing,
               which  principal   underwriter  or  depositor  must  conduct  the
               approval  required by paragraph  (c)(1)(ii) of this  section,  if
               they  obtain  written  consent  from  the  designated   principal
               underwriter or depositor.
<PAGE>
     (2)  Administration of Code of Ethics.

          (i)  The Fund,  investment adviser and principal  underwriter must use
               reasonable   diligence   and  institute   procedures   reasonably
               necessary to prevent violations of its code of ethics.

          (ii) No less frequently  than annually,  every Fund (other than a unit
               investment  trust)  and its  investment  advisers  and  principal
               underwriters  must furnish to the Fund's board of directors,  and
               the board of directors must consider, a written report that:

               (A)  Describes  any  issues  arising  under the code of ethics or
                    procedures  since the last report to the board of directors,
                    including,  but not limited to,  information  about material
                    violations of the code or procedures  and sanctions  imposed
                    in response to the material violations; and

               (B)  Certifies  that the Fund,  investment  adviser or  principal
                    underwriter,   as   applicable,   has   adopted   procedures
                    reasonably   necessary  to  prevent   Access   Persons  from
                    violating the code.

     (3)  Exception for Principal  Underwriters.  The requirements of paragraphs
          (c)(1)  and  (c)(2)  of this  section  do not  apply to any  principal
          underwriter unless:

          (i)  The principal  underwriter is an affiliated person of the Fund or
               of the Fund's investment adviser, or

          (ii) An  officer,   director  or  general  partner  of  the  principal
               underwriter serves as an officer,  director or general partner of
               the Fund or of the Fund's investment adviser.

(d)  Reporting Requirements of Access Persons

     (1)  Reports Required. Unless excepted by paragraph (d)(2) of this section,
          every  Access  Person of a Fund (other  than a money  market fund or a
          Fund that does not  invest in  Covered  Securities)  and every  Access
          Person of an investment  adviser of or principal  underwriter  for the
          Fund,  must  report to that  fund,  investment  adviser  or  principal
          underwriter:

          (i)  Initial Holdings Reports.  No later than 10 days after the person
               becomes an Access Person, the following information:

               (A)  The  title,  number of shares and  principal  amount of each
                    Covered  Security in which the Access  Person had any direct
                    or indirect  beneficial  ownership when the person became an
                    Access Person;

               (B)  The name of any broker,  dealer or bank with whom the Access
                    Person  maintained an account in which any  securities  were
                    held for the direct or indirect benefit of the Access Person
                    as of the date the person became an Access Person; and

               (C)  The date that the report is submitted by the Access Person.
<PAGE>
          (ii) Quarterly  Transaction  Reports.  No later than 10 days after the
               end of a calendar quarter, the following information:

               (A)  With  respect to any  transaction  during  the  quarter in a
                    Covered  Security in which the Access  Person had any direct
                    or indirect beneficial ownership-

                    (1)  The date of the  transaction,  the title,  the interest
                         rate and maturity date (if  applicable),  the number of
                         shares  and  the  principal   amount  of  each  Covered
                         Security involved;

                    (2)  The nature of the transaction other type of acquisition
                         or disposition);

                    (3)  The  price  of  the  Covered   Security  at  which  the
                         transaction was effected;

                    (4)  The name of the broker,  dealer or bank with or through
                         which the transaction was effected; and

                    (5)  The date that the  report is  submitted  by the  Access
                         Person.

               (B)  With respect to any account established by the Access Person
                    in which any securities were held during the quarter for the
                    direct or indirect benefit of the Access Person:

                    (1)  The name of the  broker,  dealer  or bank with whom the
                         Access Person established the account;

                    (2)  The date the account was established; and

                    (3)  The date that the  report is  submitted  by the  Access
                         Person.

          (iii) Annual Holdings  Report.  Annually,  the  following  information
               (which  information  must be current as of a date no more than 30
               days before the report is submitted):

               (A)  The  title,  number of shares and  principal  amount of each
                    Covered  Security in which the Access  Person had any direct
                    or indirect beneficial ownership;

               (B)  The name of any broker,  dealer or bank with whom the Access
                    Person maintains an account in which any securities are held
                    for- the direct or  indirect  benefit of the Access  Person;
                    and

               (C)  The date that the report is submitted by the Access Person.

     (2)  Exceptions from Reporting Requirements.
<PAGE>
          (i)  A person need not make a report  under  paragraph  (d)(1) of this
               section with respect to  transactions  effected  for, and Covered
               Securities  held in,  any  account  over  which the person has no
               direct or indirect influence or control.

          (ii) A  director  of a Fund who is not an  "interested  person" of the
               Fund within the meaning of section 2(a)(19) of the Act [15 U.S.C.
               80a-2(a)(19)],  and who would be required to make a report solely
               by reunion of being a Fund director, need not make:

               (A)  An initial holdings report under paragraph (d)(1)(i) of this
                    section  and  an  annual  holdings  report  under  paragraph
                    (d)(1)(iii) of this section; and

               (B)  A quarterly transaction report under paragraph (d)(1)(ii) of
                    this  section,  unless the director knew or, in the ordinary
                    course of  fulfilling  his or her official  duties as a Fund
                    director,  should have known that  during the 15-day  period
                    immediately before or after the director's  transaction in a
                    Covered  Security,  the Fund  purchased  or sold the Covered
                    Security,  or the Fund or its investment  adviser considered
                    purchasing or selling the Covered Security.

          (iii)An Access Person to a Fund's principal  underwriter need not make
               a report to the principal  underwriter  under paragraph (d)(1) of
               this section if:

               (A)  The principal underwriter is not an affiliated person of the
                    Fund  (unless  the Fund is a unit  investment  trust) or any
                    investment adviser of the Fund; and

               (B)  The  principal  underwriter  has  no  officer,  director  or
                    general  partner  who  serves  as an  officer,  director  or
                    general partner of the Fund or of any investment  adviser of
                    the Fund.

          (iv) An  Access  Person  to an  investment  adviser  need  not  make a
               quarterly  transaction  report to the  investment  adviser  under
               paragraph  (d)(1)(ii) of this section if all the  information  in
               the  report  would  duplicate  information  required  to be under
               ss.ss. 275.204-2(a)(12) or 275.204-2(a)(I 3) of this chapter.

          (v)  An Access  Person  need not make a quarterly  transaction  report
               under  paragraph  (d)(1)(ii)  of this section if the report would
               duplicate  information contained in broker trade confirmations or
               account  statements  received by the Fund,  investment adviser or
               principal  underwriter  with respect to the Access  Person in the
               time  period  required  by  paragraph  (d)(1)(ii),  if all of the
               inflation  required by that  paragraph is contained in the broker
               trade confirmations or account  statements,  or in the records of
               the Fund, investment adviser or principal underwriter.

     (3)  Review  of  Reports.  Each  Fund,  investment  adviser  and  principal
          underwriter  to which  reports are  required  to be made by  paragraph
          (d)(1) of this section must institute  procedures by which appropriate
          management or compliance personnel review these reports.
<PAGE>
     (4)  Notification of Reporting  Obligation.  Each Fund,  investment adviser
          and principal  underwriter to which reports are required to be made by
          paragraph  (d)(1) of this section must identify all Access Persons who
          are  required  to make these  reports  and must  inform  those  Access
          Persons of their reporting obligation.

     (5)  Beneficial  Ownership.  For  purposes  of  this  section,   beneficial
          ownership is  interpreted  in the same manner as it would be under ss.
          240.16a- I (a)(2) of this chapter in  determining  whether a person is
          the  beneficial  owner of a security for purposes of section 16 of the
          Securities  Exchange  Act of 1934 [15  U.S.C.  78p] and the  rules and
          regulations  thereunder.  Any report required by paragraph (d) of this
          section may contain a statement  that the report will not be construed
          as an  admission  that the person  making the report has any direct or
          indirect  beneficial  ownership  in the Covered  Security to which the
          report relates.

(e)  Pre-approval  of  Investments  in IPOs and  Limited  Offerings.  Investment
     Personnel of a Fund or its investment adviser must obtain approval from the
     Fund  or the  Fund's  investment  adviser  before  directly  or  indirectly
     acquiring  beneficial  ownership  in any  securities  in an Initial  Public
     Offering or in a Limited Offering.

(f)  Recordkeeping Requirements.

     (1)  Each  Fund,  investment  adviser  and  principal  underwriter  that is
          required to adopt a code of ethics or to which reports are required to
          be made by Access  Persons must,  at its principal  place of business,
          maintain  records  in the  manner  and to the  extent  set out in this
          paragraph (f), and must make these records available to the Commission
          or any  representative  of the Commission at any time and from time to
          time for reasonable periodic, special or other examination:

          (A)  A copy of each code of  ethics  for the  organization  that is in
               effect or at any time  within  the past five years was in effect,
               must be maintained in an easily accessible place;

          (B)  A  record  of any  violation  of the code of  ethics,  and of any
               action taken as a result of the violation,  must be maintained in
               an easily  accessible place for at least five years after the end
               of the fiscal year in which the violation occurs;

          (C)  A copy of each  report  made by an Access  Person as  required by
               this section,  including any information  provided in lieu of the
               reports  under  paragraph  (d)(2)(v)  of  this  section,  must be
               maintained  for at least five  years  after the end of the fiscal
               year in which the report is made or the  information is provided,
               the first two years in an easily accessible place;

          (D)  A record of all persons, currently or within the past five years,
               who are or were required to make reports  under  paragraph (d) of
               this section,  or who are or were responsible for reviewing these
               reports, must be maintained in an easily accessible place; and

          (E)  A copy of each report  required by paragraph  (c)(2)(ii)  of this
               section must be maintained  for at least five years after the end
               of the fiscal year in which it is made, the first two years in an
               easily accessible place.
<PAGE>
     (2)  A Fund or  investment  adviser must maintain a record of any decision,
          and the reasons supporting the decision, to approve the acquisition by
          investment  personnel of securities  under paragraph (e), for at least
          five years after the end of the fiscal  year in which the  approval is
          granted.
<PAGE>
                                  ATTACHMENT A

                   ACKNOWLEDGMENT OF RECEIPT OF CODE OF ETHICS

Code of Ethics. Artisan Funds, Inc, ("Artisan Funds"),  Artisan Partners Limited
Partnership   ("Artisan   Partners")   and   Artisan   Distributors    ("Artisan
Distributors")  and have  adopted  a  written  Code of  Ethics  and  Policy  and
Procedures  to  Prevent  Misuse  of Inside  Information  (the  "Code")  to avoid
potential  conflicts of interest by Artisan  Partners  and Artisan  Distributors
personnel and to govern the use and handling of material non-public information.
A copy of the Code is attached to this  acknowledgement.  As a condition of your
continued  employment  with Artisan  Partners or Artisan  Distributors,  and the
retention  of your  position,  if any, as an officer of Artisan  Funds,  you are
required to read, understand and abide by the Code.

Compliance  Program.  The Code requires  that all  personnel  furnish to Artisan
Partners'  Compliance Officer the names and addresses of any firm with which you
have any  investment  account.  You are also  required  to  furnish  to  Artisan
Partners'  Compliance  Officer  copies  of your  monthly  or  quarterly  account
statements, or other documents,  showing all purchases or sales of securities in
any such  account,  or which are  effected  by you or for your  benefit,  or the
benefit of any  member of your  household.  Additionally,  you are  required  to
furnish  a  report  of your  personal  securities  holdings  within  ten days of
commencement of your employment with Artisan  Partners and annually  thereafter.
These  requirements  apply to any  investment  account,  such as an account at a
brokerage house, trust account at a bank,  custodial account or similar types of
accounts.

Artisan Partners'  compliance  program also requires that you report any contact
with any securities issuer, government or its personnel, or others, that, in the
usual  course  of  business,   might  involve  material   non-public   financial
information,  Only investment personnel are permitted to make such contacts. The
Code  requires  that you bring to the  attention of the  Compliance  Officer any
information  you receive  from any source  which  might be  material  non-public
information.

Any  questions  concerning  the Code  should be  directed  to Artisan  Partners'
Compliance Officer.

I affirm  that I have read and  understand  the Code of Ethics  and  Policy  and
Procedures  to Prevent  Misuse of Inside  Information  ("Code").  I agree to the
terms and conditions set forth in the Code.

- --------------------------------                          ----------------------
          Signature                                                Date
<PAGE>
                                  ATTACHMENT B

                        ANNUAL AFFIRMATION OF COMPLIANCE

I affirm that:

1.   I have  again read and,  during the past year to the best of my  knowledge,
     have complied with the Code of Ethics and Policy and  Procedures to Prevent
     Misuse of Inside Information ("Code").

2.   I have  provided  to Artisan  Partners'  Compliance  Officer  the names and
     addresses of each investment account that I have with any firm,  including,
     but not limited to, broker-dealers, banks and others.

     (List of known accounts attached.)

3.   I have provided to Artisan Partners'  Compliance  Officer copies of account
     statements  or other  reports  showing  each and every  transaction  in any
     security  in which I have a  beneficial  interest,  as defined in the Code,
     during the most recently ended calendar year

     or

     During  the most  recent  calendar  year them were no  transactions  in any
     security  in which I had a  beneficial  interest  required  to be  reported
     pursuant to the Code.

4.   I  have  provided  to  the  Compliance  Officer  a  report  of my  personal
     securities  holdings  as of the  end  of the  most  recent  calendar  year,
     including  all required  information  for each security in which I have any
     direct or indirect beneficial ownership.

 --------------------------------                         ----------------------
            Signature                                              Date

                                 CODE OF ETHICS

     This Code of Ethics (the  "Code") has been  adopted by  Investment  Company
Administration  L.L.C  ("ICALLC") and First Fund  Distributors,  Inc. ("FFD") in
accordance  with Rule 17j-1 under the Investment  Company Act of 1940 (the "1940
Act").

I. LEGAL REQUIREMENT

     Rule 17j-1 makes it unlawful for certain  persons,  in connection  with the
purchase or sale by such person of a security held or to be acquired by a Fund:

     (1) To employ any device, scheme, or artifice to defraud the Fund;

     (2) To make to the Fund any untrue  statement of a material fact or omit to
state to the Fund a  material  fact  necessary  in order to make the  statements
made, in light of the circumstances under which they are made, not misleading;

     (3) To engage in any act, practice, or course of business which operates or
would operate as a fraud or deceit upon the Fund; or

     (4) To engage in any manipulative practice with respect to the Fund.

II. DEFINITIONS

     (a) "Fund" means any investment  company  registered under the 1940 Act, or
any  series  or class of  shares  of such an  investment  company,  which  has a
contractual relationship with ICALLC or FFD.

     (b) "Access  person" means any employee of ICALLC or FFD who, in connection
with his regular  functions or duties,  obtains  information  that a security is
held or to be acquired by a Fund.

     (c) A security  is "held or to be  acquired"  if within the most  recent 15
days it (i) is or has  been  held  by a Fund,  or  (ii)  is  being  or has  been
considered  by the Fund or its  investment  adviser for  purchase  by a Fund.  A
purchase or sale includes the writing of an option to purchase or sell.

     (d)  A  security  is  "being  considered  for  purchase  or  sale"  when  a
recommendation to purchase or sell a security has been made and communicated.

     (e)  "Beneficial  ownership"  shall be interpreted in the same manner as it
would be in determining whether a person is subject to the provisions of Section
16 of the  Securities  Exchange  Act of  1934  and  the  rules  and  regulations
thereunder,  except  that the  determination  of direct or  indirect  beneficial
ownership shall apply to all securities which an access person has or acquires.

     (f)  "Control"  shall  have the same  meaning  as that set forth in Section
2(a)(9) of the 1940 Act.

     (g) "Security"  shall have the meaning set forth in Section 2(a)(36) of the
1940 Act, except that it shall not include  securities  issued by the Government
of the United  States,  bankers'  acceptances,  bank  certificates  of  deposit,
commercial paper and shares of registered open-end investment companies.

III. EXEMPTED TRANSACTIONS

     The prohibitions of Section IV of this Code shall not apply to:

     (a) Purchases or sales effected in any account over which the access person
has no direct or indirect influence or control.

     (b) Purchases or sales of securities which are not eligible for purchase or
sale by a Fund.

     (c) Purchases or sales which are  non-volitional  on the part of either the
access person or the Fund.

     (d) Purchases which are part of an automatic dividend reinvestment plan.
<PAGE>
     (e) Purchases  effected upon the exercise of rights issued by an issuer pro
rata to all holders of a class of its securities, to the extent such rights were
acquired from such issuer, and sales of such rights so acquired.

IV. PROHIBITED PURCHASES AND SALES

     (a) No  access  person  shall  knowingly  purchase  or  sell,  directly  or
indirectly,  any  security  held or to be  acquired  by a Fund  until  the first
business  day  after  such Fund  completes  all of its  intended  trades in such
security.

     (b) In order to avoid making a  prohibited  purchase or sale of a security,
no access person shall purchase or sell any security, except as indicated below,
without  obtaining  advance written  clearance of such transaction from a person
designated by ICALLC and FFD to grant such advance clearance.

     (c)  Advance  clearance  is not  required  for the  purchase or sale of 500
shares or less (during a rolling 30 day period) of an equity  security which (i)
is listed on the New York Stock Exchange or the NASDAQ  National  Market System;
or (ii)  has a  market  capitalization  of $1  billion  or  more at the  time of
purchase or sale.

     (d) No access person may purchase a security in an initial public  offering
without the prior written approval of the President or the Compliance Officer of
FFD.

     (e) No access person shall engage in any act, practice or course of conduct
that would violate the provisions of Rule 17j-1 as set forth in Section I above.

V. REPORTING

     Every access person shall report to the Compliance Officer of ICALLC or FFD
the  information  described  in this below with respect to  transactions  in any
security  in which such  access  person  has,  or by reason of such  transaction
acquires, any direct or indirect beneficial ownership in the security; provided,
however,  that an access  person  shall not be  required  to make a report  with
respect to transactions effected for any account over which such person does not
have any direct or indirect influence.

     Every  report  shall be made not  later  than 10 days  after the end of the
calendar  quarter  in which the  transaction  to which the  report  relates  was
effected, and shall contain the following information:

         (i) The date of the  transaction,  the title and the  number of shares,
and the principal amount of each security involved;

         (ii) The nature of the transaction (i.e., purchase,  sale, or any other
type of acquisition or disposition);

         (iii) The price at which the transaction was effected; and

         (iv) The name of the broker,  dealer,  or bank with or through whom the
transaction was effected.

VI. SANCTIONS

     Upon  discovering  a  violation  of this Code,  ICAC or FFD may impose such
sanctions as it deems appropriate,  including,  inter alia, a letter of censure,
suspension,  or  termination  of  the  employment  of  the  violator,  and/or  a
disgorging of any profits made by the violator.


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission